diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-07 11:20:32 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-07 11:20:32 -0800 |
| commit | 14f4e22e70bb529184decdb795dbe6b846b7ce4e (patch) | |
| tree | 8999c3b2c0add8b46ae7e214142d244926b6ef05 | |
| parent | 1fc85a001dce6dd17b15d430c71d2d1abfb4c66f (diff) | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55054-0.txt | 8704 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55054-0.zip | bin | 158793 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55054-h.zip | bin | 329136 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55054-h/55054-h.htm | 11889 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55054-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 106671 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/55054-h/images/title.jpg | bin | 46036 -> 0 bytes |
9 files changed, 17 insertions, 20593 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a23a8a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #55054 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/55054) diff --git a/old/55054-0.txt b/old/55054-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3f6fb4f..0000000 --- a/old/55054-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8704 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Commerce and Navigation of the -Erythraean Sea, by Anonymous - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: The Commerce and Navigation of the Erythraean Sea - Being a Translation of the Periplus Maris Erythraei and - Arrian's Account of the Voyage of Nearkhos - -Author: Anonymous - -Translator: John Watson McCrindle - -Release Date: July 5, 2017 [EBook #55054] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK COMMERCE, NAVIGATION--ERYTHRAEAN SEA *** - - - - -Produced by Turgut Dincer, Les Galloway and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - - - - - - - THE - - COMMERCE AND NAVIGATION - - OF THE - - ERYTHRÆAN SEA; - - BEING A TRANSLATION - - OF THE - - PERIPLUS MARIS ERYTHRÆI, - - BY AN ANONYMOUS WRITER, - - AND OF - - ARRIAN’S ACCOUNT OF THE VOYAGE OF NEARKHOS, - - FROM THE MOUTH OF THE INDUS TO THE HEAD OF THE - PERSIAN GULF. - - - WITH INTRODUCTIONS, COMMENTARY, NOTES, - AND INDEX. - - BY - - J. W. MCCRINDLE, M.A. EDIN., - PRINCIPAL OF THE GOVERNMENT COLLEGE, PATNA; - MEMBER OF THE COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH; - FELLOW OF THE CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY. - - (_Reprinted, with additions, from the Indian Antiquary._) - - Calcutta: - THACKER, SPINK & Co. - - Bombay: - ED. SOC. PRESS. - - London: - TRÜBNER & Co. - - 1879. - - - - - BOMBAY: - PRINTED AT THE EDUCATION SOCIETY’S PRESS, BYCULLA. - - - - -PREFACE. - - -In the Preface to my former work, “Ancient India as described by -Megasthenês and Arrian,” I informed the reader that it was my intention -to publish from time to time translations of the Greek and Latin works -which relate to ancient India, until the series should be exhausted, -and the present volume is the second instalment towards the fulfilment -of that undertaking. It contains a translation of the _Periplûs_ -(_i. e. Circumnavigation_) _of the Erythræan Sea_, together with a -translation of the second part of the _Indika_ of Arrian describing -the celebrated voyage made by Nearkhos from the mouth of the Indus -to the head of the Persian Gulf. Arrian’s narrative, copied from the -Journal of the voyage written by Nearkhos himself, forms an admirable -supplement to the Periplûs, as it contains a minute description of a -part of the Erythræan Coast which is merely glanced at by the author of -that work. The translations have been prepared from the most approved -texts. The notes, in a few instances only, bear upon points of textual -criticism, their main object being to present in a concise form for -popular reading the most recent results of learned enquiry directed -to verify, correct, or otherwise illustrate the contents of the -narratives. - -The warm and unanimous approbation bestowed upon the first volume of -this series, both by the Press in this country and at home, has given -me great encouragement to proceed with the undertaking, and a third -volume is now in preparation, to contain the _Indika_ of Ktêsias and -the account of India given by Strabo in the 15th Book of his Geography. - - _Patna College, June 1879._ - - - - - ANONYMI [ARRIANI UT FERTUR] - - PERIPLUS MARIS ERYTHRÆI. - - - TRANSLATED FROM THE TEXT - - As given in the _Geographi Græci Minores_, edited by - C. Muller: Paris, 1855. - - - WITH INTRODUCTION AND COMMENTARY. - - - - - PERIPLUS OF THE ERYTHRÆAN SEA. - - - - -INTRODUCTION.[1] - - -The _Periplûs of the Erythræan Sea_ is the title prefixed to a work -which contains the best account of the commerce carried on from the Red -Sea and the coast of Africa to the East Indies during the time that -Egypt was a province of the Roman empire. The +Erythræan Sea+ -was an appellation given in those days to the whole expanse of ocean -reaching from the coast of Africa to the utmost boundary of ancient -knowledge on the East—an appellation in all appearance deduced from the -entrance into it by the Straits of the Red Sea, styled +Erythra+ -by the Greeks, and not excluding the Gulf of Persia. - -The author was a Greek merchant, who in the first century of the -Christian era had, it would appear, settled at +Berenîkê+, a great -seaport situated in the southern extremity of Egypt, whence he made -commercial voyages which carried him to the seaports of Eastern Africa -as far as +Azania+, and to those of Arabia as far as +Kanê+, -whence, by taking advantage of the south-west monsoon, he crossed over -to the ports lying on the western shores of India. Having made careful -observations and inquiries regarding the navigation and commerce of -these countries, he committed to writing, for the benefit of other -merchants, the knowledge which he had thus acquired. Much cannot be -said in praise of the style in which he writes. It is marked by a rude -simplicity, which shows that he was not a man of literary culture, but -in fact a mere man of business, who in composing restricts himself -to a narrow round of set phrases, and is indifferent alike to grace, -freedom, or variety of expression. It shows further that he was a -Greek settled in Egypt, and that he must have belonged to an isolated -community of his countrymen, whose speech had become corrupt by much -intercourse with foreigners. It presents a very striking contrast to -the rhetorical diction which +Agatharkhidês+, a great master of -all the tricks of speech, employs in his description of the Erythræan. -For all shortcomings, however, in the style of the work, there is -ample compensation in the fulness, variety, accuracy, and utility of -the information which it conveys. Such indeed is its superiority on -these points that it must be reckoned as a most precious treasure: -for to it we are indebted far more than to any other work for most of -our knowledge of the remote shores of Eastern Africa, and the marts -of India, and the condition of ancient commerce in these parts of the -world. - -The name of the author is unknown. In the Heidelberg MS., which alone -has preserved the little work, and contains it after the _Periplûs_ of -Arrian, the title given is Αρῥιανου περιπλους της' Ερυθρας θαλασσης. -Trusting to the correctness of this title, Stuckius attributed the -work to +Arrian+ of Nikomedia, and Fabricius to another Arrian -who belonged to Alexandria. No one, however, who knows how ancient -books are usually treated can fail to see what the real fact here is, -viz. that since not only the _Periplûs Maris Erythræi_, but also the -_Anonymi Periplûs Ponti Euxini_ (whereof the latter part occurs in -the Heidelberg MS. before Arrian’s _Ponti Periplûs_) are attributed -to Arrian, and the different Arrians are not distinguished by any -indications afforded by the titles, there can be no doubt that the -well-known name of the Nikomedian writer was transferred to the books -placed in juxtaposition to his proper works, by the arbitrary judgment -of the librarians. In fact it very often happens that short works -written by different authors are all referred to one and the same -author, especially if they treat of the same subject and are published -conjointly in the same volume. But in the case of the work before us, -any one would have all the more readily ascribed it to Arrian who -had heard by report anything of the _Paraplûs_ of the Erythræan Sea -described in that author’s _Indika_. On this point there is the utmost -unanimity of opinion among writers. - -That the author, whatever may have been his name, lived in Egypt, is -manifest. Thus he says in § 29: “Several of the trees _with us_ in -Egypt weep gum,” and he joins the names of the Egyptian months with the -Roman, as may be seen by referring to §§ 6, 39, 49, and 56. The place -in which he was settled was probably Berenîkê, since it was from that -port he embarked on his voyages to Africa and Arabia, and since he -speaks of the one coast as on the right from Berenîkê, and the other -on the left. The whole tenor of the work proclaims that he must have -been a merchant. That the entire work is not a mere compilation from -the narratives or journals of other merchants and navigators, but -that the author had himself visited some of the seats of trade which -he describes, is in itself probable, and is indicated in § 20, where, -contrary to the custom of the ancient writers, he speaks in his own -person:—“In sailing south, therefore, _we_ stand off from the shore and -keep _our_ course down the middle of the gulf.” Compare with this what -is said in § 48: προς την εμποριαν την ἑμετεραν. - -As regards the age to which the writer belonged: it is first of all -evident that he wrote after the times of Augustus, since in § 23 -mention is made of the Roman Emperors. That he was older, however, -than +Ptolemy+ the Geographer, is proved by his geography, which -knows nothing of India beyond the Ganges except the traditional -account current from the days of Eratosthenês to those of Pliny, while -it is evident that Ptolemy possessed much more accurate information -regarding these parts. It confirms this view that while our author -calls the island of Ceylon +Palaisimoundou+, Ptolemy calls it by -the name subsequently given to it—+Salikê+. Again, from § 19, -it is evident that he wrote before the kingdom of the Nubathæans was -abolished by the Romans. Moreover Pliny (VI. xxvi. 101), in proceeding -to describe the navigation to the marts of India by the direct route -across the ocean with the wind called Hippalos, writes to this -effect:—“And for a long time this was the mode of navigation, until a -merchant discovered a compendious route whereby India was brought so -near that to trade thither became very lucrative. For, every year a -fleet is despatched, carrying on board companies of archers, since the -Indian seas are much infested by pirates. Nor will a description of -the whole voyage from Egypt tire the reader, since now for the first -time correct information regarding it has been made public.” Compare -with this the statement of the _Periplûs_ in § 57, and it will be -apparent that while this route to India had only just come into use -in the time of Pliny, it had been for some time in use in the days of -our author. Now, as +Pliny+ died in 79 A.D., and had -completed his work two years previously, it may be inferred that he had -written the 6th book of his _Natural History_ before our author wrote -his work. A still more definite indication of his date is furnished -in § 5, where +Zoskalês+ is mentioned as reigning in his times -over the Auxumitae. Now in a list of the early kings of Abyssinia the -name of +Za-Hakale+ occurs, who must have reigned from 77 to 89 -A.D. This +Za-Hakale+ is doubtless the +Zoskalês+ -of the _Periplûs_, and was the contemporary of the emperors Vespasian, -Titus, and Domitian. We conclude, therefore, that the _Periplûs_ -was written a little after the death of Pliny, between the years -A.D. 80-89. - -Opinions on this point, however, have varied considerably. Salmasius -thought that Pliny and our author wrote at the same time, though -their accounts of the same things are often contradictory. In -support of this view he adduces the statement of the _Periplûs_ -(§ 54), “+Muziris+, a place in India, is in the kingdom of -Kêprobotres,” when compared with the statement of Pliny (VI. xxvi. -104), “+Cœlobothras+ was reigning there when I committed -this to writing;” and argues that since +Kêprobotres+ and -+Cœlobothras+ are but different forms of the same name, the -two authors must have been contemporary. The inference is, however, -unwarrantable, since the name in question, like that of +Pandiôn+, -was a common appellation of the kings who ruled over that part of India. - -Dodwell, again, was of opinion that the _Periplûs_ was written after -the year A.D. 161, when Marcus Aurelius and Lucius Verus were -joint emperors. He bases, in the first place, his defence of this -view on the statement in § 26: “Not long before our own times the -Emperor (Καῖσαρ) destroyed the place,” viz. +Eudaimón-Arabia+, now -Aden. This emperor he supposes must have been Trajan, who, according -to Eutropius (VIII. 3), reduced Arabia to the form of a province. -Eutropius, however, meant by Arabia only that small part of it which -adjoins Syria. This Dodwell not only denies, but also asserts that -the conquest of Trajan embraced the whole of the Peninsula—a sweeping -inference, which he bases on a single passage in the _Periplûs_ (§ -16) where the south part of Arabia is called ἡ πρώτη Αραβία, “the -First Arabia.” From this expression he gathers that Trajan, after -his conquest of the country, had divided it into several provinces, -designated according to the order in which they were constituted. The -language of the _Periplûs_, however, forbids us to suppose that there -is here any reference to a Roman province. What the passage states is -that +Azania+ (in Africa) was by ancient right subject to the -kingdom τῆς πρώτης γινομένης (λεγομένης according to Dodwell) Ἀραβίας, -and was ruled by the despot of +Mapharitis+. - -Dodwell next defends the date he has fixed on by the passage in § 23, -where it is said that +Kharibaël+ sought by frequent gifts and -embassies to gain the friendship of the emperors (τῶν αὐτοκρατόρων). He -thinks that the time is here indicated when M. Aurelius and L. Verus -were reigning conjointly, A.D. 161-181. There is no need, -however, to put this construction on the words, which may without any -impropriety be taken to mean ‘_the emperors for the time being_,’ viz. -Vespasian, Titus, and Domitian. - -Vincent adopted the opinion of Salmasius regarding the date of the -work, but thinks that the Kaîsar mentioned in § 26 was Claudius. “The -Romans,” he says, “from the time they first entered Arabia under Ælius -Gallus, had always maintained a footing on the coast of the Red Sea. -They had a garrison at +Leukê Kômê+, in Nabathaea, where they -collected the customs; and it is apparent that they extended their -power down the gulf and to the ports of the ocean in the reign of -Claudius, as the freedman of +Annius Plocamus+ was in the act of -collecting the tributes there when he was carried out to sea and over -to +Taprobanê+. If we add to this the discovery of Hippalus in -the same reign, we find a better reason for the destruction of Aden at -this time than at any other.” The assertion in this extract that the -garrison and custom-house at +Leukê Kômê+ belonged to the Romans -is not warranted by the language of the _Periplûs_, which in fact shows -that they belonged to +Malikhos+ the king of the Nabathæans. -Again, it is a mere conjecture that the voyage which the freedman of -Plocamus (who, according to Pliny, farmed the revenues of the Red Sea) -was making along the coast of Arabia, when he was carried away by the -monsoon to Taprobanê, was a voyage undertaken to collect the revenues -due to the Roman treasury. With regard to the word Καῖσαρ, which has -occasioned so much perplexity, it is most probably a corrupt reading in -a text notorious for its corruptness. The proper reading may perhaps be -ΕΛΙΣΑΡ. At any rate, had one of the emperors in reality destroyed Aden, -it is unlikely that their historians would have failed to mention such -an important fact. - -Schwanbeck, although he saw the weakness of the arguments with which -Salmasius and Vincent endeavoured to establish their position, -nevertheless thought that our author lived in the age of Pliny and -wrote a little before him, because those particulars regarding the -Indian navigation which Pliny says became known in his age agree, on -the whole, so well with the statement in the _Periplûs_ that they must -have been extracted therefrom. No doubt there are, he allows, some -discrepancies; but those, he thinks, may be ascribed to the haste or -negligence of the copyist. A careful examination, however, of parallel -passages in Pliny and the _Periplûs_ show this assertion to be -untenable. Vincent himself speaks with caution on this point:—“There -is,” he says, “no absolute proof that either copied from the other. But -those who are acquainted with Pliny’s methods of abbreviation would -much rather conclude, if one must be a copyist, that his title to this -office is the clearest.” - -From these preliminary points we pass on to consider the contents -of the work, and these may be conveniently reviewed under the three -heads Geography, Navigation, Commerce. In the commentary, which is to -accompany the translation, the Geography will be examined in detail. -Meanwhile we shall enumerate the voyages which are distinguishable in -the _Periplûs_,[2] and the articles of commerce which it specifies. - - -I. VOYAGES MENTIONED IN THE PERIPLUS. - -I. A voyage from _Berenîkê_, in the south of Egypt, down the western -coast of the Red Sea through the Straits, along the coast of Africa, -round Cape Guardafui, and then southward along the eastern coast of -Africa as far as Rhapta, a place about six degrees south of the equator. - -II. We are informed of two distinct courses confined to the Red Sea: -one from Myos Hormos, in the south of Egypt, across the northern end of -the sea to Leukê Kômê, on the opposite coast of Arabia, near the mouth -of the Elanitic Gulf, whence it was continued to Mouza, an Arabian -port lying not far westward from the Straits; the other from Berenîkê -directly down the gulf to this same port - -III. There is described next to this a voyage from the mouth of the -Straits along the southern coast of Arabia round the promontory now -called Ras-el-Had, whence it was continued along the eastern coast of -Arabia as far as Apologos (now Oboleh), an important emporium at the -head of the Persian Gulf, near the mouth of the river Euphrates. - -IV. Then follows a passage from the Straits to India by three different -routes: the first by adhering to the coasts of Arabia, Karmania, -Gedrosia, and Indo-Skythia, which terminated at +Barugaza+ -(Bharoch), a great emporium on the river +Nammadios+ (the -Narmadâ), at a distance of thirty miles from its mouth; the second from -+Kanê+, a port to the west of +Suagros+, a great projection -on the south coast of Arabia, now Cape Fartaque; and the third from -Cape Guardafui, on the African side—both across the ocean by the -monsoon to +Mouziris+ and +Nelkunda+, great commercial cities -on the coast of Malabar. - -V. After this we must allow a similar voyage performed by the Indians -to Arabia, or by the Arabians to India, previous to the performance of -it by the Greeks, because the Greeks as late as the reign of Philomêtôr -met this commerce in Sabæa. - -VI. We obtain an incidental knowledge of a voyage conducted from ports -on the east coast of Africa over to India by the monsoon long before -Hippalos introduced the knowledge of that wind to the Roman world. -This voyage was connected, no doubt, with the commerce of Arabia, -since the Arabians were the great traffickers of antiquity, and held -in subjection part of the sea-board of Eastern Africa. The Indian -commodities imported into Africa were rice, ghee, oil of sesamum, -sugar, cotton, muslins, and sashes. These commodities, the _Periplûs_ -informs us, were brought sometimes in vessels destined expressly for -the coast of Africa, while at others they were only part of the cargo, -out of vessels which were proceeding to another port. Thus we have two -methods of conducting this commerce perfectly direct; and another by -touching on this coast with a final destination to Arabia. This is the -reason that the Greeks found cinnamon and the produce of India on this -coast, when they first ventured to pass the Straits in order to seek a -cheaper market than Sabæa. - - -II. ARTICLES OF COMMERCE MENTIONED IN THE PERIPLUS. - -I. Animals:— - -1. Παρθένοι εὐειδεῖς πρὸς παλλακίαν—Handsome girls for the haram, -imported into Barugaza for the king (49).[3] - -2. Δούλικα κρείσσονα—Tall slaves, procured at Opônê, imported into -Egypt (14). - -3. Σώματα θηλυκὰ—Female slaves, procured from Arabia and India, -imported into the island of Dioskoridês (31). - -4. Σώματα—Slaves imported from Omana and Apologos into Barugaza (36), -and from Moundou and Malaô (8, 9). - -5. Ἱπποι—Horses imported into Kanê for the king, and into Mouza for the -despot (23, 24). - -6. Ἡμὶοναι νωτηγοὶ—Sumpter mules imported into Mouza for the despot -(24). - -II. Animal Products:— - -1. Βούτυρον—Butter, or the Indian preparation therefrom called _ghî_, a -product of Ariakê (41); exported from Barugaza to the Barbarine markets -beyond the Straits (14). The word, according to Pliny (xxviii. 9), is -of Skythian origin, though apparently connected with Βους, τυρος. The -reading is, however, suspected by Lassen, who would substitute Βοσμορον -or Βοσπορον, _a kind of grain_. - -2. Δέρματα Σηρικὰ—Chinese hides or furs. Exported from Barbarikon, a -mart on the Indus (39). Vincent suspected the reading δερματα, but -groundlessly, for Pliny mentions the Sêres sending their iron along -with vestments and hides (_vestibus pellibusque_), and among the -presents sent to Yudhishṭhira by the Śâka, Tushâra and Kaṅka skins are -enumerated.—_Mahâbh._ ii. 50, quoted by Lassen. - -3. Ἐλέφας—Ivory. Exported from Adouli (6), Aualitês (8), Ptolemaïs (3), -Mossulon (10), and the ports of Azania (16, 17). Also from Barugaza -(49), Mouziris and Nelkunda (56); a species of ivory called Βωσαρη is -produced in Desarênê (62). - -4. Ἔριον Σηρικὸν—Chinese cotton. Imported from the country of the -Thînai through Baktria to Barugaza, and by the Ganges to Bengal, and -thence to Dimurikê (64). By Εριον Vincent seems to understand silk in -the raw state. - -5. Κέρατα—Horns. Exported from Barugaza to the marts of Omana and -Apologos (36). Müller suspects this reading, thinking it strange -that such an article as _horns_ should be mentioned between _wooden -beams_ and _logs_. He thinks, therefore, that Κέρατα is either used -in some technical sense, or that the reading Κορμῶν or Κορμίων should -be substituted—adding that Κορμοὺς ἐβένου, _planks of ebony_, are at -all events mentioned by Athênaios (p. 201_a_) where he is quoting -Kallixenos of Rhodes. - -6. Κοράλλιον—Coral. (Sans. _pravâla_, Hindi _mûngâ_.) Imported into -Kanê (28), Barbarikon on the Indus (39), Barugaza (49), and Naoura, -Tundis, Mouziris, and Nelkunda (56). - -7. Λάκκος χρωμάτινος—Coloured lac. Exported to Adouli from Ariakê -(6). The Sanskṛit word is _lâkshâ_, which is probably a later form -of _râkshâ_, connected, as Lassen thinks, with _râga_, from the root -_raṅj_, to dye. The vulgar form is _lâkkha_. Gum-lac is a substance -produced on the leaves and branches of certain trees by an insect, both -as a covering for its egg and food for its young. It yields a fine red -dye.[4] Salmasius thinks that by λάκκος χρωμάτινος must be understood -not lac itself, but vestments dyed therewith. - -8. Μαργαρίτης—Pearl. (Sans. _mukta_, Hindi, _motí_.) Exported in -considerable quantity and of superior quality from Mouziris and -Nelkunda (56). Cf. πινικον. - -9. Νημα Σῆρικόν—Silk thread. From the country of the Thînai: imported -into Barugaza and the marts of Dimurikê (64). Exported from Barugaza -(49), and also from Barbarikon on the Indus (39).” It is called μέταξα -by Procopius and all the later writers, as well as by the _Digest_, and -was known without either name to Pliny”—Vincent. - -10. Πινίκιος κόγχος—the Pearl-oyster. (Sans. _śukti_.) Fished for at -the entrance to the Persian Gulf (35). Pearl πίνικον inferior to the -Indian sort exported in great quantity from the marts of Apologos and -Omana (36). A pearl fishery (Πινικοῦ κολύμβησις) in the neighbourhood -of Kolkhoi, in the kingdom of Pandiôn, near the island of Epiodôros; -the produce transported to Argalou, in the interior of the country, -where muslin robes with pearl inwoven (μαργαρίτιδες σινδόνες) were -fabricated (59). The reading of the MS. is σινδόνες, ἐβαργαρείτιδες -λεγόμεναι, for which Salmasius proposed to read μαργαριτιδες. Müller -suggests instead αἱ Ἀργαρίτιδες, as if the muslin bore the name of the -place _Argarou_ or _Argulou_, where it was made. - -Pearl is also obtained in Taprobanê (61); is imported into the emporium -on the Ganges called Gangê (63). - -11. Πορφύρα—Purple. Of a common as well as of a superior quality, -imported from Egypt into Mouza (24) and Kanê (28), and from the marts -of Apologos and Omana into Barugaza (36). - -12. Ῥἱνόκερως—Rhinoceros (Sans. _khadgaḍ_)—the horn or the teeth, -and probably the skin. Exported from Adouli (16), and the marts of -Azania (7). Bruce found the hunting of the rhinoceros still a trade in -Abyssinia. - -13. Χελώνη—Tortoise (Sans. _kachchhapa_) or tortoise-shell. Exported -from Adouli (6) and Aualitês (7); a small quantity of the genuine and -land tortoise, and a white sort with a small shell, exported from -Ptolemaïs (3); small shells (Χελωνάρια) exported from Mossulon (10); a -superior sort in great quantity from Opônê (13); the mountain tortoise -from the island of Menouthias (15); a kind next in quality to the -Indian from the marts of Azania (16, 17); the genuine, land, white, -and mountain sort with shells of extraordinary size from the island of -Dioskoridês (30, 31); a good quantity from the island of Serapis (33); -the best kind in all the Erythræan—that of the Golden Khersonêsos (63), -sent to Mouziris and Nelkunda, whence it is exported along with that of -the islands off the coast of Dimurikê (probably the Laccadive islands) -(56); tortoise is also procured in Taprobanê (61). - - -III.—Plants and their products:— - -1. Αλόη—the aloe (Sans. _agaru_). Exported from Kanê (28). The sort -referred to is probably the bitter cathartic, not the aromatic sort -supposed by some to be the sandalwood. It grows abundantly in Sokotra, -and it was no doubt exported thence to Kanê. “It is remarkable,” says -Vincent, “that when the author of the _Periplûs_ arrives at Sokotra he -says nothing of the aloe, and mentions only Indian cinnabar as a gum -or resin distilling from a tree: but the confounding of cinnabar with -dragon’s-blood was a mistake of ancient date and a great absurdity” -(II. p. 689). - -2. Ἀρώματα—aromatics (ευωδια, θυμιαματα.) Exported from Aualitês (7), -Mossulon (10). Among the spices of Tabai (12) are enumerated ἀσύβη καί -ἄρωμα καί μάγλα, and similarly among the commodities of Opônê -κασσία καὶ ἄρωμα καὶ μότω; and in these passages perhaps a particular -kind of aromatic (cinnamon?) may by preëminence be called ἄρωμα. The -occurrence, however, in two instances of such a familiar word as ἄρωμα -between two outlandish words is suspicious, and this has led Müller -to conjecture that the proper reading may be ἀρηβὼ, which Salmasius, -citing Galen, notes to be a kind of cassia. - -3. Ασύβη—Asuphê, a kind of cassia. Exported from Tabai (12). “This -term,” says Vincent, “if not Oriental, is from the Greek ἀσύφηλος, -signifying _cheap_ or _ordinary_; but we do not find ἀσύφη used in this -manner by other authors: it may be an Alexandrian corruption of the -language, or it may be the abbreviation of a merchant in his invoice.” -(_Asafœtida_, Sans. _hingu_ or _bâhlika_, Mar. _hing_.) - -4. Βδελλα, (common form Βδελλιον). Bdella, Bdellium, produced on the -sea-coast of Gedrosia (37); exported from Barbarikon on the Indus -(39); brought from the interior of India to Barugaza (48) for foreign -export (49). Bdella is the gum of the _Balsamodendron Mukul_, a tree -growing in Sind, Kâṭhiâvâḍ, and the Dîsâ district.[5] It is used both -as an incense and as a cordial medicine. The bdellium of Scripture is a -crystal, and has nothing in common with the bdellium of the _Periplûs_ -but its transparency. Conf. Dioskorid. i. 80; Plin. xii. 9; Galen, -_Therapeut. ad Glauc._ II. p. 106; Lassen, _Ind. Alt._ vol. I. p. 290; -Vincent, vol. II. p. 690; Yule’s _Marco Polo_, vol. II. p. 387. The -etymology of the word is uncertain. Lassen suspects it to be Indian. - -5. Γίζειρ—Gizeir, a kind of cassia exported from Tabai (12). This sort -is noticed and described by Dioskoridês. - -6. Δόκος—Beams of wood. Exported from Barugaza to the marts of Omana -and Apologos (36). (? Blackwood.) - -7. Δούακα—Douaka, a kind of cassia. Exported from Malaô and Moundou (8, -9). It was probably that inferior species which in Dioskorid. i. 12, is -called δακαρ or δακαρ or δαρκα. - -8. Ἐβένιναι φάλαγγες—Logs of ebony (_Diospyros melanoxylon_.) Exported -from Barugaza to the marts of Omana and Apologos (36). - -9. Ελαιον—Oil (_tila_). Exported from Egypt to Adouli (6); ἔλαιον -σησαμινον, oil of sêsamê, a product of Ariakê (41). Exported from -Barugaza to the Barbarine markets (14), and to Moskha in Arabia (32).[6] - -10. Ἰνδικόν μέλαν—Indigo. (Sans. _nîlî_, Guj. _gulî_.) Exported from -Skythic Barbarikon (39). It appears pretty certain that the culture of -the indigo plant and the preparation of the drug have been practised -in India from a very remote epoch. It has been questioned, indeed, -whether the Indicum mentioned by Pliny (xxxv. 6) was indigo, but, as it -would seem, without any good reason. He states that it was brought from -India, and that when diluted it produced an admirable mixture of blue -and purple colours. _Vide_ McCulloch’s _Commer. Dict._ s. v. _Indigo_. -Cf. Salmas, in _Exerc._ Plin. p. 181. The dye was introduced into Rome -only a little before Pliny’s time. - -11. Κάγκαμον—Kankamon. Exported from Malaô and Moundou (8, 10). -According to Dioskoridês i. 23, it is the exudation of a wood, like -myrrh, and used for fumigation. Cf. Plin. xii. 44. According to -Scaliger it was gum-lac used as a dye. It is the “dekamalli” gum of the -bazars. - -12. Κάρπασος—Karpasus (Sans. _kârpâsa'_; Heb. karpas,) _Gossypium -arboreum_, fine muslin—a product of Ariakê (41). “How this word found -its way into Italy, and became the Latin _carbasus_, fine linen, is -surprising, when it is not found in the Greek language. The Καρπασιον -λινον of Pausanias (_in Atticis_), of which the wick was formed for -the lamp of Pallas, is asbestos, so called from Karpasos, a city -of Crete—Salmas. Plin. _Exercit._ p. 178. Conf. Q. Curtius viii. -9:—‘Carbaso Indi corpora usque ad pedes velant, corumque rex lecticâ -margaritis circumpendentibus recumbit distinctis auro et purpurâ -carbasis quâ indutus est.’” Vincent II. 699. - -13. Κασσία or Κασία (Sans. _kuta_, Heb. _kiddah_ and _keziah_). -Exported from Tabai (12); a coarse kind exported from Malaô and Moundou -(8, 9); a vast quantity exported from Mossulon and Opônê (10, 13). - -“This spice,” says Vincent, “is mentioned frequently in the -_Periplûs_, and with various additions, intended to specify the -different sorts, properties, or appearances of the commodity. It is a -species of cinnamon, and manifestly the same as what we call cinnamon -at this day; but different from that of the Greeks and Romans, which -was not a bark, nor rolled up into pipes, like ours. Theirs was the -tender shoot of the same plant, and of much higher value.” “If our -cinnamon,” he adds, “is the ancient casia, our casia again is an -inferior sort of cinnamon.” Pliny (xii. 19) states that the cassia is -of a larger size than the cinnamon, and has a thin rind rather than a -bark, and that its value consists in being hollowed out. Dioskoridês -mentions cassia as a product of Arabia, but this is a mistake, Arabian -cassia having been an import from India. Herodotos (iii.) had made the -same mistake, saying that cassia grew in Arabia, but that cinnamon -was brought thither by birds from the country where Bacchus was born -(India). The cassia shrub is a sort of laurel. There are ten kinds of -cassia specified in the _Periplûs_.[7] Cf. Lassen, _Ind. Alt._ I. 279, -283; Salmas. Plin. _Exercit._ p. 1304; Galen, _de Antidotis_, bk. i. - -14. Κιννάβαρι Ἰνδικòν—Dragon’s-blood, _damu’l akhawein_ of the Arabs, -a gum distilled from _Pterocarpus Draco_, a leguminous tree[8] in the -island of Dioskoridês or Sokotra (30). Cinnabar, with which this was -confounded, is the red sulphuret of mercury. Pliny (lib. xxix. c. 8) -distinguishes it as ‘Indian cinnabar.’ Dragon’s-blood is one of the -concrete balsams, the produce of _Calamus Draco_, a species of rattan -palm of the Eastern Archipelago, [of _Pterocarpus Draco_, allied to the -Indian Kino tree or _Pt. marsupium_ of South India, and of _Dracæna -Draco_, a liliaceous tree of Madeira and the Canary Islands]. - -15. Κόστος (Sansk. _kushṭa_, Mar. _choka_, Guj. _kaṭha_ and _pushkara -mûla_,)—Kostus. Exported from Barbarikon, a mart on the Indus (39), and -from Barugaza, which procured it from Kâbul through Proklaïs, &c. This -was considered the best of aromatic roots, as nard or spikenard was the -best of aromatic plants. Pliny (xii. 25) describes this root as hot to -the taste and of consummate fragrance, noting that it was found at the -head of Patalênê, where the Indus bifurcates to form the Delta, and -that it was of two sorts, black and white, black being of an inferior -quality. Lassen states that two kinds are found in India—one in Multân, -and the other in Kâbul and Kâśmîr. “The Costus of the ancients is -still exported from Western India, as well as from Calcutta to China, -under the name of _Putchok_, to be burnt as an incense in Chinese -temples. Its identity has been ascertained in our own days by Drs. -Royle and Falconer as the root of a plant which they called _Aucklandia -Costus_.... Alexander Hamilton, at the beginning of last century, calls -it _ligna dulcis_ (sic), and speaks of it as an export from Sind, as -did the author of the _Periplûs_ 1600 years earlier.” Yule’s _Marco -Polo_, vol. II. p. 388. - -16. Κρόκος—Crocus, Saffron. (Sans. _kaśmîraja_, Guj. _kesir_, Pers. -_zafrân_.) Exported from Egypt to Mouza (24) and to Kanê (28). - -17. Κύπερος—Cyprus. Exported from Egypt to Mouza (24). It is an -aromatic rush used in medicine (Pliny xxi. 18). Herodotos (iv. 71) -describes it as an aromatic plant used by the Skythians for embalming. -Κύπερος is probably Ionic for Κύπειρος—Κύπειρος ἰνδικὸς of Dioskoridês, -and _Cypria herba indica_ of Pliny.—Perhaps Turmeric, _Curcuma longa_, -or Galingal possibly. - -18. Λέντια, (Lat. _lintea_)—Linen. Exported from Egypt to Adouli (6). - -19. Λίβανος (Heb. _lebonah_, Arab. _luban_, Sans. -_śrîvâsa_)—Frankincense. Peratic or Libyan frankincense exported from -the Barbarine markets—Tabai (12), Mossulon (10), Malaô and Moundou, in -small quantities (8, 9); produced in great abundance and of the best -quality at Akannai (11); Arabian frankincense exported from Kanê (28). -A magazine for frankincense on the Sakhalitic Gulf near Cape Suagros -(30). Moskha, the port whence it was shipped for Kanê and India (32) -and Indo-Skythia (39). - -Regarding this important product Yule thus writes:—“The coast of -Hadhramaut is the true and ancient Χώρα λιβανοφόρος or λιβανωτοφόρος, -indicated or described under those names by Theophrastus, Ptolemy, -Pliny, Pseudo-Arrian, and other classical writers, _i.e._ the country -producing the fragrant gum-resin called by the Hebrews _Lebonah_, -by the Arabs _Luban_ and _Kundur_, by the Greeks _Libanos_, by the -Romans _Thus_, in mediæval Latin _Olibanum_ (probably the Arabic -_al-luban_, but popularly interpreted as _oleum Libani_), and in -English frankincense, _i.e_, I apprehend, ‘genuine incense’ or ‘incense -proper.’[9] It is still produced in this region and exported from it, -but the larger part of that which enters the markets of the world is -exported from the roadsteads of the opposite Sumâlî coast. Frankincense -when it first exudes is milky white; whence the name _white incense_ by -which Polo speaks of it, and the Arabic name _luban_ apparently refers -to milk. The elder Niebuhr, who travelled in Arabia, depreciated the -Libanos of Arabia, representing it as greatly inferior to that brought -from India, called Benzoin. He adds that the plant which produces it is -not native, but originally from Abyssinia.”—_Marco Polo_, vol. II. p. -443, &c. - -20. Λύκιον—Lycium. Exported from Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia (39), and -from Barugaza (49). Lycium is a thorny plant, so called from being -found in Lykia principally. Its juice was used for dying yellow, and a -liquor drawn from it was used as a medicine (Celsus v. 26, 30, and vi. -7). It was held in great esteem by the ancients. Pliny (xxiv. 77) says -that a superior kind of Lycium produced in India was made from a thorn -called also _Pyxacanthus_ (box-thorn) _Chironia_. It is known in India -as _Ruzot_, an extract of the _Berberis lycium_ and _B. aristata_, both -grown on the Himâlayas. Conf. the λύκιον ἰνδικὸν of Dioskor. i. 133. (? -Gamboge.) - -21. Μάγλα—Magla—a kind of cassia mentioned only in the _Periplûs_. -Exported from Tabai (12). - -22. Μάκειρ—Macer. Exported from Malaô and Moundou (8, 9). According -to Pliny, Dioskoridês, and others, it is an Indian bark—perhaps a -kind of cassia. The bark is red and the root large. The bark was used -as a medicine in dysenteries. Pliny xii. 8; Salmasius, 1302. (? The -_Karachâlâ_ of the bâzârs, _Kutajatvak_). - -23. Μάλαβαθρον (Sans. _tamâlapattra_, the leaf of the _Laurus Cassia_), -Malabathrum, Betel. Obtained by the Thînai from the Sesatai and -exported to India[10] (65); conveyed down the Ganges to Gangê near -its mouth (63); conveyed from the interior of India to Mouziris and -Nelkunda for export (56). That Malabathrum was not only a masticatory, -but also an unguent or perfume, may be inferred from Horace (_Odes_, -II. vii. 89):— - - ...“coronatus nitentes - Malabathro Syrio capillos”, - -and from Pliny (xii. 59): “Dat et Malabathrum Syria, arborum folio -convoluto, arido colore, ex quo exprimitur oleum ad unguenta: -fertiliore ejusdem Egypto: laudatius tamen ex India venit.” From -Ptolemy (VII. ii. 16) we learn that the best Malabathrum was produced -in Kirrhadia—that is, Rangpur. Dioskoridês speaks of it as a -masticatory, and was aware of the confusion caused by mistaking the -nard for the betel. - -21. Μέλι τὸ καλάμινον, τὸ λεγομενον σάκχαρ (Sans. _śarkarâ_, Prâkṛit -_sâkara_, Arab. _sukkar_, Latin _saccharum_)—Honey from canes, called -Sugar. Exported from Barugaza to the marts of Barbaria (14). The -first Western writer who mentions this article was Theophrastos, who -continued the labours of Aristotle in natural history. He called it a -sort of honey extracted from reeds. Strabo states, on the authority of -Nearkhos, that reeds in India yield honey without bees. Ælian (_Hist. -Anim._) speaks of a kind of honey pressed from reeds which grow among -the Prasii. Seneca (Epist. 84) speaks of sugar as a kind of honey -found in India on the leaves of reeds, which had either been dropped -on them from the sky as dew, or had exuded from the reeds themselves. -This was a prevalent error in ancient times, _e.g._ Dioskoridês says -that sugar is a sort of concreted honey found upon canes in India and -Arabia Felix, and Pliny that it is collected from canes like a gum. He -describes it as white and brittle between the teeth, of the size of a -hazel-nut at most, and used in medicine only. So also Lucan, alluding -to the Indians near the Ganges, says that they quaff sweet juices from -tender reeds. Sugar, however, as is well known, must be extracted by -art from the plant. It has been conjectured that the sugar described by -Pliny and Dioskoridês was sugar candy obtained from China. - -25. Μελίλωτον—Melilot, Honey-lotus. Exported from Egypt to Barugaza -(49). Melilot is the Egyptian or Nymphæa Lotus, or Lily of the Nile, -the stalk of which contained a sweet nutritive substance which was made -into bread. So Vincent; but Melilot is a kind of clover, so called -from the quantity of honey it contains. The nymphæa lotus, or what -was called the Lily of the Nile, is not a true lotus, and contains no -edible substance. - -26. Μοκρότον. Exported from Moundou (9) and Mossulon (10). It is a sort -of incense, mentioned only in the _Periplûs_. - -27. Μότω—Motô—a sort of cassia exported from Tabai and Opônê (13). - -28. Μύρον—Myrrh. (Sans. _bola_.) Exported from Egypt to Barugaza as a -present for the king (49). It is a gum or resin issuing from a thorn -found in Arabia Felix, Abyssinia, &c., _vide_ σμύρνη _inf._ - -29. Νάρδος (Sans. _nalada_, ‘kaskas,’ Heb. _nerd_) Nard, Spikenard.[11] -Gangetic spikenard brought down the Ganges to Gangê, near its mouth -(63), and forwarded thence to Mouziris and Nelkunda (56). Spikenard -produced in the regions of the Upper Indus and in Indo-Skythia -forwarded through Ozênê to Barugaza (48). Imported by the Egyptians -from Barugaza and Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia (49, 39). - -The _Nardos_ is a plant called (from its root being shaped like an -ear of corn) νάρδου στάχυς, also ναρδόσταχυς, Latin _Spica nardi_, -whence ‘spikenard.’ It belongs to the species _Valeriana_. “No Oriental -aromatic,” says Vincent, “has caused greater disputes among the -critics or writers on natural history, and it is only within these -few years that we have arrived at the true knowledge of this curious -odour by means of the inquiries of Sir W. Jones and Dr. Roxburgh. -Pliny describes the nard with its _spica_, mentioning also that both -the leaves and the _spica_ are of high value, and that the odour is -the prime in all unguents; the price 100 denarii for a pound. But -he afterwards visibly confounds it with the Malabathrum or Betel, -as will appear from his usage of _Hadrosphærum_, _Mesosphærum_, and -_Microsphærum_, terms peculiar to the Betel”—II. 743-4. See Sir W. -Jones on the spikenard of the ancients in As. Res. vol. II. pp. 416 -_et seq._, and Roxburgh’s additional remarks on the spikenard of the -ancients, vol. IV. pp. 97 _et seq._, and botanical observations on the -spikenard, pp. 433. See also Lassen, _Ind. Alt._ vol. I. pp. 288 _et -seq._ - -30. Ναύπλιος—Nauplius. Exported in small quantity from the marts of -Azania (17). The signification of the word is obscure, and the reading -suspected. For ΝαΥΠλιος Müller suggests ΝαΡΓΙλιος, the Indian cocoanut, -which the Arabians call _Nargil_ (Sansk. _nârikêla_ or _nâlikêra_, Guj. -_nâliyêr_, Hindi _nâliyar_). It favours this suggestion that cocoanut -oil is a product of Zangibar, and that in four different passages of -Kosmas Indikopleustês nuts are called αργελλια, which is either a -corrupt reading for ναργελλια, or Kosmas may not have known the name -accurately enough. - -31. Ὀθόνιον—Muslin. Sêric muslin sent from the Thînai to Barugaza and -Dimurikê (64). Coarse cottons produced in great quantity in Ariakê, -carried down from Ozênê to Barugaza (48); large supplies sent thither -from Tagara also (51); Indian muslins exported from the markets of -Dimurikê to Egypt (56). Muslins of every description, Seric and dyed of -a mallow colour, exported from Barugaza to Egypt (49); Indian muslin -taken to the island of Dioskoridês (31); wide Indian muslins called -μοναχὴ, _monâkhê_, i. e. of the best and finest sort; and another -sort called σαγματογήνη, _sagmatogênê_, i. e. coarse cotton unfit -for spinning, and used for stuffing beds, cushions, &c., exported -from Barugaza to the Barbarine markets (14), and to Arabia, whence -it was exported to Adouli (6). The meanings given to _monâkhê_ and -_sagmatogênê_ (for which other readings have been suggested) are -conjectural. Vincent defends the meaning assigned to _sagmatogênê_ by a -quotation from a passage in Strabo citing Nearkhos:—“Fine muslins are -made of cotton, but the Makedonians use cotton for flocks, and stuffing -of couches.” - -32. Ὀῖνος—Wine. Laodikean and Italian wine exported in small quantity -to Adouli (6); to Aualitês (7), Malaê (8), Mouza (24), Kanê (28), -Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia (39); the same sorts, together with Arabian -wine, to Barugaza (49); sent in small quantity to Mouziris and Nelkunda -(56); the region inland from Oraia bears the vine (37), which is found -also in the district of Mouza (24), whence wine is exported to the -marts of Azania, not for sale, but to gain the good will of the natives -(17). Wine is exported also from the marts of Apologos and Omana to -Barugaza (36). By Arabian wine may perhaps be meant palm or toddy wine, -a great article of commerce. - -33. Ὄμφακος Διοσπολιτικῆς χυλός—the juice of the sour grape of -Diospolis. Exported from Egypt to Aualitês (7). This, says Vincent, -was the dipse of the Orientals, and still used as a relish all over -the East. _Dipse_ is the rob of grapes in their unripe state, and a -pleasant acid.—II. 751. This juice is called by Dioskoridês (iv. 7) in -one word Ομφάκιον, and also (v. 12) Ὀῖνος Ὀμφακίτης. Cf. Plin. xii. 27. - -34. Ὄρυζα (Sansk. _vrîhi_)—Rice. Produced in Oraia and Ariakê (37, 41), -exported from Barugaza to the Barbarine markets (14), and to the island -of Dioskoridês (31). - -35. Πέπερι (Sansk. _pippalî_,) long pepper—Pepper. Kottonarik pepper -exported in large quantities from Mouziris and Nelkunda (56); long -pepper from Barugaza (49). _Kottonara_ was the name of the district, -and _Kottonarikon_ the name of the pepper for which the district was -famous. Dr. Buchanan identifies Kottonara with Kadattanâḍu, a district -in the Calicut country celebrated for its pepper. Dr. Burnell, however, -identifies it with Kolatta-Nâḍu, the district about Tellicherry, which, -he says, is the pepper district. - -36. Πυρὸς—Wheat. Exported in small quantity from Egypt to Kanê (28), -some grown in the district around Mouza (24). - -37. Σάκχαρι—Sugar: see under Μελι. - -38. Σανδαράκη—Sandarakê (_chandrasa_ of the bazars); a resin from the -_Thuja articulata_ or _Callitris quadrivalvis_, a small coniferous -tree of North Africa; it is of a faint aromatic smell and is used as -incense. Exported from Egypt to Barugaza (49); conveyed to Mouziris and -Nelkunda (56).[12] - -Sandarakê also is a red pigment—red sulphuret of arsenic, as orpiment -is the yellow sulphuret. Cf. Plin. xxxv. 22, Hard. “Juba informs -us that sandarace and ochre are found in an island of the Red Sea, -Topazas, whence they are brought to us.” - -39. Σαντάλινα and σασάμινα ξύλα—Logs of Sandal and Sasame (_santalum -album_). Exported from Barugaza to the marts of Omana and Apologos -(30). Σαντάλινα is a correction of the MS. reading σαγάλινα proposed -by Salmasius. Kosmas Indikopleustes calls sandalwood τζαδάνα. For -σασαμινα of the MS. Stuckius proposed σησάμινα—a futile, emendation, -since sesame is known only as a leguminous plant from which an oil -is expressed, and not as a tree. But possibly Red Saunders wood -(_Pterocarpus Santalinus_) may be meant. - -40. Σησάμινον ἔλαιον. See Ελαιον. - -41. Σινδόνες διαφορώταται αἱ Γαγγητικᾶι. The finest Bengal muslins -exported from the Ganges (63); other muslins in Taprobanê (61); -Μαργαριτιδες (?), made at Argalou and thence exported (59); muslins of -all sorts and mallow-tinted (μολοχιναι) sent from Ozênê to Barugaza -(48), exported thence to Arabia for the supply of the market at Adouli -(6). - -42. Σῖτος—Corn. Exported from Egypt to Adouli (7), Malaô (8); a little -to Mouza (24), and to Kanê (28), and to Muziris and Nelkunda for ships’ -stores (56); exported from Dimurikê and Ariakê into the Barbarine -markets (14), into Moskha (32) and the island of Dioskoridês (31); -exported also from Mouza to the ports of Azania for presents (17). - -43. Σμύρνη—Myrrh (vide μυρον). Exported from Malaô, Moundou, Mossulon -(8, 9, 10); from Aualitês a small quantity of the best quality (7); a -choice sort that trickles in drops, called _Abeirminaia_ ἐκλεκτὴ καὶ -στακτὴ ἁβειρμιναία), exported from Mouza (24). For Ἁβειρμιναία of the -MS. Müller suggests to read γαβειρμιναία, inclining to think that two -kinds of myrrh are indicated, the names of which have been erroneously -combined into one, viz. the Gabiræan and Minæan, which are mentioned by -Dioskoridês, Hippokratês, and Galen. There is a _Wadi Gabir_ in Oman. - -44. Στύραξ—Storax (Sans. _turuska_, _selarasa_ of the bazars),—one of -the balsams. Exported from Egypt to Kanê (28), Barbarikon on the Indus -(39), Barugaza (40). Storax is the produce of the tree _Liquidambar -orientale_, which grows in the south of Europe and the Levant.[13] -The purest kind is storax in grains. Another kind is called _styrax -calamita_, from being brought in masses wrapped up in the leaves of a -certain reed. Another kind, that sold in shops, is semi-fluid. - -45. Φοῖνιξ—the Palm or Dates. Exported from the marts of Apologos and -Omana to Barugaza (36, 37). - - -IV.—Metals and Metallic Articles:— - -1. Ἀργυρᾶ σκεύη, ἀργυρώματα—Vessels of silver. Exported from Egypt to -Mossulon (10), to Barbarikon on the Indus (39). Silver plate chased -or polished (τορνευτα or τετορνευμενα) sent as presents to the despot -of Mouza (24), to Kanê for the king (28). Costly (βαρυτιμα) plate -to Barugaza for the king (49). Plate made according to the Egyptian -fashion to Adouli for the king (6). - -2. Ἀρσενικὸν—Arsenic (_somal_). Exported from Egypt to Mouziris and -Nelkunda (56). - -3. Δηνάριον—Denary. Exported in small quantity from Egypt to Adouli -(6). Gold and silver denarii sent in small quantity to the marts of -Barbaria (8, 13); exchanges with advantage for native money at Barugaza -(49). - -The _denary_ was a Roman coin equal to about 8½_d._, and a little -inferior in value to the Greek drachma. - -4. Κάλτις—Kaltis. A gold coin (νομισμα) current in the district of -the Lower Ganges (63); Benfey thinks the word is connected with the -Sanskrit _kalita_, i.e. _numeratum_. - -5. Κασσίτερος (Sans. _baṅga_, _kathila_)—Tin. Exported from Egypt -to Aualitês (7), Malaô (8), Kanê (28), Barugaza (49), Mouziris and -Nelkunda (56). India produced this metal, but not in those parts to -which the Egyptian trade carried it. - -6. Μόλυβδος—Lead (Sansk. _nâga_, Guj. _sîsuṅ_). Exported from Egypt to -Barugaza, Muziris, and Nelkunda (49, 56). - -7. Ὀρείχαλκος—Orichalcum (Sans. _tripus_, Prak. _pîtala_)—Brass. Used -for ornaments and cut into small pieces by way of coin. Exported from -Egypt to Adouli (6). - -The word means ‘mountain copper.’ Ramusio calls it white copper from -which the gold and silver have not been well separated in extracting -it from the ore. Gold, it may be remarked, does not occur as an export -from any of the African marts, throughout the _Periplûs_. - -8. Σίδηρος, σιδηρύ σκεύη—Iron, iron utensils. Exported from Egypt to -Malaô, Moundou, Tabai, Opônê (8, 9, 12, 13). Iron spears, swords and -adzes exported to Adouli (6). Indian iron and sword-blades (στομωμα) -exported to Adouli from Arabia (Ariakê?). Spears (λόγχαι) manufactured -at Mouza, hatchets (πελύκια), swords (μάχαιραι), awls (ὀπέτια) exported -from Mouza to Azania (17). - -On the Indian sword see Ktêsias, p. 80, 4. The Arabian poets celebrate -swords made of Indian steel. Cf. Plin. xxxiv. 41:—“Ex omnibus autem -generibus palma Serico ferro est.” This iron, as has already been -stated, was sent to India along with skins and cloth. Cf. also Edrisi, -vol. I. p. 65, ed. Joubert. Indian iron is mentioned in the Pandects as -an article of commerce. - -9. Στίμμι—Stibium (Sans. _sauvîrânjana_, Prâk. _surmâ_). Exported from -Egypt to Barugaza (49), to Mouziris and Nelkunda (56). - -Stibium is a sulphuret of antimony, a dark pigment, called _kohol_, -much used in the East for dyeing the eyelids. - -10. Χαλκὸς—Copper (Sans. _tâmra_) or Brass. Exported from Egypt to -Kanê (28), to Barugaza (49), Mouziris and Nelkunda (56). Vessels made -thereof (Χαλκουργήματα) sent to Mouza as presents to the despot (24). -Drinking-vessels (ποτηρια) exported to the marts of Barbaria (8, 13). -Big and round drinking-cups to Adouli (6). A few (μελίεφθα ὀλίγα) -to Malaô (8); μελίεφθα χαλκᾶ for cooking with, and being cut into -bracelets and anklets for women to Adouli (6). - -Regarding μελίεφθα Vincent says: “No usage of the word occurs -elsewhere; but metals were prepared with several materials to give -them colour, or to make them tractable, or malleable. Thus χολόβαφα in -Hesychius was brass prepared with ox’s gall to give it the colour of -gold, and used, like our tinsel ornaments or foil, for stage dresses -and decorations. Thus common brass was neither ductile nor malleable, -but the Cyprian brass was both. And thus perhaps brass, μελίεφθα was -formed with some preparation of honey.” Müller cannot accept this view. -“It is evident,” he says, “that the reference is to ductile copper -from which, as Pliny says, all impurity has been carefully removed by -smelting, so that pots, bracelets, and articles of that sort could be -fabricated from it. One might therefore think that the reading should -be περίεφθα or πυρίεφθα, but in such a case the writer would have said -περίεφθον χαλκόν. In vulgar speech μελίεφθα is used as a substantive -noun, and I am therefore almost persuaded that, just as molten copper, -ὁ χαλκὸς ὁ χυτὸς, _cuprum caldarium_, was called τρόχιος, from the -likeness in shape of its round masses to hoops, so _laminæ_ of ductile -copper (_plaques de cuivre_) might have been called μελίεφθα, because -shaped like thin honey-cakes, πεμματα μελίεφθα.” - -11. Χρυσὸς—Gold. Exported from the marts of Apologos and Omana to -Barugaza (36). Gold plate—χρυσώματα—exported from Egypt to Mouza for -the despot (24), and to Adouli for the king (6). - - -V. Stones:— - - -1. Λιθία διαφανὴς—Gems (carbuncles?) found in Taprobanê (63); exported -in every variety from Mouziris and Nelkunda (56). - -2. Αδάμας—Diamonds. (Sans. _vajra_, _pîraka_). Exported from Mouziris -and Nelkunda (56). - -3. Καλλεανὸς λίθος—Gold-stone, yellow crystal, chrysolith? Exported -from Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia (39). - -It is not a settled point what stone is meant. Lassen says that the -Sanskrit word _kalyâṇa_ means _gold_, and would therefore identify it -with the chrysolith or gold-stone. If this view be correct, the reading -of the MS. need not be altered into καλλαῖνὸς, as Salmasius, whom -the editors of the _Periplûs_ generally follow, enjoins. In support -of the alteration Salmasius adduces Pliny, xxxvii. 56:—“Callais -sapphirum imitatur, candidior et litoroso mari similis. Callainas -vocant e turbido Callaino”, and other passages. Schwanbeck, however, -maintaining the correctness of the MS. reading, says that the Sanskrit -word _kalyâṇa_ generally signifies _money_, but in a more general -sense _anything beautiful_, and might therefore have been applied -to this gem. _Kalyâṇa_, he adds, would appear in Greek as καλλιανὸς -or καλλεανὸς rather than καλλαῖνὸς. In like manner _kalyâṇî_ of the -Indians appears in our author not as καλλάïνα, but, as it ought to be, -καλλίενα. - -4. Λύγδος—Alabaster. Exported from Mouza (24). Salmasius says that an -imitation of this alabaster was formed of Parian marble, but that the -best and original _lygdus_ was brought from Arabia, that is, Mouza, -as noted in the _Periplûs_. Cf. Pliny (xxxvi. 8):—“Lygdinos in Tauro -repertos ... antea ex Arabia tantum advehi solitos enndoris eximii.” - -5. Ὀνυχινὴ λίθια—Onyx (_akika_—agate). Sent in vast quantities -(πλειστη) from Ozênê and Paithana to Barugaza (48, 51), and thence -exported to Egypt (49). Regarding the onyx mines of Gujarât _vide_ -Ritter, vol. VI. p. 603. - -6. Μουρρίνη, sup. λιθια—Fluor-spath. Sent from Ozênê to Barugaza, and -exported to Egypt (49). Porcelain made at Diospolis (μουρῥίνη λιθία ἡ -γενομένη ἐν Διοσπόλει) exported from Egypt to Adouli (6). - -The reading of the MS. is μοῤῥίνης. By this is to be understood -_vitrum murrhinum_, a sort of china or porcelain made in imitation of -cups or vases of _murrha_, a precious fossil-stone resembling, if -not identical with, _fluor-spath_, such as is found in Derbyshire. -Vessels of this stone were exported from India, and also, as we learn -from Pliny, from Karmania, to the Roman market, where they fetched -extravagant prices.[14] The “cups baked in Parthian fires” (_pocula -Parthis focis cocta_) mentioned by Propertius (IV. v. 26) must be -referred to the former class. The whole subject is one which has much -exercised the pens of the learned. “Six hundred writers,” says Müller, -“emulously applying themselves to explain what had the best claim to -be considered the _murrha_ of the ancients, have advanced the most -conflicting opinions. Now it is pretty well settled that the murrhine -vases were made of that stone which is called in German _flusspath_ -(_spato-fluore_)”. He then refers to the following as the principal -authorities on the subject:—Pliny—xxxiii. 7 _et seq._; xxxiii. _proœm._ -Suetonius—_Oct._ c. 71; Seneca—_Epist._ 123; Martial—iv. 86; xiv. 43; -_Digest_—xxxiii. 10, 3; xxxiv. 2. 19; Rozière—_Mémoire sur les Vases -murrhins_, &c.; in _Description de l’Égypt_, vol. VI. pp. 277 _et -seq._: Corsi—_Delle Pietre antiche_, p. 106; Thiersch—_Ueber die Vasa -Murrhina der Alten, in Abhandl. d. Munchn. Akad._ 1835, vol. I. pp. -443-509; A learned Englishman in the _Classical Journal_ for 1810, -p. 472; Witzsch in Pauly’s _Real Encycl._ vol. V. p. 253. See also -Vincent, vol. II. pp. 723-7. - -7. Ὀψιανὸς λίθος—the Opsian or Obsidian stone, found in the Bay of -Hanfelah (5). Pliny says,—“The opsians or obsidians are also reckoned -as a sort of glass bearing the likeness of the stone which Obsius (or -Obsidius) found in Ethiopia, of a very black colour, sometimes even -translucent, hazier than ordinary glass to look through, and when used -for mirrors on the walls reflecting but shadows instead of distinct -images.” (Bk. xxxvi. 37). The only Obsius mentioned in history is a -M. Obsius who had been Prætor, a friend of Germanicus, referred to by -Tacitus (_Ann._ IV. 68, 71). He had perhaps been for a time prefect -of Egypt, and had coasted the shore of Ethiopia at the time when -Germanicus traversed Egypt till he came to the confines of Ethiopia. -Perhaps, however, the name of the substance is of Greek origin—ὀψιανὀς, -from its reflecting power. - -8. Σάπφειρος—the Sapphire. Exported from Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia -(39). “The ancients distinguished two sorts of dark blue or purple, -one of which was spotted with gold. Pliny says it is never pellucid, -which seems to make it a different stone from what is now called -sapphire.”—Vincent (vol. II. p. 757), who adds in a note, “Dr. Burgess -has specimens of both sorts, the one with gold spots like lapis lazuli, -and not transparent.”[15] - -9. Ὑάκινθος—Hyacinth or Jacinth. Exported from Mouziris and Nelkunda -(56). According to Salmasius this is the Ruby. In Solinus xxx. it would -seem to be the Amethyst (Sansk. _pushkarâja_.) - -10. Ὑαλος ἀργὴ—Glass of a coarse kind. Exported from Egypt to Barugaza -(49), to Mouziris and Nelkunda (56). Vessels of glass (ὑαλα σκευη) -exported from Egypt to Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia (39). Crystal of -many sorts (λιθίας ὑαλῆς πλεῖστα γενη) exported from Egypt to Adouli, -Aualitês, Mossulon (6, 7, 10); from Mouza to Azania (17). - -11. Χρυσόλιθος—Chrysolite. Exported from Egypt to Barbarikon in -Indo-Skythia (39), to Barugaza (43), to Mouziris and Nelkunda (56). -Some take this to be the topaz (Hind. _pîrojâ_). - - -VI. Wearing Apparel:— - -1. Ἱμάτια ἄγναφα—Cloths undressed. Manufactured in Egypt and thence -exported to Adouli (6). These were disposed of to the tribes of -Barbaria—the Troglodyte shepherds of Upper Egypt, Nubia and Ethiopia. - -2. Ἱμάτια βαρβαρικὰ σύμμικτα γεγναμμένα—Cloths for the Barbarine -markets, dressed and dyed of various colours. Exported to Malaô and -Aualitês (8, 7). - -3. Ἱματισμὸς Ἀραβικὸς—Cloth or coating for the Arabian markets. -Exported from Egypt (24). Different kinds are enumerated:—Χειριδωτὸς, -with sleeves reaching to the wrist; Ὁτε ἁπλοῦς καὶ ὁ κοινὸς, with -single texture and of the common sort; σκοτουλάτος, wrought with -figures, checkered; the word is a transliteration of the Latin -_scutulatus_, from _scutum_, the checks being lozenge-shaped, like a -shield: see Juvenal, Sat. ii. 79; διάχρυσος, shot with gold; πολυτελὴς, -a kind of great price sent to the despot of Mouza; Κοινὸς καὶ ἁπλοῦς -καὶ ὁ νόθος, cloth of a common sort, and cloth of simple texture, -and cloth in imitation of a better commodity, sent to Kanê (28); -Διάφορος ἁπλους, of superior quality and single texture, for the king -(28); Ἁπλοῦς, _of single texture_, in great quantity, and νόθος, in -inferior sort imitating a better, in small quantity, sent to Barbarikon -in Indo-Skythia (39), ἁπλοῦς καὶ νόθος παντοῖος, and for the king -ἁπλοῦς πολυτελης, sent to Barugaza (49); Ἱματισμὸς οὐ πολύς—cloth in -small quantity sent to Muziris and Nelkunda (56); ἐντόπιος, of native -manufacture, exported from the marts of Apologos and Omana to Barugaza -(36). - -4. Αβόλλαι—Riding or watch cloaks. Exported from Egypt to Mouza (34), -to Kanê (28). This word is a transliteration of the Latin _Abolla_. -It is supposed, however, to be derived from Greek: ἀμβολλη, i. e. -ἀμφιβολὴ. It was a woollen cloak of close texture—often mentioned in -the Roman writers: _e.g._ Juven. _Sat._ iii. 115 and iv. 70; Sueton. -_Calig._ c. 35. Where the word occurs in sec. 6 the reading of the MS. -is ἅβολοι, which Müller has corrected to ἀβόλλαι, though Salmasius had -defended the original reading. - -5. Δικρόσσια (Lat. _Mantilia utrinque fimbriata_)—Cloths with a double -fringe. Exported from Egypt to Adouli (6). This word occurs only in -the _Periplûs_. The simple Κροσσιον, however, is met with in Herodian, -_Epim._ p. 72. An adjective δίκροσσος is found in Pollux vii. 72. -“We cannot err much,” says Vincent, “in rendering the δικρόσσια of -the _Periplûs_ either _cloth fringed_, with Salmasius, or _striped_, -with Apollonius. Meursius says λεντία ἄκροσσα are _plain linens not -striped_.” - -6. Ζώναι πολύμιτοι πηχυαῖοι—Flowered or embroidered girdles, a cubit -broad. Exported from Egypt to Barugaza (49). Σκιωταὶ—girdles (_kâcha_) -shaded of different colours, exported to Mouza (24). This word occurs -only in the _Periplûs_. - -7. Καυνάκαὶ—Garments of frieze. Exported from Arabia to Adouli (6); a -pure sort—ἁπλοι—exported to the same mart from Egypt (6). In the latter -of these two passages the MS. reading is γαυνάκαὶ. Both forms are in -use: conf. Latin _gaunace_—Varro, _de L. L._ 4, 35. It means also _a -fur garment_ or _blanket_—_vestis stragula_. - -8. Λώδικες—Quilts or coverlids. Exported in small quantity from Egypt -to Mouza (24) and Kanê (28). - -9. Περιζώματα—Sashes, girdles, or aprons. Exported from Barugaza to -Adouli (6), and into Barbaria (14). - -10. Πολύμιτα—Stuffs in which several threads were taken for the woof -in order to weave flowers or other objects: Latin _polymita_ and -_plumatica_. Exported from Egypt to Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia (39), to -Mouziris and Nelkunda (56). - -11. Σάγοι Ἀρσινοητικοὶ γεγναμμένοι καὶ βεβαμμένοι—Coarse cloaks made at -Arsinoê, dressed and dyed. Exported from Egypt to Barbaria (8, 13). - -12. Στολαὶ Ἀρσινοητικάι—Women’s robes made at Arsinoê. Exported from -Egypt to Adouli (6). - -13. Χιτῶνες—Tunics. Exported from Egypt to Malaô, Moundou, Mossulon (8, -9, 10). - - -VII. In addition to the above, works of art are mentioned. - -Ἀνδριάντες—Images, sent as presents to Kharibaël (48). Cf. Strabo (p. -714), who among the articles sent to Arabia enumerates τορευμα, γραφην, -πλασμα, pieces of sculpture, painting, statues. - -Μουσικἀ—Instruments of music, for presents to the king of Ariakê (49). - - - - - ANONYMI [ARRIANI UT FERTUR] PERIPLUS MARIS ERYTHRÆI. - - -1. The first of the important roadsteads established on the Red Sea, -and the first also of the great trading marts upon its coast, is the -port of +Myos-hormos+ in Egypt. Beyond it at a distance of 1800 -stadia is +Berenikê+, which is to your right if you approach it by -sea. These roadsteads are both situate at the furthest end of Egypt, -and are bays of the Red Sea. - -_Commentary._ - - (1) +Myos Hormos.+—Its situation is determined by the cluster of - islands now called +Jifâtîn+ [lat. 27° 12´ N., long. 33° 55´ E.] - of which the three largest lie opposite an indenture of the coast of - Egypt on the curve of which its harbour was situated [near Ras Abu - Somer, a little north of Satâjah Island]. It was founded by Ptolemy - Philadelphos B. C. 274, who selected it as the principal - port of the Egyptian trade with India in preference to Arsinoê,[16] - N. N. E. of Suez, on account of the difficulty and tediousness of - the navigation down the Heroöpolite Gulf. The vessels bound for - Africa and the south of Arabia left its harbour about the time of - the autumnal equinox, when the North West wind which then prevailed - carried them quickly down the Gulf. Those bound for the Malabar - Coast or Ceylon left in July, and if they cleared the Red Sea before - the 1st of September, they had the monsoon to assist their passage - across the ocean. +Myos Hormos+ was distant from +Koptos+ - [lat. 26° N.], the station on the Nile through which it communicated - with Alexandria, a journey of seven or eight days along a road opened - through the desert by Philadelphos. The name +Myos Hormos+ is of - Greek origin, and may signify either the Harbour of the Mouse, or, - more probably, of the Mussel, since the pearl mussel abounded in its - neighbourhood. +Agatharkhidês+ calls it +Aphroditēs Hormos+, - and Pliny +Veneris Portus+. [Veneris Portus however was probably - at Sherm Sheikh, lat. 24° 36´ N. Off the coast is Wade Jemâl Island, - lat. 24° 39´ N., long. 35° 8´ E., called Iambe by Pliny, and perhaps - the Aphroditês Island of Ptolemy IV. v. 77.] Referring to this name - Vincent says: “Here if the reader will advert to Aphroditê, the Greek - title of Venus, as springing from the foam of the ocean, it will - immediately appear that the Greeks were translating here, for the - native term to this day is _Suffange-el-Bahri_, ‘sponge of the sea’; - and the vulgar error of the sponge being the foam of the sea, will - immediately account for Aphroditê.” - - The rival of Myos-Hormos was +Berenikê+, a city built by Ptolemy - Philadelphos, who so named it in honour of his mother, who was the - daughter of Ptolemy Lagos and Antigonê. It was in the same parallel - with Syênê and therefore not far from the Tropic [lat. 23° 55´ N.]. - It stood nearly at the bottom of _Foul Bay_ (ἐν βάθει τοῦ Ἀκαθάρτου - Κὀλπου), so called from the coast being foul with shoals and breakers, - and not from the impurity of its water, as its Latin name, _Sinus - Immundus_, would lead us to suppose. Its ruins are still perceptible - even to the arrangement of the streets, and in the centre is a small - Egyptian temple adorned with hieroglyphics and bas-reliefs of Greek - workmanship. Opposite to the town is a very fine natural harbour, the - entrance of which has been deep enough for small vessels, though the - bar is now impassable at low water. Its prosperity under the Ptolemies - and afterwards under the Romans was owing to its safe anchorage and - its being, like Myos-Hormos, the terminus of a great road from Koptos - along which the traffic of Alexandria with Ethiopia, Arabia, and India - passed to and fro. Its distance from +Koptos+ was 258 Roman miles - or 11 days’ journey. The distance between Myos-Hormos and Berenikê is - given in the _Periplûs_ at 225 miles, but this is considerably above - the mark. The difficulty of the navigation may probably have made the - distance seem greater than it was in reality. - -2. The country which adjoins them on the right below Berenîkê -is +Barbaria+. Here the sea-board is peopled by the -+Ikhthyophagoi+, who live in scattered huts built in the narrow -gorges of the hills, and further inland are the +Berbers+, and -beyond them the +Agriophagoi+ and +Moskhophagoi+, tribes -under regular government by kings. Beyond these again, and still -further inland towards the west [is situated the metropolis called -Meroê]. - - - (2) Adjoining +Berenikê+ was +Barbaria+ (ἡ Βαρβαρικὴ χώρα)—the - land about Ras Abû Fatima [lat. 22° 26´ N.—Ptol. IV. vii. 28]. The - reading of the MS. is ἡ Τισηβαρικὴ which Müller rejects because the - name nowhere occurs in any work, and because if +Barbaria+ is not - mentioned here, our author could not afterwards (Section 5) say ἡ ἄλλη - Βαρβαρία. The +Agriophagoi+ who lived in the interior are mentioned - by Pliny (vi. 35), who says that they lived principally on the flesh - of panthers and lions. Vincent writes as if instead of Αγριοφάγων the - reading should be Ακριδοφάγων locust-eaters, who are mentioned by - Agatharkhidês in his _De Mari Erythraeo_, Section 58. Another inland - tribe is mentioned in connection with them—the +Moskhophagoi+, who may - be identified with the +Rizophagoi+ or +Spermatophagoi+ of the same - writer, who were so named because they lived on roots of the tender - suckers and buds of trees, called in Greek μόσχοι. This being a term - applied also to the young of animals, Vincent was led to think that - this tribe fed on the brinde or flesh cut out of the living animal as - described by Bruce. - -3. Below the +Moskhophagoi+, near the sea, lies a little trading -town distant from Berenîkê about 4000 stadia, called +Ptolemaïs -Thêrôn+, from which, in the days of the Ptolemies, the hunters -employed by them used to go up into the interior to catch elephants. In -this mart is procured the true (or marine) tortoise-shell, and the land -kind also, which, however, is scarce, of a white colour, and smaller -size. A little ivory is also sometimes obtainable, resembling that of -+Adouli+. This place has no port, and is approachable only by -boats. - - - (3) To the south of the Moskhophagoi lies +Ptolemaïs Thêrôn+, - or, as it is called by Pliny, +Ptolemaïs Epitheras+. [On - Er-rih island, lat. 18° 9´ N., long 38° 27´ E., are the ruins of an - ancient town—probably Ptolemaïs Therôn—Müller however places Suche - here.—Ptol. I. viii. 1.; IV. vii. 7; VIII. xvi. 10]. It was originally - an Ethiopian village, but was extended and fortified by Ptolemy - Philadelphos, who made it the depôt of the elephant trade, for which - its situation on the skirts of the great Nubian forest, where these - animals abounded, rendered it peculiarly suitable. The Egyptians - before this had imported their elephants from Asia, but as the supply - was precarious, and the cost of importation very great, Philadelphos - made the most tempting offers to the Ethiopian elephant-hunters - (Elephantophagoi) to induce them to abstain from eating the animal, - or to reserve at least a portion of them for the royal stables. They - rejected however all his solicitations, declaring that even for all - Egypt they would not forego the luxury of their repast. The king - resolved thereupon to procure his supplies by employing hunters of his - own. - -4. Leaving Ptolemaïs Thêrôn we are conducted, at the distance of about -3000 stadia, to +Adouli+, a regular and established port of trade -situated on a deep bay the direction of which is due south. Facing -this, at a distance seaward of about 200 stadia from the inmost recess -of the bay, lies an island called +Oreinê+ (or ‘the mountainous’), -which runs on either side parallel with the mainland. Ships, that come -to trade with Adouli, now-a-days anchor here, to avoid being attacked -from the shore; for in former times when they used to anchor at the -very head of the bay, beside an island called +Diodôros+, which -was so close to land that the sea was fordable, the neighbouring -barbarians, taking advantage of this, would run across to attack the -ships at their moorings. At the distance of 20 stadia from the sea, -opposite +Oreinê+, is the village of Adouli, which is not of any -great size, and inland from this a three days’ journey is a city, -+Kolöê+, the first market where ivory can be procured. From Kolöê -it takes a journey of five days to reach the metropolis of the people -called the +Auxumitae+, whereto is brought, through the province -called +Kyêneion+, all the ivory obtained on the other side of -the Nile, before it is sent on to Adouli. The whole mass, I may say, -of the elephants and rhinoceroses which are killed _to supply the -trade_ frequent the uplands _of the interior_, though at rare times -they are seen near the coast, even in the neighbourhood of Adouli. -Besides the islands already mentioned, a cluster consisting of many -small ones lies out in the sea to the right of this port. They bear -the name of +Alalaiou+, and yield the tortoises with which the -+Ikhthyophagoi+ supply the market. - - - (4) Beyond +Ptolemaïs Thêrôn+ occurs +Adoulê+, at a - distance, according to the _Periplûs_, of 3000 stadia—a somewhat - excessive estimate. The place is called also +Adoulei+ and more - commonly Adoulis by ancient writers (Ptol. IV. vii. 8; VIII. xvi. 11). - It is represented by the modern Thulla or Zula [pronounced Azule,—lat. - 15° 12´-15° 15´ N., long. 39° 36´ E.].—To the West of this, according - to Lord Valentia and Mr. Salt, there are to be found the remains - of an ancient city. It was situated on the +Adoulikos Kolpos+ - (Ptol. I. xv. 11.; IV. vii. 8), now called Annesley Bay, the best - entrance into Abyssinia. It was erroneously placed by D’Anville at - Dokhnau or Harkiko, close to Musawwâ [lat. 15° 35´ N.] There is much - probability in the supposition that it was founded by a party of those - Egyptians who, as we learn from Herodotos (II. 30), to the number of - 240,000 fled from their country in the days of Psammêtikḥos (B. - C. 671-617) and went to as great a distance beyond Meroë, the - capital of Ethiopia, as Meroë is beyond Elephantinê. This is the - account which Pliny (VI. 3-4) gives of its foundation, adding that - it was the greatest emporium of the +Troglodytes+, and distant - from +Ptolemaïs+ a five days’ voyage, which by the ordinary - reckoning is 2,500 stadia. It was an emporium for rhinoceros’ hides, - ivory and tortoise-shell. It had not only a large sea-borne traffic, - but was also a caravan station for the traffic of the interior of - Africa. Under the Romans it was the haven of +Auxumê+ (Ptol. - IV. vii. 25,—written also Auxumis, Axumis), now Axum, the capital - of the kingdom of Tigre in Abyssinia. +Auxumê+ was the chief - centre of the trade with the interior of Africa in gold-dust, ivory, - leather, hides and aromatics. It was rising to great prosperity and - power about the time the _Periplûs_ was written, which is the earliest - work extant in which it is mentioned. It was probably founded by the - Egyptian exiles already referred to. Its remaining monuments are - perfectly Egyptian and not pastoral, Troglodytik, Greek, or Arabian in - their character. Its name at the same time retains traces of the term - +Asmak+, by which, as we learn from Herodotos, those exiles were - designated, and Heeren considers it to have been one of the numerous - priest-colonies which were sent out from Meroë. - - At Adouli was a celebrated monument, a throne of white marble - with a slab of basanite stone behind it, both covered with Greek - characters, which in the sixth century of our era were copied by - +Kosmas Indikopleustês+. The passage in Kosmos relating to this - begins thus: “+Adulê+ is a city of Ethiopia and the port of - communication with +Axiômis+, and the whole nation of which - that city is the capital. In this port we carry on our trade from - Alexandria and the Elanitik Gulf. The town itself is about a mile - from the shore, and as you enter it on the Western side which leads - from +Axiômis+, there is still remaining a chair or throne which - appertained to one of the Ptolemys who had subjected this country to - his authority.” The first portion of the inscription records that - Ptolemy Euergetês (247-222 B.C.) received from the Troglodyte - Arabs and Ethiopians certain elephants which his father, the second - king of the Makedonian dynasty, and himself had taken in hunting in - the region of ADULÊ and trained to war in their own kingdom. - The second portion of the inscription commemorates the conquests of an - anonymous Ethiopian king in Arabia and Ethiopia as far as the frontier - of Egypt. +Adouli+, it is known for certain, received its name - from a tribe so designated which formed a part of the +Danakil+ - shepherds who are still found in the neighbourhood of Annesley Bay, - in the island of Diset [lat. 15° 28´, long. 30° 45´, the Diodôros - perhaps of the _Periplûs_] opposite which is the town or station of - Masawâ (anc. Saba) [lat. 15° 37´ N., long. 39° 28´ E.], and also - in the archipelago of +Dhalak+, called in the _Periplûs_, the - islands of +Alalaiou+. The merchants of Egypt, we learn from the - work, first traded at Masawwâ but afterwards removed to Oreinê for - security. This is an islet in the south of the Bay of Masawwâ, lying - 20 miles from the coast; it is a rock as its name imports, and is of - considerable elevation. - - +Aduli+ being the best entrance into Abyssinia, came prominently - into notice during the late Abyssinian war. Beke thus speaks of it, - “In our recent visit to Abyssinia I saw quite enough to confirm the - opinion I have so long entertained, that when the ancient Greeks - founded Adule or Adulis at the mouth of the river Hadâs, now only a - river bed except during the rains, though a short way above there is - rain all the year round, they knew that they possessed one of the keys - of Abyssinia.” - -5. Below Adouli, about 800 stadia, occurs another very deep bay, -at the entrance of which on the right are vast accumulations of -sand, wherein is found deeply embedded the Opsian stone, which is -not obtainable anywhere else. The king of all this country, from -the +Moskhophagoi+ to the other end of +Barbaria+, is -+Zôskalês+, a man at once of penurious habits and of a grasping -disposition, but otherwise honourable in his dealings and instructed in -the Greek language. - - - (5) At a distance of about 100 miles beyond +Adouli+ the coast - is indented by another bay now known as +Hanfelah+ bay [near - Râs Hanfelah in lat. 14° 44´, long. 40° 49´ E.] about 100 miles from - Annesley Bay and opposite an island called Daramsas or Hanfelah. It - has wells of good water and a small lake of fresh water after the - rains; the coast is inhabited by the Dummoeta, a tribe of the Danakil. - This is the locality where, and where only, the Opsian or Obsidian - stone was to be found. Pliny calls it an unknown bay, because traders - making for the ports of Arabia passed it by without deviating from - their course to enter it. He was aware, as well as our author, that - it contained the Opsian stone, of which he gives an account, already - produced in the introduction. - -6. These articles which these places import are the following:— - -Ἱμάτια βαρβαρικα, ἄγναφα τὰ ἐν Ἀιγύπτω γινόμενα—Cloth undressed, of -Egyptian manufacture, for the Barbarian market. - -Στολὰι Ἀρσινοητικὰι—Robes manufactured at Arsinoê. - - Ἀβόλλαι νόθοι χρωμάτιναι—Cloaks, made of a poor cloth imitating a -better quality, and dyed. - -Λέντια—Linens. - -Δικρόσσια—Striped cloths and fringed. Mantles with a double fringe. - -Λιθίας ὑαλῆς πλείονα γένη καὶ ἄλλης μορρίνης, τῆς γινομένης έν -Διοσπόλει—Many sorts of glass or crystal, and of that other transparent -stone called Myrrhina, made at Diospolis. - -Ὀρείχαλκος—Yellow copper, for ornaments and cut into pieces to pass for -money. - -Μελίεφθα χαλκᾶ—Copper fused with honey: for culinary vessels and -cutting into bracelets and anklets worn by certain classes of women. - -Σίδηρος—Iron. Consumed in making spearheads for hunting the elephant -and other animals and in making weapons of war. - -Πελύκια—Hatchets. - -Σκέπαρνα—Adzes. - -Μάχαιραι—Swords. - -Ποτήρια χαλκᾶ στρογγύλα μεγάλα—Drinking vessels of brass, large and -round. - -Δηνάριον ὀλίγον—A small quantity of denarii: for the use of merchants -resident in the country. - -Οἶνος Λαοδικηνὸς καὶ Ἰταλικὸς οῦ πολῦς—Wine, Laodikean, _i.e._ Syrian, -from Laodike, (now Latakia) and Italian, but not much. - -Ἔλαιον οὐ πολύ—Oil, but not much. - -Ἀργυρώματα καὶ χρυσώματα τοπικῷ ῥυθμῷ κατεσκευασμέναι—Gold and silver -plate made according to the fashion of the country for the king. - -Ἀβόλλαι—Cloaks for riding or for the camp. - -Καυνάκαὶ ἁπλοῖ—Dresses simply made of skins with the hair or fur on. -These two articles of dress are not of much value. - -These articles are imported from the interior parts of Ariakê:— - -Σίδηρος Ἰνδικὸς—Indian iron. - -Στόμωμα—Sharp blades. - - Ὀθόνιον Ἰνδικὸν τὸ πλατύτερον, ἡ λεγομένη μοναχὴ.—Monakhê,[17] Indian -cotton cloth of great width. - -Σαγματογῆναι—Cotton for stuffing. - -Περιζώματα—Sashes or girdles. - -Καυνάκαὶ—Dresses of skin with the hair or fur on. - -Μολόχινα—Webs of cloth mallow-tinted. - -Σινδόνες ὀλίγαι—Fine muslins in small quantity. - -Λάκκος χρωμάτινος—Gum-lac: yielding Lake. - -The articles locally produced for export are ivory, tortoise-shell, and -rhinoceros. Most of the goods which supply the market arrive any time -from January to September—that is, from Tybi to Thôth. The best season, -however, for ships from Egypt to put in here is about the month of -September. - -7. From this bay the Arabian Gulf trends eastward, and at -+Aualitês+ is contracted to its narrowest. At a distance of -about 4000 stadia (_from Adouli_), if you still sail along the same -coast, you reach other marts of +Barbaria+, called the marts -beyond (_the Straits_), which occur in successive order, and which, -though harbourless, afford at certain seasons of the year good -and safe anchorage. The first district you come to is that called -+Aualitês+, where the passage across the strait to the opposite -point of Arabia is shortest. Here is a small port of trade, called, -like the district, +Aualitês+, which can be approached only by -little boats and rafts. The imports of this place are— - -Ὑαλὴ λίθια σύμμικτος—Flint glass of various sorts. - -Χυλός] Διοσπολιτικῆς ὄμφακος—Juice of the sour grape of Diospolis. - -Ἰμάτια βαρβαρικὰ σύμμικτα γεγναμμένα—Cloths of different kinds worn in -Barbaria dressed by the fuller. - -Σῖτος—Corn. - -Οἶνος—Wine. - -Κασσιτερος ὀλίγος—A little tin. - -The exports, which are sometimes conveyed on rafts across the straits -by the +Berbers+ themselves to +Okêlis+ and +Mouza+ on -the opposite coast, are— - -Ἀρώματα—Odoriferous gums. - -Ἐλέφας ὀλίγος—Ivory in small quantity. - -Χελώνη—Tortoise-shell. - -Σμύρνα ἐλαχίστη διαφέρουσα δὲ τῆς ἄλλης—Myrrh in very small quantity, -but of the finest sort. - -Μάκειρ—Macer. - -The barbarians forming the population of the place are _rude and_ -lawless men. - - -(6, 7) From this bay the coast of the gulf, according to our author, -has a more easterly direction to the Straits, the distance to which -from Adouli is stated at 4,000 stadia, an estimate much too liberal. -In all this extent of coast the _Periplûs_ mentions only the bay of -the Opsian-stones and conducts us at once from thence to Aualités at -the straits. Strabo however, and Juba, and Pliny, and Ptolemy mention -several places in this tract, such as +Arsinoë+, +Berenîkê+, -+Epideirês+, the Grove of Eumenês, the Chase of Puthangelos, the -Territory of the Elephantophagoi, &c. The straits are called by Ptolemy -+Deirê+ or +Dêrê+ (_i. e._ the neck), a word which from its -resemblance in sound to the Latin _Dirae_ has sometimes been explained -to mean “the terrible.” (I. xv. 11; IV. vii. 9; VIII. xvi. 12). “The -_Periplûs_,” Vincent remarks, “makes no mention of Deirê, but observes -that the point of contraction is close to +Abalitês+ or the -Abalitik mart; it is from this mart that the coast of Africa falling -down first to the South and curving afterwards towards the East is -styled the Bay of +Aualitês+ by Ptolemy, (IV. vii. 10, 20, 27, 30, -39,) but in the _Periplûs_ this name is confined to a bay immediately -beyond the straits which D’Anville has likewise inserted in his map, -but which I did not fully understand till I obtained Captain Cook’s -chart and found it perfectly consistent with the _Periplûs_.” It is the -gulf of Tejureh or Zeyla. - -The tract of country extending from the Straits to Cape Arômata -(now Guardafui) is called at the present day +Adel+. It is -described by Strabo (XVI. iv. 14), who copies his account of it from -Artemidoros. He mentions no emporium, nor any of the names which occur -in the _Periplûs_ except the haven of Daphnous. [Bandar Mariyah, lat. -11° 46´ N., long. 50° 38´ E.] He supplies however many particulars -regarding the region which are left unnoticed by our author as having -no reference to commerce—particulars, however, which prove that -these parts which were resorted to in the times of the Ptolemies for -elephant-hunting were much better known to the ancients than they -were till quite recently known to ourselves. Ptolemy gives nearly the -same series of names (IV. vii. 9, 10) as the _Periplûs_, but with some -discrepancies in the matter of their distances which he does not so -accurately state. His list is: +Dêre+, a city; +Abalitês+ -or Aualitês, a mart; +Malaô+, a mart; +Moundou+ or -+Mondou+, a mart; Mondou, an island; Mosulon, a cape and a mart; -+Kobê+, a mart; +Elephas+, a mountain; +Akkanai+ or -Akannai, a mart; +Arômata+, a cape and a mart. - -The mart of +Abalitês+ is represented by the modern +Zeyla+ -[lat. 11° 22´ N., long. 43° 29´ E., 79 miles from the straits.] On -the N. shore of the gulf are Abalit and Tejureh. Abalit is 43 miles -from the straits, and Tejureh 27 miles from Abalit. This is the -+Zouileh+ of Ebn Haukal and the +Zalegh+ of Idrisi. According -to the _Periplûs_ it was near the straits, but Ptolemy has fixed it -more correctly at the distance from them of 50 or 60 miles. - -8. Beyond Aualitês there is another mart, superior to it, called -+Malaô+, at a distance by sea of 800 stadia. The anchorage is -an open road, sheltered, however, by a cape protruding eastward. The -people are of a more peaceable disposition than their neighbours. The -imports are such as have been already specified, with the addition of— - -Πλείονες χιτῶνες—Tunics in great quantity. - -Σάγοι Ἀρσινοητικοι γεγναμμένοι καὶ βεβαμμένοι—Coarse cloaks (or -blankets) manufactured at Arsinoê, prepared by the fuller and dyed. - -Μελίεφθα ὀλίγα—A few utensils made of copper fused with honey. - -Σίδερος—Iron. - -Δηνάριον οὐ πολὺ χρυσοῦντε καὶ ἀργυροῦν—Specie,—gold and silver, but -not much. - -The exports from this locality are— - -Σμύρνα—Myrrh. - -Λίβανος ὁ περατικος ὀλίγὸς—Frankincense _which we call peratic_, _i.e._ -from beyond the straits, a little only. - -Κασσία σκληροτέρα—Cinnamon of a hard grain. - -Δούακα—Douaka (_an inferior kind of cinnamon_). - -Κάγκαμον—The gum (_for fumigation_) _kangkamon_. ‘Dekamalli,’ gum. - -Μάκειρ—The spice _macer_, which is carried to Arabia. - -Σώματα σπανίως—Slaves, a few. - - - (8) +Malaô+ as a mart was much superior to Abalitês, from which - our author estimates its distance to be 800 stadia, though it is in - reality greater. From the description he gives of its situation it - must be identified with Berbereh [lat. 10° 25´ N., long. 45° 1´ E.] - now the most considerable mart on this part of the coast. Vincent - erroneously places it between Zeyla and the straits. - -9. Distant from +Malaô+ two days’ sail is the trading port of -+Moundou+, where ships find a safer anchorage by mooring at an -island which lies very close to shore. The exports and imports are -similar to those of the preceding marts, with the addition of the -fragrant gum called _Mokrotou_, a peculiar product of the place. The -native traders here are uncivilized in their manners. - - - (9) The next mart after Malaô is +Moundou+, which, as we learn - from Ptolemy, was also the name of an adjacent island—that which is - now called Meyet or Burnt-island [lat. 11° 12´ N., long. 47° 17´ E., - 10 miles east of Bandar Jedid]. - -10. After +Moundou+, if you sail eastward as before for two or -three days, there comes next +Mosullon+, where it is difficult to -anchor. It imports the same sorts of commodities as have been already -mentioned, and also utensils of silver and others of iron but not so -many, and glass-ware. It exports a vast amount of cinnamon (whence -it is a port requiring ships of heavy burden) and other fragrant and -aromatic products, besides tortoise-shell, but in no great quantity, -and the incense called _mokrotou_ inferior to that of Moundou, and -frankincense brought from parts further distant, and ivory and myrrh -though in small quantity. - - - (10) At a distance beyond it of two or three days’ sail occurs - +Mosulon+, which is the name both of a mart and of a promontory. - It is mentioned by Pliny (VI. 34), who says: “Further on is the bay - of +Abalitês+, the island of +Diodôrus+ and other islands - which are desert. On the mainland, which has also deserts, occur a - town +Gaza+ [Bandar Gazim, long. 49° 13´ E.], the promontory and - port of +Mosylon+, whence cinnamon is exported. Sesostris led - his army to this point and no further. Some writers place one town - of Ethiopia beyond it, Baricaza, which lies on the coast. According - to Juba the Atlantic Sea begins at the promontory of Mossylon.” Juba - evidently confounded this promontory with Cape Arômata, and Ptolemy, - perhaps in consequence, makes its projection more considerable than - it is. D’Anville and Gosselin thought +Mossulon+ was situated - near the promontory Mete, where is a river, called the Soal, which - they supposed preserved traces of the name of Mossulon. This - position however cannot be reconciled with the distances given in - the _Periplûs_, which would lead us to look for it where Guesele is - placed in the latest description given of this coast. Vincent on very - inadequate grounds would identify it with Barbara or Berbera. [Müller - places it at Bandar Barthe and Ras Antarah, long. 49° 35´ E.] - -11. After leaving +Mosullon+, and sailing past a place called -+Neiloptolemaios+, and past +Tapatêgê+ and the Little -Laurel-grove, you are conducted in two days to Capo +Elephant+. -Here is a stream called +Elephant+ River, and the Great -Laurel-grove called +Akannai+, where, and where only, is produced -the _peratic_ frankincense. The supply is most abundant, and it is of -the very finest quality. - - - (11) After Mosulon occurs Cape Elephant, at some distance - beyond +Neiloptolemaios+, +Tapatêgê+, and the Little - Laurel-grove. At the Cape is a river and the Great Laurel-grove - called +Akannai+. Strabo in his account of this coast mentions a - Neilospotamia which however can hardly be referred to this particular - locality which pertains to the region through which the Khori or San - Pedro flows, of which Idrisi (I. 45) thus writes: “At two journeys’ - distance from Markah in the desert is a river which is subject to - risings like the Nile and on the banks of which they sow dhorra.” - Regarding Cape Elephant Vincent says, “it is formed by a mountain - conspicuous in the Portuguese charts under the name of Mount Felix - or Felles from the native term Jibel Fîl, literally, Mount Elephant. - The cape [Ras Filik, 800 ft. high, lat. 11° 57´ N., long. 50° 37´ E.] - is formed by the land jutting up to the North from the direction of - the coast which is nearly East and West, and from its northernmost - point the land falls off again South-East to Râs 'Asir—Cape Guardafui, - the Arômata of the ancients. We learn from Captain Saris, an English - navigator, that there is a river at Jibel Fîl. In the year 1611 he - stood into a bay or harbour there which he represents as having a safe - entrance for three ships abreast: he adds also that several sorts of - gums very sweet in burning were still purchased by the Indian ships - from Cambay which touched here for that purpose in their passage to - Mocha.” The passage in the _Periplûs_ where these places are mentioned - is very corrupt. Vincent, who regards the greater +Daphnôn+ - (Laurel-grove) as a river called +Akannai+, says, “Neither place - or distance is assigned to any of these names, but we may well allot - the rivers Daphnôn and Elephant to the synonymous town and cape; and - these may be represented by the modern Mete and Santa Pedro.” [Müller - places Elephas at Ras el Fîl, long. 50° 37´ E., and Akannai at Ulûlah - Bandar, long. 50° 56´ E., but they may be represented by Ras Ahileh, - where a river enters through a lagoon in 11° 46´, and Bonah, a town - with wells of good water in lat. 11° 58´ N., long. 50° 51´ E.] - -12. After this, the coast now inclining to the south, succeeds the mart -of +Arômata+, and a bluff headland running out eastward which -forms the termination of the Barbarine coast. The roadstead is an open -one, and at certain seasons dangerous, as the place lies exposed to the -north wind. A coming storm gives warning of its approach by a peculiar -prognostic, for the sea turns turbid at the bottom and changes its -colour. When this occurs, all hasten for refuge to the great promontory -called +Tabai+, which affords a secure shelter. The imports into -this mart are such as have been already mentioned; while its products -are cinnamon, gizeir (_a finer sort of cinnamon_), asuphê (_an ordinary -sort_), fragrant gums, magla, motô (_an inferior cinnamon_), and -frankincense. - - - (12) We come now to the great projection Cape Arômata, which is - a continuation of Mount Elephant. It is called in Arabic +Jerd - Hafûn+ or Ras Asir; in Idrisi, +Carfouna+, whence the name by - which it is generally known. [The South point 11° 40´ is Râs Shenarif - or Jerd Hafûn; the N. point 11° 51´ is Râs 'Asir.] It formed the limit - of the knowledge of this coast in the time of Strabo, by whom it is - called +Notou Keras+ or South Horn. It is described as a very - high bluff point and as perpendicular as if it were scarped. [Jerd - Hafûn is 2500 feet high.] The current comes round it out of the gulf - with such violence that it is not to be stemmed without a brisk wind, - and during the South-West Monsoon, the moment you are past the Cape to - the North there is a stark calm with insufferable heat. The current - below Jerd Hafûn is noticed by the _Periplûs_ as setting to the South, - and is there perhaps equally subject to the change of the monsoon. - With this account of the coast from the straits to the great Cape may - be compared that which has been given by Strabo, XVI. iv. 14: - - “From +Deirê+ the next country is that which bears - aromatic plants. The first produces myrrh and belongs to the - +Ichthyophagi+ and +Creophagi+. It bears also the - persea, peach or Egyptian almond, and the Egyptian fig. Beyond is - +Licha+, a hunting ground for elephants. There are also in many - places standing pools of rainwater. When these are dried up, the - elephants with their trunks and tusks dig holes and find water. On - this coast there are two very large lakes extending as far as the - promontory Pytholaus. One of them contains salt water and is called - a sea; the other fresh water and is the haunt of hippopotami and - crocodiles. On the margin grows the papyrus. The ibis is seen in - the neighbourhood of this place. Next is the country which produces - frankincense; it has a promontory and a temple with a grove of - poplars. In the inland parts is a tract along the banks of a river - bearing the name of +Isis+, and another that of +Nilus+, - both of which produce myrrh and frankincense. Also a lagoon filled - with water from the mountains. Next the watch-post of the Lion and the - port of +Pythangelus+. The next tract bears the false cassia. - There are many tracts in succession on the sides of rivers on which - frankincense grows, and rivers extending to the cinnamon country. - The river which bounds this tract produces rushes (φλους) in great - abundance. Then follows another river and the port of +Daphnus+, - and a valley called +Apollo+’s which bears besides frankincense, - myrrh and cinnamon. The latter is more abundant in places far in - the interior. Next is the mountain +Elephas+, a mountain - projecting into the sea and a creek; then follows the large harbour - of +Psygmus+, a watering place called that of +Kunocephali+ - and the last promontory of this coast +Notu-ceras+ (or the - Southern Horn). After doubling this cape towards the south we have - no more descriptions of harbours or places because nothing is known - of the sea-coast beyond this point.” [Bohn’s _Transl._] According to - Gosselin, the Southern Horn corresponds with the Southern Cape of - Bandel-caus, where commences the desert coast of Ajan, the ancient - +Azania+. - - According to the _Periplûs_ Cape +Arômata+ marked the termination - of +Barbaria+ and the beginning of +Azania+. Ptolemy however - distinguishes them differently, defining the former as the interior - and the latter as the sea-board of the region to which these names - were applied. - - The description of the Eastern Coast of Africa which now follows is - carried, as has been already noticed, as far as +Rhapta+, a place - about 6 degrees South of the Equator, but which Vincent places much - farther South, identifying it with Kilwa. - - The places named on this line of coast are: a promontory called - +Tabai+, a Khersonesos; +Opônê+, a mart; the Little - and the Great +Apokopa+; the Little and the Great Coast; - the +Dromoi+ or courses of +Azania+ (first that of - +Serapiôn+, then that of +Nikôn+); a number of rivers; - a succession of anchorages, seven in number; the +Paralaoi+ - islands; a strait or canal; the island of +Menouthias+; and - then +Rhapta+, beyond which, as the author conceived, the ocean - curved round Africa until it met and amalgamated with the Hesperian or - Western Ocean. - -13. If, on sailing from +Tabai+, you follow the coast of the -peninsula _formed by the promontory_, you are carried by the force of a -strong current to another mart 400 stadia distant, called +Opônê+, -which imports the commodities already mentioned, but produces most -abundantly cinnamon, spice, _motô_, slaves of a very superior sort, -chiefly for the Egyptian market, and tortoise-shell of small size but -in large quantity and of the finest quality known. - - (13) Tabai, to which the inhabitants of the Great Cape fled for - refuge on the approach of a storm, cannot, as Vincent and others have - supposed, be Cape Orfui, for it lay at too great a distance for the - purpose. The projection is meant which the Arabs call Banna. [Or, - Tabai may be identified with Râs Shenarif, lat. 11° 40´ N.] Tabai, - Müller suggests, may be a corruption for Tabannai. - - “From the foreign term Banna,” he says, “certain Greeks in the manner - of their countrymen invented +Panos+ or +Panôn+ or Panô or - Panôna Kômê. Thus in Ptolemy (I. 17 and IV. 7) after Arômata follows - +Panôn Kômê+, which Mannert has identified with Benna. [Khor - Banneh is a salt lake, with a village, inside Râs Ali Beshgêl, lat. - 11° 9´ N., long. 51° 9´ E.] Stephen of Byzantium may be compared, - who speaks of +Panos+ as a village on the Red Sea which is also - called +Panôn+.” The conjecture, therefore, of Letronnius that - +Panôn Kômê+ derived its name from the large apes found there, - called +Pânes+, falls to the ground. +Opônê+ was situated on - the Southern shores of what the _Periplûs_ calls a Khersonese, which - can only be the projection now called +Ras Hafûn+ or Cape D’Orfui - (lat. 10° 25´ N.). Ptolemy (I. 17) gives the distance of +Opônê+ - from +Panôn Kômê+ at a 6 days’ journey, from which according - to the _Periplûs_ it was only 400 stadia distant. That the text of - Ptolemy is here corrupt cannot be doubted, for in his tables the - distance between the two places is not far from that which is given - in the _Periplûs_. Probably, as Müller conjectures, he wrote ὁδόν - ἡμέρας (a day’s journey) which was converted into ὁδόν ἡμερ. ϛ´ (a - six-days’ journey). - -14. Ships set sail from Egypt for all these ports beyond the straits -about the month of July—that is, Epiphi. The same markets are -also regularly supplied with the products of places far beyond -them—+Ariakê+ and +Barugaza+. These products are— - -Σῖτος—Corn. - -Ὀρυζα[18]—Rice. - -Βούτυρον—Butter, i. e. _ghî_. - -Ἔλαιον σησάμινον—Oil of sesamum. - -Ὀθόνιον ἥ τε μοναχὴ καὶ ἡ σαγματογήνη—Fine cotton called _Monakhê_, and -a coarse kind for stuffing called _Sagmatogene_. - - Περιζώματα—Sashes or girdles. - -Μέλι τὸ καλάμινον τὸ λεγόμενον σάκχαρι.—The honey of a reed, called -_sugar_. - -Some traders undertake voyages for this commerce expressly, while -others, as they sail along the coast _we are describing_, exchange -their cargoes for such others as they can procure. There is no king who -reigns paramount over all this region, but each separate seat of trade -is ruled by an independent despot of its own. - - - (14) At this harbour is introduced the mention of the voyage which was - annually made between the coast of India and Africa in days previous - to the appearance of the Greeks on the Indian Ocean, which has already - been referred to. - -15. After +Opônê+, the coast now trending more to the south, you -come first to what are called the little and the great +Apokopa+ -(or Bluffs) of +Azania+, where there are no harbours, but only -roads in which ships can conveniently anchor. The navigation of this -coast, the direction of which is now to the south-west, occupies six -days. Then follow the Little Coast and the Great Coast, occupying other -six days, when in due order succeed the +Dromoi+ (or Courses) of -+Azania+, the one going by the name of +Sarapiôn+, and the -other by that of +Nikôn+. Proceeding thence, you pass the mouths -of numerous rivers, and a succession of other roadsteads lying apart -one from another a day’s distance either by sea or by land. There are -seven of them altogether, and they reach on to the +Puralaoi+ -islands and the _narrow strait_ called the Canal, beyond which, where -the coast changes its direction from south-west slightly more to -south, you are conducted by a voyage of two days and two nights to -+Menouthias+, an island stretching towards sunset, and distant -from the mainland about 300 stadia. It is low-lying and woody, has -rivers, and a vast variety of birds, and yields the mountain tortoise, -but it has no wild beasts at all, except only crocodiles, which, -however, are quite harmless. The boats are here made of planks sewn -together attached to a keel formed of a single log of wood, and these -are used for fishing and for catching turtle. This is also caught -in another mode, peculiar to the island, by lowering wicker-baskets -instead of nets, and fixing them against the mouths of the cavernous -rocks which lie out in the sea confronting the beach. - - - (15) After leaving +Opônê+ the coast first runs due south, then - bends to the south-west, and here begins the coast which is called the - Little and the Great +Apokopa+ or Bluffs of +Azania+, the - voyage along which occupies six days. This rocky coast, as we learn - from recent explorations, begins at +Râs Mabber+ [about lat. 9° - 25´ N.], which is between 70 and 80 miles distant from Ras Hafûn and - extends only to +Râs-ul-Kheil+ [about lat. 7° 45´ N.], which is - distant from Râs Mabber about 140 miles or a voyage of three or four - days only. The length of this rocky coast (called +Hazine+ by the - Arabs) is therefore much exaggerated in the _Periplûs_. From this - error we may infer that our author, who was a very careful observer, - had not personally visited this coast. Ptolemy, in opposition to - Marînos as well as the _Periplûs_, recognizes but one +Apokopa+, - which he speaks of as a bay. Müller concludes an elaborate note - regarding the +Apokopa+ by the following quotation from the work - of Owen, who made the exploration already referred to, “It is strange - that the descriptive term +Hazine+ should have produced the names - +Ajan+, +Azan+ and +Azania+ in many maps and charts, as - the country never had any other appellation than +Barra Somâli+ - or the land of the +Somâli+, a people who have never yet been - collected under one government, and whose limits of subjection are - only within bow-shot of individual chiefs. The coast of Africa from - the Red Sea to the river Juba is inhabited by the tribe called - +Somâli+. They are a mild people of pastoral habits and confined - entirely to the coast; the whole of the interior being occupied by an - untameable tribe of savages called +Galla+.” - - The coast which follows the +Apokopa+, called the Little and - the Great +Aigialos+ or Coast, is so desolate that, as Vincent - remarks, not a name occurs on it, neither is there an anchorage - noticed, nor the least trace of commerce to be found. Yet it is of - great extent—a six days’ voyage according to the _Periplûs_, but, - according to Ptolemy, who is here more correct, a voyage of eight - days, for, as we have seen, the _Periplûs_ has unduly extended the - +Apokopa+ to the South. - - Next follow the +Dromoi+ or Courses of +Azania+, the first - called that of +Serapiôn+ and the other that of +Nikôn+. - Ptolemy interposes a bay between the Great Coast and the port of - +Serapiôn+, on which he states there was an emporium called - +Essina+—a day’s sail distant from that port. Essina, it would - therefore appear, must have been somewhere near where +Makdashû+ - [Magadoxo, lat. 2° 3´ N.] was built by the Arabs somewhere in the - eighth century A.D. The station called that of +Nikôn+ - in the _Periplûs_ appears in Ptolemy as the mart of +Tonikê+. - These names are not, as some have supposed, of Greek origin, but - distortions of the native appellations of the places into names - familiar to Greek ears. That the Greeks had founded any settlements - here is altogether improbable. At the time when the _Periplûs_ was - written all the trade of these parts was in the hands of the Arabs - of +Mouza+. The port of +Serapiôn+ may be placed at a - promontory which occurs in 1° 40´ of N. lat. From this, +Tonikê+, - according to the tables of Ptolemy, was distant 45´, and its position - must therefore have agreed with that of +Torre+ or Torra of our - modern maps. - - Next occurs a succession of rivers and roadsteads, seven in number, - which being passed we are conducted to the +Puralaän+ Islands, - and what is called a canal or channel (διώρυξ). These islands are - not mentioned elsewhere. They can readily be identified with the two - called +Manda+ and +Lamou+, which are situate at the mouths - of large rivers, and are separated from the mainland and from each - other by a narrow channel. Vincent would assign a Greek origin to the - name of these islands. “With a very slight alteration,” he says, “of - the reading, the Puralian Islands (Πῦρ ἁλιον, _marine fire_,) are the - islands of the Fiery Ocean, and nothing seems more consonant to reason - than for a Greek to apply the name of the Fiery Ocean to a spot which - was the centre of the Torrid Zone and subject to the perpendicular - rays of an equinoctial sun.” [The Juba islands run along the coast - from Juba to about Lat. 1° 50´ S., and Manda bay and island is in Lat. - 2° 12´ S.] - - Beyond these islands occurs, after a voyage of two days and two - nights, the island of +Menouthias+ or +Menouthesias+, which - it has been found difficult to identify with any certainty. “It is,” - says Vincent, “the _Eitenediommenouthesias_ of the _Periplûs_, a term - egregiously strange and corrupted, but out of which the commentators - unanimously collect Menoothias, whatever may be the fate of the - remaining syllables. That this Menoothias,” he continues, “must have - been one of the Zangibar islands is indubitable; for the distance - from the coast of all three, Pemba, Zangibar, and Momfia, affords - a character which is indelible; a character applicable to no other - island from Guardafui to Madagascar.” He then identifies it with the - island of Zangibar, lat. 6° 5´ S., in preference to Pemba, 5° 6´ S., - which lay too far out of the course, and in preference to Momfia, 7° - 50´ S. (though more doubtfully), because of its being by no means - conspicuous, whereas Zangibar was so prominent and obvious above - the other two, that it might well attract the particular attention - of navigators, and its distance from the mainland is at the same - time so nearly in accordance with that given in the _Periplûs_ as to - counterbalance all other objections. A writer in Smith’s _Classical - Geography_, who seems to have overlooked the indications of the - distances both of Ptolemy and the _Periplûs_, assigns it a position - much further to the north than is reconcilable with these distances. - He places it about a degree south from the mouth of the River Juba or - Govind, just where an opening in the coral-reefs is now found. “The - coasting voyage,” he says, “steering S. W., reached the island on - the east side—a proof that it was close to the main.... It is true - the navigator says it was 300 stadia from the mainland; but as there - is no reason to suppose that he surveyed the island, this distance - must be taken to signify the estimated width of the northern inlet - separating the island from the main, and this estimate is probably - much exaggerated. The mode of fishing with baskets is still practised - in the Juba islands and along this coast. The formation of the coast - of E. Africa in these latitudes—where the hills or downs upon the - coast are all formed of a coral conglomerate comprising fragments of - madrepore, shell and sand, renders it likely that the island which was - close to the main 16 or 17 centuries ago, should now be united to it. - Granting this theory of gradual transformation of the coast-line, the - +Menouthias+ of the _Periplûs_ may be supposed to have stood in - what is now the rich garden-land of +Shamba+, where the rivers - carrying down mud to mingle with the marine deposit of coral drift - covered the choked-up estuary with a rich soil.” - - The island is said in the _Periplûs_ to extend towards the West, but - this does not hold good either in the case of Zangibar or any other - island in this part of the coast. Indeed there is no one of them in - which at the present day all the characteristics of +Menouthias+ - are found combined. +Momfia+, for instance, which resembles it - somewhat in name, and which, as modern travellers tell us, is almost - entirely occupied with birds and covered with their dung, does not - possess any streams of water. These are found in Zangibar. The author - may perhaps have confusedly blended together the accounts he had - received from his Arab informants. - -16. At the distance of a two days’ sail from this island lies the last -of the marts of +Azania+, called +Rhapta+, a name which it -derives from the sewn boats just mentioned. Ivory is procured here in -the greatest abundance, and also turtle. The indigenous inhabitants -are men of huge stature, who live _apart from each other_, every man -ruling like a lord his own domain. The whole territory is governed by -the despot of +Mopharitis+, because the sovereignty over it, by -some right of old standing, is vested in the kingdom of what is called -the First Arabia. The merchants of +Mouza+ farm its revenues from -the king, and employ in trading with it a great many ships of heavy -burden, on board of which they have Arabian commanders and factors who -are intimately acquainted with the natives and have contracted marriage -with them, and know their language and the navigation of the coast. - - - (16) We arrive next and finally at +Rhapta+, the last emporium - on the coast known to the author. Ptolemy mentions not only a city - of this name, but also a river and a promontory. The name is Greek - (from ῥάπτειν, _to sew_), and was applied to the place because the - vessels there in use were raised from bottoms consisting of single - trunks of trees by the addition of planks which were sewn together - with the fibres of the cocoa. “It is a singular fact,” as Vincent - remarks, “that this peculiarity should be one of the first objects - which attracted the attention of the Portuguese upon their reaching - this coast. They saw them first at Mozambique, where they were called - _Almeidas_, but the principal notice of them in most of their writers - is generally stated at Kilwa, the very spot which we have supposed to - receive its name from vessels of the same construction.” Vincent has - been led from this coincidence to identify Rhapta with Kilwa [lat. 8° - 50´ S.]. Müller however would place it not so far south, but somewhere - in the Bay of Zangibar. The promontory of +Rhaptum+, he judges - from the indications of the _Periplûs_ to be the projection which - closes the bay in which lies the island of Zangibar, and which is - now known as +Moinanokalû+ or Point Pouna, lat. 7° S. The parts - beyond this were unknown, and the southern coast of Africa, it was - accordingly thought by the ancient geographers, began here. Another - cape however is mentioned by Ptolemy remoter than Rhaptum and called - +Prasum+ (that is the Green Cape) which may perhaps be Cape - Delgado, which is noted for its luxuriant vegetation. The same author - calls the people of +Rhapta+, the +Rhapsioi Aithiopes+. - They are described in the _Periplûs_ as men of lofty stature, and - this is still a characteristic of the Africans of this coast. The - +Rhapsii+ were, in the days of our author, subject to the people - of +Mouza+ in Arabia just as their descendants are at the - present day subject to the Sultan of Maskat. Their commerce moreover - still maintains its ancient characteristics. It is the African who - still builds and mans the ships while the Arab is the navigator and - supercargo. The ivory is still of inferior quality, and the turtle is - still captured at certain parts of the coast. - -17. The articles imported into these marts are principally javelins -manufactured at Mouza, hatchets, knives, awls, and crown glass of -various sorts, to which must be added corn and wine in no small -quantity landed at particular ports, not for sale, but to entertain -and thereby conciliate the barbarians. The articles which these places -export are ivory, in great abundance but of inferior quality to that -obtained at Adouli, rhinoceros, and tortoise-shell of fine quality, -second only to the Indian, and a little _nauplius_. - -18. These marts, we may say, are about the last on the coast of -+Azania+—the coast, that is, which is on your right as you sail -_south_ from +Berenîkê+. For beyond these parts an ocean, hitherto -unexplored, curves round towards sunset, and, stretching along the -southern extremities of Ethiopia, Libya, and Africa, amalgamates with -the Western Sea. - -19. To the left, again, of +Berenikê+, if you sail eastward from -+Myos-Hormos+ across the adjacent gulf for two days, or perhaps -three, you arrive at a place having a port and a fortress which is -called +Leukê Kômê+, and forming the point of communication with -Petra, the residence of +Malikhas+, the king of the Nabatæans. -It ranks as an emporium of trade, since small vessels come to it -laden with merchandize from Arabia; and hence an officer is deputed -to collect the duties which are levied on imports at the rate of -twenty-five per cent. of their value, and also a centurion who commands -the garrison by which the place is protected. - - -(18, 19) Our author having thus described the African coast as -far southward as it was known on its Eastern side, reverts to -+Berenikê+ and enters at once on a narrative of the second -voyage—that which was made thence across the Northern head of the -gulf and along the coast of Arabia to the emporium of +Mouza+ -near the Straits. The course is first northward, and the parts about -+Berenikê+ as you bear away lie therefore now on your left hand. -Having touched at +Myos Hormos+ the course on leaving it is shaped -eastward across the gulf by the promontory +Pharan+, and +Leukê -Kômê+[19] is reached after three or four days’ sailing. This was -a port in the kingdom of the Nabathæans (the Nebaioth of Scripture), -situated perhaps near the mouth of the Elanitic Gulf or eastern arm of -the Red Sea, now called the Gulf of Akabah. Much difference of opinion -has prevailed as to its exact position, since the encroachment of the -land upon the sea has much altered the line of coast here. Mannert -identified it with the modern +Yenbo+ [lat. 24° 5´ N., long. 38° -3´ E., the port of Medina], Gosselin with +Mowilah+ [lat. 27° 38´ -N., long. 35° 28´ E.,] Vincent with +Eynounah+ [lat. 28° 3´ N., -long. 35° 13´ E.—the +Onne+ of Ptolemy], Reichhard with +Istabel -Antai+, and Rüppel with +Wejh+ [lat. 26° 13´ N., long. 36° 27´ -E]. Müller prefers the opinion held by Bochart, D’Anville, Quatremêre, -Noel des Vergers, and Ritter, who agree in placing it at the port -called +Hauara+ [lat. 24° 59´ N., long. 37° 16´ E.] mentioned -by Idrisi (I. p. 332), who describes it as a village inhabited -by merchants carrying on a considerable trade in earthen vases -manufactured at a clay-pit in their neighbourhood. Near it lies the -island of +Hassani+ [lat. 24° 59´ N., long. 37° 3´ E.], which, as -Wellsted reports, is conspicuous from its _white_ appearance. +Leukê -Kômê+ is mentioned by various ancient authors, as for instance -Strabo, who, in a passage wherein he recounts the misfortunes which -befel the expedition which Aelius led into Nabathaea, speaks of the -place as a large mart to which and from which the camel traders travel -with ease and in safety from +Petra+ and back to +Petra+ -with so large a body of men and camels as to differ in no respect from -an army. - -The merchandize thus conveyed from +Leukê Kômê+ to +Petra+ -was passed on to +Rhinokoloura+ in Palestine near Egypt, and -thence to other nations, but in his own time the greater part was -transported by the Nile to +Alexandria+. It was brought down from -India and Arabia to +Myos Hormos+, whence it was first conveyed on -camels to +Koptos+ and thence by the Nile to +Alexandria+. -The Nabathaean king, at the time when our author visited +Leukê -Kômê+, was, as he tells us, +Malikhas+, a name which means -‘king.’ Two Petraean sovereigns so called are mentioned by Josêphos, -of whom the latter was contemporary with Herod. The Malikhas of the -_Periplûs_ is however not mentioned in any other work. The Nabathaean -kingdom was subverted in the time of Trajan, A.D. 105, us we learn from -Dio Cassius (cap. lxviii. 14), and from Eutropius (viii. 2, 9), and -from Ammianus Marcellinus (xiv. 8). - -20. Beyond this mart, and quite contiguous to it, is the realm of -Arabia, which stretches to a great distance along the coast of the Red -Sea. It is inhabited by various tribes, some speaking the same language -with a certain degree of uniformity, and others a language totally -different. Here also, _as on the opposite continent_, the sea-board is -occupied by +Ikhthyophagoi+, who live in dispersed huts; while -the men of the interior live either in villages, or where pasture -can be found, and are an evil race of men, speaking two different -languages. If a vessel is driven from her course upon this shore she -is plundered, and if wrecked the crew on escaping to land are reduced -to slavery. For this reason they are treated as enemies and captured -by the chiefs and kings of Arabia. They are called +Kanraîtai+. -Altogether, therefore, the navigation of this part of the Arabian coast -is very dangerous: for, _apart from the barbarity of its people_, it -has neither harbours nor good roadsteads, and it is foul with breakers, -and girdled with rocks which render it inaccessible. For this reason -when sailing south we stand off from a shore in every way so dreadful, -and keep our course down the middle of the gulf, straining our utmost -to reach _the more civilized part_ of Arabia, which begins at Burnt -Island. From this onward the people are under a regular government, -and, as their country is pastoral, they keep herds of cattle and camels. - - - (20) At no great distance from +Leukê Kômê+ the Nabathaean realm - terminates and Arabia begins. The coast is here described as most - dismal, and as in every way dangerous to navigation. The inhabitants - at the same time are barbarians, destitute of all humanity, who - scruple not to attack and plunder wrecked ships and to make slaves of - their crews if they escaped to land. The mariner therefore, shunned - these inhospitable shores, and standing well out to sea, sailed down - the middle of the gulf. The tribe here spoken of was that perhaps - which is represented by the +Hutemi+ of the present day, and the - coast belonged to the part of Arabia now called +Hejid+. - - A more civilized region begins at an island called Burnt island, which - answers to the modern Zebâyir [about lat. 15° 5´ N., long. 42° 12´ - E.], an island which was till recently volcanic. - -21. Beyond this tract, and on the shore of a bay which occurs at the -termination of the left (or east) side of the gulf, is +Mouza+, -an established and notable mart of trade, at a distance south from -Berenikê of not more than 12,000 stadia. The whole place is full of -Arabian shipmasters and common sailors, and is absorbed in the pursuits -of commerce, for with ships of its own fitting out, it trades with -the marts beyond the Straits on the opposite coast, and also with -+Barugaza+. - - - (21) Beyond this is the great emporium called +Mouza+, [lat. 13° - 43´ N., long. 43° 5´ 14´´ E.] situated in a bay near the termination - of the Gulf, and at a distance from +Berenikê+ of 12,000 - stadia. Here the population consists almost entirely of merchants - and mariners, and the place is in the highest degree commercial. The - commodities of the country are rich and numerous (though this is - denied by Pliny), and there is a great traffic in Indian articles - brought from +Barugaza+ (Bharoch). This port, once the most - celebrated and most frequented in Yemen, is now the village Musa about - twenty-five miles north from Mokhâ, which has replaced it as a port, - the foundation of which dates back no more than 400 years ago. “Twenty - miles inland from Mokhâ,” says Vincent, “Niebuhr discovered a Musa - still existing, which he with great probability supposes to be the - ancient mart now carried inland to this distance by the recession of - the coast.” [He must have confounded it with +Jebel Musa+, due - east of Mokhâ, at the commencement of the mountain country.] It is a - mere village badly built. Its water is good, and is said to be drunk - by the wealthier inhabitants of Mokhâ. Bochart identified +Mouza+ - with the +Mesha+ mentioned by Moses. - -22. Above this a three days’ journey off lies the city of +Sauê+, -in the district called +Mopharitis+. It is the residence of -+Kholaibos+, the despot of that country. - - - (22) The _Periplûs_ notices two cities that lay inland from - +Mouza+—the 1st +Sauê+, the +Savê+ of Pliny (VI. - xxvi., 104), and also of Ptolemy (VI. vii., p. 411), who places - it at a distance of 500 stadia S. E. of Mouza. The position and - distance direct us to the city of +Taaes+, which lies near a - mountain called Saber. +Sauê+ belonged to a district called - +Mapharitis+ or +Mophareitês+, a name which appears to - survive in the modern +Mharras+, which designates a mountain - lying N. E. from +Taaes+. It was ruled by +Kholaibos+ - (Arabicé—Khaleb), whom our author calls a tyrant, and who was - therefore probably a Sheikh who had revolted from his lawful chief, - and established himself as an independent ruler. - -23. A journey of nine days more conducts us to +Saphar+, the -metropolis of +Kharibaêl+, the rightful sovereign of two -contiguous tribes, the +Homerites+ and the +Sabaïtai+, and, -by means of frequent embassies and presents, the friend of the Emperors. - - - (23) The other city was +Saphar+, the metropolis of the - +Homerîtai+, _i.e._ the +Himaryi+—the Arabs of Yemen, whose - power was widely extended, not only in Yemen but in distant countries - both to the East and West. Saphar is called +Sapphar+ by Ptolemy - (VI. vii.), who places it in 14° N. lat. Philostorgios calls it - +Tapharon+, and Stephen of Byzantium +Tarphara+. It is now - +Dhafar+ or Dsoffar or Zaphar. In Edrisi (I. p. 148) it appears - as +Dhofar+, and he thus writes of it:—“It is the capital of - the district Jahsseb. It was formerly one of the greatest and most - famous of cities. The kings of Yemen made it their residence, and - there was to be seen the palace of Zeidan. These structures are now in - ruins, and the population has been much decreased, nevertheless the - inhabitants have preserved some remnants of their ancient riches.” - The ruins of the city and palace still exist in the neighbourhood of - +Jerim+, which Niebuhr places in 14° 30´ N. lat. The distance - from +Sauê+ to +Saphar+ in the _Periplûs_ is a nine - days’ journey. Niebuhr accomplished it however in six. Perhaps, - as Müller suggests, the nine days’ journey is from +Mouza+ - to +Saphar+. The sovereign of Saphar is called by our author - +Kharibaêl+, a name which is not found among the Himyaritic - kings known from other sources. In Ptolemy the region is called - +Elisarôn+, from a king bearing that name. - -24. The mart of +Mouza+ has no harbour, but its sea is smooth, -and the anchorage good, owing to the sandy nature of the bottom. The -commodities which it imports are— - -Πορφύρα, διάφορος καὶ χυδαία—Purple cloth, fine and ordinary. - -Ἱματισμίς Ἀραβικὸς χειριδωτὸς, ὅτε ἁπλοῦς καὶ ὁ κοινὸς καὶ σκοτουλάτος -καὶ διάχρυσος—Garments made up in the Arabian fashion, some plain and -common, and others wrought in needlework and inwoven with gold. - -Κρόκος—Saffron. - -Κύπερος—The aromatic rush Kyperos. (Turmeric?) - -Ὀθόνιον—Muslins. - -Ἀβόλλαι—Cloaks. - - Λώδικες οὐ πολλαὶ, ἁπλοῖ τε καὶ ἐντόπιοι—Quilts, in small quantity, -some plain, others adapted to the fashion of the country. - -Ζῶναι σκιωταὶ—Sashes of various shades of colour. - -Μύρον μέτριον—Perfumes, a moderate quantity. - -Χρῆμα ἱκανὸν—Specie as much as is required. - -Οἶνος—Wine. - -Σῖτος οὐ πολύς—Corn, but not much. - -The country produces a little wheat and a great abundance of wine. Both -the king and the despot above mentioned receive presents consisting of -horses, pack-saddle mules, gold plate, silver plate embossed, robes of -great value, and utensils of brass. +Mouza+ exports its own local -products—myrrh of the finest quality that has oozed in drops from the -trees, both the Gabiræan and Minœan kinds; white marble (or alabaster), -in addition to commodities brought from the other side of the Gulf, -all such as were enumerated at +Adouli+. The most favourable -season for making a voyage to Mouza is the month of September,—that is -Thôth,—but there is nothing to prevent it being made earlier. - - - (24) Adjacent to the Homeritai, and subject to them when the - _Periplûs_ was written, were the Sabæans, so famous in antiquity for - their wealth, luxury and magnificence. Their country, the +Sheba+ - of Scripture, was noted as the land of frankincense. Their power - at one time extended far and wide, but in the days of our author - they were subject to the Homerites ruled over by Kharibaêl, who was - assiduous in courting the friendship of Rome. - -25. If on proceeding from +Mouza+ you sail by the coast for about -a distance of 300 stadia, there occurs, where the Arabian mainland -and the opposite coast of +Barbaria+ at +Aualitês+ now -approach each other, a channel of no great length which contracts the -sea and encloses it within narrow bounds. This is 60 stadia wide, and -in crossing it you come midway upon the island of +Diodôros+, -to which it is owing that the passage of the straits is in its -neighbourhood exposed to violent winds which blow down from the -adjacent mountains. There is situate upon the shore of the straits an -Arabian village subject to the same ruler (as Mouza), +Okêlis+ by -name, which is not so much a mart of commerce as a place for anchorage -and supplying water, and where those who are bound for the interior -first land and halt to refresh themselves. - - - (25) At a distance of 300 stadia beyond +Mouza+ we reach the - straits where the shores of Arabia and Africa advance so near to - each other that the passage between them has only, according to the - _Periplûs_, a width of 60 stadia, or 7½ miles. In the midst of the - passage lies the island of +Diodôros+ (now Perim), which is about - 4½ miles long by 2 broad, and rises 230 feet above the level of the - sea. The straits, according to Moresby, are 14½ geographical miles - wide at the entrance between Bab-el-Mandab Cape (near which is Perim) - and the opposite point or volcanic peak called +Jibel Sijan+. The - larger of the two entrances is 11 miles wide, and the other only 1½. - Strabo, Agathêmeros, and Pliny all agree with the _Periplûs_ in giving - 60 stadia as the breadth of the straits. The first passage of those - dreaded straits was regarded as a great achievement, and was naturally - ascribed to Sesostris as the voyage though the straits of Kalpê was - ascribed to Heraklês. - - Situated on the shores of the straits was a place called - +Okêlis+. This was not a mart of commerce, but merely a bay with - good anchorage and well supplied with water. It is identical with - the modern Ghalla or Cella, which has a bay immediately within the - straits. Strabo following Artemidoros notes here a promontory called - +Akila+. Pliny (VI. xxxii. 157) mentions an emporium of the same - name “ex quo in Indiam navigatur.” In xxvi., 104 of the same Book - he says: “Indos petentibus utilissimum est ab +Oceli+ egredi.” - Ptolemy mentions a +Pseudokêlis+, which he places at the distance - of half a degree from the emporium of +Okêlis+. - -26. Beyond +Okêlis+, the sea again widening out towards the east, -and gradually expanding into the open main, there lies, at about the -distance of 1,200 stadia, +Eudaimôn Arabia+, a maritime village -subject to that kingdom of which Kharibaêl is sovereign—a place with -good anchorage, and supplied with sweeter and better water than that -of Okêlis, and standing at the entrance of a bay where the land begins -to retire inwards. It was called Eudaimôn (‘rich and prosperous’), -because in bygone days, when the merchants from India did not proceed -to Egypt, and those from Egypt did not venture to cross over to the -marts further east, but both came only as far as this city, it formed -the common centre of their commerce, as Alexandria receives the wares -which pass to and fro between Egypt and the ports of the Mediterranean. -Now, however, it lies in ruins, the Emperor having destroyed it not -long before our own times. - - - (26) At a distance beyond +Okêlis+ of 1,200 stadia is the - port of +Eudaimôn Arabia+, which beyond doubt corresponds to - +'Âden+, [lat. 12° 45´ N., long. 45° 21´ E.] now so well-known - as the great packet station between Suez and India. The opinion - held by some that Aden is the Eden mentioned by the Prophet Ezekiel - (xxvii. 23) is opposed by Ritter and Winer. It is not mentioned by - Pliny, though it has been erroneously held that the +Attanae+, - which he mentions in the following passage, was Aden. “Homnae et - Attanae (v. 1. Athanae) quæ nunc oppida maxima celebrari a Persico - mari negotiatores dicunt.” (vi. 32.) Ptolemy, who calls it simply - +Arabia+, speaks of it as an emporium, and places after it at the - distance of a degree and a half +Melan Horos+, or Black Hill, - 17 miles from the coast, which is in long. 46° 59´ E. The place, - as the _Periplûs_ informs us, received the name of +Eudaimôn+ - from the great prosperity and wealth which it derived from being - the great entrepôt of the trade between India and Egypt. It was in - decay when that work was written, but even in the time of Ptolemy - had begun to show symptoms of returning prosperity, and in the time - of Constantine it was known as the ‘Roman Emporium,’ and had almost - regained its former consequence, as is gathered from a passage in - the works of the ecclesiastical historian Philostorgios. It is thus - spoken of by Edrisi (I. p. 51): “+'Âden+ is a small town, but - renowned for its seaport whence ships depart that are destined for - Sind, India, and China.” In the middle ages it became again the centre - of the trade between India and the Red Sea, and thus regained that - wonderful prosperity which in the outset had given it its name. In - this flourishing condition it was found by Marco Polo, whose account - of its wealth, power and influence is, as Vincent remarks, almost as - magnificent as that which Agatharkhidês attributed to the Sabæans in - the time of the Ptolemies, when the trade was carried on in the same - manner. Agatharkhidês does not however mention the place by name, but - it was probably the city which he describes without naming it as lying - on the White Sea without the straits, whence, he says, the Sabæans - sent out colonies or factories into India, and where the fleets from - Persis, Karmania and the Indus arrived. The name of +Aden+ is - supposed to be a corruption from +Eudaimôn+. - -27. To +Eudaimôn Arabia+ at once succeeds a great length of coast -and a bay extending 2,000 stadia or more, inhabited by nomadic tribes -and Ikhthyophagoi settled in villages. On doubling a cape which -projects from it you come to another trading seaport, +Kanê+, -which is subject to +Eleazos+, king of the incense country. -Two barren islands lie opposite to it, 120 stadia off—one called -+Orneôn+, and the other +Troullas+. At some distance inland -from +Kanê+ is +Sabbatha+, the principal city of the -district, where the king resides. At +Kanê+ is collected all the -incense that is produced in the country, this being conveyed to it -partly on camels, and partly _by sea_ on floats supported on inflated -skins, a local invention, and also in boats. +Kanê+ carries on -trade with ports across the ocean—+Barugaza+, +Skythia+, and -+Omana+, and the adjacent coast of +Persis+. - - - (27) The coast beyond Aden is possessed partly by wandering tribes, - and partly by tribes settled in villages which subsist on fish. - Here occurs a bay—that now called Ghubhet-al-Kamar, which extends - upwards of 2,000 stadia, and ends in a promontory—that now called - Râs-al-Asîdah or Bâ-l-hâf [lat. 13° 58´ N., long 48° 9´ S.—a cape - with a hill near the fishing village of Gillah]. Beyond this lies - another great mart called +Kanê+. It is mentioned by Pliny, and - also by Ptolemy, who assigns it a position in agreement with the - indications given in the _Periplûs_. It has been identified with - the port now called Hisn Ghorâb [lat. 14° 0´ N. long. 48° 19´ E.]. - Not far from this is an island called Halanî, which answers to the - +Troullas+ of our author. Further south is another island, which - is called by the natives of the adjacent coast +Sikkah+, but - by sailors Jibûs. This is covered with the dung of birds which in - countless multitudes have always frequented it, and may be therefore - identified with the +Orneôn+ of the _Periplûs_. +Kanê+ was - subject to Eleazos, the king of the Frankincense Country, who resided - at +Sabbatha+, or as it is called by Pliny (VI. xxxii. 155) - +Sabota+, the capital of the Atramitae or Adramitae, a tribe - of Sabæans from whom the division of Arabia now known as Hadhramaut - takes its name. The position of this city cannot be determined with - certainty. Wellsted, who proceeded into the interior from the coast - near Hisn Ghorab through Wadi Meifah, came after a day’s journey and a - half to a place called Nakb-el-Hajar, situated in a highly cultivated - district, where he found ruins of an ancient city of the Himyarites - crowning an eminence that rose gently with a double summit from the - fertile plain. The city appeared to have been built in the most solid - style of architecture, and to have been protected by a very lofty - wall formed of square blocks of black marble, while the inscriptions - plainly betokened that it was an old seat of the Himyarites. A - close similarity could be traced between its ruins and those of - +Kanê+, to which there was an easy communication by the valley - of +Meifah+. This place, however, can hardly be regarded as - +Sabbatha+ without setting aside the distances given by Ptolemy, - and Wellsted moreover learned from the natives that other ruins of a - city of not less size were to be met with near a village called Esan, - which could be reached by a three days’ journey.—(See Haines, _Mem. of - the S. Coast of Arab._) - -28. From Egypt it imports, like Mouza, corn and a little wheat, cloths -for the Arabian market, both of the common sort and the plain, and -large quantities of a sort that is adulterated; also copper, tin, -coral, styrax, and all the other articles enumerated at Mouza. Besides -these there are brought also, principally for the king, wrought silver -plate, and specie as well as horses and carved images, and plain -cloth of a superior quality. Its exports are its indigenous products, -frankincense and aloes, and such commodities as it shares in common -with other marts on the same coast. Ships sail for this port at the -same season of the year as those bound for Mouza, but earlier. - - - (28) With regard to the staple product of this region—frankincense, - the _Periplûs_ informs us that it was brought for exportation to - +Kanê+. It was however in the first place, if we may credit - Pliny, conveyed to the Metropolis. He says (xv. 32) that when gathered - it was carried into +Sabota+ on camels which could enter the city - only by one particular gate, and that to take it by any other route - was a crime punished by death. The priests, he adds, take a tithe for - a deity named +Sabis+, and that until this impost is paid, the - article cannot be sold. - - Some writers would identify +Sabbatha+ with +Mariabo+ - (Marab), but on insufficient grounds. It has also been conjectured - that the name may be a lengthened form of +Saba+ (Sheba), a - common appellation for cities in Arabia Felix. [Müller places Sabbatha - at Sawa, lat. 16° 13´ N., long. 48° 9´ E.] - -29. As you proceed from +Kanê+ the land retires more and more, -and there succeeds another very deep and far-stretching gulf, -+Sakhalitês+ by name, and also the frankincense country, which is -mountainous and difficult of access, having a dense air loaded with -vapours [and] the frankincense exhaled from the trees. These trees, -which are not of any great size or height, yield their incense in the -form of a concretion on the bark, just as several of our trees in Egypt -exude gum. The incense is collected by the hand of the king’s slaves, -and malefactors condemned to this service as a punishment. The country -is unhealthy in the extreme:—pestilential even to those who sail along -the coast, and mortal to the poor wretches who gather the incense, who -also suffer from lack of food, which readily cuts them off. - - - (29) The next place mentioned by our author after +Kanê+ is a - Bay called +Sakhalîtes+, which terminates at +Suagros+, - a promontory which looks eastward, and is the greatest cape in the - whole world. There was much difference of opinion among the ancient - geographers regarding the position of this Bay, and consequently - regarding that of Cape +Suagros+. - -30. Now at this gulf is a promontory, the greatest in the world, -looking towards the east, and called +Suagros+, at which is a -fortress which protects the country, and a harbour, and a magazine -to which the frankincense which is collected is brought. Out in -the open sea, facing this promontory, and lying between it and the -promontory of +Arômata+, which projects from the opposite coast, -though nearer to +Suagros+, is the island going by the name of -+Dioskoridês+, which is of great extent, but desert and very -moist, having rivers and crocodiles and a great many vipers, and -lizards of enormous size, of which the flesh serves for food, while the -grease is melted down and used as a substitute for oil. This island -does not, however, produce either the grape or corn. The population, -which is but scanty, inhabits the north side of the island—that part -of it which looks towards the mainland (_of Arabia_). It consists -of an intermixture of foreigners, Arabs, Indians, and even Greeks, -who resort hither for the purposes of commerce. The island produces -the tortoise,—the genuine, the land, and the white sort: the latter -very abundant, and distinguished for the largeness of its shell; -also the mountain sort which is of extraordinary size and has a very -thick shell, whereof the underpart cannot be used, being too hard to -cut, while the serviceable part is made into moneyboxes, tablets, -escritoires, and ornamental articles of that description. It yields -also the vegetable dye (κιννάβαρι) called Indicum (or Dragon’s-blood), -which is gathered as it distils from trees. - - - (30) Some would identify the latter with Ras-el-Had, and others on - account of the similarity of the name with Cape +Saugra+ or - +Saukirah+ [lat. 18° 8´ N., long. 56° 35´ E.], where Ptolemy - places a city +Suagros+ at a distance of 6 degrees from - +Kanê+, But +Suagros+ is undoubtedly Ras Fartak [lat. 15° - 39´ N., long 52° 15´ E.], which is at a distance of 4 degrees from - +Hisn Ghorab+, or +Kanê+, and which, rising to the height of - 2,500 feet on a coast which is all low-lying, is a very conspicuous - object, said to be discernible from a distance of 60 miles out at - sea. Eighteen miles west from this promontory is a village called - Saghar, a name which might probably have suggested to the Greeks that - of +Suagros+. Consistent with this identification is the passage - of Pliny (VI. 32) where he speaks of the island +Dioscoridis+ - (Sokotra) as distant from +Suagros+, which he calls the utmost - projection of the coast, 2,240 stadia or 280 miles, which is only - about 30 miles in excess of the real distance, 2,000 stadia. - - With regard to the position of the Bay of Sakhalitês, Ptolemy, - followed by Marcianus, places it to the East of Suagros. Marinos on - the other hand, like the _Periplûs_, places it to the west of it. - Muller agrees with Fresnel in regarding +Sakhlê+, mentioned by - Ptolemy (VI. vii. 41) as 1½ degree East of Makalleh [lat. 14° 31´ N., - long 49° 7´ W.] as the same with Shehr—which is now the name of all - that mountainous region extending from the seaport of Makalleh to the - bay in which lie the islands of Kurya Murya. He therefore takes this - to be in the Regio Sakhalîtês, and rejects the opinion of Ptolemy as - inconsistent with this determination. With regard to Shehr or Shehar - [lat. 14° 38´ N., long. 49° 22´ E.] Yule (_M. Polo_, II. vol. p. 440, - note) says: “Shihr or Shehr still exists on the Arabian Coast as a - town and district about 330 miles east of Aden.” The name Shehr in - some of the oriental geographies includes the whole Coast up to Oman. - The hills of the Shehr and Dhafâr districts were the great source of - produce of the Arabian frankincense. - - The island of +Dioskoridês+ (now Sokotra) is placed by - the _Periplûs_ nearer to Cape +Suagros+ than to Cape - +Arômata+—although its distance from the former is nearly double - the distance from the latter. The name, though in appearance a Greek - one, is in reality of Sanskrit origin; from _Dvîpa Sukhâdâra_, i.e. - _insula fortunata_, ‘Island abode of Bliss.’ The accuracy of the - statements made regarding it in the _Periplûs_ is fully confirmed by - the accounts given of it by subsequent writers. Kosmas, who wrote in - the 6th century, says that the inhabitants spoke Greek, and that he - met with people from it who were on their way to Ethiopia, and that - they spoke Greek. “The ecclesiastical historian Nikephoros Kallistos,” - says Yule, “seems to allude to the people of Sokotra when he says - that among the nations visited by the Missionary Theophilus in the - time of Constantius, were ‘the Assyrians on the verge of the outer - Ocean, towards the East ... whom Alexander the Great, after driving - them from Syria, sent thither to settle, and to this day they keep - their mother tongue, though all of the blackest, through the power of - the sun’s rays.’ The Arab voyagers of the 9th century say that the - island was colonized with Greeks by Alexander the Great, in order to - promote the culture of the Sokotrine aloes; when the other Greeks - adopted Christianity these did likewise, and they had continued to - retain their profession of it. The colonizing by Alexander is probably - a fable, but invented to account for facts.” (_Marco Polo_ II. 401.) - The aloe, it may be noted, is not mentioned in the _Periplûs_ as one - of the products of the island. The islanders, though at one time - Christians, are now Muhammadans, and subject as of yore to Arabia. The - people of the interior are still of distinct race with curly hair, - Indian complexion, and regular features. The coast people are mongrels - of Arab and mixed descent. Probably in old times civilization and - Greek may have been confined to the littoral foreigners. Marco Polo - notes that so far back as the 10th century it was one of the stations - frequented by the Indian corsairs called +Bawârij+, belonging to - Kachh and Gujarat. - -31. The island is subject to the king of the frankincense country, in -the same way as +Azania+ is subject to Kharibaël and the despot -of +Mopharitis+. It used to be visited by some (_merchants_) from -Mouza, and others on the homeward voyage from Limurikê and Barugaza -would occasionally touch at it, importing rice, corn, Indian cotton -and female-slaves, who, being rare, always commanded a ready market. -In exchange for these commodities they would receive as fresh cargo -great quantities of tortoise-shell. The revenues of the island are at -the present day farmed out by its sovereigns, who, however, maintain a -garrison in it for the protection of their interests. - -32. Immediately after +Suagros+ follows a gulf deeply indenting -the mainland of +Omana+, and having a width of 600 stadia. Beyond -it are high mountains, rocky and precipitous, and inhabited by men who -live in caves. The range extends onward for 500 stadia, and beyond -where it terminates lies an important harbour called +Moskha+, the -appointed port to which the _Sakhalitik_ frankincense is forwarded. It -is regularly frequented by a number of ships from Kanê; and such ships -as come from Limurikê and Barugaza too late in the season put into -harbour here for the winter, where they dispose of their muslins, corn, -and oil to the king’s officers, receiving in exchange frankincense, -which lies in piles throughout the whole of +Sakhalitis+ without -a guard to protect it, as if the locality were indebted to some divine -power for its security. Indeed, it is impossible to procure a cargo, -either publicly or by connivance, without the king’s permission. Should -one take furtively on board were it but a single grain, his vessel can -by no possibility escape from harbour. - - - (32) Returning to the mainland the narrative conducts us next to - +Moskha+, a seaport trading with +Kanê+, and a wintering - place for vessels arriving late in the season from Malabar and the - Gulf of Khambât. The distance of this place from Suagros is set down - at upwards of 1,100 stadia, 600 of which represent the breadth of a - bay which begins at the Cape, and is called +Omana Al-Kamar+. - The occurrence of the two names Omana and Moskha in such close - connexion led D’Anville to suppose that +Moskha+ is identical - with +Maskat+, the capital of +Oman+, the country lying - at the south-east extremity of Arabia, and hence that Ras-el-Ḥad, - beyond which Maskat lies, must be Cape Suagros. This supposition is, - however, untenable, since the identification of Moskha with the modern - +Ausera+ is complete. For, in the first place, the Bay of Seger, - which begins at Cape Fartak, is of exactly the same measurement - across to Cape Thurbot Ali as the Bay of +Omana+, and again the - distance from Cape Thurbot Ali [lat. 16° 38´ N., long. 53° 3´ E.] - to Ras-al-Sair, the +Ausara+ of Ptolemy, corresponds almost as - exactly to the distance assigned by our author from the same Cape to - +Moskha+. Moreover Pliny (XII. 35) notices that one particular - kind of incense bore the name of _Ausaritis_, and, as the _Periplûs_ - states that +Moskha+ was the great emporium of the incense trade, - the identification is satisfactory. - - There was another Moskha on this coast which was also a port. It lay - to the west of Suagros, and has been identified with +Koshîn+ - [lat. 15° 21´ N. long. 51° 39´ E.]. Our author, though correct in his - description of the coast, may perhaps have erred in his nomenclature; - and this is the more likely to have happened as it scarcely admits - of doubt that he had no personal knowledge of South Arabia beyond - +Kanê+ and Cape +Suagros+. Besides no other author speaks - of an Omana so far to westward as the position assigned to the Bay of - that name. The tract immediately beyond +Moskha+ or Ausera is - low and fertile, and is called +Dofar+ or +Zhafâr+, after - a famous city now destroyed, but whose ruins are still to be traced - between Al-hâfâh and Addahariz. “This Dhafâr,” says Yule (_Marco Polo_ - II. p. 442 note) “or the bold fountain above it, is supposed to be the - +Sephar+ of _Genesis_ X. 30.” It is certain that the Himyarites - had spread their dominion as far eastward as this place. Marco Polo - thus describes Dhafâr:—“It stands upon the sea, and has a very good - haven, so that there is a great traffic of shipping between this and - India; and the merchants take hence great numbers of Arab horses to - that market, making great profits thereby.... Much white incense is - produced here, and I will tell you how it grows. The trees are like - small fir-trees; these are notched with a knife in several places, and - from these notches the incense is exuded. Sometimes, also, it flows - from the tree without any notch, this is by reason of the great heat - of the sun there.” Müller would identify +Moskha+ with Zhafâr, - and accounts for the discrepancy of designation by supposing that our - author had confounded the name +Maskat+, which was the great seat - of the traffic in frankincense with the name of the greatest city - in the district which actually produced it. A similar confusion he - thinks transferred the name of Oman to the same part of the country. - The climate of the incense country is described as being extremely - unhealthy, but its unhealthiness seems to have been designedly - exaggerated. - -33. From the port of +Moskha+ onward to +Asikh+, a distance -of about 1,500 stadia, runs a range of hills pretty close to the -shore, and at its termination there are seven islands bearing the -name of +Zenobios+, beyond which again we come to another -barbarous district not subject to any power in Arabia, but to Persia. -If when sailing by this coast you stand well out to sea so as to -keep a direct course, then at about a distance from the island of -+Zenobios+ of 2,000 stadia you arrive at another island, called -that of +Sarapis+, lying off shore, say, 120 stadia. It is about -200 stadia broad and 600 long, possessing three villages inhabited by a -_savage_ tribe of +Ikhthyophagoi+, who speak the Arabic language, -and whose clothing consists of a girdle made from the leaves of the -cocoa-palm. The island produces in great plenty tortoise of excellent -quality, and the merchants of +Kanê+ accordingly fit out little -boats and cargo-ships to trade with it. - - - (33) Beyond +Moskha+ the coast is mountainous as far as - +Asikh+ and the islands of Zenobios—a distance excessively - estimated at 1,500 stadia. The mountains referred to are 5,000 feet - in height, and are those now called Subaha. +Asikh+ is readily - to be identified with the +Hâsek+ of Arabian geographers. Edrisi - (I. p. 54) says: “Thence (from Marbat) to the town of Hâsek is a four - days’ journey and a two days’ sail. Before +Hâsek+ are the two - islands of +Khartan+ and +Martan+. Above +Hâsek+ is - a high mountain named +Sous+, which commands the sea. It is an - inconsiderable town but populous.” This place is now in ruins, but has - left its name to the promontory on which it stood [Râs Hâsek, lat. 17° - 23´ N. long. 55° 20´ E. opposite the island of Hasiki]. The islands - of +Zenobios+ are mentioned by Ptolemy as seven in number, and - are those called by Edrisi +Khartan+ and +Martan+, now known - as the +Kuriyân Muriyân+ islands. The inhabitants belonged to an - Arab tribe which was spread from Hâsek to Râs-el-Ḥad, and was called - +Beit+ or +Beni Jenabi+, whence the Greek name. M. Polo in - the 31st chapter of his travels “discourseth of the two islands called - Male and Female,” the position of which he vaguely indicates by saying - that “when you leave the kingdom of +Kesmacoran+ (Mekran) which - is on the mainland, you go by sea some 500 miles towards the south, - and then you find the 2 islands Male and Female lying about 30 miles - distant from one another.” (See also _Marco Polo_, vol. II. p. 396 - note.) - - Beyond +Asikh+ is a district inhabited by barbarians, and subject - not to Arabia but to Persis. Then succeeds at a distance of 200 stadia - beyond the islands of +Zenobios+ the island of +Sarapis+, - (the Ogyris of Pliny) now called Masira [lat. 20° 10´ to 20° 42´ N., - long. 58° 37´ to 58° 59´ E.] opposite that part of the coast where - Oman now begins. The _Periplûs_ exaggerates both its breadth and its - distance from the continent. It was still inhabited by a tribe of - fish-eaters in the time of Ebn Batuta, by whom it was visited. - - On proceeding from +Sarapis+ the adjacent coast bends round, and - the direction of the voyage changes to north. The great cape which - forms the south-eastern extremity of Arabia called +Ras-el-Had+ - [lat. 22° 33´ N. long. 59° 48´ E.] is here indicated, but without - being named; Ptolemy calls it +Korodamon+ (VI. vii. 11.) - -34. If sailing onward you wind round with the adjacent coast to the -north, then as you approach the entrance of the Persian Gulf you -fall in with a group of islands which lie in a range along the coast -for 2,000 stadia, and are called the islands of +Kalaiou+. The -inhabitants of the adjacent coast are cruel and treacherous, and see -imperfectly in the daytime. - - - (34) Beyond it, and near the entrance to the Persian Gulf, occurs, - according to the _Periplûs_, a group of many islands, which lie in a - range along the coast over a space of 2,000 stadia, and are called the - islands of +Kalaiou+. Here our author is obviously in error, for - there are but three groups of islands on this coast, which are not by - any means near the entrance of the Gulf. They lie beyond Maskat [lat. - 23° 38´ N. long. 58° 36´ E.] and extend for a considerable distance - along the Batinah coast. The central group is that of the Deymâniyeh - islands (probably the Damnia of Pliny) which are seven in number, - and lie nearly opposite Birkeh [lat 23° 42´ N. long. 57° 55´ E.]. - The error, as Müller suggests, may be accounted for by supposing - that the tract of country called El Baṭinah was mistaken for islands. - This tract, which is very low and extremely fertile, stretches from - Birkeh [lat. 23° 42´ N. long. 57° 55´ E.] onward to Jibba, where high - mountains approach the very shore, and run on in an unbroken chain - to the mouth of the Persian Gulf. The islands are not mentioned by - any other author, for the +Calacou insulae+ of Pliny (VI. xxxii. - 150) must, to avoid utter confusion, be referred to the coast of the - Arabian Gulf. There is a place called +El Kilat+, the Akilla of - Pliny [lat. 22° 40´ N. long. 59° 24´ E.]—but whether this is connected - with the +Kalaiou+ islands of the _Periplûs_ is uncertain [Conf. - _Ind. Ant._ vol. IV. p. 48. El Kilhat, south of Maskat and close to - Ṣûr, was once a great port.] - -35. Near the last headland of the islands of +Kalaiou+ is the -mountain called +Kalon+ (Pulcher),[20] to which succeeds, at no -great distance, the mouth of the Persian Gulf, where there are very -many pearl fisheries. On the left of the entrance, towering to a vast -height, are the mountains which bear the name of +Asaboi+, and -directly opposite on the right you see another mountain high and round, -called the hill of +Semiramis+. The strait which separates them -has a width of 600 stadia, and through this opening the Persian Gulf -pours its vast expanse of waters far up into the interior. At the very -head of this gulf there is a regular mart of commerce, called the city -of +Apologos+, situate near +Pasinou-Kharax+ and the river -Euphrates. - - - (35) Before the mouth of the Persian Gulf is reached occurs a height - called +Kalon+ (Fair Mount) at the last head of the islands of - Papias—τῶν Παπίου νήσων. This reading has been altered by Fabricius - and Schwanbeck to των Καλαιου νησων. The Fair Mount, according to - Vincent, would answer sufficiently to Cape Fillam, if that be high - land, and not far from Fillam are the straits. The great cape which - Arabia protrudes at these straits towards Karmania is now called Ras - Mussendom. It was seen from the opposite coast by the expedition under - Nearkhos, to whom it appeared to be a day’s sail distant. The height - on that coast is called Semiramis, and also Strongylê from its round - shape. Mussendom, the ‘Asabôn akron’ of Ptolemy, Vincent says, “is a - sort of Lizard Point to the Gulf; for all the Arabian ships take their - departure from it with some ceremonies of superstition, imploring - a blessing on their voyage, and setting afloat a toy like a vessel - rigged and decorated, which if it is dashed to pieces by the rocks - is to be accepted by the ocean as an offering for the escape of the - vessel.” [The straits between the island of Mussendom and the mainland - are called El Bab, and this is the origin of the name of the Papiæ - islands.—Miles’ _Jour. R. A. Soc._ N. S. vol. x. p. 168.] - - The actual width of the straits is 40 miles. Pliny gives it at 50, and - the _Periplûs_ at 75. Cape Mussendom is represented in the _Periplûs_ - as in Ptolemy by the Mountains of the Asabi which are described as - tremendous heights, black, grim, and abrupt. They are named from the - tribe of +Beni Asab+. - - We enter now the Gulf itself, and here the _Periplûs_ mentions only - two particulars: the famous Pearl Fisheries which begin at the straits - and extend to Bahrein, and the situation of a regular trading mart - called +Apologos+, which lies at the very head of the Gulf on the - Euphrates, and in the vicinity of +Spasinou Kharax+. This place - does not appear to be referred to in any other classical work, but it - is frequently mentioned by Arabian writers under the name of Oboleh - or Obolegh. As an emporium it took the place of +Terêdôn+ or - +Diridôtis+, just as +Basra+ (below which it was situated) - under the second Khaliphate took the place of +Oboleh+ itself. - According to Vincent, Oboleh, or a village that represents it, still - exists between Basra and the Euphrates. The canal also is called - the canal of Oboleh. +Kharax Pasinou+ was situated where the - +Karûn+ (the +Eulæus+ of the ancients) flows into the - +Pasitigris+, and is represented by the modern trading town - +Muhammarah+. It was founded by Alexander the Great, and after - its destruction, was rebuilt by Antiokhos Epiphanes, who changed its - name from Alexandreia to Antiokheia. It was afterwards occupied by an - Arab Chief called Pasines, or rather +Spasines+, who gave it the - name by which it is best known. Pliny states that the original town - was only 10 miles from the sea, but that in his time the existing - place was so much as 120 miles from it. It was the birth-place of two - eminent geographers—Dionysius Periegetes and Isidôros. - -36. If you coast along the mouth of the gulf you are conducted by a -six days’ voyage to another seat of trade belonging to Persia, called -+Omana+.[21] Barugaza maintains a regular commercial intercourse -with both these Persian ports, despatching thither large vessels -freighted with copper, sandalwood, beams for rafters, horn, and logs of -sasamina and ebony. Omana imports also frankincense from Kanê, while -it exports to Arabia a particular species of vessels called _madara_, -which have their planks sewn together. But both from +Apologos+ -and +Omana+ there are exported to Barugaza and to Arabia great -quantities of pearl, of mean quality however compared with the Indian -sort, together with purple, cloth for the natives, wine, dates in great -quantity, and gold and slaves. - - (36) After this cursory glance at the great gulf, our author returns - to the straits, and at once conducts us to the Eastern shores of the - æErythræan, where occurs another emporium belonging to Persis, at a - distance from the straits of 6 courses or 3,000 stadia. This is Omana. - It is mentioned by Pliny (VI. xxxii. 149) who makes it belong to - Arabia, and accuses preceding writers for placing it in Karmania. - - The name of +Omana+ has been corrupted in the MSS. of Ptolemy - into Nommana, Nombana, +Kommana+, Kombana, but Marcian has - preserved the correct spelling. From Omana as from Apologos great - quantities of pearl of an inferior sort were exported to Arabia and - Barugaza. No part however of the produce of India is mentioned as - among its exports, although it was the centre of commerce between that - country and Arabia. - - 37. After leaving the district of +Omana+ the country of the - +Parsidai+ succeeds, which belongs to another government, and - the bay which bears the name of +Terabdoi+, from the midst of - which a cape projects. Here also is a river large enough to permit the - entrance of ships, with a small mart at its mouth called +Oraia+. - Behind it in the interior, at the distance of a seven days’ journey - from the coast, is the city where the king resides, called Rhambakia. - This district, in addition to corn, produces wine, rice, and dates, - though in the tract near the sea, only the fragrant gum called - bdellium. - - - (37) The district which succeeds Omana belongs to the +Parsidai+, - a tribe in Gedrosia next neighbours to the +Arbitae+ on the - East. They are mentioned by Ptolemy (VI. xx., p. 439) and by Arrian - (_Indika_ xxvi.) who calls them +Pasirees+, and notes that they - had a small town called +Pasira+, distant about 60 stadia from - the sea, and a harbour with good anchorage called +Bagisara+. The - Promontory of the _Periplûs_ is also noted and described as projecting - far into the sea, and being high and precipitous. It is the Cape - now called +Arabah+ or +Urmarah+. The Bay into which it - projects is called +Terabdôn+, a name which is found only in our - author. Vincent erroneously identifies this with the +Paragôn+ - of Ptolemy. It is no doubt the Bay which extends from Cape Guadel to - Cape Monze. The river which enters this Bay, at the mouth of which - stood the small mart called +Oraia+, was probably that which - is now called the Akbor. The royal city which lay inland from the - sea a seven days’ journey was perhaps, as Mannert has conjectured, - +Rambakia+, mentioned by Arrian (_Anab._ vi. 21) as the capital - of the +Oreitai+ or +Horitai+. - -38. After this region, where the coast is already deeply indented by -gulfs caused by the land advancing with a vast curve from the east, -succeeds the seaboard of Skythia, a region which extends to northward. -It is very low and flat, and contains the mouths of the +Sinthos+ -(Indus), the largest of all the rivers which fall into the Erythræan -Sea, and which, indeed, pours into it such a vast body of water that -while you are yet far off from the land at its mouth you find the sea -turned of a white colour by its waters. - -The sign by which voyagers before sighting land know that it is near -is their meeting with serpents floating on the water; but higher up -and on the coasts of Persia the first sign of land is seeing them of -a different kind, called _graai_. [Sansk. _graha_—an alligator.] The -river has seven mouths, all shallow, marshy and unfit for navigation -except only the middle stream, on which is +Barbarikon+, a trading -seaport. Before this town lies a small islet, and behind it in the -interior is +Minnagar+, the metropolis of Skythia, which is -governed, however, by Parthian princes, who are perpetually at strife -among themselves, expelling each the other. - - - (38) We now approach the mouths of the Indus which our author - calls the +Sinthos+, transliterating the native name of - it—+Sindhu+. In his time the wide tract which was watered by this - river in the lower part of its course was called +Indoskythia+. - It derived its name from the Skythian tribes (the +Śâka+ of - Sansk.) who after the overthrow of the Graeco-Baktrian empire - gradually passed southward to the coast, where they established - themselves about the year 120 B. C., occupying all the region - between the Indus and the Narmadâ. They are called by Dionysios - Periegetes +Notioi Skythai+, the Southern Skythians. Our author - mentions two cities which belonged to them—+Barbarikon+ and - +Minnagar+; the former of which was an emporium situated near the - sea on the middle and only navigable branch of the Indus. Ptolemy has - a +Barbarei+ in the Delta, but the position he assigns to it, - does not correspond with that of +Barbarikon+. +Minnagar+ - was the Skythian metropolis. It lay inland, on or near the banks of - the Indus. - -39. Ships accordingly anchor near +Barbarikê+, but all their -cargoes are conveyed by the river up to the king, who resides in the -metropolis. - -The articles imported into this emporium are—Ἱματισμὸς ἁπλους -ἱκανὸς—Clothing, plain and in considerable quantity. - -Ἱματισμὸς νόθος οὐ πολὺς—Clothing, mixed, not much. - -Πολύμιτα—Flowered cottons. - -Χρυσόλιθον—Yellow-stone, topazes. - -Κοράλλιον—Coral. - -Στύραξ—Storax. - -Λίβανος—Frankincense (_Lôbân_). - -Ὑαλά σκεύη—Glass vessels. - -Αργυρώματα—Silver plate. - -Χρῆμα—Specie. - -Οἰνος οὐ πολύς—Wine, but not much. - -The exports are:— - -Κόστος—Costus, a spice. - -Βδέλλα—Bdellium, a gum. - -Λύκιον—A yellow dye (_Ruzot_). - -Νάρδος—Spikenard. - -Λίθος καλλαïνος—Emeralds or green-stones. - -Σάπφειρος—Sapphires. - -Σηρικὰ δέρματα—Furs from China. - -Ὀθόνιον—Cottons. - -Νῆμα Σηρικὸν—Silk thread. - -Ἰνδικὸν μέλαν—Indigo. - -Ships destined for this port put out to sea when the Indian monsoon -prevails—that is, about the month of July or Epiphi. The voyage at this -season is attended with danger, but being shorter is more expeditious. - - - (39) Ships did not go up to it but remained at +Barbarikon+, - their cargoes being conveyed up the river in small boats. In Ptolemy - (VII. i. 61) the form of the name is +Binagara+, which is less - correct since the word is composed of _Min_, the Indian name for the - Skythians, and _nagar_, a city. Ritter considers that +Ṭhaṭha+ - is its modern representative, since it is called +Saminagar+ by - the Jâḍejâ Rajputs who, though settled in Kachh, derive their origin - from that city. To this view it is objected that Ṭhaṭha is not near - the position which Ptolemy assigns to his +Binagara+. Mannert - places it at +Bakkar+, D’Anville at +Mansura+, and Vincent - at +Menhabery+ mentioned by Edrisi (I. p. 164) as distant two - stations or 60 miles from +Dabil+, which again was three stations - or 90 miles from the mouth of the Indus, that is it lay at the head - of the Delta. Our author informs us that in his time +Minagar+ - was ruled by Parthian princes. The Parthians (the Parada of Sanskrit - writers) must therefore have subverted a Skythian dynasty which - must have been that which (as Benfey has shown) was founded by - +Yeukaotschin+ between the years 30 and 20 B.C., or - about 30 years only after the famous Indian Æra called _Śâkâbda_ - (the year of the Śâka) being that in which Vikramâditya expelled the - Skythians from Indian soil. The statement of the _Periplûs_ that - Parthian rulers succeeded the Skythian is confirmed by Parthian coins - found everywhere in this part of the country. These sovereigns must - have been of consequence, or the trade of their country very lucrative - to the merchant as appears by the presents necessary to ensure his - protection—plate, musical instruments, handsome girls for the Harem, - the best wine, plain cloth of high price, and the finest perfumes. - The profits of the trade must therefore have been great, but if - Pliny’s account be true, that every pound laid out in India produced a - hundred at Rome, greater exactions than these might easily have been - supported. - -40. After the river +Sinthos+ is passed we reach another gulf, -which cannot be easily seen. It has two divisions,—the Great and -the Little by name,—both shoal with violent and continuous eddies -extending far out from the shore, so that before ever land is in sight -ships are often grounded on the shoals, or being caught within the -eddies are lost. Over this gulf hangs a promontory which, curving from -+Eirinon+ first to the east, then to the south, and finally to the -west, encompasses the gulf called +Barakê+, in the bosom of which -lie seven islands. Should a vessel approach the entrance of this gulf, -the only chance of escape for those on board is at once to alter their -course and stand out to sea, for it is all over with them if they are -once fairly within the womb of +Barakê+, which surges with vast -and mighty billows, and where the sea, tossing in violent commotion, -forms eddies and impetuous whirlpools in every direction. The bottom -varies, presenting in places sudden shoals, in others being scabrous -with jagged rocks, so that when an anchor grounds its cable is either -at once cut through, or soon broken by friction at the bottom. The sign -by which voyagers know they are approaching this bay is their seeing -serpents floating about on the water, of extraordinary size and of a -black colour, for those met with lower down and in the neighbourhood of -Barugaza are of less size, and in colour green and golden. - - - (40) The first place mentioned after the Indus is the Gulf of - +Eirinon+, a name of which traces remain in the modern - appellation the +Raṇ+ of Kachh. This is no longer covered with - water except during the monsoon, when it is flooded by sea water or - by rains and inundated rivers. At other seasons it is not even a - marsh, for its bed is hard, dry and sandy; a mere saline waste almost - entirely devoid of herbage, and frequented but by one quadruped—the - wild ass. Burnes conjectured that its desiccation resulted from an - upheaval of the earth caused by one of those earthquakes which are so - common in that part of India. The +Raṇ+ is connected with the - Gulf of Kachh, which our author calls the Gulf of +Barakê+. - His account of it is far from clear. Perhaps, as Müller suggests, he - comprehended under +Eirinon+ the interior portion of the Gulf - of Kachh, limiting the Gulf of +Barakê+ to the exterior portion - or entrance to it. This gulf is called that of Kanthi by Ptolemy, - who mentions +Barakê+ only as an island, [and the south coast - of Kachh is still known by the name of Kantha]. The islands of the - _Periplûs_ extend westward from the neighbourhood of +Navanagar+ - to the very entrance of the Gulf. - -41. To the gulf of +Barakê+ succeeds that of +Barugaza+ and -the mainland of +Ariakê+, a district which forms the frontier of -the kingdom of +Mombaros+ and of all India. The interior part of -it which borders on +Skythia+ is called +Aberia+, and its -sea-board +Surastrênê+. It is a region which produces abundantly -corn and rice and the oil of sesamum, butter, muslins and the coarser -fabrics which are manufactured from Indian cotton. It has also numerous -herds of cattle. The natives are men of large stature and coloured -black. The metropolis of the district is +Minnagar+, from which -cotton cloth is exported in great quantity to +Barugaza+. In this -part of the country there are preserved even to this very day memorials -of the expedition of Alexander, old temples, foundations of camps, and -large wells. The extent of this coast, reckoned from +Barbarikon+ -to the promontory called +Papikê+, near +Astakapra+, which is -opposite +Barugaza+, is 3,000 stadia. - - - (41) To +Barakê+ succeeds the Gulf of +Barugaza+ (Gulf of - +Khambhât+) and the sea-board of the region called +Ariakê+. - The reading of the MS. here ἡ πρἡὸς Ἀραβικῆς χώρας is considered - corrupt. Müller substitutes ἡ ἤπειρος τῆς Ἀριακῆς χώρας, though - Mannert and others prefer Λαρικῆς χώρας, relying on Ptolemy, who - places +Ariakê+ to the south of +Larikê+, and says that - +Larikê+ comprehends the peninsula (of Gujarât) Barugaza and the - parts adjacent. As +Ariakê+ was however previously mentioned in - the _Periplûs_ (sec. 14) in connexion with Barugaza, and is afterwards - mentioned (sec. 54) as trading with Muziris, it must no doubt have - been mentioned by the author in its proper place, which is here. - [Bhagvanlâl Indraji Pandit has shewn reasons however for correcting - the readings into Αβαρατικη, the Prakrit form of +Aparântikâ+, an - old name of the western sea board of India.—_Ind. Ant._ vol. VII., pp. - 259, 263.] Regarding the name +Larikê+, Yule has the following - note (_Travels of M. Polo_ vol. II., p. 353):—“+Lâr-Deśa+, - the country of Lar,” properly Lât-deśa, was an early name for the - territory of Gujrat and the northern Konkan, embracing Saimur (the - modern Chaul as I believe) Thaṇa, and Bharoch. It appears in Ptolemy - in the form +Larikê+. The sea to the west of that coast was in - the early Muhammadan times called the sea of Lâr, and the language - spoken on its shores is called by +Mas’udi+, +Lâri+. - Abulfeda’s authority, Ibn Said, speaks of Lâr and Gujarât as identical. - - +Ariakê+ (Aparântikâ), our author informs us, was the beginning - or frontier of India. That part of the interior of Ariakê which - bordered on Skythia was called +Aberia+ or Abiria (in the MS. - erroneously Ibêria). The corresponding Indian word is +Abhira+, - which designated the district near the mouths of the river. Having - been even in very early times a great seat of commerce, some (as - Lassen) have been led to think from a certain similarity of the - names that this was the +Ophir+ of scripture, a view opposed - by Ritter. Abiria is mentioned by Ptolemy, who took it to be not a - part of India but of Indoskythia. The sea-board of Ariakê was called - +Surastrênê+, and is mentioned by Ptolemy, who says (VII. i. - 55) it was the region about the mouths of the Indus and the Gulf of - Kanthi. It answers to the Sanskrit +Surâshṭra+. Its capital was - Minnagar,—a city which, as its name shows, had once belonged to the - Min or Skythians. It was different of course from the Minnagar already - mentioned as the capital of Indo-Skythia. It was situated to the south - of +Ozênê+ (Ujjayinî, or Ujjain), and on the road which led from - that city to the River Narmadâ, probably near where Indôr now stands. - It must have been the capital only for a short time, as Ptolemy - informs us (II. i. 63) that +Ozênê+ was in his time the capital - of +Tiashanes+ [probably the Chashṭana of Coins and the Cave - Temple inscriptions]. From both places a great variety of merchandise - was sent down the Narmadâ to Barugaza. - - The next place our author mentions is a promontory called - +Papikê+ projecting into the Gulf of Khambât from that part of - the peninsula of Gujarât which lies opposite to the Barugaza coast. - Its distance from Barbarikon on the middle mouth of the Indus is - correctly given at 3,000 stadia. This promontory is said to be near - +Astakapra+, a place which is mentioned also by Ptolemy, and - which (_Ind. Ant._ vol. V. p. 314) has been identified by Colonel Yule - with +Hastakavapra+ (now +Hâthab+ near Bhaunagar), a name - which occurs in a copper-plate grant of Dhruvasena I of Valabhi. With - regard to the Greek form of this name Dr. Bühler thinks it is not - derived immediately from the Sanskrit, but from an intermediate old - Prakrit word Hastakampra, which had been formed by the contraction of - the syllables _ava_ to _â_, and the insertion of a nasal, according - to the habits of the Gujarâtîs. The loss of the initial, he adds, may - be explained by the difficulty which Gujarâtîs have now and probably - had 1,600 years ago in pronouncing the spirans in its proper place. - The modern name Hâthab or Hâthap may be a corruption of the shorter - Sanskrit form Hastavapra. - -42. After Papikê there is another gulf, exposed to the violence of the -waves and running up to the north. Near its mouth is an island called -+Baiônês+, and at its very head it receives a vast river called -the +Mais+. Those bound for +Barugaza+ sail up this gulf -(which has a breadth of about 300 stadia), leaving the island on the -left till it is scarcely visible in the horizon, when they shape their -course east for the mouth of the river that leads to Barugaza. This is -called the +Namnadios+. - - - (42) Beyond +Papikê+, we are next informed, there is another - gulf running northward into the interior of the country. This is not - really another Gulf but only the northern portion of the Gulf of - Khambât, which the _Periplûs_ calls the Gulf of Barugaza. It receives - a great river, the +Mais+, which is easily identified with the - +Mahi+, and contains an island called +Baiônês+ [the modern - Peram], which you leave on the left hand as you cross over from - Astakapra to Barugaza. - - We are now conducted to +Barugaza+, the greatest seat of commerce - in Western India, situated on a river called in the MS. of the - _Periplûs_ the +Lamnaios+, which is no doubt an erroneous reading - for +Namados+, or Namnados or Namnadios. This river is the - +Narmadâ+. It is called by Ptolemy the Namades. - -43. The passage into the gulf of +Barugaza+ is narrow and difficult -of access to those approaching it from the sea, for they are carried -either to the right or to the left, the left being the better passage -of the two. On the right, at the very entrance of the gulf, lies a -narrow stripe of shoal, rough and beset with rocks. It is called -+Herônê+, and lies opposite the village of +Kammôni+. On the -left side right against this is the promontory of +Papikê+, which -lies in front of +Astakapra+, where it is difficult to anchor, -from the strength of the current and because the cables are cut through -by the sharp rocks at the bottom. But even if the passage into the gulf -is secured the mouth of the Barugaza river is not easy to hit, since -the coast is low and there are no certain marks to be seen until you -are close upon them. Neither, if it is discovered, is it easy to enter, -from the presence of shoals at the mouth of the river. - - - (43) +Barugaza+ (Bharoch) which was 30 miles distant from its - mouth, was both difficult and dangerous of access; for the entrance - to the Gulf itself was, on the right, beset with a perilous stripe - (_tainia_) of rocky shoal called +Herônê+, and on the left, - (which was the safer course,) the violent currents which swept round - the promontory of Papikê rendered it unsafe to approach the shore or - to cast anchor. The shoal of Herônê was opposite a village on the - mainland called +Kammôni+, the Kamanê of Ptolemy (VII. i.), who - however places it to the north of the river’s mouth. Again, it was not - only difficult to hit the mouth of the river, but its navigation was - endangered by sandbanks and the violence of the tides, especially the - high tide called the ‘Bore,’ of which our author gives a description - so particular and so vivid as suffices to show that he was describing - what he had seen with his own eyes, and seen moreover for the first - time. With regard to the name +Barugaza+ the following passage, - which I quote from Dr. Wilson’s _Indian Castes_ (vol. II. p. 113) - will elucidate its etymology:—“The +Bhârgavas+ derive their - designation from +Bhargava+, the adjective form of +Bhṛigu+, - the name of one of the ancient Ṛishis. Their chief habitat is the - district of Bharoch, which must have got its name from a colony of - the school of Bhṛigu having been early established in this Kshêtra, - probably granted to them by some conqueror of the district. In - the name +Barugaza+ given to it by Ptolemy, we have a Greek - corruption of Bhṛigukshêtra (the territory of Bhṛigu) or Bhṛigukachha - (the tongueland of Bhṛigu).” Speaking of the Bhârgavas Dr. Drummond, - in his _Grammatical Illustrations_, says:—“These Brâhmans are indeed - poor and ignorant. Many of them, and other illiterate Gujarâtîs, - would, in attempting to articulate Bhṛigushêtra, lose the half in - coalesence, and call it Bargacha, whence the Greeks, having no _Ch_, - wrote it Barugaza.” - -44. For this reason native fishermen appointed by Government are -stationed with well-manned long boats called _trappaga_ and -_kotumba_ at the entrance of the river, whence they go out as far as -+Surastrênê+ to meet ships, and pilot them up to Barugaza. At the -head of the gulf the pilot, immediately on taking charge of a ship, -with the help of his own boat’s crew, shifts her head to keep her -clear of the shoals, and tows her from one fixed station to another, -moving with the beginning of the tide, and dropping anchor at certain -roadsteads and basins when it ebbs. These basins occur at points where -the river is deeper than usual, all the way up to +Barugaza+, -which is 300 stadia distant from the mouth of the river if you sail up -the stream to reach it. - -45. India has everywhere a great abundance of rivers, and her seas ebb -and flow with tides of extraordinary strength, which increase with -the moon, both when new and when full, and for three days after each, -but fall off in the intermediate space. About +Barugaza+ they are -more violent than elsewhere; so that all of a sudden you see the depths -laid bare, and portions of the land turned into sea, and the sea, where -ships were sailing but just before, turned without warning into dry -land. The rivers, again, on the access of flood tide rushing into their -channels with the whole body of the sea, are driven upwards against -their natural course for a great number of miles with a force that is -irresistible. - -46. This is the reason why ships frequenting this emporium are exposed, -both in coming and going, to great risk, if handled by those who are -unacquainted with the navigation of the gulf or visit it for the -first time, since the impetuosity of the tide when it becomes full, -having nothing to stem or slacken it, is such that anchors cannot -hold against it. Large vessels, moreover, if caught in it are driven -athwart from their course by the rapidity of the current till they are -stranded on shoals and wrecked, while the smaller craft are capsized, -and many that have taken refuge in the side channels, being left dry -by the receding tide, turn over on one side, and, if not set erect -on props, are filled upon the return of the tide with the very first -head of the flood, and sunk. But at new moons, especially when they -occur in conjunction with a night tide, the flood sets in with such -extraordinary violence that on its beginning to advance, even though -the sea be calm, its roar is heard by those living near the river’s -mouth, sounding like the tumult of battle heard far off, and soon after -the sea with its hissing waves bursts over the bare shoals. - -47. Inland from +Barugaza+ the country is inhabited by numerous -races—the +Aratrioi+, and the +Arakhosioi+, and the -+Gandaraioi+, and the people of +Proklaïs+, in which is -+Boukephalos Alexandreia+. Beyond these are the +Baktrianoi+, -a most warlike race, governed by their own independent sovereign. -It was from these parts Alexander issued to invade India when he -marched as far as the Ganges, without, however, attacking Limurikê and -the southern parts of the country. Hence up to the present day old -_drachmai_ bearing the Greek inscriptions of +Apollodotos+ and -+Menander+ are current in Barugaza. - - - (47) The account of the ‘bore’ is followed by an enumeration of the - countries around and beyond Barugaza with which it had commercial - relations. Inland are the +Aratrioi+, +Arakhosioi+, - +Gandarioi+ and the people of +Proklaïs+, a province wherein - is Boukephalos Alexandreia, beyond which is the Baktrian nation. It - has been thought by some that by the +Aratrioi+ are meant the - Arii, by others that they were the +Arâstrâs+ of Sanskrit called - Aratti in the Prakrit, so that the +Aratrioi+ of the _Periplûs_ - hold an intermediate place between the Sanskrit and Prakrit form - of the name. Müller however says “if you want a people known to - the Greeks and Romans as familiarly as the well-known names of the - Arakhosii, Gandarii, Peukelitae, you may conjecture that the proper - reading is ΔΡΑΝΓΩΝ instead of ΑΡΑΤΡΙΩΝ.” It is an error of course on - the part of our author when he places +Boukephalos+ (a city built - by Alexander on the banks of the Hydaspês, where he defeated Pôros), - in the neighbourhood of Proklaïs, that is Pekhely in the neighbourhood - of Peshawar. He makes a still more surprising error when he states - that Alexander penetrated to the Ganges. - -48. In the same region eastward is a city called +Ozênê+, formerly -the capital wherein the king resided. From it there is brought down -to Barugaza every commodity for the supply of the country and for -export to our own markets—onyx-stones, porcelain, fine muslins, -mallow-coloured muslins, and no small quantity of ordinary cottons. At -the same time there is brought down to it from the upper country by -way of +Proklaïs+, for transmission to the coast, Kattybourine, -Patropapigic, and Kabalitic spikenard, and another kind which reaches -it by way of the adjacent province of Skythia; also kostus and bdellium. - - - (48) The next place mentioned in the enumeration is +Ozênê+ - (Ujjain), which, receiving nard through Proklaïs from the distant - regions where it was produced, passed it on to the coast for export - to the Western World. This aromatic was a product of three districts, - whence its varieties were called respectively the _Kattybourine_, the - _Patropapigic_ and the _Kabolitic_. What places were indicated by the - first two names cannot be ascertained, but the last points undoubtedly - to the region round Kâbul, since its inhabitants are called by Ptolemy - +Kabolitai+, and Edrisi uses the term _Myrobalanos Kabolinos_ - for the ‘myrobolans of Kâbul.’ Nard, as Edrisi also observes, has its - proper soil in Thibet. - -49. The imports of +Barugaza+ are— - -Οἶνος προηγουμένος Ἰταλικὸς—Wine, principally Italian. - -Καὶ Λαοδικηνὸς καὶ Ἀραβικὸς—Laodikean wine and Arabian. - -Χαλκος καὶ κασσίτερος καὶ μόλυβδος—Brass or Copper and Tin and Lead. - -Κοράλλιον καὶ χρυσόλιθον—Coral and Gold-stone or Yellow-stone. - -Ἱματισμὸς ἁπλοῦς καὶ νόθος πανταῖος—Cloth, plain and mixed, of all -sorts. - -Πολύμιται ζῶναι πηχυαῖαι—Variegated sashes half a yard wide. - -Στύραξ—Storax. - -Μελίλωτον—Sweet clover, melilot. - -Ὕαλος ἀργὴ—White glass. - -Σανδαράκη—Gum Sandarach. - -Στίμμι—(Stibium) Tincture for the eyes,—_Sûrmâ_. - -Δηνάριον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργυροῦν—Gold and Silver specie, yielding a profit -when exchanged for native money. - -Μύρον οὐ βαρύτιμον ὀυδὲ πολὺ—Perfumes or unguents, neither costly nor -in great quantity. - -In those times, moreover, there were imported, _as presents_ to the -king, costly silver vases, instruments of music, handsome young women -for concubinage, superior wine, apparel, plain but costly, and the -choicest unguents. The exports from this part of the country are— - -Νὺρδος, κόστος, βδέλλα, ἐλέφας—Spikenard, costus, bdellium, ivory. - -Ὀνυχίνη λιθία καὶ μουρρίνη—Onyx-stones and porcelain. - -Λύκιον—_Ruzot_, Box-thorn. - -Ὀθόνιον παντοῖον—Cottons of all sorts. - -Σηρικὸν—Silk. - -Μολόχινον—Mallow-coloured cottons. - -Νῆμα—_Silk_ thread. - -Πέτερι μακρὸν—Long pepper and other articles supplied from the -neighbouring ports. - -The proper season to set sail for Barugaza from Egypt is the month of -July, or Epiphi. - -50. From +Barugaza+ the coast immediately adjoining stretches from -the north directly to the south, and the country is therefore called -+Dakhinabadês+, because Dakhan in the language of the natives -signifies _south_. Of this country that part which lies inland towards -the east comprises a great space of desert country, and large mountains -abounding with all kinds of wild animals, leopards, tigers, elephants, -huge snakes, hyenas, and baboons of many different sorts, and is -inhabited right across to the Ganges by many and extremely populous -nations. - - - (50) +Barugaza+ had at the same time commercial - relations with the Dekhan also. This part of India our - author calls +Dakhinabadês+, transliterating the word - +Dakshinâpatha+—(the Dakshinâ, or the South Country). “Here,” - says Vincent, “the author of the _Periplûs_ gives the true direction - of this western coast of the Peninsula, and states in direct terms its - tendency to the South, while Ptolemy stretches out the whole angle - to a straight line, and places the Gulf of Cambay almost in the same - latitude as Cape Comorin.” - -51. Among the marts in this South Country there are two of more -particular importance—+Paithana+, which lies south from -Barugaza, a distance of twenty days, and +Tagara+, ten days east -of Paithana, the greatest city in the country. Their commodities -are carried down on wagons to Barugaza along roads of extreme -difficulty,—that is, from +Paithana+ a great quantity of -onyx-stone, and from +Tagara+ ordinary cottons in abundance, many -sorts of muslins, mallow-coloured cottons, and other articles of local -production brought into it from the parts along the coast. The length -of the entire voyage as far as +Limurikê+ is 700 stadia, and to -reach +Aigialos+ you must sail very many stadia further. - - - (51) In the interior of the Dekhan, the _Periplûs_ places two great - seats of commerce, +Paithana+, 20 days’ journey to the south of - Barugaza, and +Tagara+, 10 days’ journey eastward from Paithana. - Paithana, which appears in Ptolemy as Baithana, may be identified - with +Paithana+. +Tagara+ is more puzzling. Wilford, - Vincent, Mannert, Ritter and others identify it with +Dêvagiri+ - or Deogarh, near Elurâ, about 8 miles from Aurangâbâd. The name of a - place called Tagarapura occurs in a copper grant of land which was - found in the island of Salsette. There is however nothing to show - that this was a name of Dêvagiri. Besides, if Paithana be correctly - identified, Tagara cannot be Dêvagiri unless the distances and - directions are very erroneously given in the _Periplûs_. This is - not improbable, and Tagara may therefore be +Junnar+ (_i.e._ - Jûna-nagar = _the old city_), which from its position must always have - been an emporium, and its Buddha caves belong to about B.C. - 100 to A.D. 150 (see _Archæolog. Surv. of West. India_, vol. - III., and Elphinstone’s _History of India_, p. 223). - - Our author introduces us next to another division of India, that - called +Limurikê+, which begins, as he informs us, at a distance - of 7,000 stadia (or nearly 900 miles) beyond Barugaza. This estimate - is wide of the mark, being in fact about the distance between - Barugaza and the southern or remote extremity of Limurikê. In the - Indian segment of the Roman maps called from their discoverer, the - _Peutinger Tables_, the portion of India to which this name is applied - is called +Damirike+. We can scarcely err, says Dr. Caldwell - (_Dravid. Gram._ Intr. page 14), in identifying this name with the - Tami[l:] country. If so, the earliest appearance of the name Tami[l:] - in any foreign documents will be found also to be most perfectly - in accordance with the native Tami[l:] mode of spelling the name. - +Damirike+ evidently means _Damirike_.... In another place in the - same map a district is called +Scytia Dymirice+; and it appears - to have been this word which by a mistake of Δ for Λ Ptolemy - wrote Λυμιρικὴ. The D retains its place however in the Cosmography - of the anonymous geographer of Ravenna, who repeatedly mentions - +Dimirica+ as one of the three divisions of India and the one - furthest to the East. He shows also that the Tami[l:] country must - have been meant by the name by mentioning +Modura+ as one of the - cities it contained. - -52. The local marts which occur in order _along the coast_ after -+Barugaza+ are +Akabarou+, +Souppara+, +Kalliena+, -a city which was raised to the rank of a regular mart in the times -of the elder +Saraganes+, but after +Sandanes+ became its -master its trade was put under the severest restrictions; for if Greek -vessels, even by accident, enter its ports, a guard is put on board and -they are taken to Barugaza. - - - (52) Reverting to +Barugaza+ our author next enumerates the - less important emporia having merely a local trade which intervenes - between it and +Dimurikê+. Those are first +Akabarou+, - +Souppara+, and +Kalliena+—followed by +Semulla+, - +Mandagora+, +Palaipatmai+, +Meligeizara+, - +Buzantion+, +Toperon+, and +Turanosboas+,—beyond which - occurs a succession of islands, some of which give shelter to pirates, - and of which the last is called +Leukê+ or White Island. The - actual distance from Barugaza to Naoura, the first port of Dimurikê, - is 4,500 stadia. - - To take these emporia in detail. +Akabarou+ cannot be identified. - The reading is probably corrupt. Between the mouths of the Namados - and those of the Goaris, Ptolemy interposes Nousaripa, Poulipoula, - Ariakê Sadinôn, and Soupara. +Nausaripa+ is +Nausari+, about - 18 miles to the south of Surat, and +Soupara+ is +Sûpârâ+ - near Vasâï. Benfey, who takes it to be the name of a region and not - of a city, regards it as the +Ophir+ of the Bible—called in the - Septuagint Σωφηρά. +Sôphir+, it may be added, is the Coptic name - for India. +Kalliena+ is now +Kalyâna+ near Bombay [which - must have been an important place at an early date. It is named in - the Kaṇhêri Bauddha Cave Inscriptions]. It is mentioned by Kosmas (p. - 337), who states that it produced copper and sesamum and other kinds - of logs, and cloth for wearing apparel. The name +Sandanes+, - that of the Prince who sent Greek ships which happened to put into - its port under guard to Barugaza, is thought by Benfey to be a - territorial title which indicated that he ruled over +Ariakê+ - of the Sandineis. [But the older “Saraganes” probably indicates one - of the great Śâtakarṇi or Ândhrabhṛitya dynasty.] Ptolemy does not - mention Kalliena, though he supplies the name of a place omitted in - the _Periplûs_, namely +Dounga+ (VII. i. 6) near the mouth of the - river +Bênda+. - -53. After +Kalliena+ other local marts occur—+Semulla+, -+Mandagora+, +Palaipatmai+, +Melizeigara+, -+Buzantion+, +Toparon+, and +Turannosboas+. You come -next to the islands called +Sêsekreienai+ and the island of the -+Aigidioi+ and that of the +Kaineitai+, near what is called -the +Khersonêsos+, places in which are pirates, and after this -the island +Leukê+ (or ‘the White’). Then follow +Naoura+ -and +Tundis+, the first marts of +Limurikê+, and after these -+Mouziris+ and +Nelkunda+, the seats of Government. - - - (53) +Semulla+ (in Ptolemy +Timoula+ and +Simulla+) - is identified by Yule with +Chênval+ or Chaul, a seaport 23 - miles south of Bombay; [but Bhagvanlâl Indraji suggests Chimûla - in Trombay island at the head of the Bombay harbour; and this is - curiously supported by one of the Kanhêri inscriptions in which - +Chemûla+ is mentioned, apparently as a large city, like - Supârâ and Kalyâna, in the neighbourhood]. After Simulla Ptolemy - mentions +Hippokoura+ [possibly, as suggested by the same, a - partial translation of +Ghoḍabandar+ on the Choḍa nadi in the - Ṭhaṅa strait] and +Baltipatna+ as places still in Ariakê, but - +Mandagara Buzanteion+, +Khersonêsos+, +Armagara+, - the mouths of the river +Nanagouna+, and an emporium called - +Nitra+, as belonging to the Pirate Coast which extended to - Dimurikê, of which +Tundis+, he says, is the first city. Ptolemy - therefore agrees with our author in assigning the Pirate Coast to the - tract of country between Bombay and Goa. This coast continued to be - infested with pirates till so late a period as the year 1765, when - they were finally exterminated by the British arms. +Mandagara+ - and +Palaipatma+ may have corresponded pretty nearly in situation - with the towns of Rájapur and Bankut. Yule places them respectively - at Bankut and Debal. +Melizeigara+ (Milizêguris or Milizigêris - of Ptolemy, VII. i. 95), Vincent identifies with Jaygaḍh or Sidê - Jaygaḍh. The same place appears in Pliny as +Sigerus+ (VI. xxvi. - 100). Buzantium may be referred to about Vijayadrug or Esvantgadh, - +Toparon+ may be a corrupt reading for +Togaron+, and may - perhaps therefore be Devagaḍh which lies a little beyond Vijayndrug. - +Turannosboas+ is not mentioned elsewhere, but it may have been, - us Yule suggests, the Bandâ or Tirakal river. Müller placed it at - Acharê. The first island on this part of the coast is Sindhudrug - near Mâlwan, to which succeeds a group called the Burnt Islands, - among which the Vingorla rocks are conspicuous. These are no doubt - the +Heptanêsia+ of Ptolemy (VII. i. 95), and probably the - +Sêsikrienai+ of the _Periplûs_. The island Aigidion called that - of the Aigidii may be placed at Goa, [but Yule suggests Angediva south - of Sadaśivagaḍh, in lat. 14° 45´ N., which is better]. Kaineiton may - be the island of St. George. - - We come next to +Naoura+ in Dimurikê. This is now +Honâvar+, - written otherwise Onore, situated on the estuary of a broad river, - the +Śarâvatî+, on which are the falls of Gêrsappa, one of - the most magnificent and stupendous cataracts in the world. If the - +Nitra+ of Ptolemy (VII. i. 7) and the +Nitria+ of Pliny be - the same as +Naoura+, then these authors extend the pirate coast - a little further south than the _Periplûs_ does. But if they do not, - and therefore agree in their views as to where Dimurikê begins, the - +Nitra+ may be placed, Müller thinks, at Mirjan or Komta, which - is not far north from Honâvar. [Yule places it at Mangalur.] Müller - regards the first supposition however as the more probable, and quotes - at length a passage from Pliny (VI. xxvi. 104) referring thereto, - which must have been excerpted from some _Periplûs_ like our author’s, - but not from it as some have thought. “To those bound for India it is - most convenient to depart from Okêlis. They sail thence with the wind - Hipalus in 40 days to the first emporium of India, Muziris, which is - not a desirable place to arrive at on account of pirates infesting the - neighbourhood, who hold a place called +Nitrias+, while it is not - well supplied with merchandize. Besides, the station for ships is at - a great distance from the shore, and cargoes have both to be landed - and to be shipped by means of little boats. There reigned there when I - wrote this +Caelobothras+. Another port belonging to the nation - is more convenient, +Neacyndon+, which is called +Becare+ - (_sic. codd._, Barace, Harduin and Sillig). There reigned Pandiôn in - an inland town far distant from the emporium called +Modura+. - The region, however, from which they convey pepper to Becare in boats - formed from single logs is +Cottonara+.” - -54. To the kingdom under the sway of +Kêprobotres[22] Tundis+ is -subject, a village of great note situate near the sea. +Mouziris+, -which pertains to the same realm, is a city at the height of -prosperity, frequented as it is by ships from +Ariakê+ and Greek -ships _from Egypt_. It lies near a river at a distance from Tundis of -500 stadia, whether this is measured from river to river or by the -length of the sea voyage, and it is 20 stadia distant from the mouth -of its own river. The distance of +Nelkunda+ from +Mouziris+ -also nearly 500 stadia, whether measured from river to river or -by the sea voyage, but it belongs to a different kingdom, that of -+Pandiôn+. It likewise is situate near a river and at about a -distance from the sea of 120 stadia. - - - (54) With regard to the names in this extract which occur also in - the _Periplûs_ the following passages quoted from Dr. Caldwell’s - _Dravidian Grammar_ will throw much light. He says (Introd. p. - 97):—“+Muziris+ appears to be the +Muyiri+ of Muyiri-kotta. - Tyndis is +Tuṇḍi+, and the Kynda, of Nelkynda, or as Ptolemy - has it, Melkynda, _i. e._ probably Western kingdom, seems to be - +Kannettri+, the southern boundary of Kêrala proper. One MS. of - Pliny writes the second part of this word not _Cyndon_ but _Canidon_. - The first of these places was identified by Dr. Gundert, for the - remaining two we are indebted to Dr. Burnell. - - “Cottonara, Pliny; Kottonarike, _Periplûs_, the district where - the best pepper was produced. It is singular that this district - was not mentioned by Ptolemy. +Cottonara+ was evidently the - name of the district. κοττοναρικον the name of the pepper for - which the district was famous. Dr. Buchanan identifies Cottonara - with +Kaḍatta-naḍu+, the name of a district in the Calicut - country celebrated for its pepper. Dr. Burnell identifies it with - +Koļatta-nâḍu+, the district about Tellicherry which he says - is the pepper district. _Kadatta_ in Malayâlam means ‘transport, - conveyance,’ +Nâdû+, Tam.—Mal., means a district.” - - “The prince called Kêrobothros by Ptolemy (VII. i. 86) is called - Kêprobotros by the author of the _Periplûs_. The insertion of π is - clearly an error, but more likely to be the error of a copyist than - that of the author, who himself had visited the territories of the - prince in question. He is called Caelobothras in Pliny’s text, but - one of the MSS. gives it more correctly as Celobotras. The name in - Sanskrit, and in full is ‘Keralaputra,’ but both _kêra_ and _kêla_ are - Dravidian abbreviations of _kêralâ_. They are Malayâļam however, not - Tamil abbreviations, and the district over which Keralaputra ruled - is that in which the Malayâļam language is now spoken” (p. 95). From - Ptolemy we learn that the capital of this prince was +Karoura+, - which has been “identified with +Karûr+, an important town in the - Koimbatur district originally included in the Chêra kingdom. Karûr - means the black town.... Ptolemy’s word +Karoura+ represents - the Tami[l:] name of the place with perfect accuracy.” Nelkunda, our - author informs us, was not subject to this prince but to another - called +Pandiôn+. This name, says Dr. Caldwell, “is of Sanskrit - origin, and +Pandæ+, the form which Pliny, after Megasthenês, - gives in his list of the Indian nations, comes very near the Sanskrit. - The more recent local information of Pliny himself, as well as the - notices of Ptolemy and the _Periplûs_, supply us with the Dravidian - form of the word. The Tami[l:] sign of the masc. sing. is _an_, and - Tami[l:] inserts _i_ euphonically after _ṇḍ_, consequently Pandiôn, - and still better the plural form of the word +Pandiones+, - faithfully represents the Tami[l:] masc. sing. +Pâṇḍiyan+.” In - another passage the same scholar says: “The Sanskrit Pâṇḍya is written - in Tamil Pâṇḍiya, but the more completely tamilized form +Pâṇḍi+ - is still more commonly used all over southern India. I derive Pâṇḍi, - as native scholars always derive the word, from the Sanskrit Pâṇḍu, - the name of the father of the Pâṇḍava brothers.” The capital of this - prince, as Pliny has stated, was +Modura+, which is the Sanskrit - Maṭhurâ pronounced in the Tami[l:] manner. The corresponding city in - Northern India, Maṭhurâ, is written by the Greeks +Methora+. - - +Nelkunda+ is mentioned by various authors under varying forms of - the name. As has been already stated, it is Melkunda in Ptolemy, who - places it in the country of the Aii. In the _Peutingerian Table_ it is - Nincylda, and in the Geographer of Ravenna, Nilcinna. At the mouth of - the river on which it stands was its shipping port +Bakare+ or - Becare, according to Müller now represented by +Markari+ (lat. - 12° N.) Yule conjectures that it must have been between Kanetti and - Kolum in Travancore. Regarding the trade of this place we may quote a - remark from Vincent. “We find,” he says, “that throughout the whole - which the _Periplûs_ mentions of India we have a catalogue of the - exports and imports only at the two ports of Barugaza and Nelcynda, - and there seems to be a distinction fixed between the articles - appropriate to each. Fine muslins and ordinary cottons are the - principal commodities of the first; tortoise shell, precious stones, - silk, and above all pepper, seem to have been procurable only at the - latter. This pepper is said to be brought to this port from Cottonara, - famous to this hour for producing the best pepper in the world except - that of Sumatra. The pre-eminence of these two ports will account - for the little that is said of the others by the author, and why he - has left us so few characters by which we may distinguish one from - another.” - - Our author on concluding his account of Nelkunda interrupts his - narrative to relate the incidents of the important discovery of the - monsoon made by that Columbus of antiquity Hippalus. This account, - Vincent remarks, naturally excites a curiosity in the mind to enquire - how it should happen that the monsoon should have been noticed by - Nearkhos, and that from the time of his voyage for 300 years no one - should have attempted a direct course till Hippalus ventured to - commit himself to the ocean. He is of opinion that there was a direct - passage by the monsoons both in going to and coming from India in use - among the Arabians before the Greeks adopted it, and that Hippalus - frequenting these seas as a pilot or merchant, had met with Indian or - Arabian traders who made their voyages in a more compendious manner - than the Greeks, and that he collected information from them which he - had both the prudence and courage to adopt, just as Columbus, while - owing much to his own nautical experience and fortitude was still - under obligations to the Portuguese, who had been resolving the great - problems in the art of navigation for almost a century previous to his - expedition. - -55. At the very mouth of this river lies another village, +Bakare+, -to which the ships despatched from Nelkunda come down _empty_ and -ride at anchor off shore while taking in cargo: for the river, it may -be noted, has sunken reefs and shallows which make its navigation -difficult. The sign by which those who come hither by sea know they are -nearing land is their meeting with snakes, which are here of a black -colour, not so long as those already mentioned, like serpents about the -head, and with eyes the colour of blood. - - - (55) +Nelkunda+ appears to have been the limit of our author’s - voyage along the coast of India, for in the sequel of his narrative - he defines but vaguely the situation of the places which he notices, - while his details are scanty, and sometimes grossly inaccurate. Thus - he makes the Malabar Coast extend southwards beyond Cape Comorin as - far at least as Kolkhoi (near Tutikorin) on the Coromandel coast, and - like many ancient writers, represents Ceylon as stretching westward - almost as far as Africa. - -56. The ships which frequent these ports are of a large size, on account -of the great amount and bulkiness of the pepper and betel of which -their lading consists. The imports here are principally— - -Χρήματα πλεῖ στα—Great quantities of specie. - -Χρυσόλιθα—(Topaz?) Gold-stone, Chrysolite. - -Ἰματισμὸς ἁπλοὸς οὐ πολὺς—A small assortment of plain cloth. - -Πολύμιτα—Flowered robes. - -Στίμμι, κοράλλιον—Stibium, a pigment for the eyes, coral. - -ὕαλος ἀργὴ χαλκὸς—White glass, copper or brass. - -Κασσίτερος, μόλυβδος—Tin, lead. - -Οἵνος οὐ πολύς, ὡσεὶ δὲ τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἐν Βαρυγάζοις—Wine but not much, -but about as much as at Barugaza. - -Σανδαράκη—Sandarach (_Sindûrâ_). - -Ἀρσενικὸν—Arsenic (Orpiment), yellow sulphuret of arsenic. - -Σῖτος ὅσος ἀρκέ σει τοῖς περὶ το ναυκλήριον, διὰ τὸ μὴ τοὺς ἐμπόρους -αὐτῷ χρῆσθαι—Corn, only for the use of the ship’s company, as the -merchants do not sell it. - -The following commodities are brought to it for export:— - -Πέπερι μονογενῶς ἐν ἐνὶ τόπω τούτων τῶν ἐμπορίων γεννώμενον πολύ τῇ -λεγομενῇ Κοττοναρικη—Pepper in great quantity, produced in only one of -these marts, and called the pepper of Kottonara. - -Μαργαρίτης ίκανὸς καὶ διάφορος—Pearls in great quantity and of superior -quality. - -Ἐλέφας—Ivory. - -Ὀθόνια Σηρικὰ—Fine silks. - -Νάρδος ἡ Γαγγητικὴ—Spikenard from the Ganges. - -Μαλάβαθρον—Betel—all brought from countries further east. - -Λιθία διαφανὴς παντοία—Transparent or precious stones of all -sorts. - -Αδάμας—Diamonds. - -Ὑάκινθος—Jacinths. - -Χελώνη ἥτε Χρυσονησιωτικὴ καὶ ἡ περὶ τὰς νήσους θηρευομένη τὰς -προκειμένας αὐτῆς τῆς Λιμυρικῆς—Tortoise-shell from the Golden Island, -and another sort which is taken in the islands which lie off the coast -of Limurikê. - -The proper season to set sail from Egypt for this part of India is -about the month of July—that is, Epiphi. - -57. The whole round of the voyage from +Kanê+ and +Eudaimôn -Arabia+, which we have just described, used to be performed in -small vessels which kept close to shore and followed its windings, but -+Hippalos+ was the pilot who first, by observing the bearings -of the ports and the configuration of the sea, discovered the direct -course across the ocean; whence as, at the season when our own Etesians -are blowing, a periodical wind from the ocean likewise blows in the -Indian Sea, this wind, which is the south-west, is, it seems, called in -these seas Hippalos [after the name of the pilot who first discovered -the _passage by means of it_]. From the time of this discovery to the -present day, merchants who sail for India either from +Kanê+, or, -as others do, from +Arômata+, if Limurikê be their destination, -must often change their tack, but if they are bound for +Barugaza+ -and +Skythia+, they are not retarded for more than three days, -after which, committing themselves to the monsoon which blows right in -the direction of their course, they stand far out to sea, leaving all -the gulfs we have mentioned in the distance. - -58. After +Bakare+ occurs the mountain called Pyrrhos (or the -Red) towards the south, near another district of the country called -+Paralia+ (where the pearl-fisheries are which belong to king -Pandiôn), and a city of the name of +Kolkhoi+. In this tract the -first place met with is called +Balita+, which has a good harbour -and a village on its shore. Next to this is another place called -+Komar+, where is the cape of the same name and a haven. Those who -wish to consecrate the closing part of their lives to religion come -hither and bathe and engage themselves to celibacy. This is also done -by women; since it is related that the goddess (_Kumârî_) once on a -time resided at the place and bathed. From +Komarei+ (towards the -south) the country extends as far as +Kolkhoi+, where the fishing -for pearls is carried on. Condemned criminals are employed in this -service. King Pandiôn is the owner of the fishery. To +Kolkhoi+ -succeeds another coast lying along a gulf having a district in the -interior bearing the name of +Argalou+. In this single place are -obtained the pearls collected near the island of +Epiodôros+. From -it are exported the muslins called _ebargareitides_. - - - (58) The first place mentioned after +Bakare+ is +Pyrrhos+, - or the Red Mountain, which extends along a district called - +Paralia+. “There are,” says Dr. Caldwell (Introd. p. 99), “three - Paralias mentioned by the Greeks, two by Ptolemy ... one by the author - of the _Periplûs_. The Paralia mentioned by the latter corresponded - to Ptolemy’s country of the Ἄïοι, and that of the Καρεοι, that is, - to South Travancore and South Tinnevelly. It commenced at the Red - Cliffs south of Quilon, and included not only Cape Comorin but also - Κόλχοι, where the pearl fishing was carried on, which belonged to King - Pandiôn. Dr. Burnell identifies Paralia with Parali, which he states - is an old name for Travancore, but I am not quite able to adopt this - view.” “Paralia,” he adds afterwards, “may possibly have corresponded - in meaning, if not in sound, to some native word meaning coast,—viz., - Karei.” On this coast is a place called +Balita+, which is - perhaps the +Bammala+ of Ptolemy (VII. i. 9), which Mannert - identifies with Manpalli, a little north of Anjenga. - - - [Transcriber’s Note: There is no Paragraph 59] - - -60. Among the marts and anchorages along this shore to which -merchants from Limurikê and the north resort, the most conspicuous -are +Kamara+ and +Podoukê+ and +Sôpatma+, which occur -in the order in which we have named them. In these marts are found -those native vessels for coasting voyages which trade as far as -Limurikê, and another kind called _sangara_, mode by fastening together -large vessels formed each of a single timber, and also others called -_kolandiophônta_, which are of great bulk and employed for voyages -to +Khrusê+ and the +Ganges+. These marts import all the -commodities which reach Limurikê for commercial purposes, absorbing -likewise nearly every species of goods brought from Egypt, and most -descriptions of all the goods exported from Limurikê and disposed of on -this coast _of India_. - - - (60) We now reach the great promontory called in the _Periplûs_ - +Komar+ and +Komarei+, Cape Kumârî. “It has derived its - name,” says Caldwell, “from the Sans. _Kumârî_, a virgin, one of the - names of the goddess Durgâ, the presiding divinity of the place, - but the shape which this word has taken is, especially in _komar_, - distinctively Tamilian.” In ordinary Tamil _Kumârî_ becomes _Kumări_; - and in the vulgar dialect of the people residing in the neighbourhood - of the Cape a virgin is neither Kumârî nor Kumări but Kŭmăr pronounced - Kŏmar. It is remarkable that this vulgar corruption of the Sanskrit - is identical with the name given to the place by the author of the - _Periplûs_.... The monthly bathing in honor of the goddess Durgâ is - still continued at Cape Comorin, but is not practised to the same - extent as in ancient times.... Through the continued encroachments of - the sea, the harbour the Greek mariners found at Cape Comorin and the - fort (if φρουριον is the correct reading for βριάριον of the MS.) have - completely disappeared; but a fresh water well remains in the centre - of a rock, a little way out at sea. Regarding +Kolkhoi+, the - next place mentioned after Komari, the same authority as we have seen - places it (_Ind. Ant._ vol. VI. p. 80) near Tuticorin. It is mentioned - by Ptolemy and in the _Peutinger Tables_, where it is called ‘Colcis - Indorum’. The Gulf of Manaar was called by the Greeks the Colchic - Gulf. The Tami[l:] name of the place Kolkei is almost identical with - the Greek. “The place,” according to Caldwell, “is now about three - miles inland, but there are abundant traces of its having once stood - on the coast, and I have found the tradition that it was once the seat - of the pearl fishery, still surviving amongst its inhabitants.” After - the sea had retired from Κόλχοι ... a new emporium arose on the coast. - This was +Kâyal+, the Cael of Marco Polo. Kâyal in turn became - in time too far from the sea ... and Tuticorin (+Tûttrukuḍi+) - was raised instead by the Portuguese from the position of a - fishing village to that of the most important port on the southern - Coromandel coast. The identification of Kolkoi with Kolkei is one - of much importance. Being perfectly certain it helps forward other - identifications. _Kol._ in Tami[l:] means ‘to slay.’ _Kei_ is ‘hand.’ - It was the first capital of Pandiôn. - - The coast beyond +Kolkhoi+, which has an inland district - belonging to it called +Argalou+, is indented by a gulf called by - Ptolemy the Argarik—now Palk Bay. Ptolemy mentions also a promontory - called +Kôru+ and beyond it a city called +Argeirou+ and - an emporium called +Salour+. This Kôru of Ptolemy, Caldwell - thinks, represents the +Kôlis+ of the geographers who preceded - him, and the +Koṭi+ of Tami[l:], and identifies it with “the - island promontory of +Râmeśvaram+, the point of land from which - there was always the nearest access from Southern India to Ceylon.” An - island occurs in these parts, called that of +Epiodôros+, noted - for its pearl fishery, on which account Ritter would identify it with - the island of Manaar, which Ptolemy, as Mannert thinks, speaks of as - Νάνιγηρίς (VII. i. 95). Müller thinks, however, it may be compared - with Ptolemy’s +Kôru+, and so be Râmeśvaram. - - This coast has commercial intercourse not only with the Malabar - ports, but also with the Ganges and the Golden Khersonese. For the - trade with the former a species of canoes was used called _Sangara_. - The Maļayâlam name of these, Caldwell says, is _Changâdam_, in Tuļa - _Jangâla_, compare Sanskrit _Samghâdam_ a raft (_Ind. Ant._ vol. I. - p. 309). The large vessels employed for the Eastern trade were called - _Kolandiophonta_, a name which Caldwell confesses his inability to - explain. - - Three cities and ports are named in the order of their occurrence - which were of great commercial importance, +Kamara+, - +Podoukê+, and +Sôpatma+. +Kamara+ may perhaps be, - as Müller thinks, the emporium which Ptolemy calls +Khabêris+, - situated at the mouth of the River +Khabêros+ (now, the Kavery), - perhaps, as Dr. Burnell suggests, the modern Kaveripattam. (_Ind. - Ant._ vol. VII. p. 40). +Podoukê+ appears in Ptolemy as Podoukê. - It is +Puduchchêri+, _i. e._ ‘new town,’ now well known as - Pondicherry; so Bohlen, Ritter, and Benfey. [Yule and Lassen place it - at Pulikât]. +Sôpatma+ is not mentioned in Ptolemy, nor can it - now be traced. In Sanskrit it transliterates into _Su-patna_, _i. e._, - fair town. - -61. Near the region which succeeds, where the course of the voyage now -bends to the east, there lies out in the open sea stretching towards -the west the island now called +Palaisimoundou+, but by the -ancients +Taprobanê+. To cross over to the northern side of it -takes a day. In the south part it gradually stretches towards the west -till it nearly reaches the opposite coast of +Azania+. It produces -pearl, precious (_transparent_) stones, muslins, and tortoise-shell. - - - (61) The next place noticed is the Island of Ceylon, which is - designated +Palaisimoundou+, with the remark that its former - name was +Taprobanê+. This is the Greek transliteration of - Tâmraparnî, the name given by a band of colonists from Magadha to the - place where they first landed in Ceylon, and which was afterwards - extended to the whole island. It is singular, Dr. Caldwell remarks, - that this is also the name of the principal river in Tinnevelly on the - opposite coast of India, and he infers that the colony referred to - might previously have formed a settlement in Tinnevelly at the mouth - of the Tâmraparṇi river—perhaps at Kolkei, the earliest residence of - the Pâṇḍya kings. The passage in the _Periplûs_ which refers to the - island is very corrupt. - -62.(_Returning to the coast_,) not far from the three marts we have -mentioned lies +Masalia+, the seaboard of a country extending -far inland. Here immense quantities of fine muslins are manufactured. -From +Masalia+ the course of the voyage lies eastward across a -neighbouring bay to +Dêsarênê+, which has the breed of elephants -called Bôsarê. Leaving +Dêsarênê+ the course is northerly, passing -a variety of barbarous tribes, among which are the +Kirrhadai+, -savages whose noses are flattened to the face, and another tribe, that -of the +Bargusoi+, as well as the +Hîppioprosôpoi+ _or_ -+Makroprosôpoi+ (the horse faced or long faced men), who are -reported to be cannibals. - - - (62) Recurring to the mainland, the narrative notices a district - called +Masalia+, where great quantities of cotton were - manufactured. This is the +Maïsôlia+ of Ptolemy, the region in - which he places the mouths of a river the +Maisôlos+, which - Benfey identifies with the Godâvarî, in opposition to others who - would make it the Krishnâ, which is perhaps Ptolemy’s +Tuna+. - The name Maisôlia is taken from the Sanskrit Mausala, preserved in - Machhlipatana, now Masulipatam. Beyond this, after an intervening gulf - running eastward is crossed, another district occurs, +Desarênê+, - noted for its elephants. This is not mentioned by Ptolemy, but a - river with a similar name, the +Dôsarôn+, is found in his - enumeration of the rivers which occur between the Maisôlos and the - Ganges. As it is the last in the list it may probably be, as Lassen - supposes, the Brâhmini. Our author however places Desarênê at a much - greater distance from the Ganges, for he peoples the intermediate - space with a variety of tribes which Ptolemy relegates to the East of - the river. The first of these tribes is that of the +Kirrâdai+ - (Sanskrit, Kirâtas), whose features are of the Mongolian type. Next - are the +Bargusoi+, not mentioned by Ptolemy, but perhaps to be - identified with the cannibal race he speaks of, the +Barousai+ - thought by Yule to be possibly the inhabitants of the Nikobar islands, - and lastly the tribe of the long or horse-faced men who were also - cannibals. - -63. After passing these the course turns again to the east, and if you -sail with the ocean to your right and the coast far to your left, you -reach the Ganges and the extremity of the continent towards the east -_called_ +Khrusê+ (the Golden Khersonese). The river of this -region called the +Ganges+ is the largest in India; it has an -_annual_ increase and decrease like the Nile, and there is on it a mart -called after it, Gangê, through which passes _a considerable traffic_ -consisting of betel, the Gangetic spikenard, pearl, and the finest of -all muslins—those called the Gangetic. In this locality also there is -said to be a gold mine and a gold coin called _Kaltis_. Near this river -there is an island of the ocean called +Khrusê+ (or the Golden), -which lies directly under the rising sun and at the extremity of the -world towards the east. It produces the finest tortoise-shell that is -found throughout the whole of the Erythræan Sea. - - - (63) When this coast of savages and monsters is left behind, the - course lies eastward, and leads to the Ganges, which is the greatest - river of India, and adjoins the extremity of the Eastern continent - called +Khrusê+, or the Golden. Near the river, or, according - to Ptolemy, on the third of its mouths stands a great emporium of - trade called +Gangê+, exporting _Malabathrum_ and cottons and - other commodities. Its exact position there are not sufficient data - to determine. Khrusê is not only the name of the last part of the - continent, but also of an island lying out in the ocean to eastward, - not far from the Ganges. It is the last part of the world which is - said to be inhabited. The situation of Khrusê is differently defined - by different ancient authors. It was not known to the Alexandrine - geographers. Pliny seems to have preserved the most ancient report - circulated regarding it. He says (VI. xxiii. 80): “Beyond the mouth - of the Indus are +Chryse+ and +Argyre+ abounding in metals - as I believe, for I can hardly credit what some have related that - the soil consists of gold and silver.” Mela (III. 7) assigns to it - a very different position, asserting it to be near +Tabis+, - the last spur of the range of Taurus. He therefore places it where - Eratosthenês places +Thînai+, to the north of the Ganges on the - confines of the Indian and Skythian oceans. Ptolemy, in whose time the - Transgangetic world was better known, refers it to the peninsula of - Malacca, the Golden Khersonese. - -64. Beyond this region, immediately under the north, where the sea -terminates outwards, there lies somewhere in +Thîna+ a very great -city,—not on the coast, but in the interior of the country, called -+Thîna+,—from which silk, whether in the raw state or spun into -thread - -and woven into cloth, is brought by land to Barugaza through Baktria, -or by the Ganges to Limurikê. To penetrate into +Thîna+ is not -an easy undertaking, and but few _merchants_ come from it, and that -rarely. Its situation is under the Lesser Bear, and it is said to be -conterminous with the remotest end of Pontos, and that part of the -Kaspian Sea which adjoins the Maiôtic Lake, along with which it issues -by _one and_ the same mouth into the ocean. - - - (64) The last place which the _Periplûs_ mentions is Thînai, an - inland city of the +Thînai+ or +Sinai+, having a large - commerce in silk and woollen stuffs. The ancient writers are not at - all agreed as to its position. Colonel Yule thinks it was probably - the city described by Marco Polo under the name of +Kenjan-fu+ - (that is Singan-fu or Chauggan,) the most celebrated city in Chinese - history, and the capital of several of the most potent dynasties. It - was the metropolis of Shi Hwengti of the T’Sin dynasty, properly the - first emperor, and whose conquests almost intersected those of his - contemporary Ptolemy Euergetês—(vide Yule’s _Travels of Marco Polo_, - vol. II. p. 21). - -65. On the confines, however, of +Thînai+ an annual fair is held, -attended by a race of men of squat figure, with their face very broad, -but mild in disposition, called the +Sesatai+, who in appearance -resemble wild animals. They come with their wives and children to this -fair, bringing heavy loads of goods wrapped up in mats resembling -in outward appearance the early leaves of the vine. Their place of -assembly is where their own territory borders with that of Thînai; and -here, squatted on the mats on which they exhibit their wares, they -feast for several days, after which they return to their homes in the -interior. On observing their retreat the people of Thînai, repairing to -the spot, collect the mats on which they had been sitting, and taking -out the fibres, which are called _petroi_, from the reeds, they put -the leaves two and two together, and roll them up into slender balls, -through which they pass the fibres extracted from the reeds. Three -kinds of Malabathrum are thus made—that of the large ball, that of the -middle, and that of the small, according to the size of the leaf of -which the balls are formed. Hence there are three kinds of Malabathrum, -which after being made up are forwarded to India by the manufacturers. - -66. All the regions beyond this are unexplored, being difficult of -access by reason of the extreme rigour of the climate and the severe -frosts, or perhaps because such is the will of the divine power. - - - - - THE - - VOYAGE OF NEARKHOS, - - FROM THE INDUS TO THE HEAD OF THE - PERSIAN GULF, - - AS DESCRIBED IN THE SECOND PART OF - THE INDIKA OF ARRIAN, - - (FROM CHAPTER XVIII. TO THE END.) - - TRANSLATED FROM MÜLLER’S EDITION - (As given in the _Geographi Græci Minores_: Paris, 1855). - - WITH INTRODUCTION AND NOTES. - - - - - THE VOYAGE OF NEARKHOS. - - - - -INTRODUCTION. - - -The coasting voyage from the mouth of the Indus to the head of -the Persian Gulf, designed by Alexander the Great, and executed -by Nearkhos, may be regarded as the most important achievement of -the ancients in navigation. It opened up, as Vincent remarks, a -communication between Europe and the most distant countries of Asia, -and, at a later period, was the source and origin of the Portuguese -discoveries, and consequently the primary cause, however remote, of the -British establishments in India. A Journal of this voyage was written -by Nearkhos himself, which, though not extant in its original form, -has been preserved for us by Arrian, who embodied its contents in his -little work on India,[23] which he wrote as a sequel to his history of -the expedition of Alexander. - -Nearkhos as a writer must be acknowledged to be most scrupulously -honest and exact,—for the result of explorations made in modern times -along the shores which he passed in the course of his voyage shows -that his description of them is accurate even in the most minute -particulars. His veracity was nevertheless oppugned in ancient times by -Strabo, who unjustly stigmatises the whole class of the Greek writers -upon India as mendacious. “Generally speaking,” he says (II. i. 9), -“the men who have written upon Indian affairs were a set of liars. -Deimakhos holds the first place in the list, Megasthenês comes next, -while Onêsikritos and Nearkhos, with others of the same class, stammer -out a few words of truth.” (παραψελλίζοντες). Strabo, however, in -spite of this censure did not hesitate to use Nearkhos as one of his -chief authorities for his description of India, and is indebted to him -for many facts relating to that country, which, however extraordinary -they might appear to his contemporaries, have been all confirmed by -subsequent observation. It is therefore fairly open to doubt whether -Strabo was altogether sincere in his ill opinion, seeing it had but -little, if any, influence on his practice. We know at all events that -he was too much inclined to undervalue any writer who retailed fables, -without discriminating whether the writer set them down as facts, or -merely as stories, which he had gathered from hearsay. - -In modern times, the charge of mendacity has been repeated by Hardouin -and Huet. There are, however, no more than two passages of the Journal -which can be adduced to support this imputation. The first is that -in which the excessive breadth of 200 stadia is given to the Indus, -and the second that in which it is asserted that at Malana (situated -in 25° 17´ of N. latitude) the shadows at noon were observed to -fall southward, and this in the month of November. With regard to -the first charge, it may be supposed that the breadth assigned to -the Indus was probably that which it was observed to have when in a -state of inundation, and with regard to the second, it may be met by -the supposition, which is quite admissible, that Arrian may have -misapprehended in some measure the import of the statement as made -by Nearkhos. The passage will be afterwards examined,[24] but in the -meantime we may say, with Vincent, that if the difficulty it presents -admits of no satisfactory solution, the misstatement ought not, as -standing alone, to be insisted upon to the invalidation of the whole -work. - -But another charge besides that of mendacity has been preferred -against the Journal. Dodwell has denied its authenticity. His attack -is based on the following passage in Pliny (VI. 23):—Onesciriti et -Nearchi navigatio nec nomina habet mansionum nec spatia. _The Journal -of Onesicritus and Nearchus has neither the names of the anchorages -nor the measure of the distances._ From this Dodwell argues that, -as the account of the voyage in Arrian contains both the names and -the distances, it could not have been a transcript of the Journal of -Nearkhos, which according to Pliny gave neither names nor distances. -Now, in the first place, it may well be asked, why the authority of -Pliny, who is by no means always a careful writer, should be set so -high as to override all other testimony, for instance, that of Arrian -himself, who expressly states in the outset of his narrative that he -intended to give the account of the voyage which had been written by -Nearkhos. In the second place, the passage in question is probably -corrupt, or if not, it is in direct conflict with the passage which -immediately follows it, and contains Pliny’s own summary of the voyage -in which little else is given than the names of the anchorages and the -distances. Dodwell was aware of the inconsistency of the two passages, -and endeavoured to explain it away. In this he entirely fails, and -there can therefore be no reasonable doubt, that in Arrian’s work we -have a record of the voyage as authentic as it is veracious. - -Of that record we proceed to give a brief abstract, adding a few -particulars gathered from other sources. - -The fleet with which Nearkhos accomplished the voyage consisted of -war-galleys and transports which had been partly built and partly -collected on the banks of the river Hydaspes (now the Jhelam), where -Alexander had supplied them with crews by selecting from his troops -such men as had a knowledge of seamanship. The fleet thus manned sailed -slowly down the Hydaspes, the Akesinês, and the Indus, its movements -being regulated by those of the army, which, in marching down towards -the sea, was engaged in reducing the warlike tribes settled along the -banks of these rivers. This downward voyage occupied, according to -Strabo, ten months, but it probably did not occupy more than nine. The -fleet having at length reached the apex of the Delta formed by the -Indus remained in that neighbourhood for some time at a place called -Pattala, which has generally been identified with Ṭhaṭha—a town near to -where the western arm of the Indus bifurcates,—but which Cunningham and -others would prefer to identify with Nirankol or Haidarâbâd.[25] From -Pattala Alexander sailed down the western stream of the river, where -some of his ships were damaged and others destroyed by encountering -the Bore, a phenomenon as alarming as it was new to the Greeks.[26] -He returned to Pattala, and thence made an excursion down the Eastern -stream, which he found less difficult to navigate. On again returning -to Pattala he removed his fleet down to a station on the Western -branch of the river (at an island called Killouta),[27] which was -at no great distance from the sea. He then set out on his return to -Persia, leaving instructions with Nearkhos to start on the voyage as -soon as the calming of the monsoon should render navigation safe. It -was the king’s intention to march near to the coast, and to collect at -convenient stations supplies for the victualling of the fleet, but he -found that such a route was impracticable, and he was obliged to lead -his army through the inland provinces which lay between India and his -destination, Sûsa.[28] He left Leonnatos, however, behind him in the -country of the Oreitai, with instructions to render every assistance in -his power to the expedition under Nearkhos when it should reach that -part of the coast. - -Nearkhos remained in the harbour at Killouta for about a month after -Alexander had departed, and then sailed during a temporary lull in the -monsoon, as he was apprehensive of being attacked by the natives who -had been but imperfectly subjugated, and whose spirit was hostile.[29] -The date on which he set sail is fixed by Vincent as the 1st of October -in the year B.C. 326. He proceeded slowly down the river, and -anchored first at a place called Stoura, which was only 100 stadia -distant from the station they had quitted. Here the fleet remained for -two days, when it proceeded to an anchorage only 30 stadia farther -down the stream at a place called Kaumana.[30] Thence it proceeded to -Koreatis (v. 1. Koreëstis)—where it again anchored. When once more -under weigh its progress was soon arrested by a dangerous rock or bar -which obstructed the mouth of the river.[31] After some delay this -difficulty was overcome, and the fleet was conducted in safety into the -open main, and onward to an island called Krôkala (150 stadia distant -from the bar), where it remained at anchor throughout the day following -its arrival. On leaving this island Nearkhos had Mount Eiros (now -Manora) on his right hand, and a low flat island on his left; and this, -as Cunningham remarks, is a very accurate description of the entrance -to Karâchi harbour. The fleet was conducted into this harbour, now so -well known as the great emporium of the trade of the Indus, and here, -as the monsoon was still blowing with great violence, it remained for -four and twenty days. The harbour was so commodious and secure that -Nearkhos designated it the Port of Alexander. It was well sheltered by -an island lying close to its mouth, called by Arrian, Bibakta, but by -Pliny, Bibaga, and by Philostratos, Biblos. - -The expedition took its departure from this station on the 3rd of -November. It suffered both from stress of weather and from shortness -of provisions until it reached Kôkala on the coast of the Oreitai, -where it took on board the supplies which had been collected for its -use by the exertions of Leonnatos. Here it remained for about 10 -days, and by the time of its departure the monsoon had settled in its -favour, so that the courses daily accomplished were now of much greater -length than formerly. The shores, however, of the Ikhthyophagoi, -which succeeded to those of the Oreitai, were so miserably barren and -inhospitable that provisions were scarcely procurable, and Nearkhos -was apprehensive lest the men, famished and despairing, should desert -the ships. Their sufferings were not relieved till they approached the -straits, which open into the Persian Gulf. When within the straits, -they entered the mouth of the river Anamis (now the Minâb or Ibrahim -river), and having landed, formed a dockyard and a camp upon its banks. -This place lay in Harmozeia, a most fertile and beautiful district -belonging to Karmania. Nearkhos, having here learned that Alexander -was not more than a 5 days’ journey from the sea, proceeded into the -interior to meet him, and report the safety of the expedition. During -his absence the ships were repaired and provisioned, and therefore -soon after his return to the camp he gave orders for the resumption of -the voyage. The time spent at Harmozeia was one and twenty days. The -fleet again under weigh coasted the islands lying at the mouth of the -gulf, and then having shaped its course towards the mainland, passed -the western shores of Karmania and those of Persis, till it arrived -at the mouth of the Sitakos (now the Kara-Agach), where it was again -repaired and supplied with provisions, remaining for the same number -of days as at the Anamis. One of the next stations at which it touched -was Mesembria, which appears to have been situated in the neighbourhood -of the modern Bushire. The coast of Persis was difficult to navigate -on account of intricate and oozy channels, and of shoals and breakers -which frequently extended far out to sea. The coast which succeeded, -that of Sousis (from which Persis is separated by the river Arosis or -Oroatis, now the Tâb) was equally difficult and dangerous to navigate, -and therefore the fleet no longer crept along the shore, but stood -out more into the open sea. At the head of the gulf Sousis bends to -westward, and here are the mouths of the Tigris and Euphrates, which -appear in those days to have entered the sea by separate channels. It -was the intention of Nearkhos to have sailed up the former river, but -he passed its mouth unawares, and continued sailing westward till he -reached Diridôtis (or Terêdon), an emporium in Babylonia, situated on -the Pallacopas branch of the Euphrates. From Diridôtis he retraced -his course, and entering the mouth of the Tigris sailed up its stream -till he reached the lower end of a great lake (not now existing), -through which its current flowed. At the upper end of this lake was -a village called Aginis, said to have been 500 stadia distant from -Sousa. Nearkhos did not, as has been erroneously supposed by some, sail -up the lake to Aginis, but entered the mouth of a river which flows -into its south-eastern extremity, called the Pasitigris or Eulæus, -the Ulai of the Prophet Daniel, now the Karûn. The fleet proceeded -up this river, and came to a final anchor in its stream immediately -below a bridge, which continued the highway from Persia to Sousa. This -bridge, according to Ritter and Rawlinson, crossed the Pasitigris at -a point near the modern village of Ahwaz. Here the fleet and the army -were happily reunited. Alexander on his arrival embraced Nearkhos with -cordial warmth, and rewarded appropriately the splendid services which -he had rendered by bringing the expedition safely through so many -hardships and perils to its destination. The date on which the fleet -anchored at the bridge is fixed by Vincent for the 24th of February -B. C. 325, so that the whole voyage was performed in 146 days, -or somewhat less than 5 months. - -The following tables show the names, positions, &c., of the different -places which occurred on the route taken by the expedition:— - - -I. - -From the Station on the Indus to the Port of Alexander (Karâchi -Harbour). - - -------------------------+------------------+-------+--------+-------- - | |Distance| | - | | in | | - Ancient name. | Modern name. |Stadia.| Lat. N.|Long. E. - | | [32] | | - -------------------------+------------------+-------+--------+-------- - 1. Station at Killouta. | Near Lari-Bandar | -- | 24° 30´| 67° 28´ - 2. Stoura | -- | 100 | | - 3. Kaumana | Khau | 30 | | - 4. Koreatis | | 20 | | - 5. Herma |_Bar in the | | | - | Indus._ | - 6. Krôkala | -- | 120 | | - 7. _Mount Eiros_ | Manora. | | | - 8. _Is. unnamed._ | | | | - 9. The Port of Alexander.| Karâchi | -- | 24° 53´| 66° 57´ - -------------------------+------------------+-------+--------+-------- - - -II. - -Coast of the Arabies (Sindh). - - Length of the Coast from the Indus to the Arabis R. 1000 Stadia. - Actual length in miles English 80 - Time taken in its navigation 38 Days. - - --------------------+-----------+----------+---------+--------- - | Modern | Distance | | - Ancient Name. | name. | in | Lat. N. | Long. E. - | | Stadia. | | - --------------------+-----------+----------+---------+--------- - 1. Port of Alexander| Karâchi | -- | 24° 53´ | 66° 57´ - 2. _Bibakta_ | | | | - 3. Domai Is. | | 60 | 24° 48´ | 66° 50´ - 4. Saranga | | 300 | 24° 44´ | 66° 34´ - 5. Sakala | | | 24° 52´ | 66° 33´ - 6. Morontobara | | 300 | 25° 13´ | 66° 40´ - 7. _Is. unnamed_ | | | | - 8. Arabis R. | Purâli R. | 120 | 25° 28´ | 66° 35´ - --------------------+-----------+----------+---------+---------- - - -III. - - Length of the coast (Arrian) 1600 Stadia. - Do. do. (Strabo) 1800 --” - Actual length in miles English 100 - Time taken in its navigation 18 Days. - - ---------------+-------------------+----------+---------+--------- - | | Distance | | - Ancient Name. | Modern name. | in | Lat. N. | Long. E. - | | Stadia. | | - ---------------+-------------------+----------+---------+--------- - 1. Pagala | -- | 200 | 25° 30´ | 66° 15´ - 2. Kabana | -- | 400 | 25° 28´ | 65° 46´ - 3. Kôkala | NearRâs-Katchari | 200 | 25° 21´ | 65° 36´ - 4. Tomêros R. |Maklow or Hingul R.| 500 | 25° 16´ | 65° 15´ - 5. Malana | Râs Malan | 300 | 25° 18´ | 65° 7´ - ---------------+-------------------+----------+---------+--------- - - -IV. - -Coast of the Ikhthyophagoi (Mekran or Beluchistan). - - Length of the coast (Arrian) 10,000 Stadia. - Do. do. (Strabo) 7,000 “ - Actual length in miles English 480 - Time taken in its navigation 20 Days. - - - ----------------------+---------------+----------+---------+---------- - | | Distance | | - Ancient Name. | Modern name. | in | Lat. N. | Long. E. - | | Stadia. | | - ----------------------+---------------+----------+---------+---------- - 1. Bagisara | On Arabah or | 600 | 25° 12´ | 64° 31´ - | Hormara Bay | | | - 2. _Pasira_ | | | | - 3. Cape unnamed | Râs Arabah | | 25° 7´ | 64° 29´ - 4. Kolta | | 200 | 25° 8´ | 64° 27´ - 5. Kalama | Kalami R. | 600 | 25° 21´ | 63° 59´ - 6. _Karbine Is._ | Asthola or | | | - | Sânga-dîp | | | - 7. Kissa in _Karbis_ | -- | 200 | 25° 22´ | 63° 37´ - 8. Cape unnamed | C. Passence | | 25° 15´ | 63° 30´ - 9. Mosarna | Near do. | | | - 10. Balômon | -- | 750 | | - 11. Barna | -- | 400 | 25° 12´ | 63° 10´ - 12. Dendrobosa |Daram or Duram | 200 | 25° 11´ | 62° 45´ - 13. Kôphas |Râs Koppa | 400 | 25° 11´ | 62° 29´ - 14. Kuiza |Near Râs Ghunse| 800 | 25° 10´ | 61° 56´ - 15. Town unnamed |On Gwattar Bay | 500 | | - 16. Cape called Bagia | | | 25° 7´ | 61° 28´ - 17. Talmena |On Chaubar Bay | 1000 | 25° 24´ | 60° 40´ - 18. Kanasis | | 400 | 25° 24 | 60° 12´ - 19. Anchorage unnamed.| | | | - 20. Kanate | Kungoun | 850 | 25° 25´ | 59° 15´ - 21. Taœi or Troisi | Near Sudich | 800 | 25° 30´ | 58° 42´ - | River | | | - 22. Bagasira | Girishk | 300 | 25° 38´ | 58° 27´ - 23. Anchorage unnamed | -- | 1100 | | - ----------------------+---------------+----------+---------+---------- - - -V. - - Coast of Karmania (Moghistan and Laristan). - Length of the coast (Arrian and Strabo) 3,700 Stadia. - Actual length in miles English 296 - Time taken in its navigation 19 Days. - - --------------------------+------------------+--------+-------+------- - | |Distance| | - Ancient name. | Modern name. | in | Lat. | Long. - | |Stadia. | N. | E. - --------------------------+------------------+------+---------+------- - 1. Anchorage unnamed | | | | - 2. Badis |Near Cape Bombarak| | 25° 47´ |57° 48´ - 3. Anchorage unnamed | -- | 800 | | - 4. _Cape Maketa in Arabia_| Cape Musendom | | | - 5. Neoptana | Nr. Karun | 700 | 26° 57´ |57° 1´ - 6. Anamis R. | Mînâb R. | 100 | 27° 11´ |57° 6´ - 7. _Organa Is._ | _Ormus or Djerun_| | | - 8. Orakta Is. 2 anchorages| Kishm | 300 | | - 9. _Island dist. from it |_Angar or Hanjam_ | | | - 40 stadia._ | | | | - 10. Island 300 stadia | Tombo | 400 | 26° 20´ |55° 20´ - from mainland. | | | | - 11. _Pylora Is._ | _Polior Is._ | | 26° 20´ |54° 35´ - 12. Sisidone | Mogos? | | | - 13. Tarsia | C. Djard | 300 | 26° 20´ |54° 21´ - 14. Kataia Is. | Kenn | 300 | 26° 32´ |54° - - -VI. - -Coast of Persis (Farsistan). - - Length of Coast 4,400 Stadia. - Actual length in miles English 382 - Time taken in its navigation 31 Days. - - ----------------------------+-----------+----------+---------+-------- - Ancient name. | Modern | Distance | | - | name. | in | Lat. N. |Long. E. - | | Stadia. | | - ----------------------------+-----------+----------+---------+-------- - 1. Ila and Kaikander Is. |Inderabia | 400 | 26° 38´ | 53° 35´ - | Island | | | - 2. Island with Pearl Fishery| | | | - 3. Another anchorage here | -- | 40 | | - 4. Mount Okhos | -- | | 26° 59´ | 53° 20´ - 5. Apostana | -- | 450 | 27° 1´ | 52° 55´ - 6. Bay unnamed |On it is | 400 | 27° 24´ | 52° 25´ - | Nabend | | | - 7. Gôgana at mouth of | Konkan | 600 | 27° 48´ | 52° - Areôn R. | | | | - 8. Sitakos | Kara-Agach| | | - | R. | 800 | | - 9. Hieratis | ... | 750 | 28° 52´ | 50° 45´ - 10. Heratemis | | | | - R. near it. | | | | - 11. Podagron, R. | | | | - 12. Mesambria | Near | ... | 29° | 50° 45´ - | Bushire.| | | - 13. Taökê on | Taaug | 200 | 29° 14´ | 50° 30´ - Granis, R. | | | | - 14. Rhogonis, R. | ... | 200 | 29° 27´ | 50° 29´ - 15. Brizana, R. | ... | 400 | 29° 57´ | 50° 15´ - 16. Arosis or | River Tâb.| ... | 30° 4´ | 49° 30´ - Oroatis, R. | | | | - -----------------------------+-----------+----------+---------+-------- - - -VII. - -Coast of Sousis (Khuzistan.) - - Length of the Coast 2000 Stadia. - Time taken in its navigation 3 Days. - - ----------------+-----------+----------+---------+--------- - | Modern | Distance | | - Ancient name. | name. | in | Lat. N. | Long. E. - | | Stadia. | | - ----------------+-----------+----------+---------+--------- - 1. Kataderbis R.| ... | 500 | 30° 16´ | 49° - | | | | - 2. Margastana Is.| | | | - | | | | - 3. Anchorage | ... | 600 | | - unnamed. | | | | - | | | | - 4. Diridôtis, | Near Jebel| 900 | 30° 12´ | 47° 35´ - the end of the| Sanâm. | | | - sea voyage. | | | | - ----------------+-----------+----------+---------+-------- - - - - -TRANSLATION. - - -XVIII. When the fleet formed for Alexander upon the banks of the -Hydaspes was now ready, he provided crews for the vessels by collecting -all the Phœnikians and all the Kyprians and Egyptians who had followed -him in his Eastern campaigns, and from these he selected such as -were skilled in seamanship to manage the vessels and work the oars. -He had besides in his army not a few islanders familiar with that -kind of work, and also natives both of Ionia and of the Hellespont. -The following officers he appointed as Commanders of the different -galleys[33]:— - -Makedonians. - - Citizens of Pella. - - 1. Hephaistiôn, son of Amyntor. - 2. Leonnatos, son of Anteas. - 3. Lysimakhos, son of Agathoklês. - 4. Asklepiodôros, son of Timander. - 5. Arkhôn, son of Kleinias. - 6. Demonikos, son of Athenaios. - 7. Arkhias, son of Anaxidotos. - 8. Ophellas, son of Seilênos. - 9. Timanthês, son of Pantiadês. - - Of Amphipolis. - - 10. Nearkhos, son of Androtîmos, who wrote a narrative of the voyage. - 11. Laomedôn, son of Larikhos. - 12. Androsthenês, son of Kallistratos. - - Of Oresis. - - 13. Krateros, son of Alexander. - 14. Perdikkas, son of Orontes. - - Of Eördaia. - - 15. Ptolemaios, son of Lagos. - 16. Aristonous, son of Peisaios. - - Of Pydna. - - 17. Metrôn, son of Epikharmos. - 18. Nikarkhidês, son of Simos. - - Of Stymphaia. - - 19. Attalos, son of Andromenês. - - Of Mieza. - - 20. Peukestas, son of Alexander. - - Of Alkomenai. - - 21. Peithôn, son of Krateuas. - - Of Aigai. - - 22. Leonnatos, son of Antipater. - - Of Alôros. - - 23. Pantoukhos, son of Nikolaös. - - Of Beroia. - - 24. Mylleas, son of Zôilos. - - All these were Makedonians. - - Greeks,—of Larisa: - - 25. Mêdios, son of Oxynthemis. - - Of Kardia. - - 26. Eumenês, son of Hierônymos. - - Of Kôs. - - 27. Kritoboulos, son of Plato. - - Of Magnêsia. - - 28. Thoas, son of Mênodôros. - 29. Maiander, son of Mandrogenês. - - Of Teos. - - 30. Andrôn, son of Kabêlas. - - Of Soloi in Cyprus. - - 31. Nikokleês, son of Pasikratês. - - Of Salamis in Cyprus. - - 32. Nithaphôn, son of Pnutagoras. - - A Persian was also appointed as a Trierarch. - - 33. Bagoas, son of Pharnoukhês. - -The Pilot and Master of Alexander’s own ship was Onêsikritos of -Astypalaia, and the Secretary-General of the fleet Euagoras, the son -of Eukleôn, a Corinthian. Nearkhos, the son of Androtîmos, a Kretan -by birth, but a citizen of Amphipolis on the Strymôn was appointed as -Admiral of the expedition. - -When these dispositions had been all completed, Alexander sacrificed to -his ancestral gods, and to such as had been indicated by the oracle; -also to Poseidôn and Amphitritê and the Nêreids, and to Okeanos -himself, and to the River Hydaspês, from which he was setting forth on -his enterprise; and to the Akesinês into which the Hydaspês pours its -stream, and to the Indus which receives both these rivers. He further -celebrated the occasion by holding contests in music and gymnastics, -and by distributing to the whole army, rank by rank, the sacrificial -victims. - -XIX. When all the preparations for the voyage had been made, Alexander -ordered Krateros, with a force of horse and foot, to go to one side of -the Hydaspês; while Hephaistiôn commanding a still larger force, which -included 200 elephants, should march in a parallel line on the other -side. Alexander himself had under his immediate command the body of -foot guards called the Hypaspists, and all the archers, and what was -called the companion-cavalry,—a force consisting in all of 8,000 men. -The troops under Krateros and Hephaistiôn marching in advance of the -fleet had received instructions where they were to wait its arrival. -Philip, whom he had appointed satrap of this region, was despatched to -the banks of the Akesinês with another large division, for by this time -he had a following of 120,000 soldiers,[34] including those whom he had -himself led up from the sea-coast, as well as the recruits enlisted by -the agents whom he had deputed to collect an army, when he admitted -to his ranks barbarous tribes of all countries in whatever way they -might be armed. Then weighing anchor, he sailed down the Hydaspês to -its point of junction with the Akesinês. The ships numbered altogether -1800, including the long narrow war galleys, the round-shaped roomy -merchantmen, and the transports for carrying horses and provisions -to feed the army. But how the fleet sailed down the rivers, and what -tribes Alexander conquered in the course of the voyage, and how he -was in danger among the Malli,[35] and how he was wounded in their -country, and how Peukestas and Leonnatos covered him with their shields -when he fell,—all these incidents have been already related in my -other work, that which is written in the Attic dialect.[36] My present -object is to give an account of the coasting voyage which Nearkhos -accomplished with the fleet when starting from the mouths of the Indus -he sailed through the great ocean as far as the Persian Gulf, called by -some the Red Sea. - -XX. Nearkhos himself has supplied a narrative of this voyage, which -runs to this effect. Alexander, he informs us, had set his heart on -navigating the whole circuit of the sea which extends from India -to Persia, but the length of the voyage made him hesitate, and the -possibility of the destruction of his fleet, should it be cast on some -desert coast either quite harbourless or too barren to furnish adequate -supplies; in which case a great stain tarnishing the splendour of his -former actions would obliterate all his good fortune. His ambition, -however, to be always doing something new and astonishing prevailed -over all his scruples. Then arose a difficulty as to what commander -he should choose, having genius sufficient for working out his plans, -and a difficulty also with regard to the men on ship-board how he -could overcome their fear, that in being despatched on such a service -they were recklessly sent into open peril. Nearkhos here tells us that -Alexander consulted him on the choice of a commander, and that when the -king had mentioned one man after another, rejecting all, some because -they were not inclined to expose themselves for his sake to danger, -others because they were of a timid temper, others because their only -thought was how to get home, making this and that objection to each -in turn, Nearkhos then proffered his own services in these terms: “I, -then, O king, engage to command the expedition, and, under the divine -protection, will conduct the fleet and the people on board safe into -Persia, if the sea be that way navigable, and the undertaking within -the power of man to perform.” Alexander made a pretence of refusing the -offer, saying that he could not think of exposing any friend of his -to the distresses and hazard of such a voyage, but Nearkhos, so far -from withdrawing his proposal, only persisted the more in pressing its -acceptance upon him. Alexander, it need not be said, warmly appreciated -the promptitude to serve him shown by Nearkhos, and appointed him to be -commander-in-chief of the expedition. When this became known, it had a -great effect in calming the minds of the troops ordered on this service -and on the minds of the sailors, since they felt assured that Alexander -would never have sent forth Nearkhos into palpable danger unless their -lives were to be preserved. At the same time the splendour with which -the ships were equipped, and the enthusiasm of the officers vying with -each other who should collect the best men, and have his complement -most effective, inspired even those who had long hung back with nerve -for the work, and a good hope that success would crown the undertaking. -It added to the cheerfulness pervading the army that Alexander himself -sailed out from both the mouths of the Indus into the open main when -he sacrificed victims to Poseidôn and all the other sea-deities, and -presented gifts of great magnificence to the sea; and so the men -trusting to the immeasurable good fortune which had hitherto attended -all the projects of Alexander, believed there was nothing he might not -dare—nothing but would to him be feasible. - -XXI. When the Etesian winds,[37] which continue all the hot season -blowing landward from the sea, making navigation on that coast -impracticable, had subsided, then the expedition started on the voyage -in the year when Kephisidôros was Archon at Athens, on the 20th day of -the month Boëdromion according to the Athenian Kalendar, but as the -Makedonians and Asiatics reckon * * in the 11th year of the reign of -Alexander.[38] Nearkhos, before putting to sea sacrifices to Zeus the -Preserver, and celebrates, as Alexander had done, gymnastic games. Then -clearing out of harbour they end the first day’s voyage by anchoring -in the Indus at a creek called Stoura, where they remain for two days. -The distance of this place from the station they had just left was 100 -stadia. On the third day they resumed the voyage, but proceeded no -further than 30 stadia, coming to an anchor at another creek, where the -water was now salt, for the sea when filled with the tide ran up the -creek, and its waters even when the tide receded commingled with the -river. The name of this place was Kaumana. The next day’s course, which -was of 20 stadia only, brought them to Koreatis, where they once more -anchored in the river. When again under weigh their progress was soon -interrupted, for a bar was visible which there obstructed the mouth of -the Indus; and the waves were heard breaking with furious roar upon its -strand which was wild and rugged. Observing, however, that the bar at -a particular part was soft, they made a cutting through this, 5 stadia -long, _at low water_, and on the return of the flood-tide carried the -ships through by the passage thus formed into the open sea.[39] Then -following the winding of the coast they ran a course of 120 stadia, and -reach Krôkala,[40] a sandy island where they anchored and remained all -next day. The country adjoining was inhabited by an Indian race called -the Arabies, whom I have mentioned in my longer work, where it is -stated that they derive their name from the River Arabis, which flows -through their country to the sea, and parts them from the Oreitai.[41] -Weighing from Krôkala they had on their right hand a mountain which -the natives called Eiros, and on their left a flat island almost level -with the sea, and so near the mainland to which it runs parallel that -the intervening channel is extremely narrow. Having quite cleared -this passage they come to anchor in a well-sheltered harbour, which -Nearkhos, finding large and commodious, designated Alexander’s Haven. -This harbour is protected by an island lying about 2 stadia off from -its entrance. It is called Bibakta, and all the country round about -Sangada.[42] The existence of the harbour is due altogether to the -island which opposes a barrier to the violence of the sea. Here heavy -gales blew from seaward for many days without intermission, and -Nearkhos fearing lest the barbarians might, some of them, combine to -attack and plunder the camp, fortified his position with an enclosure -of stones. Here they were obliged to remain for 24 days. The soldiers, -we learn from Nearkhos, caught mussels and oysters, and what is called -the razor-fish, these being all of an extraordinary size as compared -with the sorts found in our own sea.[43] He adds that they had no water -to drink but what was brackish. - -XXII. As soon as the monsoon ceased they put again to sea, and having -run fully 60 stadia came to anchor at a sandy beach under shelter of -a desert island that lay near, called Domai.[44] On the shore itself -there was no water, but 20 stadia inland it was procured of good -quality. The following day they proceeded 300 stadia to Saranga, where -they did not arrive till night. They anchored close to the shore, and -found water at a distance of about 8 stadia from it. Weighing from -Saranga they reach Sakala, a desert place, and anchored. On leaving -it they passed two rocks so close to each other that the oar-blades -of the galleys grazed both, and after a course of 300 stadia they -came to anchor at Morontobara.[45] The harbour here was deep and -capacious, and well sheltered all round, and its waters quite tranquil, -but the entrance into it was narrow. In the native language it was -called Women’s Haven, because a woman had been the first sovereign -of the place. They thought it a great achievement to have passed -those two rocks in safety, for when they were passing them the sea -was boisterous and running high. They did not remain in Morontobara, -but sailed the day after their arrival, when they had on their left -hand an island which sheltered them from the sea, and which lay so -near to the mainland that the intervening channel looked as if it -had been artificially formed. Its length from one end to the other -was 70 stadia.[46] The shore was woody and the island throughout -over-grown with trees of every description. They were not able to get -fairly through this passage till towards daybreak, for the sea was -not only rough, but also shoal, the tide being at ebb. They sailed on -continuously, and after a course of 120 stadia anchored at the mouth of -the river Arabis, where there was a spacious and very fine haven.[47] -The water here was not fit for drinking, for the sea ran up the mouths -of the Arabis. Having gone, however, about 40 stadia up the river, -they found a pool from which, having drawn water, they returned to the -fleet. Near the harbour is an island high and bare, but the sea around -it supplied oysters and fish of various kinds.[48] As far as this, the -country was possessed by the Arabies, the last Indian people living in -this direction; and the parts beyond were occupied by the Oreitai.[49] - -XXIII. On weighing from the mouths of the Arabia, they coasted the -shores of the Oreitai, and after running 200 stadia reached Pagala,[50] -where there was a surf but nevertheless good anchorage. The crew were -obliged to remain on board, a party, however, being sent on shore to -procure water. They sailed next morning at sunrise, and after a course -of about 430 stadia, reached Kabana[51] in the evening, where they -anchored at some distance from the shore, which was a desert; the -violence of the surf by which the vessels were much tossed preventing -them from landing. While running the last course the fleet had been -caught in a heavy gale blowing from seaward, when two galleys and -a transport foundered. All the men, however, saved themselves by -swimming, as the vessels at the time of the disaster were sailing -close to the shore. They weighed from Kabana about midnight, and -having proceeded 200 stadia arrived at Kôkala, where the vessels _could -not be drawn on shore_, but rode at anchor out at sea. As the men, -however, had suffered severely by confinement on board,[52] and were -very much in want of rest, Nearkhos allowed them to go on shore, where -he formed a camp, fortifying it in the usual manner for protection -against the barbarians. In this part of the country Leonnatos, who -had been commissioned by Alexander to reduce the Oreitai and settle -their affairs, defeated that people and their allies in a great -battle, wherein all the leaders and 6,000 men were slain, the loss of -Leonnatos, being only 15 of his horse, besides a few foot-soldiers, and -_one man of note_ Apollophanês, the satrap of the Gedrosians.[53] A -full account, however, of those transactions is given in my other work, -where it is stated that for this service Leonnatos had a golden crown -placed upon his head by Alexander in presence of the Makedonian army. -Agreeably to orders given by Alexander, corn had been here collected -for the victualling of the vessels, and stores sufficient to last for -10 days were put on board. Here also such ships as had been damaged -during the voyage were repaired, while all the mariners that Nearkhos -considered deficient in fortitude for the enterprise, he consigned to -Leonnatos to be taken on by land, but at the same time he made good his -complement of men by taking in exchange others more efficient from the -troops under Leonnatos. - -XXIV. From this place they bore away with a fresh breeze, and having -made good a course of 500 stadia anchored near a winter torrent called -the Tomêros, which at its mouth expanded into an estuary.[54] The -natives lived on the marshy ground near the shore in cabins close -and suffocating. Great was their astonishment when they descried the -fleet approaching, but _they were not without courage_, and collecting -in arms on the shore, drew up in line to attack the strangers when -landing. They carried thick spears about 6 cubits long, not headed -with iron, but what was as good, hardened at the point by fire. Their -number was about 600, and when Nearkhos saw that they stood their -ground prepared to fight, he ordered his vessels to advance, and then -to anchor just within bowshot of the shore, for he had noticed that the -thick spears of the barbarians were adapted only for close fight, and -were by no means formidable as missiles. He then issued his directions: -those men that were lightest equipped, and the most active and best -at swimming were to swim to shore at a given signal: when any one -had swum so far that he could stand in the water he was to wait for -his next neighbour, and not advance against the barbarians until a -file could be formed of three men deep: that done, they were to rush -forward shouting the war-cry. The men selected for this service at -once plunged into the sea, and swimming rapidly touched ground, still -keeping due order, when forming in file, they rushed to the charge, -shouting the war-cry, which was repeated from the ships, whence all -the while arrows and missiles from engines were launched against the -enemy. Then the barbarians terrified by the glittering arms and the -rapidity of the landing, and wounded by the arrows and other missiles, -against which they had no protection, being all but entirely naked, -fled at once without making any attempt at resistance. Some perished in -the ensuing flight, others were taken prisoners, and some escaped to -the mountains. Those they captured had shaggy hair, not only on their -head but all over their body; their nails resembled the claws of wild -beasts, and were used, it would seem, instead of iron for dividing fish -and splitting the softer kinds of wood. Things of a hard consistency -they cut with sharp stones, for iron they had none. As clothing they -wore the skins of wild beasts, and occasionally also the thick skins of -the large sorts of fish.[55] - -XXV. After this action they draw the ships on shore and repair all -that had been damaged. On the 6th day they weighed again, and after a -course of 300 stadia reached a place called Malana, the last on the -coast, of the Oreitai.[56] In the interior these people dress like -the Indians, and use similar weapons, but differ from them in their -language and their customs. The length of the coast of the Arabies, -measured from the place whence the expedition had sailed, was about -1,000 stadia, and the extent of the coast of the Oreitai 1,600 stadia. -Nearkhos mentions that as they sailed along the Indian coast (for -the people beyond this are not Indians), their shadows did not fall -in the usual direction, for when they stood out a good way to the -southward, their shadows appeared to turn and fall southward.[57] Those -constellations, moreover, which they had been accustomed to see high -in the heavens, were either not visible at all, or were seen just on -the verge of the horizon, while the Polar constellations which had -formerly been always visible now set and soon afterwards rose again. In -this Nearkhos appears to me to assert nothing improbable, for at Syênê -in Egypt they show a well in which, when the sun is at the Tropic, -there is no shadow at noon. In Meroë also objects project no shadow at -that particular time. Hence it is probable that the shadow is subject -to the same law in India which lies to the south, and more especially -in the Indian ocean, which extends still further to the southward. - -XXVI. Next to the Oreitai lies Gedrosia,[58] an inland province -through which Alexander led his army, but this with difficulty, for -the region was so desolate that the troops in the whole course of the -expedition never suffered such direful extremities as on this march. -But all the particulars relating to this I have set down in my larger -work (VI. 22-27). The seaboard below the Gedrosians is occupied by a -people culled the Ikhthyophagi, and along this country the fleet now -pursued its way. Weighing from Malana about the second watch they -ran a course of 600 stadia, and reached Bagisara. Here they found a -commodious harbour, and at a distance of 60 stadia from the sea a small -town called Pasira, whence the people of the neighbourhood were called -Pasirees.[59] Weighing early next morning they had to double a headland -which projected far out into the sea, and was high and precipitous. -Here having dug wells, and got only a small supply of bad water, they -rode at anchor that day because a high surf prevented the vessels -approaching the shore. They left this place next day, and sailed till -they reached Kolta after a course of 200 stadia.[60] Weighing thence -at daybreak they reached Kalama, after a course of 600 stadia, and -there anchored.[61] Near the beach was a village around which grew a -few palm-trees, the dates on which were still green. There was here an -island called Karbinê, distant from the shore about 100 stadia.[62] -The villagers by way of showing their hospitality brought presents -of sheep and fish to Nearkhos, who says that the mutton had a fishy -taste like the flesh of sea birds for the sheep fed on fish, there -being no grass in the place. Next day they proceeded 200 stadia, and -anchored off a shore near which lay a village called Kissa, 30 stadia -inland.[63] That coast was however called Karbis. There they found -little boats such as might belong to miserably poor fishermen, but -the men themselves they saw nothing of, for they had fled when they -observed the ships dropping anchor. No corn was here procurable, but -a few goats had been left, which were seized and put on board, for in -the fleet provisions now ran short. On weighing they doubled a steep -promontory, which projected about 150 stadia into the sea, and then put -into a well-sheltered haven called Mosarna, where they anchored. Here -the natives were fishermen, and here they obtained water.[64] - -XXVII. From this place they took on board, Nearkhos says, as pilot of -the fleet, a Gedrosian called Hydrakês, who undertook to conduct them -as far as Karmania.[65] Thenceforth until they reached the Persian -Gulf, the voyage was more practicable, and the names of the stations -more familiar. Departing from Mosarna at night, they sailed 750 stadia, -and reached the coast of Balômon. They touched next at Barna, which -was 400 stadia distant.[66] Here grew many palm trees, and here was -a garden wherein were myrtles and flowers from which the men wove -chaplets for their hair.[67] They saw now for the first time cultivated -trees, and met with natives in a condition above that of mere savages. -Leaving this they followed the winding of the coast, and arrived at -Dendrobosa, where they anchor in the open sea.[68] They weighed from -this about midnight, and after a course of about 400 stadia gained -the haven of Kôphas.[69] The inhabitants were fishermen possessed of -small and wretched boats, which they did not manage with oars fastened -to a row-lock according to the Grecian manner, but with paddles which -they thrust on this side, and on that into the water, like diggers -using a spade. They found at this haven plenty of good water. Weighing -about the first watch they ran 800 stadia, and put into Kyiza, where -was a desert shore with a high surf breaking upon it.[70] They were -accordingly obliged to let the ships ride at anchor and take their meal -on board. Leaving this they ran a course of 500 stadia, and came to -a small town built on an eminence not far from the shore. On turning -his eyes in that direction Nearkhos noticed that the land had some -appearance of being cultivated, and thereupon addressing Arkhias (who -was the son of Anaxidotos of Pella, and sailed in the Commander’s -galley, being a Makedonian of distinction) pointed out to him that -they must take possession of the place, as the inhabitants would not -willingly supply the army with food. It could not however be taken by -assault, a tedious siege would be necessary, and they were already -short of provisions. But the country was one that produced corn as the -thick stubble which they saw covering the fields near the shore clearly -proved. This proposal being approved of by all, he ordered Arkhias to -make a feint of preparing the fleet, all but one ship to sail, while he -himself, pretending to be left behind with that ship, approached the -town as if merely to view it. - -XXVIII. When he approached the walls the inhabitants came out to meet -him, bringing a present of tunny-fish broiled in pans (the first -instance of cookery among the Ikhthyophagi, although these were -the very last of them), accompanied with small cakes and dates. He -accepted their offering with the proper acknowledgments, but said he -wished to see their town, which he was accordingly allowed to enter. -No sooner was he within the gates than he ordered two of his archers -to seize the portal by which they had entered, while he himself with -two attendants and his interpreter mounting the wall hard by, made the -preconcerted signal, on seeing which the troops under Arkhias were to -perform the service assigned to them. The Makedonians, on seeing the -signal, immediately ran their ships towards land, and without loss of -time jumped into the sea. The barbarians, alarmed at these proceedings, -flew to arms. Upon this Nearkhos ordered his interpreter to proclaim -that if they wished their city to be preserved from pillage they must -supply his army with provisions. They replied that they had none, and -proceeded to attack the wall, but were repulsed by the archers with -Nearkhos, who assailed them with arrows from the summit of the wall. -Accordingly, when they saw that their city was taken, and on the point -of being pillaged, they at once begged Nearkhos to take whatever corn -they had, and to depart without destroying the place. Nearkhos upon -this orders Arkhias to possess himself of the gates and the ramparts -adjoining, and sends at the same time officers to see what stores were -available, and whether these would be all honestly given up. The stores -were produced, consisting of a kind of meal made from fish roasted, -and a little wheat and barley, for the chief diet of these people was -fish with bread added as a relish. The troops having appropriated these -supplies returned to the fleet, which then hauled off to a cape _in the -neighbourhood_ called Bagia, which the natives regarded as sacred to -the sun.[71] - -XXIX. They weighed from this cape about midnight, and having made good -a course of 1,000 stadia, put into Talmena, where they found a harbour -with good anchorage.[72] They sailed thence to Kanasis, a deserted -town 400 stadia distant, where they find a well ready-dug and wild -palm-trees.[73] These they cut down, using the tender heads to support -life since provisions had again run scarce. They sailed all day and -all night suffering great distress from hunger, and then came to an -anchor off a desolate coast. Nearkhos fearing lest the men, if they -landed, would in despair desert the fleet, ordered the ships to be -moved to a distance from shore. Weighing from this they ran a course of -850 stadia, and came to anchor at Kanate, a place with an open beach -and some water-courses.[74] Weighing again, and making 800 stadia, -they reach Taoi, where they drop anchor.[75] The place contained some -small and wretched villages, which were deserted by the inhabitants -upon the approach of the fleet. Here the men found a little food and -dates of the palm-tree, beside seven camels left by the villagers which -were killed for food. Weighing thence about daybreak they ran a course -of 300 stadia, and came to anchor at Dagasira, where the people were -nomadic.[76] Weighing again they sailed all night and all day without -intermission, and having thus accomplished a course of 1,100 stadia, -left behind them the nation of the Ikhthyophagi, on whose shores they -had suffered such severe privations. They could not approach the -beach on account of the heavy surf, but rode at anchor out at sea. In -navigating the Ikhthyophagi coast the distance traversed was not much -short of 10,000 stadia. The people, as their name imports, live upon -fish. Few of them, however, are fishermen, and what fish they obtain -they owe mostly to the tide at whose reflux they catch them with nets -made for this purpose. These nets are generally about 2 stadia long, -and are composed of the bark (or fibres) of the palm, which they twine -into cord in the same way as the fibres of flax are twined. When the -sea recedes, hardly any fish are found among the dry sands, but they -abound in the depressions of the surface where the water still remains. -The fish are for the most part small, though some are caught of a -considerable size, these being taken in the nets. The more delicate -kinds they eat raw as soon as they are taken out of the water. The -large and coarser kinds they dry in the sun, and when properly dried -grind into a sort of meal from which they make bread. This meal is -sometimes also used to bake cakes with. The cattle as well as their -masters fare on dried fish, for the country has no pastures, and hardly -even a blade of grass. In most parts crabs, oysters and mussels add to -the means of subsistence. Natural salt is found in the country, * * * -from these they make oil.[77] Certain of their communities inhabit -deserts where not a tree grows, and where there are not even wild -fruits. Fish is their sole means of subsistence. In some few places, -however, they sow with grain some patches of land, and eat the produce -as a viand of luxury along with the fish which forms the staple of -their diet. The better class of the population in building their houses -use, instead of wood, the bones of whales stranded on the coast, the -broadest bones being employed in the framework of the doors. Poor -people, and these are the great majority, construct their dwellings -with the backbones of fish.[78] - -XXX. Whales of enormous size frequent the outer ocean, besides other -fish larger than those found in the Mediterranean. Nearkhos relates -that when they were bearing away from Kyiza, the sea early in the -morning was observed to be blown up into the air as if by the force of -a whirlwind. The men greatly alarmed enquired of the pilots the nature -and cause of this phenomenon, and were informed that it proceeded from -the blowing of the whales as they sported in the sea. This report did -not quiet their alarm, and through astonishment they let the oars -drop from their hands. Nearkhos, however, recalled them to duty, and -encouraged them by his presence, ordering the prows of those vessels -that were near him to be turned as in a sea-fight towards the creatures -as they approached, while the rowers were just then to shout as -loud as they could the _alala_, and swell the noise by dashing the -water rapidly with the oars. The men thus encouraged on seeing the -preconcerted signal advanced to action. Then, as they approached the -monsters, they shouted the _alala_ as loud as they could bawl, sounded -the trumpets, and dashed the water noisily with the oars. Thereupon -the whales, which were seen ahead, plunged down terror-struck into the -depths, and soon after rose astern, when they vigorously continued -their blowing. The men by loud acclamations expressed their joy at this -unexpected deliverance, the credit of which they gave to Nearkhos, who -had shown such admirable fortitude and judgment. - -We learn further, that on many parts of the coast whales are -occasionally stranded, being left in shallow water at ebb-tide, and -thus prevented from escaping back to sea, and that they are sometimes -also cast ashore by violent storms. Thus perishing, their flesh rots -away, and gradually drops off till the bones are left bare. These are -used by the natives in the construction of their huts, the larger ribs -making suitable bearing beams, and the smaller serving for rafters. The -jaw-bones make arches for the door-ways, for whales are sometimes five -and twenty _orguiæ_ (fathoms) in length.[79] - -XXXI. When they were sailing along the Ikhthyophagi coast, they were -told about an island which was said to be about 100 stadia distant -from the mainland, and uninhabited. Its name was Nosala, and it was -according to the local tradition sacred to the sun. No one willingly -visited this island, and if any one was carried to it unawares, he was -never more seen. Nearkhos states that a transport of his fleet, manned -with an Egyptian crew, disappeared not far from this island, and that -the pilots accounted for their disappearance by saying that they must -have landed on the island in ignorance of the danger which they would -thereby incur. Nearkhos, however, sent a galley of 30 oars to sail -round the island, instructing the men not to land, but to approach as -near as they could to the shore, and hail the men, shouting out the -name of the captain or any other name they had not forgotten. No one -answered to the call, and Nearkhos says that he then sailed in person -to the island, and compelled his company much against their will to go -on shore. He too landed, and showed that the story about the island -was nothing but an empty fable. Concerning this same island he heard -also another story, which ran to this effect: it had been at one time -the residence of one of the Nereids, whose name, he says, he could not -learn. It was her wont to have intercourse with any man who visited -the island, changing him thereafter into a fish, and casting him into -the sea. The sun, however, being displeased with the Nereid, ordered -her to remove from the island. She agreed to do this, and seek a home -elsewhere, but stipulated that she should be cured of her malady. To -this condition the sun assented, and then the Nereid, taking pity upon -the men whom she had transformed into fish, restored them to their -human shape. These men were the progenitors of the Ikhthyophagi, the -line of succession remaining unbroken down to the time of Alexander. -Now, for my part I have no praise to bestow on Nearkhos for expending -so much time and ingenuity on the not very difficult task of proving -the falsehood of these stories, for, to take up antiquated fables -merely with a view to prove their falsehood, I can only regard as a -contemptible piece of folly.[80] - -XXXII. To the Ikhthyophagi succeed the Gadrôsii, who occupy a most -wretched tract of country full of sandy deserts, in penetrating which -Alexander and his army were reduced to the greatest extremities, of -which an account is to be found in my other work. But this is an inland -region, and therefore when the expedition left the Ikhthyophagi, its -course lay along Karmania.[81] Here, when they first drew towards -shore, they could not effect a landing, but had to remain all night -on board anchored in the deep, because a violent surf spread along the -shore and far out to sea. Thereafter the direction of their course -changed, and they sailed no longer towards sunset, but turned the heads -of the vessels more to the north-west. Karmania is better wooded and -produces better fruit than the country either of the Ikhthyophagi or -the Oreitai. It is also more grassy, and better supplied with water. -They anchor next at Badis, an inhabited place in Karmania, where grew -cultivated trees of many different kinds, with the exception of the -olive, and where also the soil favoured the growth of the vine and of -corn.[82] Weighing thence they ran 800 stadia, and came to an anchor -off a barren coast, whence they descried a headland projecting far out -into the sea, its nearest extremity being to appearance about a day’s -sail distant. Persons acquainted with those regions asserted that this -cape belonged to Arabia, and was called Maketa, whence cinnamon and -other products were exported to the Assyrians.[83] And from this coast -where the fleet was now anchored, and from the headland which they saw -projecting into the sea right opposite, the gulf in my opinion (which -is also that of Nearkhos) extends up into the interior, and is probably -the Red Sea. When this headland was now in view Onesikritos, _the chief -pilot_, proposed that they should proceed to explore it, and by so -shaping their course, escape the distressing passage up the gulf; but -Nearkhos opposed this proposal. Onesikritos, he said, must be wanting -in ordinary judgment if he did not know with what design Alexander had -sent the fleet on this voyage. He certainly had not sent it, because -there were no proper means of conducting the whole army safely by land, -but his express purpose was to obtain a knowledge of the coasts they -might pass on their voyage, together with the harbours and islets, and -to have the bays that might occur explored, and to ascertain whether -there were towns bordering on the ocean, and whether the countries, -were habitable or desert. They ought not therefore to lose sight of -this object, seeing that they were now near the end of their toils, and -especially that they were no longer in want of the necessary supplies -for prosecuting the voyage. He feared, moreover, since the headland -stretched towards the south, lest they should find the country there a -parched desert destitute of water and insufferably hot. This argument -prevailed, and it appears to me that by this counsel Nearkhos saved the -expedition, for all accounts represent this cape and the parts adjacent -as an arid waste where water cannot possibly be procured. - -XXXIII. On resuming the voyage they sailed close to land, and after -making about 700 stadia anchored on another shore called Neoptana.[84] -From this they weighed next day at dawn, and after a course of 100 -stadia anchored at the mouth of the river Anamis[85] in a country -called Harmozeia.[86] Here at last they found a hospitable region, -one which was rich in every production except only the olive. Here -accordingly they landed, and enjoyed a welcome respite from their -many toils—heightening their pleasure by calling to remembrance what -miseries they had suffered at sea and in the Ikhthyophagi country, -where the shores were so sterile, and the natives so brute-like, and -where they had been reduced to the last extremities of want. Here, -also, some of them in scattered parties, leaving the encampment on -the shore, wandered inland searching for one thing and another that -might supply their several requirements. While thus engaged, they fell -in with a man who wore a Greek mantle, and was otherwise attired as -a Greek and spoke the Greek language. Those who first discovered him -declared that tears started to their eyes, so strange did it appear, -after all they had suffered, to see once more a countryman of their -own, and to hear the accents of their native tongue. They asked him -whence he came, and who he was. He replied that he had straggled from -the army of Alexander, and that the army led by Alexander in person -was not far off. On hearing this they hurry the man with shouts of -tumultuous joy to the presence of Nearkhos, to whom he repeated all -that he had already said, assuring him that the army and the king were -not more than a 5 days’ march distant from the sea. The Governor of -the province, he added, was on the spot, and he would present him to -Nearkhos, and he presented him accordingly. Nearkhos consulted this -person regarding the route he should take in order to reach the king, -and then they all went off, and made their way to the ships. Early -next morning the ships by orders of Nearkhos were drawn on shore, -partly for repair of the damages which some of them had suffered on the -voyage, and partly because he had resolved to leave here the greater -part of his army. Having this in view, he fortified the roadstead with -a double palisade, and also with an earthen rampart and a deep ditch -extending from the banks of the river to the dockyard where the ships -were lying. - -XXXIV. While Nearkhos was thus occupied, the Governor being aware that -Alexander was in great anxiety about the fate of this expedition, -concluded that he would receive some great advantage from Alexander -should he be the first to apprize him of the safety of the fleet and of -the approaching visit of Nearkhos. Accordingly he hastened to Alexander -by the shortest route, and announced that Nearkhos was coming from the -fleet to visit him. Alexander, though he could scarcely believe the -report, nevertheless received the tidings with all the joy that might -have been expected. - -Day after day, however, passed without confirmation of the fact, till -Alexander, on comparing the distance from the sea with the date on -which the report had reached him, at last gave up all belief in its -truth, the more especially as several of the parties which he had -successively despatched to find Nearkhos and escort him to the camp, -had returned without him, after going a short distance, and meeting no -one, while others who had prosecuted the search further, and failed to -find Nearkhos and his company were still absent. He therefore ordered -the Governor into confinement for having brought delusive intelligence -and rendered his vexation more acute by the disappointment of his -hopes, and indeed his looks and perturbation of mind plainly indicated -that he was pierced to the heart with a great grief. Meanwhile, -however, one of the parties that had been despatched in search of -Nearkhos, and his escort being furnished with horses and waggons for -their accommodation, fell in on the way with Nearkhos and Arkhias, who -were followed by five or six attendants. At first sight they recognized -neither the admiral himself nor Arkhias, so much changed was their -appearance, their hair long and neglected, their persons filthy, -encrusted all over with brine and shrivelled, their complexion sallow -from want of sleep and other severe privations. On their asking where -Alexander was, they were told the name of the place. Arkhias then, -perceiving who they were, said to Nearkhos—“It strikes me, Nearkhos, -these men are traversing the desert by the route we pursue, for no -other reason than because they have been sent to our relief. True, they -did not know us, but that is not at all surprising, for our appearance -is so wretched that we are past all recognition. Let us tell them who -we are, and ask them why they are travelling this way.” Nearkhos, -thinking he spoke with reason, asked the men whither they were bound. -They replied that they were searching for Nearkhos and the fleet. -“Well! I am Nearkhos,” said the admiral, “and this man here is Arkhias. -Take us under your conduct, and we will report to Alexander the whole -history of the expedition.” - -XXXV. They were accordingly accommodated in the waggons, and conducted -to the camp. Some of the horsemen, however, wishing to be the first to -impart the news, hastened forward, and told Alexander that Nearkhos -himself, and Arkhias with him, and five attendants, would soon arrive, -but to enquiries about the rest of the people in the expedition they -had no information to give. Alexander, concluding from this that all -the expedition had perished except this small band, which had been -unaccountably saved, did not so much feel pleasure for the preservation -of Nearkhos and Arkhias as distress for the loss of his whole fleet. -During this conversation Nearkhos and Arkhias arrived. It was not -without difficulty Alexander after a close scrutiny recognized who the -hirsute, ill-clad men who stood before him were, and being confirmed -by their miserable appearance in his belief that the expedition had -perished, he was still more overcome with grief. At length he held out -his hand to Nearkhos, and leading him apart from his attendants and his -guards he burst into tears, and wept for a long time. Having, after a -good while, recovered some composure, “Nearkhos!” he says, “since you -and Arkhias have been restored to me alive, I can bear more patiently -the calamity of losing all my fleet; but tell me now, in what manner -did the vessels and my people perish.” “O my king!” replied Nearkhos, -“the ships are safe and the people also, and we are here to give you -an account of their preservation.” Tears now fell much faster from his -eyes than before, but they were tears of joy for the salvation of his -fleet which he had given up for lost. “And where are now my ships,” he -then enquired. “They are drawn upon shore,” replied Nearkhos, “on the -beach of the river Anamis for repairs.” Upon this Alexander, swearing -by Zeus of the Greeks and Ammon of the Libyans, declared that he felt -happier at receiving these tidings than in being the conqueror of all -Asia, for, had the expedition been lost, the blow to his peace of mind -would have been a counterpoise to all the success he had achieved. - -XXXVI. But the Governor whom Alexander had put into confinement for -bringing intelligence that appeared to be false, seeing Nearkhos in -the camp, sunk on his knees before him, and said: “I am the man who -brought to Alexander the news of your safe arrival. You see how I am -situated.” Nearkhos interceded with Alexander on his behalf, and he was -then liberated. Alexander next proceeded to offer a solemn sacrifice in -gratitude for the preservation of his fleet unto Zeus the Preserver, -and Heraklês, and Apollo the Averter of Destruction, and unto Poseidôn, -and every other deity of ocean. He celebrated likewise a contest in -gymnastics and music, and exhibited a splendid procession wherein a -foremost place was assigned to Nearkhos. Chaplets were wreathed for his -head, and flowers were showered upon him by the admiring multitude. -At the end of these proceedings the king said to Nearkhos, “I do not -wish you, Nearkhos, either to risk your life or expose yourself again -to the hardships of sea-voyaging, and I shall therefore send some -other officer to conduct the expedition onward to Sousa.” But Nearkhos -answered, and said: “It is my duty, O king! as it is also my desire, -in all things to obey you, but if your object is to gratify me in some -way, do not take the command from me until I complete the voyage by -bringing the ships in safety to Sousa. I have been trusted to execute -that part of the undertaking in which all its difficulty and danger -lay; transfer not, then, to another the remaining part, which hardly -requires an effort, and that, too, just at the time when the glory of -final success is ready to be won.” Alexander scarcely allowed him to -conclude his request, which he granted with grateful acknowledgment of -his services.[87] Then he sent him down again to the coast with only a -small escort, believing that the country through which he would pass -was friendly. He was not permitted however to pursue his way to the -coast without opposition, for the barbarians, resenting the action -of Alexander in deposing their satrap, and gathered in full force -and seized all the strongholds of Karmania before Tlepolemos, the -newly appointed Governor, had yet succeeded in fully establishing his -authority.[88] It happened therefore that several times in the course -of a day Nearkhos encountered bands of the insurgents with whom he had -to do battle. He therefore hurried forward without lingering by the -way, and reached the coast in safety, though not without severe toil -and difficulty. On arriving he sacrificed to Zeus the Preserver, and -celebrated gymnastic games. - -XXXVII. These pious rites having been duly performed, they again put -to sea, and, after passing a desolate and rocky island, arrived at -another island, where they anchored. This was one of considerable size -and inhabited, and 300 stadia distant from Harmozeia, the harbour -which they had last left. The desert island was called Organa, and -that where they anchored Oarakta.[89] It produced vines, palm-trees, -and corn. Its length is 800 stadia. Mazênês, the chief of this island, -accompanied them all the way to Sousa, having volunteered to act as -pilot of the fleet. The natives of the island professed to point out -the tomb of the very first sovereign of the country, whose name they -said was Erythrês, after whom the sea in that part of the world was -called the Erythræan.[90] Weighing thence their course lay along the -island, and they anchored on its shores at a place whence another -island was visible at a distance of about 40 stadia. They learned that -it was sacred to Poseidon, and inaccessible.[91] Next morning, as they -were putting out to sea, the ebb-tide caught them with such violence -that three of the galleys were stranded on the beach, and the rest of -the fleet escaped with difficulty from the surf into deep water. The -stranded vessels were however floated off at the return of the tide, -and the day after rejoined the fleet. They anchored at another island -distant from the mainland somewhere about 300 stadia, after running -a course of 400 stadia. Towards daybreak they resumed the voyage, -passing a desert island which lay on their left, called Pylora, and -anchored at Sisidone, a small town which could supply nothing but water -and fish.[92] Here again the natives were fish eaters, for the soil -was utterly sterile. Having taken water on board, they weighed again, -and having run 300 stadia, anchored at Tarsia, the extremity of a -cape which projects far into the sea. The next place of anchorage was -Kataia, a desert island, and very flat.[93] It was said to be sacred to -Hermês and Aphroditê. The length of this course was 300 stadia. To this -island sheep and goats are annually sent by the people of the adjoining -continent who consecrate them to Hermês and Aphroditê. These animals -were to be seen running about in a wild state, the effect of time and -the barren soil. - -XXXVIII. Karmania extends as far as this island, but the parts beyond -appertain to Persia. The extent of the Karmanian coast was 3,700 -stadia.[94] The people of this province live like the Persians, on -whom they border, and they have similar weapons and a similar military -system. When the fleet left the sacred island, its course lay along -the coast of Persis, and it first drew to land at a place called Ila, -where there is a harbour under cover of a small and desert island -called Kaikander.[95] The distance run was 400 stadia. Towards daybreak -they came to another island which was inhabited, and anchored thereon. -Nearkhos notices that there is here a fishery for pearl as there is in -the Indian Sea.[96] Having sailed along the shores of the promontory in -which this island terminates, a distance of about 40 stadia, they came -to an anchor upon its shores. The next anchorage was in the vicinity -of a lofty hill called Okhos, where the harbour was well sheltered -and the inhabitants were fishermen.[97] Weighing thence they ran a -course of 400 stadia, which brought them to Apostana, where they -anchored. At this station they saw a great many boats, and learned that -at a distance of 60 stadia from the shore there was a village. From -Apostana they weighed at night, and proceeded 400 stadia to a bay, on -the borders of which many villages were to be seen. Here the fleet -anchored under the projection of a cape which rose to a considerable -height.[98] Palm-trees and other fruit-bearing trees similar to those -of Greece, adorned the country round. On weighing thence they sailed in -a line with the coast, and after a course of somewhere about 600 stadia -reached Gôgana, which was an inhabited place, where they anchored at -the mouth of a winter torrent called the Areôn. It was difficult to -anchor, for the approach to the mouth of the river was by a narrow -channel, since the ebbing of the tide had left shoals which lay all -round in a circle.[99] Weighing thence they gained, after running as -many as 800 stadia, the mouth of another river called the Sitakos, -where also it was troublesome to anchor. Indeed all along the coast -of Persis the fleet had to be navigated through shoals and breakers -and oozy channels. At the Sitakos they took on board a large supply -of provisions, which under orders from the king had been collected -expressly for the fleet. They remained at this station one-and-twenty -days in all, occupied in repairing and kareening the ships, which had -been drawn on shore for the purpose.[100] - -XXXIX. Weighing thence they came to an inhabited district with a town -called Hieratis, after accomplishing a distance of 750 stadia. They -anchored in a canal which drew its waters from a river and emptied into -the sea, and was called Heratemis.[101] Weighing next morning about -sunrise, and sailing by the shore, they reached a winter torrent called -the Padargos, where the whole place was a peninsula, wherein were many -gardens and all kinds of trees that bear fruit. The name of the place -was Mesambria.[102] Weighing from Mesambria and running a course of -about 200 stadia, they reach Taôkê on the river Granis, and there -anchor. Inland from this lay a royal city of the Persians, distant from -the mouths of the river about 200 stadia.[103] We learn from Nearkhos -that on their way to Taôkê a stranded whale had been observed from -the fleet, and that a party of the men having rowed alongside of it, -measured it and brought back word that it had a length of 50 cubits. -Its skin, they added, was clad with scales to a depth of about a -cubit, and thickly clustered over with parasitic mussels, barnacles, -and seaweed. The monster, it was also noticed, was attended by a great -number of dolphins, larger than are ever seen in the Mediterranean. -Weighing from Taôkê they proceeded to Rhogonis, a winter torrent, where -they anchored in a safe harbour.[104] The course thither was one of -200 stadia. Weighing thence, and running 400 stadia, they arrived at -another winter torrent, called Brizana, where they land and form an -encampment. They had here difficulty in anchoring because of shoals and -breakers and reefs that showed their heads above the sea. They could -therefore enter the roads only when the tide was full; when it receded, -the ships were left high and dry.[105] They weighed with the next flood -tide, and came to anchor at the mouth of a river called the Arosis, the -greatest, according to Nearkhos, of all the rivers that in the course -of his voyage fell into the outer ocean.[106] - -XL. The Arosis marks the limit of the possessions of the Persians, and -divides them from the Susians. Above the Susians occurs an independent -race called the Uxians, whom I have described in my other work (_Anab._ -VII. 15, 3) as robbers. The length of the Persian coast is 4,400 -stadia. Persis, according to general report, has three different -climates,[107] for that part of it which lies along the Erythræan sea, -is sandy and barren from the violence of the heat, while the part -which succeeds enjoys a delightful temperature, for there the mountains -stretch towards the pole and the North wind, and the region is clothed -with verdure and has well-watered meadows, and bears in profusion the -vine and every fruit else but the olive, while it blooms with gardens -and pleasure parks of all kinds, and is permeated with crystal streams -and abounds with lakes, and lake and stream alike are the haunts of -every variety of water-fowl, and it is also a good country for horses -and other yoke cattle, being rich in pasture, while it is throughout -well-wooded and well-stocked with game. The part, however, which lies -still further to the North is said to be bleak and cold, and covered -with snow, so that, as Nearkhos tells us, certain ambassadors from the -Euxine Sea, after a very brief journey, met Alexander marching forward -to Persis, whereat Alexander being greatly surprised, they explained -to him how very inconsiderable the distance was.[108] 1 have already -stated that the immediate neighbours to the Susians are the Uxians, -just as the Mardians, a race of robbers, are next neighbours to the -Persians, and the Kossaeans to the Medes. All these tribes Alexander -subdued, attacking them in the winter time when their country was, as -they imagined, inaccessible. He then founded cities to reclaim them -from their wandering life, and encouraged them to till their lands -and devote themselves to agriculture. At the same time he appointed -magistrates armed with the terrors of the law to prevent them having -recourse to violence in the settlement of their quarrels. On weighing -from the Arosis the expedition coasted the shores of the Susians. The -remainder of the voyage, Nearkhos says, he cannot describe with the -same precision; he can but give the names of the stations and the -length of the courses, for the coast was full of shoals and beset with -breakers which spread far out to sea, and made the approach to land -dangerous. The navigation thereafter was of course almost entirely -restricted to the open sea. In mentioning their departure from the -mouth of the river where they had encamped on the borders of Persis, he -states that they took there on board a five days’ supply of water, as -the pilots had brought to their notice that none could be procured on -the way. - -XLI. A course of 500 stadia having been accomplished, their -next anchorage was in an estuary, which swarmed with fish, -called Kataderbis, at the entrance of which lay an island called -Margastana.[109], They weighed at daybreak, the ships sailing out in -single file through shoals. The direction of the shoal was indicated -by stakes fixed both on the right and the left side, just as posts -are erected as signals of danger in the passage between the island of -Leukadia and Akarnania to prevent vessels grounding on the shoals. -The shoals of Leukadia, however, are of firm sand, and it is thus -easy to float off vessels should they happen to strand, but in this -passage there is a deep mud on both sides of such tenacity that if -vessels once touched the bottom, they could not by any appliances -be got off; for, if they thrust poles into the mud to propel the -vessels, these found no resistance or support, and the people who got -overboard to ease them off into navigable water found no footing, but -sunk in the mud higher than the waist. The fleet proceeded 600 stadia, -having such difficulties of navigation to contend with, and then came -to an anchor, each crew remaining in their own vessel, and taking -their repast on board. From this anchorage they weighed in the night, -sailing on in deep water till about the close of the ensuing day, when, -after completing a course of 900 stadia, they dropped anchor at the -mouth of the Euphrates near a town in Babylonia called Diridôtis—the -emporium of the sea-borne trade in frankincense and all the other -fragrant productions of Arabia.[110] The distance from the mouth of the -Euphrates up stream to Babylon is, according to Nearkhos, 3,300 stadia. - -XLII. Here intelligence having been received that Alexander was -marching towards Sousa, they retraced their course from Diridôtis so as -to join him by sailing up the Pasitigris. They had now Sousis on their -left hand, and were coasting the shores of a lake into which the Tigris -empties itself, a river, which flowing from Armenia past Nineveh, a -city once of yore great and flourishing, encloses between itself and -the Euphrates the tract of country which from its position between the -two rivers is called Mesopotamia. It is a distance of 600 stadia from -the entrance into the lake up to the river’s mouth at Aginis, a village -in the province of Sousis, distant from the city of Sousa 500 stadia. -The length of the voyage along the coast of the Sousians to the mouth -of the Pasitigris was 2,000 stadia.[111] Weighing from the mouth of -this river they sailed up its stream through a fertile and populous -country, and having proceeded 150 stadia dropped anchor, awaiting the -return of certain messengers whom Nearkhos had sent off to ascertain -where the king was. Nearkhos then presented sacrifices to the gods -their preservers, and celebrated games, and full of gladness were the -hearts of all that had taken part in the expedition. The messengers -having returned with tidings that Alexander was approaching, the fleet -resumed its voyage up the river, and anchored near the bridge by which -Alexander intended to lead his army to Sousa. In that same place the -troops were reunited, when sacrifices wore offered by Alexander for -the preservation of his ships and his men, and games were celebrated. -Nearkhos, whenever he was seen among the troops, was decorated by them -with garlands and pelted with flowers. There also both Nearkhos and -Leonnatos were crowned by Alexander with golden diadems—Nearkhos for -the safety of the expedition by sea, and Leonnatos for the victory -which he had gained over the +Oreitai+ and the neighbouring -barbarians. It was thus that the expedition which had begun its voyage -from the mouths of the Indus was brought in safety to Alexander. - -XLIII. Now[112] the parts which lie to the right of the -+Erythræan[113] Sea+ beyond the realms of Babylonia belong -principally to +Arabia+, which extends in one direction as far -as the sea that washes the shores of +Phœnikia+ and +Syrian -Palestine+, while towards sunset it borders on the Egyptians in -the direction of the +Mediterranean Sea+. Egypt is penetrated -by a gulf which extends up from the great ocean, and as this ocean -is connected with the +Erythræan Sea+, this fact proves that a -voyage could be made all the way from +Babylon+ to +Egypt+ by -means of this gulf. But, owing to the heat and utter sterility of the -coast, no one has ever made this voyage, except, it may be, some chance -navigator. For the troops belonging to the army of +Kambysês+, -which escaped from +Egypt+, and reached +Sousa+ in safety, -and the troops sent by +Ptolemy+, the son of Lagos, to +Seleukos -Nikatôr+ to +Babylon+, traversed the Arabian isthmus in eight -days altogether.[114] It was a waterless and sterile region, and they -had to cross it mounted on swift camels carrying water, travelling -only by night, the heat by day being so fierce that they could not -expose themselves in the open air. So far are the parts lying beyond -this region, which we have spoken of as an isthmus extending from -the +Arabian Gulf+ to the +Erythræan Sea+ from being -inhabited, that even the parts which run up further to the north are -a desert of sand. Moreover, men setting forth from the +Arabian -Gulf+ in +Egypt+, after having sailed round the greater part of -+Arabia+ to reach the sea which washes the shores of +Persis+ -and +Sousa+, have returned, after sailing as far along the -coast of Arabia as the water they had on board lasted them, and no -further. The exploring party again which +Alexander+ sent from -+Babylon+ with instructions to sail as far as they could along the -right-hand coast of the +Erythræan Sea+, with a view to examine -the regions lying in that direction, discovered some islands lying -in their route, and touched also at certain points of the mainland -of +Arabia+. But as for that cape which Nearkhos states to have -been seen by the expedition projecting into the sea right opposite to -+Karmania+, there is no one who has been able to double it and -gain the other side. But if the place could possibly be passed, either -by sea or by land, it seems to me that Alexander, being so inquisitive -and enterprising, would have proved that it could be passed in both -these ways. But again +Hanno+ the +Libyan+, setting out -from +Carthage+, sailed out into the ocean beyond the Pillars of -+Hercules+, having +Libya+ on his left hand, and the time -until his course was shaped towards the rising sun was five-and-thirty -days; but when he steered southward he encountered many difficulties -from the want of water, from the scorching heat, and from streams of -fire that fell into the sea. +Kyrênê+, no doubt, which is situated -in a somewhat barren part of +Libya+, is verdant, possessed of a -genial climate, and well watered, has groves and meadows, and yields -abundantly all kinds of useful animals and vegetable products. But -this is only the case up to the limits of the area within which the -fennel-plant can grow, while beyond this area the interior of Kyrênê is -but a desert of sand. - -So ends my narrative relating to +Alexander+, the son of Philip -the Makedonian. - - - - -INDEX. - -CHIEFLY GEOGRAPHICAL. - -_Abbreviations._—B. Bay, C. Cape, G. Gulf, Is. Island or Islands, M. -Mountain, R. River. - -Common names are printed in Italics. Many proper names which in the -usual orthography begin with C, will be found under K. - - - A Page - - Abalitês, 51, 54, 55, 57 - - Aberia or Abiria, 113 - - Abhira, 114 - - _Abolla_, 38 - - Abu-Fatima C., 43 - - Abu-Shahr, _see_ Bushire. - - Acharê, 129 - - Adel, 53 - - Aden, _see_ Eudaimôn-Arabia. - - Adouli, 12-39 _passim_, 45-49 - - Adramitae, 87 - - Agbor R., 177 n. - - Aginis, 161, 220, 221 n. - - Agriophagoi, 43 - - Agrisa, _see_ Agrispolis. - - Agrispolis, 194 n. - - Abile C., 59 - - Ahwaz, 161 - - Aigialos, 126 - - Aigidioi, 130 - - Aii, 134, 139 - - Akabah G., 74 - - Akabarou, 127 - - Akannai, 21, 54, 58, 59 - - Akesinês R. (Chenâb R.), 150, 170, 171 - - Alabagium C., _see_ Alambator. - - _Alabaster_, 34 - - Alalaiou Is., 48, 49 - - Alambator C., 191 n. - - Alexander, Port of, _see_ Karâchi. - - Alexander the Great, _passim_. - - Alexandria, 76 - - _Aloes_, 15, 93, 94 - - Anamis R., 159 n., 202 n., 207 - - Ananis R., _see_ Anamis R. - - Andanis R., _see_ Anamis R. - - Angediva Is., 130 - - Anger Is., 210 n. - - Annesley B., 45, 48, 49 - - Antarah C., 68 - - Antigonê, 41 - - Aparântikâ, 113 - - Apokopa, 62, 65, 66, 67 - - Apollodotos, 121 - - Apollophanês, 182 n. - - Apologos, 10-38 _passim_., 103, 104 - - Apostana, 212 n., 213 - - Arabah C. & B., 106, 187 - - Arabii, 177 n. - - Arakhosioi, 121, 186, 208 n. - - Arâstrâs or Aratti, 121 - - Aratrioi, 120 - - Arbitae, 106 - - Areôn R., 213 n. - - Argalou, 14, 29, 140 - - Argaric G., 142 - - Argeirou, 142 - - Argyre Is., 147 - - Ariakê, 13-39 _passim_., 52, 64, 112, 114 - - Ariakê Sadinôn, 127 - - Arii, 121, 186 - - Arkhias, 169, 191, 192 - - Armagara, 129 - - Aroatis R., _see_ Arosis R. - - Arômata C., 59, 62, 91, 138 - - Arômata (a mart), 59 - - Arosapes R., 183 n. - - Arosis R., 160, 216 n., 218 - - _Arsenic_, 30 - - Arsinoê (Suez), 39, 40 - - Arsinoê (in Barbaria), 50 - - Arusaces R., _see_ Arosapes R. - - Asaboi M., 102, 103 - - Asîdah C., 86 - - Asikh, 98 - - Asir C., 58-60 - - Asmak, 46 - - Astakapra, 115, 117 - - Astola or Ashtola Is., 188 n. - - Atramitae, _see_ Adramitae. - - Attanae, 84, 85 - - Aualités, 12-37 _passim_., 50, 53, 83 - - Aurangâbâd, 125 - - Ausera, 95 - - Auxumê, 46 - - Axum, _see_ Auxumê. - - Axumitae, 5, 48 - - Azania (Ajan), 1-144 _passim_. - - Azania, Courses of, 62, 66, 67 - - - B - - Bab-el Mandab Straits, 83 - - Babylon, 219, 221 n., 222 - - Badera or Bodera, _see_ Barna. - - Badis, 181, 200 - - Baghwar Dasti R., 193 n. - - Bagia C., 193 - - Bagisara, 106, 187 - - Bagradas R., 212 n., 213 n., 215 n. - - Bahar R., 179 n. - - Bahrein Is., 103 - - Baiônês Is., 116 - - Bakare, 131, 134 - - Bakkar, 109 - - Baktria, 12, 148 - - Baktrianoi, 121 - - Ba-l-hâf C., 87 - - Balita, 140 - - Balômon, 190 - - Baltipatna, 129 - - Bammala, 140 - - Bandâ R., 129 - - Bandar Barthe, 58 - - Bandel-caus C., 62 - - Bankut, 129 - - Banna, 63 - - Barakê G., 111, 112 - - Barbara, _see_ Berbera. - - Barbarei, 108 - - Barbaria, 42, 43, 62 - - Barbarikon, 12-38 _passim_, 108, 115 - - Bargusoi, 145 - - Baricaza, 57 - - Barna, 190 - - Barousai, 145 - - Barugaza, 10, 39 _passim_, 64, 78, 88, 96, 116-120 - - Barugaza G., 112, 117 - - Basra, 103 - - Batinah, 100, 101 - - _Bdellium_, 16 - - Becare, 131, 134 - - Bênda R., 128 - - Berbera, 58 - - Berenîkê, 1, 3, 9, 41, 42, 74, 75, 78 - - Berenîkê (in Barbaria), 50 - - Betel, 23, 25 - - Bharoch, _see_ Barugaza. - - Bhaunagar, 115 - - Bhusâl R., _see_ Tomêros R. - - Bibakta Is., 159, 177 - - Biblos Is., _see_ Bibakta Is. - - Binagara, _see_ Minnagar. - - Birkeh, 100 - - Bombarak C., 200 - - Bonah, 59 - - Bore (of rivers), 119, 120, 157 - - Boshavir R., _see_ Kisht. - - Boukephalos Alexandreia, 121 - - _Brass_, 31 - - Brisoana R., 214 n., 215 n. - - Brizana R., 216 n. - - Brokt Is., 202 n. - - Bubian Is., 219 - - Bunah Is., 218 - - Bunth R., 194 n. - - Burnt Island, 78 - - Busheab Is., 212 n. - - _Butter_, 12 - - Buzantion, 127, 129 - - - C - - Cael, 141 - - Caelobothras, 6, 131 - - Calaeou Insulae, 101 - - Calcutta, 20 - - _Cannibals_, 146 - - Canary Is., 20 - - Carfouna, 57 - - Carthage, 223 - - Ceylon, _see_ Taprobanê. - - Chaubar B., 193 n. - - Chauggan, 148 - - Chaul, 113, 128 - - Chênval, 128 - - Chewabad, _see_ Churber. - - Chimûla, 128 n. - - China, 188 n. - - Choaspes R., 220 n. - - Choda R., 129 - - Chryse Is., 147 - - _Chrysolite_, 37 - - Churber B., 190 n. - - _Cinnabar_, 15, 19, 94 - - _Cinnamon_, 18, 19 - - Coast Little and Great, 66 - - Colcis Indorum, 141 - - Comorin C., 125, 137, 139 - - _Copper_, 32 - - Cottonara, 131 - - - D - - Dabil, 110 - - Dagasira, 194 - - Dahra Ahbân, 212 n. - - Dakhan, 124 - - Dakhinabadês, 124 - - Dakshinâpatha, 124 - - Damirike, 126 - - Damnia Is., 160 - - Daphnôn, 59 - - Daphnous, 53, 61 - - Debal, 129 - - Deirê or Dêrê, 51, 54, 60 - - Deimakhos, 154 - - Delgado C., 73 - - Dendrobosa, 190 - - Ḍeri Is., 218 n. - - Desarênê, 12, 145 - - Dêvagiri or Deogarh, 125 - - Deymâniyeh Is., 100 - - Dhafur or Dofar, 80, 81, 97 - - _Diamonds_, 33 - - Dimurikê, 12-29 _passim_. 94, 96, 121, 126 - - Djerun Is., _see_ Ormus Is., - - Diodôros, Is., 47, 48 - - Diodôrus Is., _Perim_, 57, 82, 83 - - Dioskoridês Is., 15, 26, 27, 29, 91-93 - - Diospolis, 27, 34, 50, 53 - - Dîsâ, 16 - - Diset Is., _see_ Diodôros Is. - - Domai Is., 178 n. - - Dorak R., 218 n. - - Dôsarôn R., 145 - - _Drachmai_, 121, 122 - - _Dragon’s-Blood_, 94 - - Drangiani, 186 - - - E - - Eden, 84 - - Eirinon G., 111 - - Eiros M., 158, 177, 178 n. - - Elanitic Gulf, 9, 47, 74 - - El Bab Straits, 102 - - Eleazos, 87 - - Elephant C., 58 - - Elephant M., 54, 58, 61 - - Elephant R., 59 - - Elephantinê, 45 - - Elephantophagoi, 44, 51 - - Elisarôn, 81 - - El Kilhat, 101 - - Elurâ, 125 - - Epideirês, 57 - - Epiodôros, 14, 140, 142 - - _Epiphi_ (July), 64, 110, 124, 138 - - Er-rib Is., 44 - - Erythræan Sea—its extent, 1, 209 n., 222 n., - why so called, 209 n. - - Erythrês, 202 n., 209 - - Esan, 88 - - Essina, 67 - - Esvautgadh, 129 - - _Etesian Winds_, 138, 174 n. - - Eudaimôn-Arabia (Aden), 6, 84-86, 138 - - Eulæus R., 103, 220 n., 161 - - Eumenês, Grove of, 57 - - Euphrates R., 10, 219, 220 - - Eynounah, 75 - - - - - F - - Fartak C., 10, 91, 95 - - Felix or Felles M., _see_ Elephant M. - - Filik C., 58 - - Fillam C., 101 - - _Fluor-spath_, 34, 35 - - Foul Bay, 42 - - _Frankincense_, 21, 90, 97 - - Fuggem C., 194 n. - - - G - - Galla, 66 - - Gandarioi, 121 - - Gangê, 14, 23, 25, 146 - - Ganges R., 146 - - Gaza (Bandar Gazim), 57 - - Gedrosia, 10, 16, 186, 199 - - Gêrsappa, Falls of, 130 - - Ghalla or Cella, 84 - - Ghâra R., 176 n. - - Ghodabandar, 129 - - Ghubet-al-Kamar, 86 - - Ghunse C., 191 - - Girishk, 194 n. - - _Glass_, 36, 37 - - Goa, 129 - - Goaris R., 127 - - Godâvarî R., 144 - - Godem C., 194 n. - - Gôgana, 213 n. - - _Gold_, 33 - - _Gold-stone_, 33, 122 - - Govind R., _see_ Juba R. - - _Graai_ (_Alligators_), 108 - - Granis R., 215 n. - - Guadel C., 106, 191 - - Guardafui C., 9, 10, 58 - - Guesele, 57 - - Gujarât, 34, 113, 114 - - Gwattar B., 193 n. - - - H - - Hadâs R., 48 - - Hadhramaut, 21, 87 - - Hafûn C., 64, 65 - - Haidarâbâd, 156 - - Halanî Is., 87 - - Hanfelah B., 35, 49 - - Hanjam Is., _see_ Angar Is. - - Hanno, 223 - - Harkânâ, 181 n. - - Harmozeia, 159, 202 n. - - Hâsek, 98, 99 - - Hassani Is., 75 - - Hastakavapra, _see_ Astakapra. - - Hâthab, _see_ Astakapra. - - Hauara, 75 - - Haur, 177 n. - - Hazine (Ajan), 65, 66 - - Hejid, 77 - - Heroöpolite Gulf, 40 - - Heptanêsia, 130 - - Heratemis, 214 - - Hercules, Pillars of, 223 - - Herônê, 117 - - Hieratis, 214 - - Himaryi, 80 - - Hingal R., _see_ Tomêros R. - - Hippalos, 5, 7, 10, 131, 135, 138 - - Hîppioprosôpoi, 146 - - Hippokoura, 128 - - Hisn Ghorab, 87, 88, 91 - - Homerites, 80, 81 - - Homnae, 84, 104 - - Honâvar or Onore, 130 - - Horitai, _see_ Oreitai. - - Hormara B., _see_ Arabah B. - - Hutemi, 77 - - Hwen-Thsang, 181 n. - - _Hyacinth_, 36 - - Hydaspês R., 156, 168, 171 - - Hydrakês, 189 - - Hydriaces R., 193 - - Hydriakus, 189 n. - - _Hyenas_, 124 - - - I - - Iambe, 41 - - _Ibis_, 61 - - Ikhthyophagi _passim_. - - Ikhthyophagi of Mekran described, 195 - - Ila, 212 - - Inderabia Is., 212 n. - - _Indigo_, 17 - - Indo-Skythia, 10, 25, 107 - - Indôr, 114 - - Indus R., 107 and _passim_. - - _Iron_, 31 - - Isis R., 61 - - Istabel Antai, 75 - - - J - - _Jacinth_, 36 - - Jahsseb, 80 - - Jask C., 189, 199 n. - - Jaygaḍh, 129 - - Jebel Sanâm M., 219 n. - - Jerd Hafûn, 60 - - Jerim, 80 - - Jibba, 101 - - Jibûs Is., 87 - - Jifâtin Is., 40 - - Juba R., 66, 68, 70 - - Junnar, 125 - - - K - - Kabana, 181 - - Kabolitai, 123 - - Kâbul, 20, 123 - - Kachh, Gulf of, 111 - - Kaḍattanâḍu, 28, 132 - - Kaes or Keesh Is., 211 n. - - Kaikander Is., 212 n. - - Kaineitai, 130 - - Kakee R., _see_ Sitakos R. - - Kalaiou Is., 100, 101 - - Kalama, 187 - - Kalami R., 180 n., 188 n., 189 - - Kalat C., 194 n. - - Kalliena, 127 - - Kalon M., 101, 102 - - Kalpê, Straits of, 83 - - Kaltis, 147 - - Kalyâṇa, 127 - - Kalybi, _see_ Karbine. - - Kamara, 141, 143 - - Kammôni, 117 - - Kanasis, 194 - - Kanate, 194 - - Kanê, 1-39 _passim_, 86, 88, 138 - - Kannettri, 131, 134 - - Kanraîtai, 77 - - Kanthatis, 200 - - Kara-Agach R., 160, 214 n. - - Karâchi, 158, 176 n. - - Karbinê, 188 n., 199 n. - - Karbis, 189 - - Karmana, _see_ Kirman. - - Karmania, 10, 35, 86, 199 n. - - Karoura, 133 - - _Karpasos_, 18 - - Karpella C., 200 - - Karûn R., 103 - - Karun, 202 n. - - Karûn R., 220 - - Kâśmîr, 20 - - Kaspian Sea, 148 - - Kassia, 18, 19 - - Kataderbis, 218 n. - - Kataia Is., 211 n., 212 n. - - Kâṭhiâvâḍ, 16 - - Kaumana, 158 - - Kaveripattam, 143 - - Kavery R., 143 - - Kâyal C., 141 - - Kenjan-fu, 148 - - Kenn Is., _see_ Kataia. - - Kêprobotres, 6, 132 - - Kêrala, 131 - - Keralaputra, 132 - - Kerazi C., 200 - - Keroot, _see_ Kerazi C. - - Keshin, 90 - - Kesmacoran (Mekran), 99 - - Khabêris, 143 - - Khabêros R., 143 - - Khambhât G., 95, 112, 116 - - Kharibaël, 7, 39, 80, 82 - - Khartan Is., 90 - - Kheil C., 65 - - Khersonêsos, the Golden., 15, 143, 146 - - Khersonêsos, in India, 129, 130 - - Khori R., 58 - - Kholaibos, 79 - - Khrusê Is., 146 - - Kilwa (Quiloa), 62, 72 - - Killouta Is., 157 - - Kirrhadia, 23, 145 - - Kirkê, 199 - - Kirman, 199 n. - - Kissa, 189 - - Kishm Is., 202 n. - - Kisht R., 215 n. - - Kobê, 54 - - Koiamba, 180 n., 181 n. - - Kôkala, 159, 182 - - _Kolandiophonta_, 142, 143 - - Kolatta-nâḍu, 132 - - Kôlis, 142 - - Kolkei, 144 - - Kolkhoi, 14, 138, 141 - - Kolöê, 48 - - Kolta, 187 n. - - Kolum, 134 - - Komar C., 139 - - Kommana, 194 n. - - Komta, 130 - - Konkan or Kanoun, 213 n. - - Kôphas, 189 n., 191 - - Koppa C., _see_ Kôphas. - - Koptos, 41, 42, 76 - - Koreatis, 158, 175 - - Korodamon C., 100 - - Korû C., 142 - - Kossaeans, 217 - - _Kostus_, 20 - - Koṭi, 142 - - Kottonara, 28, 132 - - Creophagoi, 60 - - Krishnâ R., 144 - - Krôkala Is., 158, 176 - - Kumârî (Durga), 140, 141 - - Kungoun, 194 n. - - Kunokephali, 61 - - Kurmut R., 180 n. - - Kurya Murya Is., 92, 99 - - Kyêneion, 48 - - Kyiza, 191, 193 n., 196 - - Kysa, _see_ Kissa. - - Kyros, 213 n. - - Kyrênê, 223, 229 - - - L - - _Lac_, 13 - - Lamnaios R. (Narmadâ R.), 116 - - Lamou Is., 68 - - Laccadive Is., 15 - - Lar-Desa, _see_ Larikê. - - Larikê, 113 - - Laristan, 199 n. - - Laurel Grove, the Little, 58 - - Laurel Grove, the Great, 59 - - Las, 177 n. - - _Lead_, 31 - - Leukê (White) Is., 127, 130 - - Leukê Kômê, 7-9, 74, 76 - - Licha, 60 - - Limyrikê, _see_ Dimyrikê. - - _Lycium_, 22 - - Lykia, 22 - - - M - - Mabber C., 65 - - _Macer_, 22 - - _Madara_, 105 - - Madeira Is., 20 - - Mahi R., _see_ Mais R. - - Maiôtic Lake, 148 - - Mais R., 116 - - Maisôlos R., 144 - - Makalleh, 91 - - Makdashû (Magadoxo), 67 - - Maklow R., _see_ Tomêros R. - - Makroprosôpoi, 140 - - Malabar, 10, 95, 137, 143 - - _Malabathrum_ (_Betel_), 22, 149 - - Malacca, 147 - - Malana, 154, 185, 187 - - Malaô, 17-39 _passim_, 54, 55 - - Malava, 171 n. - - Maleus M., 185 n. - - Malikhos, 8 - - Malin C., 185 - - Malli, 171 - - Manaar G., 141, 142 - - Mand R., _see_ Sitakos. - - Manda Is., 68 - - Mandagora, 127, 129 - - Mangalur, 130 - - Manora, 158, 178 - - Manpalli, 140 - - Mansura, 109 - - Mapharitis, 7 - - Mardians, 217 - - Margastana Is., 218 - - Mariabo, 189 - - Markah, 158 - - Markari, 134 - - Martan Is., 98 - - Masalia, 144, 145 - - Masawwâ, 45, 48 - - Masira, 99 - - Maskat, 73, 95, 97, 100 - - Maṭhurâ, 133 - - Mazênês, 209 - - Medina, 75 - - Megasthenês, 154, 208 - - Mekran, 186 - - Meligeizara, 127, 129 - - _Melilot_, 24 - - Menander, 121 - - Menhabery, 109 - - Menouthias Is., 15, 62, 69-71 - - Mensureh R., 218 - - Meroê, 45, 46, 186 - - Mesembria, 160, 215 n., 216 n. - - Mesha, 79 - - Mesopotamia, 220 - - Mete C., 57, 59 - - Methora, 134 - - Mharras, _see_ Mopharitis. - - Minâb R., 159, 202 n. - - Minnagar, 108-110, 114 - - Mirjan, 130 - - Modura, 127, 131, 133 - - Moghostan, 199 n. - - Moinanokalû C., 72 - - Mokhâ, 78 - - Mombaros, 113 - - Momfia Is., 69, 71 - - Monedes, 186 n. - - Monze C., 106, 178 n. - - Mopharitis, 72, 74, 79 - - Moran C., _see_ Malin C. - - Morontobara, 178 n., 180 n. - - Mosarna, 189 - - Moskha, 17, 21, 29, 95, 96 - - Moskhophagoi, 43, 49 - - Mossylon, 12-39, _passim_. 54 - - Moundou, 17-39, _passim_. 54, 57 - - Mouza, 9, 38, _passim_. 54-82, _passim_. - - Mouziris, 6-39 _passim_. 131 - - Mowilah, 75 - - Muâri C., 178 n. - - Muhammarah, 103 - - Muhani R., 193 n. - - Multân, 20, 171 n. - - Murghâb, 213 n. - - _Muslin_, 26 - - Mussendom or Mesandum C., 102, 200 n., 212 n. - - Muyiri, 131 - - Myos Hormos, 9, 40-42, 74, 75 - - _Myrrh_, 24, 25, 29 - - - N - - Nabathaea, 7, 74, 75 - - Nabend C., 199 - - Nabend or Naban R., 212 n., 213 n. - - Nakb-el-Hajar, 88 - - Namades R., _see_ Narmadâ R. - - Nammadios R., _see_ Narmadâ R. - - Nanagouna R., 129 - - Naoura, 13, 127, 130 - - _Nard_, 25, 122 - - Narmadâ (Nerbada) R., 10, 107, 114, 117, 127 - - Nausari, 127 - - Nausaripa, 127 - - Neacyndon, 131 - - Nebaioth, _see_ Nabathaea. - - Neiloptolemaios, 58 - - Neilospotamia, 58 - - Nelkynda, 10-39 _passim_. 131-135 - - Neoptana, 202 - - Nepâl, 23 n. - - Nereid, story of a, 198 - - Nikobar Is., 145 - - Nikôn, 62, 66 - - Nineveh, 220 - - Nirankol, 156 - - Nitra or Nitria, 129-131 - - Nosala Is., 188 n., 198, 199 n. - - Notou Keras (South Horn) C., 60, 61 - - - O - - Oarakta Is., 202 n., 209 - - Oboleh (Obolegh), 10, 103 - - Ogyris Is., 99, 202 n. - - Okêlis, 54, 83, 84, 131 - - Okhos M., 212, 213 n. - - Omana (Oman), 12-38 _passim_. 88, 92, 95, 98, 104, 105 - - Omana, 194 n. - - Onne, 75 - - Onore, 130 - - _Onyx_, 34 - - Ophir, 114, 127 - - Opônê, 15-31 _passim_. 62-64 - - Opsian or Obsidian Stone, 35, 36, 49 - - Oraia, 27, 106 - - Oreinê Is., 46-48 - - Oreitai, 107, 177, 181 n. - - Orfui C., 63 - - Organa Is., 202 n., 209 - - Ormus, Straits of, 200 - - Ormus Is., 202 n., 209 n. - - Orneôn Is., 87 - - Oroatis R., 160 - - Ozênê (Ujjain), 25, 26, 29, 34, 114, 122 - - - P - - Pab M., 178 n. - - Padargos R., 214 - - Pagala, 181 - - Paithana, 34, 125 - - Palaipatmai, 127, 129 - - Palaisimoundou (Ceylon), 4, 143 - - Palk Bay, 142 - - Pallacopas R., 160, 219 n. - - Pandæ, 133 - - Pandiôn, 6, 131, 133, 135, 139 - - Panôn Kômê, 63, 64 - - Papias Is., 101, 102 - - Papikê C., 115, 117 - - _Papyrus_, 61 - - Parada, _see_ Parthians. - - Paragôn B., 106 - - Paralaoi Is., 62 - - Paralia, 139 - - Parsidai, 105 - - Parthians, 110 - - Pasargada, 213 n. - - Pasinou Kharax, _see_ Spasinou Kharax. - - Pasira, 106, 187 - - Pasirees, 106, 187 - - Pasitigris R., 103, 161, 220 - - Passence C., 188 n., 189 - - Pattala, 156 - - _Pearl Fisheries_, 102, 103, 141, 178, 212 - - Pegada, _see_ Pagala. - - Pekhely, 121 - - Pemba Is., 69 - - _Pepper_, 27, 28, 132 - - Peram Is., 116 - - Perim Is., 82 - - Persian Gulf, aspect of, 209 n. - - Persis, Climates of, 216, 217 - - Persis, Coast of, 86, 88, 212 - - Peshawar, 121 - - Petra, 75, 76 - - Phagiaura, 180 n. - - Pharan C., 74 - - Phœnikia, 222 - - Pirate Coast, 129 - - _Pirates_, 95, 130, 131, 177, 188 - - Piti R., 176 n. - - Plocamus, 7, 8 - - Podoukê, 141, 143 - - Polior Is., 211 n. - - Polymita, 39 - - Pondicherry, 143 - - Pontos, 148 - - _Porcelain_, _see_ _Fluor-spath_. - - Poulipoula, 127 - - Pouna C., 72 - - Prasii, 24 - - Prasum C., 73 - - Proklaïs, 20, 121, 122 - - Psammêtikḥos, 45 - - Pseudokêlis, 184 - - Psygmus, 61 - - Ptolemaïs Thêrôn, 12, 15, 13, 45 - - Ptolemy Euergetês, 47 - - Ptolemy Lagos, 41 - - Ptolemy Philadelphos, 40, 41, 44 - - Puduchchêri, 143 - - Pulikât, 143 - - Purâli R., 177 n. - - Puthangelos, Chase of, 51 - - Pythangelus, 61 - - Pylora Is., 211 n. - - Puralaoi Is., 68 - - Pytholaus, 61 - - - R - - Râjapur, 129 - - Rambakia, 106 - - Râmeśvaram C., 142 - - Ran, _see_ Eirinon. - - Ras-al-Sair C., 96 - - Ras-el-Had C., 10, 90, 95, 99, 100 - - Regh, 215 n. - - Rhapsioi, 73 - - Rhapta, 9, 62, 71 - - Rhaptum C., 72, 73 - - Rhapua, 187 n. - - _Rhinoceros_, 14 - - Rhinokoloura, 76 - - Rhizana, 180 n. - - Rhogonis R., 215 n. - - _Rice_, 27, 64 - - Rizophagoi, 43 - - Rumrah R., _see_ Kurmut R. - - Rangpur, 23 - - - S - - Sabæa, 10, 11 - - Sabæans, 81, 86 - - Sabaïtai, 80 - - - Sabbatha, 87-89 - - Saber M., 79 - - Sabota, _see_ Sabbatha. - - Saghar, 91 - - Saimur, 113 - - Śâka, 107 - - Śâkâbda, 110 - - Sakala, 178 - - Sakhalitis Regio, 97 - - Sakhalîtes G., 90 - - Sakhlê, 91 - - Salama C., _see_ Mussendom C. - - Salikê (Ceylon), 4 - - Salour, 142 - - Salsette Is., 125 - - _Sandalwood_, 28 - - Sandanes, 128 - - _Sandarakê_, 28 - - Sangada, 177 n. - - Sangadip Is., 188 n. - - Sangara, 142, 143 - - San Pedro R., 58, 59 - - Sauê, 79, 80 - - Saugra C., 90 - - Saphar, 80 - - _Sapphire_, 36 - - Saraganes, 127, 128 - - Saranga, 178 - - Śarâvatî R., 130 - - Sawa, 89 - - Schevar, 212 n. - - Seger M., 95 - - Semiramis M., 102, 103 - - Semulla, 127, 128, 129 - - Sephar, 97 - - Serapiôn, 62, 67 - - Serapis Is., 15, 99 - - Sesatai, 23, 148 - - Sêsekreienai Is., 129, 130 - - Sesostris, 83 - - _Shadows_, 85 n. - - Shat-el-Arab R., 220 n. - - Shamba, 70 - - Sheba, 82, 89 - - Shehr, 93 - - Shenarif C., 60 - - Shi-Hwengti, 148 - - Shiraz, 213 n. - - Sibyrtios, 208 - - Sigerus, 129 - - Sijan M., 83 - - Sikkah Is., 87 - - Simulla, 128 - - Sinai (Chinese), 148 - - Sindhu, _see_ Sinthos. - - Sindhudrug, 129 - - Sinthos (Indus R.), 107 - - Sisidone, 211 n. - - Sitakos R., 160, 214 n. - - Sitioganas R., _see_ Sitakos R. - - Skythia, 88, 107, 122, 138 - - Soal R., 57 - - Sohar, 104 - - Sokotra Is., _see_ Dioskoridês Is. - - Somâli, 66 - - Sonmiyâni, 177 n., 179 n., 180 n. - - Sôpatma, 141, 143 - - Sôphir, 127 - - Soupara, 127 - - Sous M., 98 - - Sousa, 220, _passim_. - - Sousis, Coast of, 218 - - Spasinou Kharax, 103, 104 - - Spermatophagoi, 43 - - _Spikenard_, _see_ _Nard_. - - _Stadium, length of_, 162 n. - - St. George Is., 130 - - Stibium, 32 - - _Storax_, 30 - - Stoura, 158, 175 - - Strongylê M., 102 - - Suari, 106 n. - - Subaha M., 98 - - Suche, 44 - - Sudich R., 194 n. - - _Sugar_, 11, 23, 65 - - Sumatra Is., 134 - - Supârâ, 127 - - Surat, 127, 209 n. - - Suagros C., 10, 21, 90, 91, 95 - - Surastrênê, 113, 114 - - - T - - Taaes, 79 - - Tâb R., 160, 216 n. - - Tabai, 16-31 _passim_. 62 - - Tabis M., 147 - - Tagara, 26, 125, 126 - - Talmena, 193 - - Tamil, 126, 127 - - Taôkê, 215 n. - - Tapatêgê, 58 - - Tapharon, _see_ Sapphar. - - Taprobanê, 7-33 _passim_., 143, 144 - - Tarphara, _see_ Sapphar. - - Tarsia, 211 - - Tejureh G., 52, 55 - - Tellicherry, 132 - - Terabdôn B., 106 - - Terêdôn, _see_ Diridôtis. - - Thaṇa, 113 - - Tḥaṭha, 109, 156 - - Thibet, 124 - - Thîna (China), 147, 148 - - Thînai, 12, 14, 23 - - _Thôth_, 52, 82 - - Thurbot Ali C., 96 - - Tigre, 46 - - Tigris R., 160 - - Tiashanes (Chashtana), 115 - - Timoula, 128 - - _Tin_, 31 - - Tinnevelly, 139, 144 - - Tirakal R., 129 - - Tisa, 193 n. - - Tiz, 193 n. - - Tlepolemos, 208 - - Tombo Is., 210 n. - - Tomêros R., 183 n. - - Tonikê, 67 - - Topazas Is., 28 - - Toperon, 127 - - Torra or Torre, 68 - - Touag, 215 n. - - Travancore, 134, 139 - - Troglodytes, 45, 47 - - Troisi, 194 n. - - Trombay Is., 128 - - Troullas Is., 87 - - Tuna, 144 - - Tutikorin, 138, 141 - - Tybi, 52 - - Tyndis, 13, 129, 131 - - Turanosboas, 127 - - - - - U - - Ujjain, _see_ Ozênê. - - Ulai R., 161 - - Ulûlah Bandar, 59 - - Urmara C., _see_ Arabah C. - - Uxians, 216 - - - V - - Valabhi, 115 - - Vasâï, 127 - - Vatrachitis R., 215 n. - - Veneris Portus, 41 - - Vijayadrug, 129 - - Vikramâditya, 110 - - Vingorla Rocks, 130 - - Vrokt Is., _see_ Brokt Is. - - - W - - Wadi Meifah, 88 - - Wejh, 75 - - _Whales_, 196, 215 - - _Wheat_, 28 - - _Wine_, 27 - - - Y - - Yemen, 78, 80 - - Yenbo, 74 - - Yeukaotschin, 110 - - - Z - - Za-Hakale, 5 - - Zalegh, 55 - - Zanzibar Is., 69, 71 - - Zapphar, _see_ Sapphar. - - Zarotis R., 216 n. - - Zeyla, 54 - - Zeyla G., 52 - - Zenobios Is., 98, 99 - - Zhafâr, 97 - - Zoskalês, 5, 49 - - Zouileh, 55 - - -BOMBAY: PRINTED AT THE EDUCATION SOCIETY’S PRESS. - - - - -FOOTNOTES: - -[1] The Introduction and Commentary embody the main substance of -Müller’s Prolegomena and Notes to the _Periplûs_, and of Vincent’s -_Commerce and Navigation of the Ancients_ so far as it relates -specially to that work. The most recent authorities accessible have, -however, been also consulted, and the result of their inquiries noted. -I may mention particularly Bishop Caldwell’s Dravidian Grammar, to -which I am indebted for the identification of places on the Malabar and -Coromandel coasts. - -[2] The enumeration is Vincent’s, altered and abridged. - -[3] The numerals indicate the sections of the _Periplûs_ in which the -articles are mentioned. - -[4] Bhagvânlâl Indraji Pâṇḍit points out that the colour is called -_alaktaka_, Prakrit _alito_: it is used by women for dying the nails -and feet,—also as a dye. The _gulalî_ or pill-like balls used by women -are made with arrowroot coloured with _alito_, and cotton dipped in it -is sold in the bazars under the name of _pothi_, and used for the same -purposes. He has also contributed many of the Sanskṛit names, and some -notes. - -[5] Sans. _Guggula_, Guj. _Gûgal_, used as a tonic and for skin and -urinary diseases.—B. I. P. - -[6] Mahuwâ oil (Guj. _doliuṅ_, Sans. _madhuka_) is much exported from -Bharoch.—B. I. P. - -[7] May not some of these be the fragrant root of the kusâ, grass, -_Andropogon calamus_—_aromaticus_?—J. B. - -[8] A similar gum is obtained from the _Pâlâśa_ (Guj. _khâkhara_), the -_Dhâka_ of Râjputâna.—B. I. P. - -[9] What the Brâhmans call _kuṇḍaru_ is the gum of a tree called the -_Dhûpa-salai_; another sort of it, from Arabia, they call _Isêsa_, and -in Kâṭhiâvâḍ it is known as _Sesagundar_.—B. I. P. - -[10] More likely from Nepâl, where it is called _tejapât_.—B. I. P. - -[11] Obtained from the root of _Nardostachys jatamansi_, a native of -the eastern Himâlayas.—J. B. - -[12] It is brought now from the Eastern Archipelago.—B. I. P. - -[13] In early times it was obtained chiefly from _Styrax officinalis_, -a native of the same region.—J. B. - -[14] Nero gave for one 300 talents = £58,125. They were first seen at -Rome in the triumphal procession of Pompey. [May these not have been of -emerald, or even ruby?—J. B.] - -[15] Possibly the Lapis Lazuli is meant.—J. B. - -[16] There was another Arsinoe between Ras Dh’ib and Ras Shukhair, -lat. 28° 3´ N. The few geographical indications added by Mr. Burgess -to these comments as they passed through the press are enclosed in -brackets. [] - -[17] Bruce, _Travels_, vol. III., p. 62.—J. B. - -[18] From the Tamil _ariśi_, rice deprived of the husk.—_Caldwell._ - -[19] Meaning _white village_. - -[20] “This” (Mons Pulcher) says Major-General Miles, “is Jebel Lahrim -or Shaum, the loftiest and most conspicuous peak on the whole cape -(Mussendom), being nearly 7,000 feet high.”—_Jour. R. As. Soc._ (N.S.) -vol. X. p. 168.—ED. - -[21] “The city of Omana is Ṣoḥar, the ancient capital of Omana, which -name, as is well known, it then bore, and Pliny is quite right in -correcting _former writers_ who had placed it in Caramania, on which -coast there is no good evidence that there was a place of this name. -Nearchus does not mention it, and though the author of the _Periplûs -of the Erithræan Sea_ does locate it in Persia, it is pretty evident -he never visited the place himself, and he must have mistaken the -information he obtained from others. It was this city of Ṣoḥar most -probably that bore the appellation of Emporium Persarum, in which, -as Philostorgius relates, permission was given to Theophilus, the -ambassador of Constantine, to erect a Christian church.” The Homna -of Pliny may be a repetition of Omana or Ṣoḥar, which he had already -mentioned.—Miles in _Jour. R. As. Soc._ (N. S.) vol. X. pp. 164-5.—ED. - -[22] _Ind. Ant._ vol. I. pp. 309-310. - -[23] Written in the Ionic dialect. - -[24] See infra, note 35. - -[25] Geog. of Anc. India, p. 279 sqq. - -[26] See Arrian’s Anab. VI. 19. Καὶ τοῦτο οὔπω πρότερον εγνωκόσι τοῖς -ἀμφ' Ἀλέξανδρον ἔκπληξιν μὲν καὶ αὐτὸ οὐ σμικρὰν παρέσχε. - -[27] See Arrian, ib. - -[28] See id. VI. 23, and Strab. xv. ii. 3, 4. - -[29] Strab. ib. 5. - -[30] This may perhaps be represented by the modern Khâu, the name of -one of the western mouths of the Indus. - -[31] See infra, p. 176, note 17. - -[32] The Olympic stadium, which was in general use throughout Greece, -contained 600 Greek feet = 625 Roman feet, or 606 English feet. The -Roman mile contained eight stadia, being about half a stadium less -than an English mile. Not a few of the measurements given by Arrian -are excessive, and it has therefore been conjectured that he may have -used some standard different from the Olympic,—which, however, is -hardly probable. See the subject discussed in Smith’s Dictionary of -Antiquities, S. V. _Stadium_. - -[33] This list does not specify those officers who performed the -voyage, but such as had a temporary command during the passage down -the river. The only names which occur afterwards in the narrative are -those of Arkhias and Onêsikritos. Nearkhos, by his silence, leaves it -uncertain whether any other officers enumerated in his list accompanied -him throughout the expedition. The following are known not to have -done so: Hephaistion, Leonnatos, Lysimakhos, Ptolemy, Krateros, -Attalos and Peukestas. It does not clearly appear what number of ships -or men accompanied Nearkhos to the conclusion of the voyage. If we -suppose the ships of war only fit for the service, 30 galleys might -possibly contain from two to three thousand men, but this estimation is -uncertain. - -See Vincent, I. 118 sqq. - -[34] So also Plutarch in the Life of Alexander (C. 66) says that in -returning from India Alexander had 120,000 foot and 15,000 cavalry. - -[35] Sansk. Malava. The name is preserved in the modern Moultan. - -[36] Anab. VI. 11. - -[37] The general effect of the monsoon Nearkhos certainly knew; he -was a native of Crete, and a resident at Amphipolis, both which lie -within the track of the annual or Etesian winds, which commencing -from the Hellespont and probably from the Euxine sweep the Egêan sea, -and stretching quite across the Mediterranean to the coast of Africa, -entered through Egypt to Nubia or Ethiopia. Arrian has accordingly -mentioned the monsoon by the name of the Etesian winds; his expression -is remarkable, and attended with a precision that does his accuracy -credit. These Etesian winds, says he, do not blow from the north in -the summer months as with us in the Mediterranean, but from the South. -On the commencement of winter, or at latest on the setting of the -Pleiades, the sea is said to be navigable till the winter solstice -(Anab. VI. 21-1) Vincent I. 43 sq. - -[38] The date here fixed by Arrian is the 2nd of October 326 B.C., but -the computation now generally accepted refers the event to the year -after to suit the chronology of Alexander’s subsequent history (see -Clinton’s F. Hell. II. pp. 174 and 563, 3rd ed.). There was an Archon -called Kephisidoros in office in the year B.C. 323-322; so Arrian has -here either made a mistake, or perhaps an Archon of the year 326-325 -may have died during his tenure of office, and a substitute called -Kephisidôros been elected to fill the vacancy. The _lacuna_ marked by -the asterisks has been supplied by inserting the name of the Makedonian -month Dius. The Ephesians adopted the names of the months used by the -Makedonians, and so began their year with the month Dius, the first -day of which corresponds to the 24th of September. The 20th day of -Boedromion of the year B.C. 325 corresponded to the 21st of September. - -[39] Regarding the sunken reef encountered by the fleet after leaving -Koreatis, Sir Alexander Burnes says: “Near the mouth of the river we -passed a rock stretching across the stream, which is particularly -mentioned by Nearchus, who calls it _a dangerous rock_, and is the -more remarkable since there is not even a stone below Tatta in any -other part of the Indus.” The rock, he adds, is at a distance of six -miles up the Pitti. “It is vain,” says Captain Wood in the narrative -of his _Journey to the Source of the Oxus_, “in the delta of such a -river (as the Indus), to identify existing localities with descriptions -handed down to us by the historians of Alexander the Great ... (but) -Burnes has, I think, shown that the mouth by which the Grecian fleet -left the Indus was the modern +Piti+. The ‘dangerous rock’ -of Nearchus completely identifies the spot, and as it is still in -existence, without any other within a circle of many miles, we can -wish for no stronger evidence.” With regard to the canal dug through -this rock, Burnes remarks: “The Greek admiral only availed himself -of the experience of the people, for it is yet customary among the -natives of Sind to dig shallow canals, and leave the tides or river -to deepen them; and a distance of five stadia, or half a mile, would -call for not great labour. It is not to be supposed that sandbanks will -continue unaltered for centuries, but I may observe that there was a -large bank contiguous to the island, between it and which a passage -like that of Nearchus might have been dug with the greatest advantage.” -The same author thus describes the mouth of the Piti:—“Beginning from -the westward we have the Pitti mouth, an embouchure of the Buggaur, -that falls into what may be called the Bay of Karachi. It has no bar, -but a large sandbank, together with an island outside prevent a direct -passage into it from the sea, and narrow the channel to about half a -mile at its mouth.” - -[40] All inquirers have agreed in identifying the Kolaka of Ptolemy, -and the sandy island of Krokola where Nearchus tarried with his fleet, -for one day, with a small island in the bay of Karâchi. Krôkala is -further described as lying off the mainland of the Arabii. It was 150 -stadia, or 17¼ miles, from the western mouth of the Indus,—which agrees -exactly with the relative positions of Karâchi and the mouth of the -Ghâra river, if, as we may fairly assume, the present coast-line has -advanced five or six miles during the twenty-one centuries that have -elapsed since the death of Alexander. The identification is continued -by the fact that the district in which Karâchi is situated is called -+Karkalla+ to this day. Cunningham _Geog. of An. India_, I. p. 306. - -[41] The name of the Arabii is variously written,—Arabitæ, Arbii, -Arabies, Arbies, Aribes, Arbiti. The name of their river has also -several forms,—Arabis, Arabius, Artabis, Artabius. It is now called -the +Purâli+, the river which flows through the present district -of Las into the bay of Soumiyâni. The name of the Oreitai in Curtius -is Horitæ. Cunningham identifies them with the people on the Aghor -river, whom he says the Greeks would have named Agoritæ or Aoritæ, by -the suppression of the guttural, of which a trace still remains in -the initial aspirate of ‘Horitæ.’ Some would connect the name with -+Haur+, a town which lay on the route to Firabaz, in Mekran. - -[42] This name Sangada, D’Anville thought, survived in that of a race -of noted pirates who infested the shores of the gulf of Kachh, called -the +Sangadians+ or Sangarians. - -[43] “The pearl oyster abounds in 11 or 12 fathoms of water all -along the coast of Scinde. There was a fishery in the harbour of -Kurrachee which had been of some importance in the days of the native -rulers.”—_Wanderings of a Naturalist in India_, p. 36. - -[44] This island is not known, but it probably lay near the rocky -headland of Irus, now called +Manora+, which protects the port of -Karâchi from the sea and bad weather. - -[45] “The name of Morontobara,” says Cunningham, “I would identify with -Muâri, which is now applied to the headland of Râs Muâri or Cape Monze, -the last point of the Pab range of mountains. _Bâra_, or _Bâri_, means -roadstead or haven; and Moranta is evidently connected with the Persian -_Mard_ a man, of which the feminine is still preserved in Kâśmîrî as -_Mahrin_ a woman. From the distances given by Arrian, I am inclined to -fix it at the mouth of the +Bahar+ rivulet, a small stream which -falls into the sea about midway between Cape Monze and Sonmiyâni.” -_Women’s Haven_ is mentioned by Ptolemy and Ammianus Marcellinus. There -is in the neighbourhood a mountain now called +Mor+, which may be -a remnant of the name Morontobari. The channel through which the fleet -passed after leaving this place no longer exists, and the island has of -course disappeared. - -[46] The coast from Karâchi to the Purâli has undergone considerable -changes, so that the position of the intermediate places cannot be -precisely determined. “From Cape Monze to Sonmiyâni,” says Blair, “the -coast bears evident marks of having suffered considerable alterations -from the encroachments of the sea. We found trees which had been washed -down, and which afforded us a supply of fuel. In some parts I saw -imperfect creeks in a parallel direction with the coast. These might -probably be the vestiges of that narrow channel through which the Greek -galleys passed.” - -[47] Ptolemy and Marcian enumerate the following places as lying -between the Indus and the Arabis: Rhizana, Koiamba, Women’s Haven, -Phagiaura, Arbis. Ptolemy does not mention the Oreitai, but extends the -Arabii to the utmost limit of the district assigned to them in Arrian. -He makes, notwithstanding, the river Arabia to be the boundary of the -Arabii. His Arabis must therefore be identified not with the _Pârâli_, -but with the _Kurmut_, called otherwise the _Rumra_ or _Kalami_, where -the position of Arrian’s Kalama must be fixed. Pliny (vi. 25) places -a people whom he calls the Arbii between the Oritae and Karmania, -assigning as the boundary between the Arbii and the Oritae the river -Arbis. - -[48] The +Arabis+ or +Purâli+ discharges its waters into the -bay of Sonmiyâni. “Sonmiyâni,” says Kempthorne, “is a small town or -fishing village situated at the mouth of a creek which runs up some -distance inland. It is governed by a Sheikh, and the inhabitants appear -to be very poor, chiefly subsisting on dried fish and rice. A very -extensive bar or sandbank runs across the mouth of this inlet, and none -but vessels of small burden can get over it even at high water, but -inside the water is deep.” The inhabitants of the present day are as -badly off for water as their predecessors of old. “Everything,” says -one who visited the place, “is scarce, even water, which is procured -by digging a hole five or six feet deep, and as many in diameter, in -a place which was formerly a swamp; and if the water oozes, which -sometimes it does not, it serves them that day, and perhaps the next, -when it turns quite brackish, owing to the nitrous quality of the -earth.” - -[49] Strabo agrees with Arrian in representing the Oreitai as -non-Indian. Cunningham, however, relying on statement made by Curtius, -Diodorus and the Chinese pilgrim Hwen Thsang, a most competent -observer, considers them to be of Indian origin, for their customs, -according to the Pilgrim, were like those of the people of Kachh, -and their written characters closely resembled those of India, while -their language was only slightly different. The Oreitai as early as -the 6th century B.C. were tributary to Darius Hystaspes, and they were -still subject to Persia nearly 12 centuries later when visited by Hwen -Thsang.—_Geog. of An. Ind._ pp. 304 sqq. - -[50] Another form is Pegadæ, met with in Philostratos, who wrote a work -on India. - -[51] To judge from the distances given, this place should be near the -stream now called Agbor, on which is situated +Harkânâ+. It is -probably the Koiamba of Ptolemy. - -[52] “In vessels like those of the Greeks, which afforded neither space -for motion, nor convenience for rest, the continuing on board at night -was always a calamity. When a whole crew was to sleep on board, the -suffering was in proportion to the confinement.”—Vincent, I. p. 209 -note. - -[53] In another passage of Arrian (Anab. VI. 27, 1,) this Apollophanês -is said to have been deposed from his satrapy, when Alexander was -halting in the capital of Gedrosia. In the Journal Arrian follows -Nearkhos, in the History, Ptolemy or Aristobûlus.—Vincent. - -[54] From the distances given, the Tomêros must be identified with the -+Maklow+ or +Hingal+ river; some would, however, make it the -+Bhusâl+. The form of the name in Pliny is +Tomberus+, and in -Mela—+Tubero+. These authors mention another river in connection -with the Tomêros,—the +Arosapes+ or +Arusaces+. - -[55] Similar statements are made regarding this savage race by -Curtius IX. 10, 9; Diodôros XVII. 105; Pliny VI. 28; Strabo p. 720; -Philostratos V. Ap. III., 57. Cf. Agatharkhides passim.—_Müller._ - -[56] Its modern representative is doubtless +Râs Malin+, Malen or -Moran. - -[57] Such a phenomenon could not of course have been observed at -Malana, which is about 2 degrees north of the Tropic, and Nearkhos, -as has been already noticed (Introd. p. 155), has on account mainly -of this statement been represented as a mendacious writer. Schmieder -and Gosselin attempt to vindicate him by suggesting that Arrian in -copying his journal had either missed the meaning of this passage, -or altered it to bring it into accordance with his own geographical -theories. Müller, however, has a better and probably the correct -explanation to offer. He thinks that the text of Nearkhos which Arrian -used contained passages interpolated from Onêsikritos and writers of -his stamp. The interpolations may have been inserted by the Alexandrian -geographers, who, following Eratosthenes, believed that India lay -between the Tropics. In support of this view it is to be noted that -Arrian’s account of the shadow occurs in that part of his work where -he is speaking of Malana of the Oreitai, and that Pliny (VIII. 75) -gives a similar account of the shadows that fall on a mountain of a -somewhat similar name in the country of that very people. His words -are: _In Indiae gente Oretam Mons est Maleus nomine, juxta quem umbrae -aestate in Austrum, hieme in Septemtrionem_ _jaciuntur_. Now Pliny was -indebted for his knowledge of Mons Maleus to Baeton, who places it -however not in the country of the Oreitai but somewhere in the lower -Gangetic region among the Suari and Monedes. It would thus appear -that what Baeton had said of _Mount Maleus_ was applied to _Malana_ -of the Oreitai, no doubt on account of the likeness of the two names. -Add to this that the expression in the passage under consideration, -_for the people beyond this (Malana) are not Indians_, is no doubt an -interpolation into the text of the Journal, for it makes the Oreitai -to be an Indian people, whereas the Journal had a little before made -the Arabies to be the last people of Indian descent living in this -direction. - -[58] This country, which corresponds generally to +Mekran+, -was called also Kedrosia, Gadrosia, or Gadrusia. The people were an -Ârianian race akin to the Arakhosii, Arii, and Drangiani. - -[59] Bagisara, says Kempthorne, “is now known by the name of -+Arabah+ or +Hormarah+ Bay, and is deep and commodious -with good anchorage, sheltered from all winds but those from the -southward and eastward. The point which forms this bay is very high -and precipitous, and runs out some distance into the sea. A rather -large fishing village is situated on a low sandy isthmus about one mile -across, which divides the bay from another.... The only articles of -provision we could obtain from the inhabitants were a few fowls, some -dried fish, and goats. They grew no kind of vegetable or corn, a few -water-melons being the only thing these desolate regions bring forth. -Sandy deserts extend into the interior as far as the eye can reach, -and at the back of these rise high mountains.” The +Rhapua+ of -Ptolemy corresponds to the Bagisara or +Pasira+ of Arrian, and -evidently survives in the present name of the bay and the headland of -+Araba+. - -[60] +Kolta.+—A place unknown. It was situated on the western side -of the isthmus which connects +Râs Araba+ with the mainland. - -[61] A different form is Kaluboi. Situated on the river now called -+Kalami+, or Kumra, or Kurmut, the Arabis of Ptolemy, who was -probably misled by the likeness of the name to Karbis as the littoral -district was designated here. - -[62] Other forms—+Karnine+, Karmina. The coast was probably called -Karmin, if Karmis is represented in +Kurmat+. The island lying -twelve miles off the mouth of the Kalami is now called +Astola+ or -+Sangadip+, which Kempthorne thus describes:—“Ashtola is a small -desolate island about four or five miles in circumference, situated -twelve miles from the coast of Mekran. Its cliffs rise rather abruptly -from the sea to the height of about 300 feet, and it is inaccessible -except in one place, which is a sandy beach about one mile in extent -on the northern side. Great quantities of turtle frequent this island -for the purpose of depositing their eggs. Nearchus anchored off it, -and called it Karnine. He says also that he received hospitable -entertainment from its inhabitants, their presents being cattle and -fish; but not a vestige of any habitation now remains. The Arabs come -to this island, and kill immense numbers of these turtles,—not for -the purpose of food, but they traffic with the shell to China, where -it is made into a kind of paste, and then into combs, ornaments, &c., -in imitation of tortoise-shell. The carcasses caused a stench almost -unbearable. The only land animals we could see on the island were rats, -and they were swarming. They feed chiefly on the dead turtle. The -island was once famous as the rendezvous of the Jowassimee pirates.” -Vincent quotes Blair to this effect regarding the island:—“We were -warned by the natives at Passence that it would be dangerous to -approach the island of Asthola, as it was enchanted, and that a ship -had been turned into a rock. The superstitious story did not deter us; -we visited the island, found plenty of excellent turtle, and saw the -rock alluded to, which at a distance had the appearance of a ship under -sail. The story was probably told to prevent our disturbing the turtle. -It has, however, some affinity to the tale of Nearchus’s transport.” As -the enchanted island mentioned afterwards (chap. xxxi.), under the name -of Nosala, was 100 stadia distant from the coast, it was probably the -same as Karnine. - -[63] Another form of the name is Kysa. - -[64] The place according to Ptolemy is 900 stadia distant from the -Kalami river, but according to Marcianus 1,300 stadia. It must have -been situated in the neighbourhood of Cape Passence. The distances here -are so greatly exaggerated that the text is suspected to be corrupt or -disturbed. From Mosarna to Kophas the distance is represented as 1,750 -stadia, and yet the distance from Cape Passence to Râs +Koppa+ -(the Kophas of the text) is barely 500 stadia. According to Ptolemy -and Marcian Karmania begins at Mosarna, but according to Arrian much -further westward, at Badis near Cape Jask. - -[65] “From the name given to this pilot I imagine that he was an -inhabitant of Hydriakos, a town near the bay of Churber or Chewabad.... -Upon the acquisition of Hydrakês or the Hydriakan two circumstances -occur, that give a new face to the future course of the voyage, one -is the very great addition to the length of each day’s course; and -the other, that they generally weighed during the night: the former -depending upon the confidence they acquired by having a pilot on board; -and the latter on the nature of the land breeze.”—Vincent I., p. 244. - -[66] This place is called in Ptolemy and Marcianus Badera or Bodera, -and may have been situated near the Cape now called Chemaul Bunder. It -is mentioned under the form Balara by Philostratos (Vit. Apoll. III. -56), whose description of the place is in close agreement with Arrian’s. - -[67] τῇσι κvμῇσιν. Another reading, not so good however, is, τῇσι -κωμήτῇσιν _for the village women_, but the Greeks were not likely -to have indulged in such gallantry. Wearing chaplets in the hair on -festive occasions was a common practice with the Greeks. Cf. our -author’s Anab. V. 2. 8. - -[68] In Ptolemy a place is mentioned called Derenoibila, which may -be the same as this. The old name perhaps survives in the modern -+Daram+ or Durum, the name of a highland on part of the coast -between Cape Passence and Cape Guadel. - -[69] The name appears to survive in a cognominal Cape—Râs Coppa. The -natives use the same kind of boat to this day; it is a curve made of -several small planks nailed or sewn together in a rude manner with cord -made from the bark of date trees and called _kair_, the whole being -then smeared over with dammer or pitch.—_Kempthorne._ - -[70] According to Ptolemy and Marcianus this place lay 400 stadia to -the west of the promontory of Alambator (now Râs Gnadel). Some trace of -the word may be recognized in +Râs Ghunse+, which now designates -a point of land situated about those parts. Arrian passes Cape Guadel -without notice. “We should be reasonably surprised at this,” says -Vincent (I. 248), “as the doubling of a cape is always an achievement -in the estimation of a Greek navigator; but having now a native pilot -on board, it is evident he took advantage of the land-breeze to give -the fleet an offing. This is clearly the reason why we hear nothing in -Arrian of Ptolemy’s Alabagium, or Alambateir, the prominent feature of -this coast.” - -[71] _The little town attached by Nearchus_ lay on Gwattar Bay. The -promontory in its neighbourhood called +Bagia+ is mentioned by -Ptolemy and Marcianus, the latter of whom gives its distance from Kyiza -at 250 stadia, which is but half the distance as given by Arrian. To -the west of this was the river Kaudryaces or Hydriaces, the modern -Baghwar Dasti or Muhani river, which falls into the Bay of Gwattar. - -[72] A name not found elsewhere. To judge by the distance assigned, -it must be placed on what is now called Chaubar Bay, on the shores of -which are three towns, one being called +Tiz+,—perhaps the modern -representative of Tisa, a place in those parts mentioned by Ptolemy, -and which may have been the Talmena of Arrian. - -[73] The name is not found elsewhere. It must have been situated on a -bay enclosed within the two headlands Râs Fuggem and Râs Godem. - -[74] +Kanate+ probably stood on the site of the modern -+Kungoun+, which is near +Râs Kalat+, and not far from the -river +Bunth+. - -[75] Another and the common form is Troisi. The villages of the Taoi -must have been where the Sudich river enters the sea. Here Ptolemy -places his Kommana or Nommana and his follower Marcian his Ommana. See -ante p. 104 note. - -[76] The place in Ptolemy is called Agrispolis,—in Marcianus, Agrisa. -The modern name is +Girishk+. - -[77] Schmieder suggests that instead of the common reading here ἀπὸ -τούταν ἔλαιον ποιέουσιν Arrian may have written ἀπὸ θύννων ε. π. _they -make oil from thunnies_, i. e. use the fat for oil. - -[78] “This description of the natives, with that of their mode of -living and the country they inhabit, is strictly correct even to the -present day.”—Kempthorne. - -[79] Strabo (XV. ii. 12, 13) has extracted from Nearkhos the same -passage regarding whales. See Nearchi fragm. 25. Cf. Onesikritos (fr. -30) and Orthagoras in Aelian, N. An. XVII. 6; Diodor. XVII. 106; -Curtius X. 1, 11. - -[80] The story of the Nereid is evidently an Eastern version of the -story of the enchantress Kirkê. The island here called Nosala is that -already mentioned under the name of Karbine, now Asthola. - -[81] +Karmania+ extended from Cape Jask to Râs Nabend, and -comprehended the districts now called Moghostan, Kirman, and Laristan. -Its metropolis, according to Ptolemy, was +Karmana+, now -+Kirman+, which gives its name to the whole province. The first -port in Karmania reached by the expedition was in the neighbourhood -of Cape Jask, where the coast is described as being very rocky, and -dangerous to mariners on account of shoals and rocks under water. -Kempthorne says: “The cliffs along this part of the coast are very -high, and in many places almost perpendicular. Some have a singular -appearance, one near Jask being exactly of the shape of a quoin or -wedge; and another is a very remarkable peak, being formed by three -stones, as if placed by human hands, one on the top of the other. It is -very high, and has the resemblance of a chimney.” - -[82] Badis must have been near where the village of Jask now stands, -beyond which was the promontory now called Râs Kerazi or Keroot or -Bombarak, which marks the entrance to the Straits of Ormus. This -projection is the Cape Karpella of Ptolemy. Badis may be the same as -the Kanthatis of this geographer. - -[83] Maketa is now called Cape Mesandum in Oman. It is thus described -by Palgrave in the Narrative of his Travels through Central and Eastern -Arabia (Vol. II. pp. 316-7). The afternoon was already far advanced -when we reached the headland, and saw before us the narrow sea-pass -which runs between the farthest rooks of Mesandum and the mainland -of the Cape. This strait is called the “Bab” or “gate:” it presents -an imposing spectacle, with lofty precipices on either side, and the -water flowing deep and black below; the cliffs are utterly bare and -extremely well adapted for shivering whatever vessels have the ill luck -to come upon them. Hence and from the ceaseless dash of the dark waves, -the name of “Mesandum” or “Anvil,” a term seldom better applied. But -this is not all, for some way out at sea rises a huge square mass of -basalt of a hundred feet and more in height sheer above the water; it -bears the name of “Salâmah” or “safety,” a euphemism of good augury -for “danger.” Several small jagged peaks, just projecting above the -surface, cluster in its neighbourhood; these bear the endearing name of -“Benât Salâmah,” or “Daughters of Salamah.” - -[84] This place is not mentioned elsewhere, but must have been situated -somewhere in the neighbourhood of the village of Karun. - -[85] The +Anamis+, called by Pliny the Ananis, and by Ptolemy and -Mela the Andanis, is now the Minâb or Ibrahim River. - -[86] Other forms—Hormazia, Armizia regio. The name was transferred -from the mainland to the island now called +Ormus+, when the -inhabitants fled thither to escape from the Moghals. It is called by -Arrian +Organa+ (chap. xxxvii.) The Arabians called it Djerun, a -name which it continued to bear up to the 12th century. Pliny mentions -an island called Oguris, of which perhaps Djerun is a corruption. He -ascribes to it the honour of having been the birthplace of Erythrés. -The description, however, which he gives of it is more applicable to -the island called by Arrian (chap. xxxvii.) Oârakta (now Kishm) than -to Ormus. Arrian’s description of Harmozia is still applicable to the -region adjacent to the Mînâb. “It is termed,” says Kempthorne, “the -Paradise of Persia. It is certainly most beautifully fertile, and -abounds in orange groves, orchards containing apples, pears, peaches, -and apricots, with vineyards producing a delicious grape, from which -was made at one time a wine called Amber rosolia, generally considered -the white wine of Kishma; but no wine is made here now.” The old name -of Kishma—Oârakta—is preserved in one of its modern names, Vrokt or -Brokt. - -[87] Diodôros (XVII. 106) gives quite a different account of the visit -of Nearkhos to Alexander. - -[88] The preceding satrap was Sibyrtios, the friend of Megasthenês. He -had been transferred to govern the Gadrosians and the Arakhotians. - -[89] As stated in Note 64, Organa is now _Ormuz_, and Oarakta, _Kishm_. -Ormuz, once so renowned for its wealth and commerce, that it was said -of it by its Portuguese occupants, that if the world were a golden -ring, Ormuz would be the diamond signet, is now in utter decay. “I have -seen,” says Palgrave (II. 319), “the abasement of Tyre, the decline of -Surat, the degradation of Goa: but in none of those fallen seaports is -aught resembling the utter desolation of Ormuz.” A recent traveller -in Persia (Binning) thus describes the coast: “It presents no view -but sterile, barren, and desolate chains of rocks and hills: and the -general aspect of the Gulf is dismal and forbidding. Moore’s charming -allusions to Oman’s sea, with its ‘banks of pearl and palmy isles’ -are unfortunately quite visionary; for uglier and more unpicturesque -scenery 1 never beheld.”—_Two Years’ Travel in Persia_, I. pp. 136, 137. - -[90] For the legend of Erythrês see Agatharkhides De Mari Eryth. I. -1-4 and Strabo XVI. iv. 20. The Erythræan Sea included the Indian -Ocean, the Persian Gulf, and the Red Sea, the last being called -also the Arabian Gulf, when it was necessary to distinguish it from -the Erythræan in general. It can hardly be doubted that the epithet -_Erythræan_ (which means _red_, Greek ἐρυθρὸς) first designated the -Arabian Gulf or Red Sea, and was afterwards extended to the seas beyond -the Straits by those who first explored them. The Red Sea was so -called because it washed the shores of Arabia, called _the Red Land_ -(Edom), in contradistinction to Egypt, called _the Black Land_ (Kemi), -from the darkness of the soil deposited by the Nile. Some however -thought that it received its name from the quantity of red coral found -in its waters, especially along the eastern shores, and Strabo says -(loc. cit.): “Some say that the sea is red from the colour arising -from reflexion either from the sun, which is vertical, or from the -mountains, which are red by being scorched with intense heat; for the -colour it is supposed may be produced by both of these causes. Ktesias -of Knidos speaks of a spring which discharges into the sea a red and -ochrous water.”—Cf. Eustath. Comment. 38. - -[91] This island is that now called +Angar+, or +Hanjam+, -to the south of Kishm. It is described as being nearly destitute of -vegetation and uninhabited. Its hills, of volcanic origin, rise to a -height of 300 feet. The other island, distant from the mainland about -300 stadia, is now called the Great Tombo, near which is a smaller -island called Little Tombo. They are low, flat, and uninhabited. They -are 25 miles distant from the western extremity of Kishm. - -[92] The island of +Pylora+ is that now called Polior. -+Sisidone+ appears in other forms—Prosidodone, pro-Sidodone, pros -Sidone, pros Dodone. Kempthorne thought this was the small fishing -village now called +Mogos+, situated in a bay of the same name. -The name may perhaps be preserved in the name of a village in the same -neighbourhood, called Dnan Tarsia—now +Râs-el-Djard+—described as -high and rugged, and of a reddish colour. - -[93] +Kataia+ is now the island called +Kaes+ or +Kenn+. -Its character has altered, being now covered with dwarf trees, and -growing wheat and tobacco. It supplies ships with refreshment, chiefly -goats and sheep and a few vegetables. “At morning,” says Binning (I. -137), “we passed Polior, and at noon were running along the South side -of the Isle of Keesh, called in our maps Kenn; a fertile and populous -island about 7 miles in length. The inhabitants of this, as well as -of every other island in the Gulf, are of Arab blood—for every true -Persian appears to hate the very sight of the sea.” - -[94] The boundary between Karmania and Persis was formed by a range of -mountains opposite the island of +Kataia+. Ptolemy, however, makes -Karmania extend much further, to the river +Bagradas+, now called -the +Naban+ or +Nabend+. - -[95] +Kaikander+ has the other forms—Kekander, Kikander, -Kaskandrus, Karkundrus, Karskandrus, Sasækander. This island, which -is now called +Inderabia+, or +Andaravia+, is about four or -five miles from the mainland, having a small town on the north side, -where is a safe and commodious harbour. The other island mentioned -immediately after is probably that now called Busheab. It is, according -to Kempthorne, a low, flat island, about eleven miles from the -mainland, containing a small town principally inhabited by Arabs, who -live on fish and dates. The harbour has good anchorage even for large -vessels. - -[96] The pearl oyster is found from Ras Musendom to the head of the -Gulf. There are no famed banks on the Persian side, but near Bushire -there are some good ones. - -[97] +Apostana+ was near a place now called +Schevar+. It -is thought that the name may be traced in +Dahra+ +Ahbân+, -an adjacent mountain ridge of which Okhos was probably the southern -extremity. - -[98] This bay is that on which +Naban+ or +Nabend+ is now -situated. It is not far from the river called by Ptolemy the Bagradas. -The place abounds with palm-trees as of old. - -[99] +Gôgana+ is now +Konkan+ or +Konaun+. The bay lacks -depth of water; a stream still falls into it—the Areôn of the text. -To the north-west of this place in the interior lay +Pasargada+, -the ancient capital of Persia, and the burial-place of Kyros, in the -neighbourhood of Murghâb, a place to the N. E. of Shiraz (30° 24´ N. -56° 29´ E.). - -[100] The Sitakos has been identified with the Kara Agach, Mand, Mund -or Kakee river, which has a course of 300 miles. Its source is near -Kodiyan, which lies N. W. of Shiraz. At a part of its course it is -called the Kewar River. The meaning of its name is _black wood_. In -Pliny it appears as the Sitioganus. _Sitakon_ was probably the name -as Nearkhos heard it pronounced, as it frequently happens that when -a Greek writer comes upon a name like an oblique case in Greek, he -invents a nominative for it. With regard to the form of the name in -Pliny, ‘g’ is but a phonetic change instead of ‘k’. The ‘i’ is probably -an error in transcription for ‘t’. The Sitakos is probably the Brisoana -of Ptolemy, which can have no connexion with the later-mentioned -Brizana of our author. See _Report on the Persian Gulf_ by Colonel -Ross, lately issued. Pliny states that from the mouth of the Sitioganus -an ascent could be made to Pasargada, in seven days; but this is -manifestly an error. - -[101] The changes which have taken place along the coast have been so -considerable that it is difficult to explain this part of the narrative -consistently with the now existing state of things. - -[102] The peninsula, which is 10 miles in length and 3 in breadth, lies -so low that at times of high tide it is all but submerged. The modern -+Abu-Shahr+ or +Bushir+ is situated on it. - -[103] Nearkhos, it is probable, put into the mouth of the river now -called by some the +Kisht+, by others the Boshavir. A town exists -in the neighbourhood called +Gra+ or +Gran+, which may have -received its name from the Granis. The royal city (or rather palace), -200 stadia distant from this river, is mentioned by Strabo, xv. 3, 3, -as being situate on the coast. Ptolemy does not mention the Granis. He -makes Taökê to be an inland town, and calls all the district in this -part Taôkênê. Taokê may be the Touag mentioned by Idrisi, which is now -represented by Konar Takhta near the Kisht. - -[104] +Rhogonis.+—It is written Rhogomanis by Ammianus -Marcellinus, who mentions it as one of the four largest rivers in -Persia, the other three being the Vatrachitis, Brisoana, and Bagrada. -It is the river at the mouth of which is Bender-Righ or Regh, which -is considered now as in the days of Nearkhos to be a day’s sail from -Bushire. - -[105] “The measures here are neglected in the Journal, for we have only -800 stadia specified from Mesambria to Brizana, and none from Brizana -to the Arosis; but 800 stadia are short of 50 miles, while the real -distance from Mesambria (Bushir) to the Arosis with the winding of the -coast is above 140. In these two points we cannot be mistaken, and -therefore, besides the omission of the interval between Brizana and -the Arosis, there must be some defect in the Journal for which it is -impossible now to account.”—Vincent, 1. p. 405. - -[106] Another form of the name of this river is the Aroatis. It answers -to the Zarotis of Pliny, who states that the navigation at its mouth -was difficult, except to those well acquainted with it. It formed the -boundary between Persis and Susiana. The form Oroatis corresponds to -the Zend word _aurwat_ ‘swift.’ It is now called the Tâb. - -[107] On this point compare Strabo, bk. xv. 3, 1. - -[108] It has been conjectured that the text here is imperfect. -Schmieder opines that the story about the ambassadors is a fiction. - -[109] The bay of Kataderbis is that which receives the streams of the -+Mensureh+ and +Dorak+; at its entrance lie two islands, -Bunah and Ḍeri, one of which is the Margastana of Arrian. - -[110] +Diridôtis+ is called by other writers Terêdon, and is said -to have been founded by Nabukhodonosor. Mannert places it on the island -now called +Bubian+; Colonel Chesney, however, fixes its position -at +Jebel Sanâm+, a gigantic mound near the Pallacopas branch -of the Euphrates, considerably to the north of the embouchure of the -present Euphrates. Nearkhos had evidently passed unawares the stream -of the Tigris and sailed too far westward. Hence he had to retrace his -course, as mentioned in the next chapter. - -[111] This is the Eulæus, now called the +Karûn+, one arm of -which united with the Tigris, while the other fell into the sea by an -independent mouth. It is the +Ulai+ of the prophet Daniel. _Pas_ -is said to be an old Persian word, meaning _small_. By some writers the -name +Pasitigris+ was applied to the united stream of the Tigris -and Euphrates, now called the +Shat-el-Arab+. The courses of the -rivers and the conformation of the country in the parts here have all -undergone great changes, and hence the identification of localities -is a matter of difficulty and uncertainty. The following extract from -Strabo will illustrate this part of the narrative:— - -Polycletus says that the +Choaspes+, and the +Eulæus+, and -the +Tigris+ also enter a lake, and thence discharge themselves -into the sea; that on the side of the lake is a mart, as the rivers do -not receive the merchandize from the sea, nor convey it down to the -sea, on account of dams in the river, purposely constructed; and that -the goods are transported by land, a distance of 800 stadia, to Susis: -according to others, the rivers which flow through Susis discharge -themselves by the intermediate canals of the Euphrates into the single -stream of the Tigris, which on this account has at its mouth the name -of Pasitigris. According to Nearchus, the sea-coast of Susis is swampy, -and terminates at the river Euphrates; at its mouth is a village -which receives the merchandize from Arabia, for the coast of Arabia -approaches close to the mouths of the Euphrates and the Pasitigris; -the whole intermediate space is occupied by a lake which receives -the Tigris. On sailing up the Pasitigris 150 stadia is a bridge of -rafts leading to Susa from Persis, and is distant from Susa 60 (600?) -stadia; the Pasitigris is distant from the Oroatis about 2,000 stadia; -the ascent through the lake to the mouth of the Tigris is 600 stadia; -near the mouth stands the Susian village Aginis, distant from Susa 500 -stadia; the journey by water from the mouth of the Euphrates up to -Babylon, through a well-inhabited tract of country, is a distance of -more than 3,000 stadia.—Book xv. 3, _Bohn’s trans._ - -[112] The 3rd part of the _Indika_, the purport of which is to prove -that the southern parts of the world are uninhabitable, begins with -this chapter. - -[113] Here and subsequently meaning the Persian Gulf. - -[114] It is not known when or wherefore Ptolemy sent troops on this -expedition. - - * * * * * - -Transcriber's Notes - -Obvious typographical errors have been silently corrected. Variations -in hyphenation, spelling, accents and punctuation remain unchanged. - -Italics are represented thus _italic_ and geapertt thus +gespertt+. - -In the original, with one exception, Tamil is spelt with the diacritic -.. beneath the l. As this symbol is not available, the reader is asked -to imagine it. - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Commerce and Navigation of the -Erythraean Sea, by Anonymous - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK COMMERCE, NAVIGATION--ERYTHRAEAN SEA *** - -***** This file should be named 55054-0.txt or 55054-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/0/5/55054/ - -Produced by Turgut Dincer, Les Galloway and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/55054-0.zip b/old/55054-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 855282d..0000000 --- a/old/55054-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55054-h.zip b/old/55054-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e06cf4f..0000000 --- a/old/55054-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55054-h/55054-h.htm b/old/55054-h/55054-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 0faf0f0..0000000 --- a/old/55054-h/55054-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11889 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Commerce and Navigation of the Erythræan Sea, by An Anonymous Writer,. - </title> - <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> - <style type="text/css"> - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -/* Headings*/ - -h1 -{ - margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em; - text-align: center; - font-size: x-large; - font-weight: normal; - line-height: 1.6; -} - - h2,h3{ - text-align: center; - clear: both; - } - -div.chapter {page-break-before: always;} - -.half-title { - margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em; - text-align: center; - font-size: x-large; - font-weight: normal; - line-height: 1.6; - } - - -/* Paragraphs */ - -p { - margin-top: .75em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .75em; - text-indent: .75em; - } - - -.spaced {margin-top: 3em; margin-bottom: 3em;} - -.space-below {margin-bottom: 3em;} - -hr { - width: 33%; - margin-top: 2em; - margin-bottom: 2em; - margin-left: 33.5%; - margin-right: 33.5%; - clear: both; -} - -hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;} -hr.small {width: 25%; margin-left: 37.5%; margin-right: 37.5%;} - -/* Lists */ - -ul.index { list-style-type: none; } -li.ifrst { margin-top: 1em; } -li.indx { margin-top: .5em; } -li.head {text-align: center;} - -/* Tables */ - -table { - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; -} - .thb {text-align: center; border-right: 1px solid black; - border-top: 1px solid black; border-bottom: 1px solid black;} - .thbe {text-align: center; - border-top: 1px solid black; border-bottom: 1px solid black;} - .tdrb {text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom;} - .tdlb {text-align: left; vertical-align: bottom;} - .tdlbr {text-align: left; border-right: 1px solid black; - vertical-align: top;} - .tdrbr {text-align: right; border-right: 1px solid black; - vertical-align: bottom;} - -.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ - visibility: hidden; - position: absolute; - left: 92%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; -} /* page numbers */ - - -.blockquote { - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -.center {text-align: center;} - -.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} - -.xs {font-size: x-small;} -.small {font-size: small;} - -.gesperrt { - letter-spacing: 0.2em; - margin-right: -0.2em; - } - -em.gesperrt { - font-style: normal; - } - -/* Images */ - -img {border: none; max-width: 100%} - -.figcenter { - margin: 1em auto; - text-align: center; - } - -/* Footnotes */ - - .footnotes {border: dashed 1px;} - - .footnote { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; - font-size: 0.9em; - } - -.footnote .label { - position: absolute; - right: 84%; - text-align: right; - } - -.fnanchor { - vertical-align: super; - font-size: .8em; - text-decoration: none; - white-space: nowrap - } - -/* Poetry */ - - .poetry-container { - text-align: center; - margin: -1em 0; - } - - .poetry { - display: inline-block; - text-align: left; - } - -.poetry .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} - -.poetry .verse { - text-indent: -3em; - padding-left: 3em; - } - - -@media handheld { - .poetry { - display: block; - margin-left: 1em; - } - } - -/* Transcriber's notes */ - -.transnote { - background-color: #E6E6FA; - color: black; - font-size:smaller; - padding:0.5em; - margin-bottom:5em; - font-family:sans-serif, serif; - } - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Commerce and Navigation of the -Erythraean Sea, by Anonymous - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: The Commerce and Navigation of the Erythraean Sea - Being a Translation of the Periplus Maris Erythraei and - Arrian's Account of the Voyage of Nearkhos - -Author: Anonymous - -Translator: John Watson McCrindle - -Release Date: July 5, 2017 [EBook #55054] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK COMMERCE, NAVIGATION--ERYTHRAEAN SEA *** - - - - -Produced by Turgut Dincer, Les Galloway and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - - - - - -</pre> - - -<div class="figcenter"> -<img src="images/title.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> -<hr class="chap" /> - - -<h1> -<small>THE</small><br /> - -<small>COMMERCE AND NAVIGATION</small><br /> - -<span class="xs">OF THE</span><br /> - -ERYTHRÆAN SEA;</h1> - -<p class="center">BEING A TRANSLATION<br /> - -<span class="xs">OF THE</span></p> - -<p class="center">PERIPLUS MARIS ERYTHRÆI,</p> - -<p class="center"><span class="xs">BY AN ANONYMOUS WRITER,</span></p> - -<p class="center"><span class="xs">AND OF</span></p> - -<p class="center">ARRIAN’S ACCOUNT OF THE VOYAGE OF NEARKHOS,<br /> - -<span class="xs">FROM THE MOUTH OF THE INDUS TO THE HEAD OF THE<br /> -PERSIAN GULF.</span></p> - - -<p class="center small">WITH INTRODUCTIONS, COMMENTARY, NOTES,<br /> -AND INDEX.</p> - -<p class="center"><span class="xs">BY</span><br /> - -<span class="smcap">J. W. McCRINDLE, M.A. Edin.</span>,<br /> - - -<span class="xs">PRINCIPAL OF THE GOVERNMENT COLLEGE, PATNA; -MEMBER OF THE COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH; -FELLOW OF THE CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY.</span></p> - -<p class="center"><span class="xs">(<i>Reprinted, with additions, from the Indian Antiquary.</i>)</span></p> - -<p class="center small">Calcutta:<br /> -THACKER, SPINK & Co.</p> - -<p class="center small">Bombay:<br /> -ED. SOC. PRESS.</p> - -<p class="center small">London:<br /> -TRÜBNER & Co.<br /> -1879.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - - -<p class="center spaced small"> -BOMBAY:<br /> -PRINTED AT THE EDUCATION SOCIETY’S PRESS, BYCULLA. -</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="chapter"></div> -<h2>Table of Contents</h2> -<p> -<a href="#PREFACE">PREFACE.</a><br /> -<a href="#PERIPLUS_OF_THE_ERYTHRAEAN_SEA">PERIPLUS OF THE ERYTHRÆAN SEA.</a><br /> -<a href="#Introduction1"><span class="smcap">Introduction.</span></a><br /> -<a href="#ANONYMI_ARRIANI_UT_FERTUR">ANONYMI [ARRIANI UT FERTUR] PERIPLUS MARIS ERYTHRÆI.</a><br /> -<a href="#THE_VOYAGE_OF_NEARKHOS">THE VOYAGE OF NEARKHOS.</a><br /> -<a href="#Introduction2"><span class="smcap">Introduction.</span></a><br /> -<a href="#Translation"><span class="smcap">Translation.</span></a><br /> -<a href="#INDEX">INDEX.</a><br /> -</p> - - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii">[Pg iii]</a></span></p> - - -<h2><a name="PREFACE" id="PREFACE">PREFACE.</a></h2> - - -<p>In the Preface to my former work, “Ancient -India as described by Megasthenês and Arrian,” -I informed the reader that it was my intention -to publish from time to time translations of the -Greek and Latin works which relate to ancient -India, until the series should be exhausted, and -the present volume is the second instalment -towards the fulfilment of that undertaking. -It contains a translation of the <i>Periplûs</i> (<i>i. e. -Circumnavigation</i>) <i>of the Erythræan Sea</i>, -together with a translation of the second part -of the <i>Indika</i> of Arrian describing the celebrated -voyage made by Nearkhos from the -mouth of the Indus to the head of the Persian -Gulf. Arrian’s narrative, copied from the -Journal of the voyage written by Nearkhos -himself, forms an admirable supplement to the -Periplûs, as it contains a minute description of -a part of the Erythræan Coast which is merely -glanced at by the author of that work. The -translations have been prepared from the most -approved texts. The notes, in a few instances -only, bear upon points of textual criticism, -their main object being to present in a concise -form for popular reading the most recent results -of learned enquiry directed to verify, correct,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv">[Pg iv]</a></span> -or otherwise illustrate the contents of the -narratives.</p> - -<p>The warm and unanimous approbation bestowed -upon the first volume of this series, both -by the Press in this country and at home, has -given me great encouragement to proceed with -the undertaking, and a third volume is now in -preparation, to contain the <i>Indika</i> of Ktêsias -and the account of India given by Strabo in the -15th Book of his Geography.</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p><i>Patna College, June 1879.</i></p></blockquote> -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="chapter"></div> - - - - -<p class="half-title"> -<small>ANONYMI [ARRIANI UT FERTUR]</small><br /> - -<big>PERIPLUS MARIS ERYTHRÆI</big>.</p> - - -<p class="center small">TRANSLATED FROM THE TEXT<br /> - -As given in the <i>Geographi Græci Minores</i>, edited by<br /> -C. Muller: Paris, 1855.</p> - -<p class="center small space-below">WITH INTRODUCTION AND COMMENTARY. -</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a><br /></span></p> - - - - -<h2 id="PERIPLUS_OF_THE_ERYTHRAEAN_SEA">PERIPLUS OF THE ERYTHRÆAN SEA.</h2> - - - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h3 id="Introduction1"><span class="smcap">Introduction.</span><a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></h3> - - -<p>The <i>Periplûs of the Erythræan Sea</i> is the title -prefixed to a work which contains the best account -of the commerce carried on from the Red Sea and -the coast of Africa to the East Indies during the -time that Egypt was a province of the Roman empire. -The <em class="gesperrt">Erythræan Sea</em> was an appellation -given in those days to the whole expanse of ocean -reaching from the coast of Africa to the utmost -boundary of ancient knowledge on the East—an -appellation in all appearance deduced from the -entrance into it by the Straits of the Red Sea, -styled <em class="gesperrt">Erythra</em> by the Greeks, and not excluding -the Gulf of Persia.</p> - -<p>The author was a Greek merchant, who in the -first century of the Christian era had, it would -appear, settled at <em class="gesperrt">Berenîkê</em>, a great seaport -situated in the southern extremity of Egypt, -whence he made commercial voyages which carried -him to the seaports of Eastern Africa as far as -<em class="gesperrt">Azania</em>, and to those of Arabia as far as <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em>, -whence, by taking advantage of the south-west -monsoon, he crossed over to the ports lying on -the western shores of India. Having made careful<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span> -observations and inquiries regarding the navigation -and commerce of these countries, he committed -to writing, for the benefit of other merchants, -the knowledge which he had thus acquired. Much -cannot be said in praise of the style in which he -writes. It is marked by a rude simplicity, which -shows that he was not a man of literary culture, -but in fact a mere man of business, who in composing -restricts himself to a narrow round of set -phrases, and is indifferent alike to grace, freedom, -or variety of expression. It shows further that -he was a Greek settled in Egypt, and that he must -have belonged to an isolated community of his -countrymen, whose speech had become corrupt by -much intercourse with foreigners. It presents a -very striking contrast to the rhetorical diction -which <em class="gesperrt">Agatharkhidês</em>, a great master of all -the tricks of speech, employs in his description of -the Erythræan. For all shortcomings, however, -in the style of the work, there is ample compensation -in the fulness, variety, accuracy, and utility -of the information which it conveys. Such indeed -is its superiority on these points that it must be -reckoned as a most precious treasure: for to it -we are indebted far more than to any other work -for most of our knowledge of the remote shores of -Eastern Africa, and the marts of India, and the -condition of ancient commerce in these parts of -the world.</p> - -<p>The name of the author is unknown. In the Heidelberg -MS., which alone has preserved the little -work, and contains it after the <i>Periplûs</i> of Arrian, -the title given is -Αρῥιανου περιπλους της' Ερυθρας -θαλασσης. Trusting to the correctness of this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span> -title, Stuckius attributed the work to <em class="gesperrt">Arrian</em> of -Nikomedia, and Fabricius to another Arrian who -belonged to Alexandria. No one, however, who -knows how ancient books are usually treated can -fail to see what the real fact here is, viz. that -since not only the <i>Periplûs Maris Erythræi</i>, but -also the <i>Anonymi Periplûs Ponti Euxini</i> (whereof -the latter part occurs in the Heidelberg MS. before -Arrian’s <i>Ponti Periplûs</i>) are attributed to Arrian, -and the different Arrians are not distinguished -by any indications afforded by the titles, there can -be no doubt that the well-known name of the -Nikomedian writer was transferred to the books -placed in juxtaposition to his proper works, by -the arbitrary judgment of the librarians. In fact -it very often happens that short works written by -different authors are all referred to one and the -same author, especially if they treat of the same -subject and are published conjointly in the same -volume. But in the case of the work before us, -any one would have all the more readily ascribed -it to Arrian who had heard by report anything -of the <i>Paraplûs</i> of the Erythræan Sea described -in that author’s <i>Indika</i>. On this point there -is the utmost unanimity of opinion among -writers.</p> - -<p>That the author, whatever may have been his -name, lived in Egypt, is manifest. Thus he says -in § 29: “Several of the trees <i>with us</i> in Egypt -weep gum,” and he joins the names of the -Egyptian months with the Roman, as may be -seen by referring to §§ 6, 39, 49, and 56. The place -in which he was settled was probably Berenîkê, -since it was from that port he embarked on his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span> -voyages to Africa and Arabia, and since he speaks -of the one coast as on the right from Berenîkê, -and the other on the left. The whole tenor of the -work proclaims that he must have been a merchant. -That the entire work is not a mere compilation -from the narratives or journals of other merchants -and navigators, but that the author had himself -visited some of the seats of trade which he describes, -is in itself probable, and is indicated in § 20, -where, contrary to the custom of the ancient -writers, he speaks in his own person:—“In sailing -south, therefore, <i>we</i> stand off from the shore and -keep <i>our</i> course down the middle of the gulf.” -Compare with this what is said in § 48: προς -την εμποριαν την ἑμετεραν.</p> - -<p>As regards the age to which the writer belonged: -it is first of all evident that he wrote after the -times of Augustus, since in § 23 mention is made -of the Roman Emperors. That he was older, -however, than <em class="gesperrt">Ptolemy</em> the Geographer, is -proved by his geography, which knows nothing of -India beyond the Ganges except the traditional -account current from the days of Eratosthenês to -those of Pliny, while it is evident that Ptolemy -possessed much more accurate information regarding -these parts. It confirms this view that -while our author calls the island of Ceylon <em class="gesperrt">Palaisimoundou</em>, -Ptolemy calls it by the name -subsequently given to it—<em class="gesperrt">Salikê</em>. Again, from -§ 19, it is evident that he wrote before the -kingdom of the Nubathæans was abolished by -the Romans. Moreover Pliny (VI. xxvi. 101), in -proceeding to describe the navigation to the -marts of India by the direct route across the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span> -ocean with the wind called Hippalos, writes to -this effect:—“And for a long time this was the -mode of navigation, until a merchant discovered -a compendious route whereby India was brought -so near that to trade thither became very lucrative. -For, every year a fleet is despatched, carrying -on board companies of archers, since the -Indian seas are much infested by pirates. Nor -will a description of the whole voyage from Egypt -tire the reader, since now for the first time correct -information regarding it has been made public.” -Compare with this the statement of the <i>Periplûs</i> -in § 57, and it will be apparent that while this -route to India had only just come into use in the -time of Pliny, it had been for some time in use in -the days of our author. Now, as <em class="gesperrt">Pliny</em> died in -79 <span class="smcap">A.D.</span>, and had completed his work two years -previously, it may be inferred that he had written -the 6th book of his <i>Natural History</i> before our -author wrote his work. A still more definite indication -of his date is furnished in § 5, where -<em class="gesperrt">Zoskalês</em> is mentioned as reigning in his -times over the Auxumitae. Now in a list of the -early kings of Abyssinia the name of <em class="gesperrt">Za-Hakale</em> -occurs, who must have reigned from -77 to 89 <span class="smcap">A.D.</span> This <em class="gesperrt">Za-Hakale</em> is doubtless -the <em class="gesperrt">Zoskalês</em> of the <i>Periplûs</i>, and was the -contemporary of the emperors Vespasian, Titus, -and Domitian. We conclude, therefore, that the -<i>Periplûs</i> was written a little after the death of -Pliny, between the years <span class="smcap">A.D.</span> 80-89.</p> - -<p>Opinions on this point, however, have varied -considerably. Salmasius thought that Pliny and -our author wrote at the same time, though their ac<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>counts -of the same things are often contradictory. -In support of this view he adduces the statement -of the <i>Periplûs</i> (§ 54), “<em class="gesperrt">Muziris</em>, a place in India, -is in the kingdom of Kêprobotres,” when compared -with the statement of Pliny (VI. xxvi. 104), -“<em class="gesperrt">Cœlobothras</em> was reigning there when I -committed this to writing;” and argues that since -<em class="gesperrt">Kêprobotres</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Cœlobothras</em> are but -different forms of the same name, the two authors -must have been contemporary. The inference is, -however, unwarrantable, since the name in question, -like that of <em class="gesperrt">Pandiôn</em>, was a common appellation -of the kings who ruled over that part of India.</p> - -<p>Dodwell, again, was of opinion that the <i>Periplûs</i> -was written after the year <span class="smcap">A.D.</span> 161, when Marcus -Aurelius and Lucius Verus were joint emperors. -He bases, in the first place, his defence of this view -on the statement in § 26: “Not long before our -own times the Emperor (Καῖσαρ) destroyed the -place,” viz. <em class="gesperrt">Eudaimón-Arabia</em>, now Aden. -This emperor he supposes must have been Trajan, -who, according to Eutropius (VIII. 3), reduced -Arabia to the form of a province. Eutropius, however, -meant by Arabia only that small part of it -which adjoins Syria. This Dodwell not only denies, -but also asserts that the conquest of Trajan embraced -the whole of the Peninsula—a sweeping -inference, which he bases on a single passage -in the <i>Periplûs</i> (§ 16) where the south part -of Arabia is called ἡ πρώτη Αραβία, “the First -Arabia.” From this expression he gathers that -Trajan, after his conquest of the country, had -divided it into several provinces, designated according -to the order in which they were consti<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>tuted. -The language of the <i>Periplûs</i>, however, -forbids us to suppose that there is here any reference -to a Roman province. What the passage -states is that <em class="gesperrt">Azania</em> (in Africa) was by -ancient right subject to the kingdom τῆς πρώτης -γινομένης (λεγομένης according to Dodwell) Ἀραβίας, -and was ruled by the despot of <em class="gesperrt">Mapharitis</em>.</p> - -<p>Dodwell next defends the date he has fixed on -by the passage in § 23, where it is said that <em class="gesperrt">Kharibaël</em> -sought by frequent gifts and embassies -to gain the friendship of the emperors -(τῶν αὐτοκρατόρων). He thinks that the time is here -indicated when M. Aurelius and L. Verus were -reigning conjointly, <span class="smcap">A.D.</span> 161-181. There is no -need, however, to put this construction on the -words, which may without any impropriety be -taken to mean ‘<i>the emperors for the time being</i>,’ -viz. Vespasian, Titus, and Domitian.</p> - -<p>Vincent adopted the opinion of Salmasius regarding -the date of the work, but thinks that the -Kaîsar mentioned in § 26 was Claudius. “The -Romans,” he says,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span> “from the time they first entered -Arabia under Ælius Gallus, had always maintained -a footing on the coast of the Red Sea. They -had a garrison at <em class="gesperrt">Leukê Kômê</em>, in Nabathaea, -where they collected the customs; and -it is apparent that they extended their power -down the gulf and to the ports of the ocean -in the reign of Claudius, as the freedman of -<em class="gesperrt">Annius Plocamus</em> was in the act of collecting -the tributes there when he was carried out to -sea and over to <em class="gesperrt">Taprobanê</em>. If we add to this -the discovery of Hippalus in the same reign, we -find a better reason for the destruction of Aden at -this time than at any other.” The assertion in -this extract that the garrison and custom-house -at <em class="gesperrt">Leukê Kômê</em> belonged to the Romans is not -warranted by the language of the <i>Periplûs</i>, which -in fact shows that they belonged to <em class="gesperrt">Malikhos</em> -the king of the Nabathæans. Again, it is a mere -conjecture that the voyage which the freedman of -Plocamus (who, according to Pliny, farmed the -revenues of the Red Sea) was making along the -coast of Arabia, when he was carried away by the -monsoon to Taprobanê, was a voyage undertaken to -collect the revenues due to the Roman treasury. -With regard to the word Καῖσαρ, which has -occasioned so much perplexity, it is most probably -a corrupt reading in a text notorious for its -corruptness. The proper reading may perhaps -be ΕΛΙΣΑΡ. At any rate, had one of the emperors -in reality destroyed Aden, it is unlikely -that their historians would have failed to mention -such an important fact.</p> - -<p>Schwanbeck, although he saw the weakness of -the arguments with which Salmasius and Vincent -endeavoured to establish their position, nevertheless -thought that our author lived in the age -of Pliny and wrote a little before him, because -those particulars regarding the Indian navigation -which Pliny says became known in his age agree, -on the whole, so well with the statement in the -<i>Periplûs</i> that they must have been extracted -therefrom. No doubt there are, he allows, some -discrepancies; but those, he thinks, may be ascribed -to the haste or negligence of the copyist. A careful -examination, however, of parallel passages in -Pliny and the <i>Periplûs</i> show this assertion to be<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span> -untenable. Vincent himself speaks with caution -on this point:—“There is,” he says, “no absolute -proof that either copied from the other. But those -who are acquainted with Pliny’s methods of -abbreviation would much rather conclude, if one -must be a copyist, that his title to this office is -the clearest.”</p> - -<p>From these preliminary points we pass on to -consider the contents of the work, and these may -be conveniently reviewed under the three heads -Geography, Navigation, Commerce. In the commentary, -which is to accompany the translation, -the Geography will be examined in detail. Meanwhile -we shall enumerate the voyages which are -distinguishable in the <i>Periplûs</i>,<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a> and the articles of -commerce which it specifies.</p> - - -<h4>I. <span class="smcap">Voyages mentioned in the Periplus.</span></h4> - -<p>I. A voyage from <i>Berenîkê</i>, in the south of -Egypt, down the western coast of the Red Sea -through the Straits, along the coast of Africa, -round Cape Guardafui, and then southward along -the eastern coast of Africa as far as Rhapta, a -place about six degrees south of the equator.</p> - -<p>II. We are informed of two distinct courses -confined to the Red Sea: one from Myos Hormos, -in the south of Egypt, across the northern end -of the sea to Leukê Kômê, on the opposite coast of -Arabia, near the mouth of the Elanitic Gulf, whence -it was continued to Mouza, an Arabian port lying -not far westward from the Straits; the other from -Berenîkê directly down the gulf to this same port</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span></p> - -<p>III. There is described next to this a voyage -from the mouth of the Straits along the southern -coast of Arabia round the promontory now called -Ras-el-Had, whence it was continued along the -eastern coast of Arabia as far as Apologos (now -Oboleh), an important emporium at the head of the -Persian Gulf, near the mouth of the river -Euphrates.</p> - -<p>IV. Then follows a passage from the Straits to -India by three different routes: the first by -adhering to the coasts of Arabia, Karmania, Gedrosia, -and Indo-Skythia, which terminated at -<em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> (Bharoch), a great emporium on the river -<em class="gesperrt">Nammadios</em> (the Narmadâ), at a distance of -thirty miles from its mouth; the second from -<em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em>, a port to the west of <em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em>, a great -projection on the south coast of Arabia, now Cape -Fartaque; and the third from Cape Guardafui, on -the African side—both across the ocean by the -monsoon to <em class="gesperrt">Mouziris</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Nelkunda</em>, great -commercial cities on the coast of Malabar.</p> - -<p>V. After this we must allow a similar voyage -performed by the Indians to Arabia, or by the -Arabians to India, previous to the performance of -it by the Greeks, because the Greeks as late as the -reign of Philomêtôr met this commerce in Sabæa.</p> - -<p>VI. We obtain an incidental knowledge of a -voyage conducted from ports on the east coast of -Africa over to India by the monsoon long before -Hippalos introduced the knowledge of that wind -to the Roman world. This voyage was connected, -no doubt, with the commerce of Arabia, since the -Arabians were the great traffickers of antiquity, and -held in subjection part of the sea-board of Eastern<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span> -Africa. The Indian commodities imported into -Africa were rice, ghee, oil of sesamum, sugar, -cotton, muslins, and sashes. These commodities, -the <i>Periplûs</i> informs us, were brought sometimes -in vessels destined expressly for the coast of Africa, -while at others they were only part of the cargo, -out of vessels which were proceeding to another -port. Thus we have two methods of conducting -this commerce perfectly direct; and another -by touching on this coast with a final destination -to Arabia. This is the reason that the -Greeks found cinnamon and the produce of India -on this coast, when they first ventured to pass -the Straits in order to seek a cheaper market than -Sabæa.</p> - - -<h4>II. <span class="smcap">Articles of Commerce mentioned -in the Periplus.</span></h4> - -<p>I. Animals:—</p> - -<p>1. Παρθένοι εὐειδεῖς πρὸς παλλακίαν—Handsome -girls for the haram, imported into Barugaza for -the king (<a href="#para_49">49</a>).<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p> - -<p>2. Δούλικα κρείσσονα—Tall slaves, procured at -Opônê, imported into Egypt (<a href="#para_14">14</a>).</p> - -<p>3. Σώματα θηλυκὰ—Female slaves, procured -from Arabia and India, imported into the island -of Dioskoridês (<a href="#para_31">31</a>).</p> - -<p>4. Σώματα—Slaves imported from Omana and -Apologos into Barugaza (<a href="#para_36">36</a>), and from Moundou -and Malaô (8, 9).</p> - -<p>5. Ἱπποι—Horses imported into Kanê for the -king, and into Mouza for the despot (23, 24).</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span></p> - -<p>6. Ἡμὶοναι νωτηγοὶ—Sumpter mules imported -into Mouza for the despot (<a href="#para_24">24</a>).</p> - -<p>II. Animal Products:—</p> - -<p>1. Βούτυρον—Butter, or the Indian preparation -therefrom called <i>ghî</i>, a product of Ariakê (<a href="#para_41">41</a>); -exported from Barugaza to the Barbarine markets -beyond the Straits (<a href="#para_14">14</a>). The word, according to -Pliny (xxviii. 9), is of Skythian origin, though -apparently connected with Βους, τυρος. The -reading is, however, suspected by Lassen, who -would substitute Βοσμορον or Βοσπορον, <i>a kind of -grain</i>.</p> - -<p>2. Δέρματα Σηρικὰ —Chinese hides or furs. Exported -from Barbarikon, a mart on the Indus (<a href="#para_39">39</a>). -Vincent suspected the reading δερματα, but groundlessly, -for Pliny mentions the Sêres sending their -iron along with vestments and hides (<i>vestibus -pellibusque</i>), and among the presents sent to -Yudhishṭhira by the Śâka, Tushâra and Kaṅka -skins are enumerated.—<i>Mahâbh.</i> ii. 50, quoted by -Lassen.</p> - -<p>3. Ἐλέφας—Ivory. Exported from Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>), -Aualitês (<a href="#para_8">8</a>), Ptolemaïs (<a href="#para_3">3</a>), Mossulon (<a href="#para_10">10</a>), and the -ports of Azania (16, 17). Also from Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>), -Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>); a species of ivory -called Βωσαρη is produced in Desarênê (<a href="#para_62">62</a>).</p> - -<p>4. Ἔριον Σηρικὸν—Chinese cotton. Imported -from the country of the Thînai through Baktria -to Barugaza, and by the Ganges to Bengal, and -thence to Dimurikê (<a href="#para_64">64</a>). By Εριον Vincent seems -to understand silk in the raw state.</p> - -<p>5. Κέρατα—Horns. Exported from Barugaza to -the marts of Omana and Apologos (<a href="#para_36">36</a>). Müller -suspects this reading, thinking it strange that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span> -such an article as <i>horns</i> should be mentioned -between <i>wooden beams</i> and <i>logs</i>. He thinks, therefore, -that Κέρατα is either used in some technical -sense, or that the reading Κορμῶν or Κορμίων -should be substituted—adding that Κορμοὺς ἐβένου, -<i>planks of ebony</i>, are at all events mentioned by -Athênaios (p. 201<i>a</i>) where he is quoting Kallixenos -of Rhodes.</p> - -<p>6. Κοράλλιον—Coral. (Sans. <i>pravâla</i>, Hindi -<i>mûngâ</i>.) Imported into Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>), Barbarikon -on the Indus (<a href="#para_39">39</a>), Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>), and Naoura, -Tundis, Mouziris, and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>).</p> - -<p>7. Λάκκος χρωμάτινος—Coloured lac. Exported -to Adouli from Ariakê (<a href="#para_6">6</a>). The Sanskṛit word -is <i>lâkshâ</i>, which is probably a later form of <i>râkshâ</i>, -connected, as Lassen thinks, with <i>râga</i>, from the -root <i>raṅj</i>, to dye. The vulgar form is <i>lâkkha</i>. -Gum-lac is a substance produced on the leaves -and branches of certain trees by an insect, both -as a covering for its egg and food for its young. -It yields a fine red dye.<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> Salmasius thinks that -by λάκκος χρωμάτινος must be understood not lac -itself, but vestments dyed therewith.</p> - -<p>8. Μαργαρίτης—Pearl. (Sans. <i>mukta</i>, Hindi, -<i>motí</i>.) Exported in considerable quantity and of -superior quality from Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>). -Cf. πινικον.</p> - -<p>9. Νημα Σῆρικόν—Silk thread. From the coun<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>try -of the Thînai: imported into Barugaza and -the marts of Dimurikê (<a href="#para_64">64</a>). Exported from -Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>), and also from Barbarikon on the -Indus (<a href="#para_39">39</a>).” It is called μέταξα by Procopius and all -the later writers, as well as by the <i>Digest</i>, and was -known without either name to Pliny”—Vincent.</p> - -<p>10. Πινίκιος κόγχος—the Pearl-oyster. (Sans. -<i>śukti</i>.) Fished for at the entrance to the Persian -Gulf (<a href="#para_35">35</a>). Pearl πίνικον inferior to the Indian -sort exported in great quantity from the marts of -Apologos and Omana (<a href="#para_36">36</a>). A pearl fishery (Πινικοῦ κολύμβησις) -in the neighbourhood of Kolkhoi, in -the kingdom of Pandiôn, near the island of Epiodôros; -the produce transported to Argalou, in the -interior of the country, where muslin robes with -pearl inwoven (μαργαρίτιδες σινδόνες) were fabricated -(59). The reading of the MS. is σινδόνες, -ἐβαργαρείτιδες λεγόμεναι, for which Salmasius proposed -to read μαργαριτιδες. Müller suggests -instead αἱ Ἀργαρίτιδες, as if the muslin bore the -name of the place <i>Argarou</i> or <i>Argulou</i>, where it was -made.</p> - -<p>Pearl is also obtained in Taprobanê (<a href="#para_61">61</a>); is -imported into the emporium on the Ganges called -Gangê (<a href="#para_63">63</a>).</p> - -<p>11. Πορφύρα—Purple. Of a common as well as -of a superior quality, imported from Egypt into -Mouza (<a href="#para_24">24</a>) and Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>), and from the marts of -Apologos and Omana into Barugaza (<a href="#para_36">36</a>).</p> - -<p>12. Ῥἱνόκερως—Rhinoceros (Sans. <i>khadgaḍ</i>)—the -horn or the teeth, and probably the skin. -Exported from Adouli (<a href="#para_16">16</a>), and the marts of -Azania (<a href="#para_7">7</a>). Bruce found the hunting of the -rhinoceros still a trade in Abyssinia.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span></p> - -<p>13. Χελώνη—Tortoise (Sans. <i>kachchhapa</i>) or -tortoise-shell. Exported from Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>) and -Aualitês (<a href="#para_7">7</a>); a small quantity of the genuine and -land tortoise, and a white sort with a small shell, exported -from Ptolemaïs (<a href="#para_3">3</a>); small shells (Χελωνάρια) -exported from Mossulon (<a href="#para_10">10</a>); a superior sort -in great quantity from Opônê (<a href="#para_13">13</a>); the mountain -tortoise from the island of Menouthias (<a href="#para_15">15</a>); a -kind next in quality to the Indian from the marts -of Azania (16, 17); the genuine, land, white, and -mountain sort with shells of extraordinary size -from the island of Dioskoridês (30, 31); a good -quantity from the island of Serapis (<a href="#para_33">33</a>); the best -kind in all the Erythræan—that of the Golden -Khersonêsos (<a href="#para_63">63</a>), sent to Mouziris and Nelkunda, -whence it is exported along with that of the -islands off the coast of Dimurikê (probably the -Laccadive islands) (<a href="#para_56">56</a>); tortoise is also procured -in Taprobanê (<a href="#para_61">61</a>).</p> - - -<p>III.—Plants and their products:—</p> - -<p>1. Αλόη—the aloe (Sans. <i>agaru</i>). Exported from -Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>). The sort referred to is probably the -bitter cathartic, not the aromatic sort supposed -by some to be the sandalwood. It grows abundantly -in Sokotra, and it was no doubt exported -thence to Kanê. “It is remarkable,” says Vincent, -“that when the author of the <i>Periplûs</i> arrives at -Sokotra he says nothing of the aloe, and mentions -only Indian cinnabar as a gum or resin distilling -from a tree: but the confounding of cinnabar with -dragon’s-blood was a mistake of ancient date and -a great absurdity” (II. p. 689).</p> - -<p>2. Ἀρώματα—aromatics (ευωδια, θυμιαματα.) -Exported from Aualitês (<a href="#para_7">7</a>), Mossulon (<a href="#para_10">10</a>). Among<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span> -the spices of Tabai (<a href="#para_12">12</a>) are enumerated ἀσύβη καί -ἄρωμα καί μάγλα, and similarly among the commodities -of Opônê κασσία καὶ ἄρωμα καὶ μότω; and -in these passages perhaps a particular kind of -aromatic (cinnamon?) may by preëminence be -called ἄρωμα. The occurrence, however, in two -instances of such a familiar word as ἄρωμα between -two outlandish words is suspicious, and this has -led Müller to conjecture that the proper reading -may be ἀρηβὼ, which Salmasius, citing Galen, -notes to be a kind of cassia.</p> - -<p>3. Ασύβη—Asuphê, a kind of cassia. Exported -from Tabai (<a href="#para_12">12</a>). “This term,” says Vincent, “if -not Oriental, is from the Greek ἀσύφηλος, signifying -<i>cheap</i> or <i>ordinary</i>; but we do not find ἀσύφη -used in this manner by other authors: it may be an -Alexandrian corruption of the language, or it may -be the abbreviation of a merchant in his invoice.” -(<i>Asafœtida</i>, Sans. <i>hingu</i> or <i>bâhlika</i>, Mar. <i>hing</i>.)</p> - -<p>4. Βδελλα, (common form Βδελλιον). Bdella, -Bdellium, produced on the sea-coast of Gedrosia -(<a href="#para_37">37</a>); exported from Barbarikon on the Indus -(<a href="#para_39">39</a>); brought from the interior of India to Barugaza -(<a href="#para_48">48</a>) for foreign export (<a href="#para_49">49</a>). Bdella is the gum -of the <i>Balsamodendron Mukul</i>, a tree growing in Sind, -Kâṭhiâvâḍ, and the Dîsâ district.<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> It is used both -as an incense and as a cordial medicine. The -bdellium of Scripture is a crystal, and has nothing -in common with the bdellium of the <i>Periplûs</i> but -its transparency. Conf. Dioskorid. i. 80; Plin. xii. -9; Galen, <i>Therapeut. ad Glauc.</i> II. p. 106; Lassen,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span> -<i>Ind. Alt.</i> vol. I. p. 290; Vincent, vol. II. p. 690; -Yule’s <i>Marco Polo</i>, vol. II. p. 387. The etymology -of the word is uncertain. Lassen suspects it to be -Indian.</p> - -<p>5. Γίζειρ—Gizeir, a kind of cassia exported from -Tabai (<a href="#para_12">12</a>). This sort is noticed and described by -Dioskoridês.</p> - -<p>6. Δόκος—Beams of wood. Exported from -Barugaza to the marts of Omana and Apologos -(<a href="#para_36">36</a>). (? Blackwood.)</p> - -<p>7. Δούακα—Douaka, a kind of cassia. Exported -from Malaô and Moundou (8, 9). It was probably -that inferior species which in Dioskorid. i. 12, is -called δακαρ or δακαρ or δαρκα.</p> - -<p>8. Ἐβένιναι φάλαγγες—Logs of ebony (<i>Diospyros -melanoxylon</i>.) Exported from Barugaza to the -marts of Omana and Apologos (<a href="#para_36">36</a>).</p> - -<p>9. Ελαιον—Oil (<i>tila</i>). Exported from Egypt to -Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>); ἔλαιον σησαμινον, oil of sêsamê, a -product of Ariakê (<a href="#para_41">41</a>). Exported from Barugaza -to the Barbarine markets (<a href="#para_14">14</a>), and to Moskha in -Arabia (<a href="#para_32">32</a>).<a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a></p> - -<p>10. Ἰνδικόν μέλαν—Indigo. (Sans. <i>nîlî</i>, Guj. -<i>gulî</i>.) Exported from Skythic Barbarikon (<a href="#para_39">39</a>). It -appears pretty certain that the culture of the -indigo plant and the preparation of the drug have -been practised in India from a very remote epoch. -It has been questioned, indeed, whether the Indicum -mentioned by Pliny (xxxv. 6) was indigo, -but, as it would seem, without any good reason. -He states that it was brought from India, and -that when diluted it produced an admirable mixture<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span> -of blue and purple colours. <i>Vide</i> McCulloch’s -<i>Commer. Dict.</i> s. v. <i>Indigo</i>. Cf. Salmas, in <i>Exerc.</i> -Plin. p. 181. The dye was introduced into Rome -only a little before Pliny’s time.</p> - -<p>11. Κάγκαμον—Kankamon. Exported from Malaô -and Moundou (8, 10). According to Dioskoridês -i. 23, it is the exudation of a wood, like myrrh, and -used for fumigation. Cf. Plin. xii. 44. According -to Scaliger it was gum-lac used as a dye. It -is the “dekamalli” gum of the bazars.</p> - -<p>12. Κάρπασος—Karpasus (Sans. <i>kârpâsa'</i>; Heb. -karpas,) <i>Gossypium arboreum</i>, fine muslin—a product -of Ariakê (<a href="#para_41">41</a>). “How this word found its -way into Italy, and became the Latin <i>carbasus</i>, -fine linen, is surprising, when it is not found in -the Greek language. The Καρπασιον λινον of -Pausanias (<i>in Atticis</i>), of which the wick was -formed for the lamp of Pallas, is asbestos, so called -from Karpasos, a city of Crete—Salmas. Plin. -<i>Exercit.</i> p. 178. Conf. Q. Curtius viii. 9:—‘Carbaso -Indi corpora usque ad pedes velant, corumque rex -lecticâ margaritis circumpendentibus recumbit -distinctis auro et purpurâ carbasis quâ indutus -est.’” Vincent II. 699.</p> - -<p>13. Κασσία or Κασία (Sans. <i>kuta</i>, Heb. <i>kiddah</i> and -<i>keziah</i>). Exported from Tabai (<a href="#para_12">12</a>); a coarse kind -exported from Malaô and Moundou (8, 9); a vast -quantity exported from Mossulon and Opônê (10, 13).</p> - -<p>“This spice,” says Vincent,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span> “is mentioned frequently -in the <i>Periplûs</i>, and with various additions, -intended to specify the different sorts, -properties, or appearances of the commodity. It -is a species of cinnamon, and manifestly the same -as what we call cinnamon at this day; but different -from that of the Greeks and Romans, -which was not a bark, nor rolled up into pipes, -like ours. Theirs was the tender shoot of the -same plant, and of much higher value.” “If our -cinnamon,” he adds, “is the ancient casia, our casia -again is an inferior sort of cinnamon.” Pliny -(xii. 19) states that the cassia is of a larger size -than the cinnamon, and has a thin rind rather -than a bark, and that its value consists in being -hollowed out. Dioskoridês mentions cassia as a -product of Arabia, but this is a mistake, Arabian -cassia having been an import from India. Herodotos -(iii.) had made the same mistake, saying -that cassia grew in Arabia, but that cinnamon -was brought thither by birds from the country -where Bacchus was born (India). The cassia -shrub is a sort of laurel. There are ten kinds of -cassia specified in the <i>Periplûs</i>.<a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a> Cf. Lassen, <i>Ind. -Alt.</i> I. 279, 283; Salmas. Plin. <i>Exercit.</i> p. 1304; -Galen, <i>de Antidotis</i>, bk. i.</p> - -<p>14. Κιννάβαρι Ἰνδικòν—Dragon’s-blood, <i>damu’l -akhawein</i> of the Arabs, a gum distilled from -<i>Pterocarpus Draco</i>, a leguminous tree<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> in the -island of Dioskoridês or Sokotra (<a href="#para_30">30</a>). Cinnabar, -with which this was confounded, is the red -sulphuret of mercury. Pliny (lib. xxix. c. 8) -distinguishes it as ‘Indian cinnabar.’ Dragon’s-blood -is one of the concrete balsams, the produce -of <i>Calamus Draco</i>, a species of rattan palm of -the Eastern Archipelago, [of <i>Pterocarpus Draco</i>, -allied to the Indian Kino tree or <i>Pt. marsupium</i> of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span> -South India, and of <i>Dracæna Draco</i>, a liliaceous -tree of Madeira and the Canary Islands].</p> - -<p>15. Κόστος (Sansk. <i>kushṭa</i>, Mar. <i>choka</i>, Guj. -<i>kaṭha</i> and <i>pushkara mûla</i>,)—Kostus. Exported -from Barbarikon, a mart on the Indus (<a href="#para_39">39</a>), and -from Barugaza, which procured it from Kâbul -through Proklaïs, &c. This was considered the -best of aromatic roots, as nard or spikenard was -the best of aromatic plants. Pliny (xii. 25) describes -this root as hot to the taste and of consummate -fragrance, noting that it was found at -the head of Patalênê, where the Indus bifurcates -to form the Delta, and that it was of two sorts, -black and white, black being of an inferior quality. -Lassen states that two kinds are found in -India—one in Multân, and the other in Kâbul and -Kâśmîr. “The Costus of the ancients is still -exported from Western India, as well as from -Calcutta to China, under the name of <i>Putchok</i>, to -be burnt as an incense in Chinese temples. Its -identity has been ascertained in our own days by -Drs. Royle and Falconer as the root of a plant -which they called <i>Aucklandia Costus</i>.... -Alexander Hamilton, at the beginning of last century, -calls it <i>ligna dulcis</i> (sic), and speaks of it as an -export from Sind, as did the author of the <i>Periplûs</i> -1600 years earlier.” Yule’s <i>Marco Polo</i>, vol. II. -p. 388.</p> - -<p>16. Κρόκος—Crocus, Saffron. (Sans. <i>kaśmîraja</i>, -Guj. <i>kesir</i>, Pers. <i>zafrân</i>.) Exported from Egypt to -Mouza (<a href="#para_24">24</a>) and to Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>).</p> - -<p>17. Κύπερος—Cyprus. Exported from Egypt to -Mouza (<a href="#para_24">24</a>). It is an aromatic rush used in medicine -(Pliny xxi. 18). Herodotos (iv. 71) describes<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span> -it as an aromatic plant used by the Skythians -for embalming. Κύπερος is probably Ionic for -Κύπειρος—Κύπειρος ἰνδικὸς of Dioskoridês, and -<i>Cypria herba indica</i> of Pliny.—Perhaps Turmeric, -<i>Curcuma longa</i>, or Galingal possibly.</p> - -<p>18. Λέντια, (Lat. <i>lintea</i>)—Linen. Exported from -Egypt to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>).</p> - -<p>19. Λίβανος (Heb. <i>lebonah</i>, Arab. <i>luban</i>, Sans. -<i>śrîvâsa</i>)—Frankincense. Peratic or Libyan frankincense -exported from the Barbarine markets—Tabai -(<a href="#para_12">12</a>), Mossulon (<a href="#para_10">10</a>), Malaô and Moundou, in -small quantities (8, 9); produced in great abundance -and of the best quality at Akannai (<a href="#para_11">11</a>); -Arabian frankincense exported from Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>). A -magazine for frankincense on the Sakhalitic Gulf -near Cape Suagros (<a href="#para_30">30</a>). Moskha, the port whence -it was shipped for Kanê and India (<a href="#para_32">32</a>) and Indo-Skythia -(<a href="#para_39">39</a>).</p> - -<p>Regarding this important product Yule thus -writes:—“The coast of Hadhramaut is the true -and ancient Χώρα λιβανοφόρος or λιβανωτοφόρος, -indicated or described under those names by Theophrastus, -Ptolemy, Pliny, Pseudo-Arrian, and -other classical writers, <i>i.e.</i> the country producing -the fragrant gum-resin called by the Hebrews <i>Lebonah</i>, -by the Arabs <i>Luban</i> and <i>Kundur</i>, by the Greeks -<i>Libanos</i>, by the Romans <i>Thus</i>, in mediæval Latin -<i>Olibanum</i> (probably the Arabic <i>al-luban</i>, but popularly -interpreted as <i>oleum Libani</i>), and in English -frankincense, <i>i.e</i>, I apprehend, ‘genuine incense’ -or ‘incense proper.’<a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> It is still produced in this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span> -region and exported from it, but the larger part of -that which enters the markets of the world is -exported from the roadsteads of the opposite -Sumâlî coast. Frankincense when it first exudes -is milky white; whence the name <i>white incense</i> by -which Polo speaks of it, and the Arabic name -<i>luban</i> apparently refers to milk. The elder Niebuhr, -who travelled in Arabia, depreciated the Libanos -of Arabia, representing it as greatly inferior to that -brought from India, called Benzoin. He adds that -the plant which produces it is not native, but -originally from Abyssinia.”—<i>Marco Polo</i>, vol. II. -p. 443, &c.</p> - -<p>20. Λύκιον—Lycium. Exported from Barbarikon -in Indo-Skythia (<a href="#para_39">39</a>), and from Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>). -Lycium is a thorny plant, so called from being -found in Lykia principally. Its juice was used for -dying yellow, and a liquor drawn from it was -used as a medicine (Celsus v. 26, 30, and vi. 7). -It was held in great esteem by the ancients. Pliny -(xxiv. 77) says that a superior kind of Lycium -produced in India was made from a thorn called -also <i>Pyxacanthus</i> (box-thorn) <i>Chironia</i>. It is known -in India as <i>Ruzot</i>, an extract of the <i>Berberis -lycium</i> and <i>B. aristata</i>, both grown on the Himâlayas. -Conf. the λύκιον ἰνδικὸν of Dioskor. i. 133. -(? Gamboge.)</p> - -<p>21. Μάγλα—Magla—a kind of cassia mentioned -only in the <i>Periplûs</i>. Exported from Tabai (<a href="#para_12">12</a>).</p> - -<p>22. Μάκειρ—Macer. Exported from Malaô and -Moundou (8, 9). According to Pliny, Dioskoridês, -and others, it is an Indian bark—perhaps a kind of -cassia. The bark is red and the root large. The -bark was used as a medicine in dysenteries. Pliny<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> -xii. 8; Salmasius, 1302. (? The <i>Karachâlâ</i> of the -bâzârs, <i>Kutajatvak</i>).</p> - -<p>23. Μάλαβαθρον (Sans. <i>tamâlapattra</i>, the leaf -of the <i>Laurus Cassia</i>), Malabathrum, Betel. Obtained -by the Thînai from the Sesatai and exported to -India<a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> (<a href="#para_65">65</a>); conveyed down the Ganges to Gangê -near its mouth (<a href="#para_63">63</a>); conveyed from the interior -of India to Mouziris and Nelkunda for export (<a href="#para_56">56</a>). -That Malabathrum was not only a masticatory, but -also an unguent or perfume, may be inferred from -Horace (<i>Odes</i>, II. vii. 89):—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"><div class="poetry"><div class="stanza"> - <div class="verse">... “coronatus nitentes</div> - <div class="verse">Malabathro Syrio capillos”,</div> -</div></div></div> - -<p>and from Pliny (xii. 59): “Dat et Malabathrum -Syria, arborum folio convoluto, arido colore, ex -quo exprimitur oleum ad unguenta: fertiliore -ejusdem Egypto: laudatius tamen ex India venit.” -From Ptolemy (VII. ii. 16) we learn that the best -Malabathrum was produced in Kirrhadia—that is, -Rangpur. Dioskoridês speaks of it as a masticatory, -and was aware of the confusion caused by -mistaking the nard for the betel.</p> - -<p>21. Μέλι τὸ καλάμινον, τὸ λεγομενον σάκχαρ -(Sans. <i>śarkarâ</i>, Prâkṛit <i>sâkara</i>, Arab. <i>sukkar</i>, -Latin <i>saccharum</i>)—Honey from canes, called -Sugar. Exported from Barugaza to the marts -of Barbaria (<a href="#para_14">14</a>). The first Western writer -who mentions this article was Theophrastos, who -continued the labours of Aristotle in natural history. -He called it a sort of honey extracted from -reeds. Strabo states, on the authority of Nearkhos, -that reeds in India yield honey without bees.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> -Ælian (<i>Hist. Anim.</i>) speaks of a kind of honey -pressed from reeds which grow among the Prasii. -Seneca (Epist. 84) speaks of sugar as a kind of honey -found in India on the leaves of reeds, which had -either been dropped on them from the sky as dew, -or had exuded from the reeds themselves. This -was a prevalent error in ancient times, <i>e.g.</i> Dioskoridês -says that sugar is a sort of concreted -honey found upon canes in India and Arabia Felix, -and Pliny that it is collected from canes like a gum. -He describes it as white and brittle between the -teeth, of the size of a hazel-nut at most, and used -in medicine only. So also Lucan, alluding to the -Indians near the Ganges, says that they quaff -sweet juices from tender reeds. Sugar, however, -as is well known, must be extracted by art from -the plant. It has been conjectured that the sugar -described by Pliny and Dioskoridês was sugar -candy obtained from China.</p> - -<p>25. Μελίλωτον—Melilot, Honey-lotus. Exported -from Egypt to Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>). Melilot is the -Egyptian or Nymphæa Lotus, or Lily of the Nile, -the stalk of which contained a sweet nutritive -substance which was made into bread. So Vincent; -but Melilot is a kind of clover, so called from -the quantity of honey it contains. The nymphæa -lotus, or what was called the Lily of the Nile, is -not a true lotus, and contains no edible substance.</p> - -<p>26. Μοκρότον. Exported from Moundou (<a href="#para_9">9</a>) and -Mossulon (<a href="#para_10">10</a>). It is a sort of incense, mentioned -only in the <i>Periplûs</i>.</p> - -<p>27. Μότω—Motô—a sort of cassia exported from -Tabai and Opônê (<a href="#para_13">13</a>).</p> - -<p>28. Μύρον—Myrrh. (Sans. <i>bola</i>.) Exported from<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span> -Egypt to Barugaza as a present for the king (<a href="#para_49">49</a>). -It is a gum or resin issuing from a thorn found -in Arabia Felix, Abyssinia, &c., <i>vide</i> σμύρνη <i>inf.</i></p> - -<p>29. Νάρδος (Sans. <i>nalada</i>, ‘kaskas,’ Heb. <i>nerd</i>) -Nard, Spikenard.<a name="FNanchor_11_11" id="FNanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> Gangetic spikenard brought -down the Ganges to Gangê, near its mouth (<a href="#para_63">63</a>), and -forwarded thence to Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>). -Spikenard produced in the regions of the Upper -Indus and in Indo-Skythia forwarded through -Ozênê to Barugaza (<a href="#para_48">48</a>). Imported by the Egyptians -from Barugaza and Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia -(49, 39).</p> - -<p>The <i>Nardos</i> is a plant called (from its root -being shaped like an ear of corn) νάρδου στάχυς, -also ναρδόσταχυς, Latin <i>Spica nardi</i>, whence ‘spikenard.’ -It belongs to the species <i>Valeriana</i>. “No -Oriental aromatic,” says Vincent, “has caused -greater disputes among the critics or writers on -natural history, and it is only within these few -years that we have arrived at the true knowledge -of this curious odour by means of the inquiries -of Sir W. Jones and Dr. Roxburgh. Pliny describes -the nard with its <i>spica</i>, mentioning also -that both the leaves and the <i>spica</i> are of high -value, and that the odour is the prime in all -unguents; the price 100 denarii for a pound. But -he afterwards visibly confounds it with the Malabathrum -or Betel, as will appear from his usage -of <i>Hadrosphærum</i>, <i>Mesosphærum</i>, and <i>Microsphærum</i>, -terms peculiar to the Betel”—II. 743-4. See -Sir W. Jones on the spikenard of the ancients in -As. Res. vol. II. pp. 416 <i>et seq.</i>, and Roxburg<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>h’s -additional remarks on the spikenard of the ancients, -vol. IV. pp. 97 <i>et seq.</i>, and botanical observations -on the spikenard, pp. 433. See also Lassen, -<i>Ind. Alt.</i> vol. I. pp. 288 <i>et seq.</i></p> - -<p>30. Ναύπλιος—Nauplius. Exported in small -quantity from the marts of Azania (<a href="#para_17">17</a>). The -signification of the word is obscure, and the reading -suspected. For ΝαΥΠλιος Müller suggests -ΝαΡΓΙλιος, the Indian cocoanut, which the Arabians -call <i>Nargil</i> (Sansk. <i>nârikêla</i> or <i>nâlikêra</i>, Guj. -<i>nâliyêr</i>, Hindi <i>nâliyar</i>). It favours this suggestion -that cocoanut oil is a product of Zangibar, and -that in four different passages of Kosmas Indikopleustês -nuts are called αργελλια, which is either a -corrupt reading for ναργελλια, or Kosmas may not -have known the name accurately enough.</p> - -<p>31. Ὀθόνιον—Muslin. Sêric muslin sent from -the Thînai to Barugaza and Dimurikê (<a href="#para_64">64</a>). Coarse -cottons produced in great quantity in Ariakê, -carried down from Ozênê to Barugaza (<a href="#para_48">48</a>); large -supplies sent thither from Tagara also (<a href="#para_51">51</a>); -Indian muslins exported from the markets of -Dimurikê to Egypt (<a href="#para_56">56</a>). Muslins of every description, -Seric and dyed of a mallow colour, exported -from Barugaza to Egypt (<a href="#para_49">49</a>); Indian muslin -taken to the island of Dioskoridês (<a href="#para_31">31</a>); wide Indian -muslins called μοναχὴ, <i>monâkhê</i>, i. e. of the best -and finest sort; and another sort called σαγματογήνη, -<i>sagmatogênê</i>, i. e. coarse cotton unfit for -spinning, and used for stuffing beds, cushions, &c., -exported from Barugaza to the Barbarine markets -(<a href="#para_14">14</a>), and to Arabia, whence it was exported to -Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>). The meanings given to <i>monâkhê</i> and -<i>sagmatogênê</i> (for which other readings have<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> -been suggested) are conjectural. Vincent defends -the meaning assigned to <i>sagmatogênê</i> by a quotation -from a passage in Strabo citing Nearkhos:—“Fine -muslins are made of cotton, but the -Makedonians use cotton for flocks, and stuffing -of couches.”</p> - -<p>32. Ὀῖνος—Wine. Laodikean and Italian wine -exported in small quantity to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>); to Aualitês -(<a href="#para_7">7</a>), Malaê (<a href="#para_8">8</a>), Mouza (<a href="#para_24">24</a>), Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>), Barbarikon -in Indo-Skythia (<a href="#para_39">39</a>); the same sorts, -together with Arabian wine, to Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>); -sent in small quantity to Mouziris and Nelkunda -(<a href="#para_56">56</a>); the region inland from Oraia bears the vine -(<a href="#para_37">37</a>), which is found also in the district of Mouza -(<a href="#para_24">24</a>), whence wine is exported to the marts of -Azania, not for sale, but to gain the good will of -the natives (<a href="#para_17">17</a>). Wine is exported also from -the marts of Apologos and Omana to Barugaza -(<a href="#para_36">36</a>). By Arabian wine may perhaps be meant -palm or toddy wine, a great article of commerce.</p> - -<p>33. Ὄμφακος Διοσπολιτικῆς χυλός—the juice of -the sour grape of Diospolis. Exported from -Egypt to Aualitês (<a href="#para_7">7</a>). This, says Vincent, was -the dipse of the Orientals, and still used as a -relish all over the East. <i>Dipse</i> is the rob of -grapes in their unripe state, and a pleasant acid.—II. -751. This juice is called by Dioskoridês (iv. 7) -in one word Ομφάκιον, and also (v. 12) Ὀῖνος Ὀμφακίτης. -Cf. Plin. xii. 27.</p> - -<p>34. Ὄρυζα (Sansk. <i>vrîhi</i>)—Rice. Produced in -Oraia and Ariakê (37, 41), exported from Barugaza -to the Barbarine markets (<a href="#para_14">14</a>), and to the -island of Dioskoridês (<a href="#para_31">31</a>).</p> - -<p>35. Πέπερι (Sansk. <i>pippalî</i>,) long pepper—Pep<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>per. -Kottonarik pepper exported in large quantities -from Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>); long -pepper from Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>). <i>Kottonara</i> was the -name of the district, and <i>Kottonarikon</i> the name -of the pepper for which the district was famous. -Dr. Buchanan identifies Kottonara with Kadattanâḍu, -a district in the Calicut country celebrated -for its pepper. Dr. Burnell, however, identifies -it with Kolatta-Nâḍu, the district about Tellicherry, -which, he says, is the pepper district.</p> - -<p>36. Πυρὸς—Wheat. Exported in small quantity -from Egypt to Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>), some grown in the district -around Mouza (<a href="#para_24">24</a>).</p> - -<p>37. Σάκχαρι—Sugar: see under Μελι.</p> - -<p>38. Σανδαράκη—Sandarakê (<i>chandrasa</i> of the -bazars); a resin from the <i>Thuja articulata</i> or -<i>Callitris quadrivalvis</i>, a small coniferous tree of -North Africa; it is of a faint aromatic smell -and is used as incense. Exported from Egypt to -Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>); conveyed to Mouziris and Nelkunda -(<a href="#para_56">56</a>).<a name="FNanchor_12_12" id="FNanchor_12_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a></p> - -<p>Sandarakê also is a red pigment—red sulphuret -of arsenic, as orpiment is the yellow sulphuret. -Cf. Plin. xxxv. 22, Hard. “Juba informs us that -sandarace and ochre are found in an island of the -Red Sea, Topazas, whence they are brought to -us.”</p> - -<p>39. Σαντάλινα and σασάμινα ξύλα—Logs of Sandal -and Sasame (<i>santalum album</i>). Exported from -Barugaza to the marts of Omana and Apologos -(<a href="#para_30">30</a>). Σαντάλινα is a correction of the MS. reading -τρόχιος proposed by Salmasius. Kosmas Indiko<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span>pleustes -calls sandalwood τζαδάνα. For σασαμινα -of the MS. Stuckius proposed σησάμινα—a futile, -emendation, since sesame is known only as a -leguminous plant from which an oil is expressed, -and not as a tree. But possibly Red Saunders -wood (<i>Pterocarpus Santalinus</i>) may be meant.</p> - -<p>40. Σησάμινον ἔλαιον. See Ελαιον.</p> - -<p>41. Σινδόνες διαφορώταται αἱ Γαγγητικᾶι. The finest -Bengal muslins exported from the Ganges (<a href="#para_63">63</a>); -other muslins in Taprobanê (<a href="#para_61">61</a>); Μαργαριτιδες (?), -made at Argalou and thence exported (59); -muslins of all sorts and mallow-tinted (μολοχιναι) -sent from Ozênê to Barugaza (<a href="#para_48">48</a>), exported thence -to Arabia for the supply of the market at Adouli -(<a href="#para_6">6</a>).</p> - -<p>42. Σῖτος—Corn. Exported from Egypt to -Adouli (<a href="#para_7">7</a>), Malaô (<a href="#para_8">8</a>); a little to Mouza (<a href="#para_24">24</a>), and to -Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>), and to Muziris and Nelkunda for ships’ -stores (<a href="#para_56">56</a>); exported from Dimurikê and Ariakê -into the Barbarine markets (<a href="#para_14">14</a>), into Moskha (<a href="#para_32">32</a>) -and the island of Dioskoridês (<a href="#para_31">31</a>); exported also -from Mouza to the ports of Azania for presents (<a href="#para_17">17</a>).</p> - -<p>43. Σμύρνη—Myrrh (vide μυρον). Exported from -Malaô, Moundou, Mossulon (8, 9, 10); from Aualitês -a small quantity of the best quality (<a href="#para_7">7</a>); a choice -sort that trickles in drops, called <i>Abeirminaia</i> -(ἐκλεκτὴ καὶ στακτὴ ἁβειρμιναία), exported from Mouza -(<a href="#para_24">24</a>). For Ἁβειρμιναία of the MS. Müller suggests -to read γαβειρμιναία, inclining to think that two -kinds of myrrh are indicated, the names of which -have been erroneously combined into one, viz. the -Gabiræan and Minæan, which are mentioned by -Dioskoridês, Hippokratês, and Galen. There is a -<i>Wadi Gabir</i> in Oman.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p> - -<p>44. Στύραξ—Storax (Sans. <i>turuska</i>, <i>selarasa</i> of -the bazars),—one of the balsams. Exported from -Egypt to Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>), Barbarikon on the Indus -(<a href="#para_39">39</a>), Barugaza (<a href="#para_40">40</a>). Storax is the produce of -the tree <i>Liquidambar orientale</i>, which grows in the -south of Europe and the Levant.<a name="FNanchor_13_13" id="FNanchor_13_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_13_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> The purest -kind is storax in grains. Another kind is called -<i>styrax calamita</i>, from being brought in masses -wrapped up in the leaves of a certain reed. Another -kind, that sold in shops, is semi-fluid.</p> - -<p>45. Φοῖνιξ—the Palm or Dates. Exported from -the marts of Apologos and Omana to Barugaza -(36, 37).</p> - - -<p>IV.—Metals and Metallic Articles:—</p> - -<p>1. Ἀργυρᾶ σκεύη, ἀργυρώματα—Vessels of silver. -Exported from Egypt to Mossulon (<a href="#para_10">10</a>), to Barbarikon -on the Indus (<a href="#para_39">39</a>). Silver plate chased or -polished (τορνευτα or τετορνευμενα) sent as presents -to the despot of Mouza (<a href="#para_24">24</a>), to Kanê for the king -(<a href="#para_28">28</a>). Costly (βαρυτιμα) plate to Barugaza for the -king (<a href="#para_49">49</a>). Plate made according to the Egyptian -fashion to Adouli for the king (<a href="#para_6">6</a>).</p> - -<p>2. Ἀρσενικὸν—Arsenic (<i>somal</i>). Exported from -Egypt to Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>).</p> - -<p>3. Δηνάριον—Denary. Exported in small quantity -from Egypt to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>). Gold and silver -denarii sent in small quantity to the marts of -Barbaria (8, 13); exchanges with advantage for -native money at Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>).</p> - -<p>The <i>denary</i> was a Roman coin equal to about 8½<i>d.</i>, -and a little inferior in value to the Greek drachma.</p> - -<p>4. Κάλτις—Kaltis. A gold coin (νομισμα) cur<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span>rent -in the district of the Lower Ganges (<a href="#para_63">63</a>); -Benfey thinks the word is connected with the -Sanskrit <i>kalita</i>, i.e. <i>numeratum</i>.</p> - -<p>5. Κασσίτερος (Sans. <i>baṅga</i>, <i>kathila</i>)—Tin. -Exported from Egypt to Aualitês (<a href="#para_7">7</a>), Malaô (<a href="#para_8">8</a>), -Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>), Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>), Mouziris and Nelkunda -(<a href="#para_56">56</a>). India produced this metal, but not in those -parts to which the Egyptian trade carried it.</p> - -<p>6. Μόλυβδος—Lead (Sansk. <i>nâga</i>, Guj. <i>sîsuṅ</i>). -Exported from Egypt to Barugaza, Muziris, and -Nelkunda (49, 56).</p> - -<p>7. Ὀρείχαλκος—Orichalcum (Sans. <i>tripus</i>, Prak. -<i>pîtala</i>)—Brass. Used for ornaments and cut into -small pieces by way of coin. Exported from Egypt -to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>).</p> - -<p>The word means ‘mountain copper.’ Ramusio -calls it white copper from which the gold and -silver have not been well separated in extracting -it from the ore. Gold, it may be remarked, does -not occur as an export from any of the African -marts, throughout the <i>Periplûs</i>.</p> - -<p>8. Σίδηρος, σιδηρύ σκεύη—Iron, iron utensils. -Exported from Egypt to Malaô, Moundou, Tabai, -Opônê (8, 9, 12, 13). Iron spears, swords and -adzes exported to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>). Indian iron and -sword-blades (στομωμα) exported to Adouli from -Arabia (Ariakê?). Spears (λόγχαι) manufactured -at Mouza, hatchets (πελύκια), swords (μάχαιραι), -awls (ὀπέτια) exported from Mouza to Azania -(<a href="#para_17">17</a>).</p> - -<p>On the Indian sword see Ktêsias, p. 80, 4. -The Arabian poets celebrate swords made of Indian -steel. Cf. Plin. xxxiv. 41:—“Ex omnibus autem -generibus palma Serico ferro est.” This iron, as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span> -has already been stated, was sent to India along -with skins and cloth. Cf. also Edrisi, vol. I. -p. 65, ed. Joubert. Indian iron is mentioned in -the Pandects as an article of commerce.</p> - -<p>9. Στίμμι—Stibium (Sans. <i>sauvîrânjana</i>, Prâk. -<i>surmâ</i>). Exported from Egypt to Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>), -to Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>).</p> - -<p>Stibium is a sulphuret of antimony, a dark pigment, -called <i>kohol</i>, much used in the East for -dyeing the eyelids.</p> - -<p>10. Χαλκὸς—Copper (Sans. <i>tâmra</i>) or Brass. -Exported from Egypt to Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>), to Barugaza -(<a href="#para_49">49</a>), Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>). Vessels made -thereof (Χαλκουργήματα) sent to Mouza as presents -to the despot (<a href="#para_24">24</a>). Drinking-vessels (ποτηρια) -exported to the marts of Barbaria (8, 13). Big and -round drinking-cups to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>). A few (μελίεφθα ὀλίγα) -to Malaô (<a href="#para_8">8</a>); μελίεφθα χαλκᾶ for cooking with, -and being cut into bracelets and anklets for women -to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>).</p> - -<p>Regarding μελίεφθα Vincent says: “No usage -of the word occurs elsewhere; but metals were -prepared with several materials to give them -colour, or to make them tractable, or malleable. -Thus χολόβαφα in Hesychius was brass prepared -with ox’s gall to give it the colour of gold, and -used, like our tinsel ornaments or foil, for stage -dresses and decorations. Thus common brass was -neither ductile nor malleable, but the Cyprian -brass was both. And thus perhaps brass, μελίεφθα -was formed with some preparation of honey.” -Müller cannot accept this view. “It is evident,” -he says,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span> “that the reference is to ductile copper -from which, as Pliny says, all impurity has been -carefully removed by smelting, so that pots, bracelets, -and articles of that sort could be fabricated -from it. One might therefore think that the reading -should be περίεφθα or πυρίεφθα, but in such a -case the writer would have said περίεφθον χαλκόν. -In vulgar speech μελίεφθα is used as -a substantive noun, and I am therefore almost -persuaded that, just as molten copper, ὁ χαλκὸς -ὁ χυτὸς, <i>cuprum caldarium</i>, was called τρόχιος, from -the likeness in shape of its round masses to -hoops, so <i>laminæ</i> of ductile copper (<i>plaques de -cuivre</i>) might have been called μελίεφθα, because -shaped like thin honey-cakes, πεμματα μελίεφθα.”</p> - -<p>11. Χρυσὸς—Gold. Exported from the marts of -Apologos and Omana to Barugaza (<a href="#para_36">36</a>). Gold -plate—χρυσώματα—exported from Egypt to Mouza -for the despot (<a href="#para_24">24</a>), and to Adouli for the king (<a href="#para_6">6</a>).</p> - - -<p>V. Stones:—</p> - -<p>1. Λιθία διαφανὴς—Gems (carbuncles?) found in -Taprobanê (<a href="#para_63">63</a>); exported in every variety from -Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>).</p> - -<p>2. Αδάμας—Diamonds. (Sans. <i>vajra</i>, <i>pîraka</i>). -Exported from Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>).</p> - -<p>3. Καλλεανὸς λίθος—Gold-stone, yellow crystal, -chrysolith? Exported from Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia -(<a href="#para_39">39</a>).</p> - -<p>It is not a settled point what stone is meant. -Lassen says that the Sanskrit word <i>kalyâṇa</i> means -<i>gold</i>, and would therefore identify it with the -chrysolith or gold-stone. If this view be correct, -the reading of the MS. need not be altered into -καλλαῖνὸς, as Salmasius, whom the editors of the -<i>Periplûs</i> generally follow, enjoins. In support of -the alteration Salmasius adduces Pliny, xxxvii.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> -56:—“Callais sapphirum imitatur, candidior et -litoroso mari similis. Callainas vocant e turbido -Callaino”, and other passages. Schwanbeck, however, -maintaining the correctness of the MS. -reading, says that the Sanskrit word <i>kalyâṇa</i> -generally signifies <i>money</i>, but in a more general -sense <i>anything beautiful</i>, and might therefore have -been applied to this gem. <i>Kalyâṇa</i>, he adds, would -appear in Greek as καλλιανὸς or καλλεανὸς rather -than καλλαῖνὸς. In like manner <i>kalyâṇî</i> of the -Indians appears in our author not as καλλάïνα, but, -as it ought to be, καλλίενα.</p> - -<p>4. Λύγδος—Alabaster. Exported from Mouza -(<a href="#para_24">24</a>). Salmasius says that an imitation of this -alabaster was formed of Parian marble, but that -the best and original <i>lygdus</i> was brought from -Arabia, that is, Mouza, as noted in the <i>Periplûs</i>. -Cf. Pliny (xxxvi. 8):—“Lygdinos in Tauro repertos -... antea ex Arabia tantum advehi solitos -enndoris eximii.”</p> - -<p>5. Ὀνυχινὴ λίθια—Onyx (<i>akika</i>—agate). Sent in -vast quantities (πλειστη) from Ozênê and Paithana -to Barugaza (48, 51), and thence exported to -Egypt (<a href="#para_49">49</a>). Regarding the onyx mines of Gujarât -<i>vide</i> Ritter, vol. VI. p. 603.</p> - -<p>6. Μουρρίνη, sup. λιθια—Fluor-spath. Sent from Ozênê to Barugaza, and -exported to Egypt (<a href="#para_49">49</a>). Porcelain made at Diospolis (μουρῥίνη λιθία ἡ -γενομένη ἐν Διοσπόλει) exported from Egypt to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>).</p> - -<p>The reading of the MS. is μοῤῥίνης. By this -is to be understood <i>vitrum murrhinum</i>, a sort of -china or porcelain made in imitation of cups or -vases of <i>murrha</i>, a precious fossil-stone resembling,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span> -if not identical with, <i>fluor-spath</i>, such as is found in -Derbyshire. Vessels of this stone were exported -from India, and also, as we learn from Pliny, from -Karmania, to the Roman market, where they fetched -extravagant prices.<a name="FNanchor_14_14" id="FNanchor_14_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_14_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a> The “cups baked in Parthian -fires” (<i>pocula Parthis focis cocta</i>) mentioned by -Propertius (IV. v. 26) must be referred to the -former class. The whole subject is one which -has much exercised the pens of the learned. “Six -hundred writers,” says Müller, “emulously applying -themselves to explain what had the best claim -to be considered the <i>murrha</i> of the ancients, have -advanced the most conflicting opinions. Now it is -pretty well settled that the murrhine vases were -made of that stone which is called in German -<i>flusspath</i> (<i>spato-fluore</i>)”. He then refers to the -following as the principal authorities on the -subject:—Pliny—xxxiii. 7 <i>et seq.</i>; xxxiii. <i>proœm.</i> -Suetonius—<i>Oct.</i> c. 71; Seneca—<i>Epist.</i> 123; -Martial—iv. 86; xiv. 43; <i>Digest</i>—xxxiii. 10, 3; -xxxiv. 2. 19; Rozière—<i>Mémoire sur les Vases murrhins</i>, -&c.; in <i>Description de l’Égypt</i>, vol. VI. pp. -277 <i>et seq.</i>: Corsi—<i>Delle Pietre antiche</i>, p. 106; -Thiersch—<i>Ueber die Vasa Murrhina der Alten, in -Abhandl. d. Munchn. Akad.</i> 1835, vol. I. pp. 443-509; -A learned Englishman in the <i>Classical Journal</i> for -1810, p. 472; Witzsch in Pauly’s <i>Real Encycl.</i> -vol. V. p. 253. See also Vincent, vol. II. pp. 723-7.</p> - -<p>7. Ὀψιανὸς λίθος—the Opsian or Obsidian stone, -found in the Bay of Hanfelah (<a href="#para_5">5</a>). Pliny says,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>—“The -opsians or obsidians are also reckoned as a -sort of glass bearing the likeness of the stone -which Obsius (or Obsidius) found in Ethiopia, of -a very black colour, sometimes even translucent, -hazier than ordinary glass to look through, and -when used for mirrors on the walls reflecting -but shadows instead of distinct images.” (Bk. -xxxvi. 37). The only Obsius mentioned in history -is a M. Obsius who had been Prætor, a friend of -Germanicus, referred to by Tacitus (<i>Ann.</i> IV. 68, -71). He had perhaps been for a time prefect of -Egypt, and had coasted the shore of Ethiopia at -the time when Germanicus traversed Egypt till -he came to the confines of Ethiopia. Perhaps, -however, the name of the substance is of Greek -origin—ὀψιανὀς, from its reflecting power.</p> - -<p>8. Σάπφειρος—the Sapphire. Exported from -Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia (<a href="#para_39">39</a>). “The ancients -distinguished two sorts of dark blue or purple, -one of which was spotted with gold. Pliny says it -is never pellucid, which seems to make it a -different stone from what is now called sapphire.”—Vincent -(vol. II. p. 757), who adds in a note, “Dr. -Burgess has specimens of both sorts, the one with -gold spots like lapis lazuli, and not transparent.”<a name="FNanchor_15_15" id="FNanchor_15_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_15_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a></p> - -<p>9. Ὑάκινθος—Hyacinth or Jacinth. Exported -from Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>). According to -Salmasius this is the Ruby. In Solinus xxx. -it would seem to be the Amethyst (Sansk. -<i>pushkarâja</i>.)</p> - -<p>10. Ὑαλος ἀργὴ—Glass of a coarse kind. Exported -from Egypt to Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>), to Mouziris -and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>). Vessels of glass (ὑαλα σκευη) ex<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>ported -from Egypt to Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia -(<a href="#para_39">39</a>). Crystal of many sorts (λιθίας ὑαλῆς πλεῖστα -γενη) exported from Egypt to Adouli, Aualitês, -Mossulon (6, 7, 10); from Mouza to Azania (<a href="#para_17">17</a>).</p> - -<p>11. Χρυσόλιθος—Chrysolite. Exported from -Egypt to Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia (<a href="#para_39">39</a>), to -Barugaza (<a href="#para_43">43</a>), to Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>). -Some take this to be the topaz (Hind. <i>pîrojâ</i>).</p> - - -<p>VI. Wearing Apparel:—</p> - -<p>1. Ἱμάτια ἄγναφα—Cloths undressed. Manufactured -in Egypt and thence exported to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>). -These were disposed of to the tribes of Barbaria—the -Troglodyte shepherds of Upper Egypt, -Nubia and Ethiopia.</p> - -<p>2. Ἱμάτια βαρβαρικὰ σύμμικτα γεγναμμένα—Cloths -for the Barbarine markets, dressed and -dyed of various colours. Exported to Malaô and -Aualitês (8, 7).</p> - -<p>3. Ἱματισμὸς Ἀραβικὸς—Cloth or coating for the -Arabian markets. Exported from Egypt (<a href="#para_24">24</a>). -Different kinds are enumerated:—Χειριδωτὸς, with -sleeves reaching to the wrist; Ὁτε ἁπλοῦς καὶ ὁ -κοινὸς, with single texture and of the common sort; -σκοτουλάτος, wrought with figures, checkered; the -word is a transliteration of the Latin <i>scutulatus</i>, -from <i>scutum</i>, the checks being lozenge-shaped, like -a shield: see Juvenal, Sat. ii. 79; διάχρυσος, shot -with gold; πολυτελὴς, a kind of great price sent -to the despot of Mouza; Κοινὸς καὶ ἁπλοῦς καὶ -ὁ νόθος, cloth of a common sort, and cloth of simple -texture, and cloth in imitation of a better commodity, -sent to Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>); Διάφορος ἁπλους, of -superior quality and single texture, for the king -(<a href="#para_28">28</a>); Ἁπλοῦς, <i>of single texture</i>, in great quantity, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span> -νόθος, in inferior sort imitating a better, in small -quantity, sent to Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia (<a href="#para_39">39</a>), -ἁπλοῦς καὶ νόθος παντοῖος, and for the king ἁπλοῦς -πολυτελης, sent to Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>); Ἱματισμὸς οὐ -πολύς—cloth in small quantity sent to Muziris -and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>); ἐντόπιος, of native manufacture, -exported from the marts of Apologos and -Omana to Barugaza (<a href="#para_36">36</a>).</p> - -<p>4. Αβόλλαι—Riding or watch cloaks. Exported -from Egypt to Mouza (<a href="#para_34">34</a>), to Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>). -This word is a transliteration of the Latin -<i>Abolla</i>. It is supposed, however, to be derived -from Greek: ἀμβολλη, i. e. ἀμφιβολὴ. It was a -woollen cloak of close texture—often mentioned -in the Roman writers: <i>e.g.</i> Juven. <i>Sat.</i> iii. 115 -and iv. 70; Sueton. <i>Calig.</i> c. 35. Where the word -occurs in sec. 6 the reading of the MS. is ἅβολοι, -which Müller has corrected to ἀβόλλαι, though -Salmasius had defended the original reading.</p> - -<p>5. Δικρόσσια (Lat. <i>Mantilia utrinque fimbriata</i>)—Cloths -with a double fringe. Exported from -Egypt to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>). This word occurs only in the -<i>Periplûs</i>. The simple Κροσσιον, however, is met -with in Herodian, <i>Epim.</i> p. 72. An adjective -δίκροσσος is found in Pollux vii. 72. “We cannot -err much,” says Vincent, “in rendering the -δικρόσσια of the <i>Periplûs</i> either <i>cloth fringed</i>, with -Salmasius, or <i>striped</i>, with Apollonius. Meursius -says λεντία ἄκροσσα are <i>plain linens not striped</i>.”</p> - -<p>6. Ζώναι πολύμιτοι πηχυαῖοι—Flowered or embroidered -girdles, a cubit broad. Exported from -Egypt to Barugaza (<a href="#para_49">49</a>). Σκιωταὶ—girdles (<i>kâcha</i>) -shaded of different colours, exported to Mouza (<a href="#para_24">24</a>). -This word occurs only in the <i>Periplûs</i>.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span></p> - -<p>7. Καυνάκαὶ—Garments of frieze. Exported -from Arabia to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>); a pure sort—ἁπλοι—exported -to the same mart from Egypt (<a href="#para_6">6</a>). In -the latter of these two passages the MS. reading -is γαυνάκαὶ. Both forms are in use: conf. Latin -<i>gaunace</i>—Varro, <i>de L. L.</i> 4, 35. It means also -<i>a fur garment</i> or <i>blanket</i>—<i>vestis stragula</i>.</p> - -<p>8. Λώδικες—Quilts or coverlids. Exported in -small quantity from Egypt to Mouza (<a href="#para_24">24</a>) and -Kanê (<a href="#para_28">28</a>).</p> - -<p>9. Περιζώματα—Sashes, girdles, or aprons. -Exported from Barugaza to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>), and into -Barbaria (<a href="#para_14">14</a>).</p> - -<p>10. Πολύμιτα—Stuffs in which several threads -were taken for the woof in order to weave flowers -or other objects: Latin <i>polymita</i> and <i>plumatica</i>. -Exported from Egypt to Barbarikon in Indo-Skythia -(<a href="#para_39">39</a>), to Mouziris and Nelkunda (<a href="#para_56">56</a>).</p> - -<p>11. Σάγοι Ἀρσινοητικοὶ γεγναμμένοι καὶ βεβαμμένοι—Coarse -cloaks made at Arsinoê, dressed and -dyed. Exported from Egypt to Barbaria (8, 13).</p> - -<p>12. Στολαὶ Ἀρσινοητικάι—Women’s robes made -at Arsinoê. Exported from Egypt to Adouli (<a href="#para_6">6</a>).</p> - -<p>13. Χιτῶνες—Tunics. Exported from Egypt to -Malaô, Moundou, Mossulon (8, 9, 10).</p> - - -<p>VII. In addition to the above, works of art are -mentioned.</p> - -<p>Ἀνδριάντες—Images, sent as presents to Kharibaël -(<a href="#para_48">48</a>). Cf. Strabo (p. 714), who among the -articles sent to Arabia enumerates τορευμα, γραφην, -πλασμα, pieces of sculpture, painting, statues.</p> - -<p>Μουσικἀ—Instruments of music, for presents to -the king of Ariakê (<a href="#para_49">49</a>).</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span></p> - - - - -<h2><a name="ANONYMI_ARRIANI_UT_FERTUR" id="ANONYMI_ARRIANI_UT_FERTUR">ANONYMI [ARRIANI UT FERTUR]<br /> -PERIPLUS MARIS ERYTHRÆI.</a></h2> - - -<p><a id="para_1"></a>1. The first of the important roadsteads -established on the Red Sea, and the first also -of the great trading marts upon its coast, is the -port of <em class="gesperrt">Myos-hormos</em> in Egypt. Beyond it -at a distance of 1800 stadia is <em class="gesperrt">Berenikê</em>, which -is to your right if you approach it by sea. -These roadsteads are both situate at the furthest -end of Egypt, and are bays of the Red Sea.</p> - -<p><i>Commentary.</i></p> - -<blockquote> - -<p>(1) <em class="gesperrt">Myos Hormos.</em>—Its situation is determined -by the cluster of islands now called -<em class="gesperrt">Jifâtîn</em> [lat. 27° 12´ N., long. 33° 55´ E.] of -which the three largest lie opposite an indenture -of the coast of Egypt on the curve of which its -harbour was situated [near Ras Abu Somer, a -little north of Satâjah Island]. It was founded by -Ptolemy Philadelphos <span class="smcap">B. C.</span> 274, who selected it as -the principal port of the Egyptian trade with -India in preference to Arsinoê,<a name="FNanchor_16_16" id="FNanchor_16_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_16_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a> N. N. E. of Suez, -on account of the difficulty and tediousness of the -navigation down the Heroöpolite Gulf. The vessels -bound for Africa and the south of Arabia left its -harbour about the time of the autumnal equinox, -when the North West wind which then prevailed -carried them quickly down the Gulf. Those bound -for the Malabar Coast or Ceylon left in July, and -if they cleared the Red Sea before the 1st of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span> -September, they had the monsoon to assist their -passage across the ocean. <em class="gesperrt">Myos Hormos</em> was -distant from <em class="gesperrt">Koptos</em> [lat. 26° N.], the station on -the Nile through which it communicated with -Alexandria, a journey of seven or eight days along -a road opened through the desert by Philadelphos. -The name <em class="gesperrt">Myos Hormos</em> is of Greek origin, and -may signify either the Harbour of the Mouse, or, -more probably, of the Mussel, since the pearl mussel -abounded in its neighbourhood. <em class="gesperrt">Agatharkhidês</em> -calls it <em class="gesperrt">Aphroditēs Hormos</em>, and Pliny -<em class="gesperrt">Veneris Portus</em>. [Veneris Portus however -was probably at Sherm Sheikh, lat. 24° 36´ N. Off -the coast is Wade Jemâl Island, lat. 24° 39´ N., -long. 35° 8´ E., called Iambe by Pliny, and perhaps -the Aphroditês Island of Ptolemy IV. v. 77.] -Referring to this name Vincent says: “Here if -the reader will advert to Aphroditê, the Greek -title of Venus, as springing from the foam of -the ocean, it will immediately appear that the -Greeks were translating here, for the native term -to this day is <i>Suffange-el-Bahri</i>, ‘sponge of the -sea’; and the vulgar error of the sponge being the -foam of the sea, will immediately account for -Aphroditê.”</p> - -<p>The rival of Myos-Hormos was <em class="gesperrt">Berenikê</em>, a -city built by Ptolemy Philadelphos, who so named -it in honour of his mother, who was the daughter -of Ptolemy Lagos and Antigonê. It was in the -same parallel with Syênê and therefore not far -from the Tropic [lat. 23° 55´ N.]. It stood nearly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span> -at the bottom of <i>Foul Bay</i> (ἐν βάθει τοῦ Ἀκαθάρτου -so Κὀλπου), called from the coast being foul with -shoals and breakers, and not from the impurity of -its water, as its Latin name, <i>Sinus Immundus</i>, would -lead us to suppose. Its ruins are still perceptible -even to the arrangement of the streets, -and in the centre is a small Egyptian temple -adorned with hieroglyphics and bas-reliefs of -Greek workmanship. Opposite to the town is -a very fine natural harbour, the entrance of which -has been deep enough for small vessels, though -the bar is now impassable at low water. Its prosperity -under the Ptolemies and afterwards under -the Romans was owing to its safe anchorage and -its being, like Myos-Hormos, the terminus of a -great road from Koptos along which the traffic -of Alexandria with Ethiopia, Arabia, and India -passed to and fro. Its distance from <em class="gesperrt">Koptos</em> -was 258 Roman miles or 11 days’ journey. The -distance between Myos-Hormos and Berenikê is -given in the <i>Periplûs</i> at 225 miles, but this is -considerably above the mark. The difficulty of -the navigation may probably have made the -distance seem greater than it was in reality.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_2"></a>2. The country which adjoins them on the -right below Berenîkê is <em class="gesperrt">Barbaria</em>. Here the -sea-board is peopled by the <em class="gesperrt">Ikhthyophagoi</em>, -who live in scattered huts built in the narrow -gorges of the hills, and further inland are the -<em class="gesperrt">Berbers</em>, and beyond them the <em class="gesperrt">Agriophagoi</em> -and <em class="gesperrt">Moskhophagoi</em>, tribes under -regular government by kings. Beyond these -again, and still further inland towards the west -[is situated the metropolis called Meroê].</p> - - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span></p> - -<blockquote> -<p>(2) Adjoining <em class="gesperrt">Berenikê</em> was <em class="gesperrt">Barbaria</em> -(ἡ Βαρβαρικὴ χώρα)—the land about Ras Abû -Fatima [lat. 22° 26´ N.—Ptol. IV. vii. 28]. The -reading of the MS. is ἡ Τισηβαρικὴ which Müller -rejects because the name nowhere occurs in any -work, and because if <em class="gesperrt">Barbaria</em> is not mentioned -here, our author could not afterwards -(Section 5) say ἡ ἄλλη Βαρβαρία. The <em class="gesperrt">Agriophagoi</em> -who lived in the interior are mentioned -by Pliny (vi. 35), who says that they lived principally -on the flesh of panthers and lions. Vincent -writes as if instead of Αγριοφάγων the reading -should be Ακριδοφάγων locust-eaters, who are -mentioned by Agatharkhidês in his <i>De Mari -Erythraeo</i>, Section 58. Another inland tribe -is mentioned in connection with them—the <em class="gesperrt">Moskhophagoi</em>, -who may be identified with the -<em class="gesperrt">Rizophagoi</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Spermatophagoi</em> of -the same writer, who were so named because they -lived on roots of the tender suckers and buds -of trees, called in Greek μόσχοι. This being a -term applied also to the young of animals, -Vincent was led to think that this tribe fed on -the brinde or flesh cut out of the living animal as -described by Bruce.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_3"></a>3. Below the <em class="gesperrt">Moskhophagoi</em>, near the -sea, lies a little trading town distant from Berenîkê -about 4000 stadia, called <em class="gesperrt">Ptolemaïs -Thêrôn</em>, from which, in the days of the -Ptolemies, the hunters employed by them used -to go up into the interior to catch elephants. In -this mart is procured the true (or marine) -tortoise-shell, and the land kind also, which, -however, is scarce, of a white colour, and smaller -size. A little ivory is also sometimes obtainable, -resembling that of <em class="gesperrt">Adouli</em>. This place -has no port, and is approachable only by boats.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(3) To the south of the Moskhophagoi lies -<em class="gesperrt">Ptolemaïs Thêrôn</em>, or, as it is called by<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span> -Pliny, <em class="gesperrt">Ptolemaïs Epitheras</em>. [On Er-rih -island, lat. 18° 9´ N., long 38° 27´ E., are the ruins -of an ancient town—probably Ptolemaïs Therôn—Müller -however places Suche here.—Ptol. I. -viii. 1.; IV. vii. 7; VIII. xvi. 10]. It was originally -an Ethiopian village, but was extended -and fortified by Ptolemy Philadelphos, who made -it the depôt of the elephant trade, for which its -situation on the skirts of the great Nubian forest, -where these animals abounded, rendered it peculiarly -suitable. The Egyptians before this had -imported their elephants from Asia, but as the -supply was precarious, and the cost of importation -very great, Philadelphos made the most -tempting offers to the Ethiopian elephant-hunters -(Elephantophagoi) to induce them to abstain from -eating the animal, or to reserve at least a portion -of them for the royal stables. They rejected -however all his solicitations, declaring that even -for all Egypt they would not forego the luxury of -their repast. The king resolved thereupon to procure -his supplies by employing hunters of his own.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_4"></a>4. Leaving Ptolemaïs Thêrôn we are conducted, -at the distance of about 3000 stadia, to -<em class="gesperrt">Adouli</em>, a regular and established port of trade -situated on a deep bay the direction of which is -due south. Facing this, at a distance seaward -of about 200 stadia from the inmost recess of -the bay, lies an island called <em class="gesperrt">Oreinê</em> (or ‘the -mountainous’), which runs on either side parallel -with the mainland. Ships, that come to trade -with Adouli, now-a-days anchor here, to avoid -being attacked from the shore; for in former -times when they used to anchor at the very -head of the bay, beside an island called -<em class="gesperrt">Diodôros</em>, which was so close to land that the -sea was fordable, the neighbouring barbarians, -taking advantage of this, would run across to -attack the ships at their moorings. At the -distance of 20 stadia from the sea, opposite -<em class="gesperrt">Oreinê</em>, is the village of Adouli, which is not -of any great size, and inland from this a three -days’ journey is a city, <em class="gesperrt">Kolöê</em>, the first -market where ivory can be procured. From -Kolöê it takes a journey of five days to reach the -metropolis of the people called the <em class="gesperrt">Auxumitae</em>, -whereto is brought, through the province -called <em class="gesperrt">Kyêneion</em>, all the ivory obtained on -the other side of the Nile, before it is sent on to -Adouli. The whole mass, I may say, of the elephants -and rhinoceroses which are killed <i>to supply -the trade</i> frequent the uplands <i>of the interior</i>, -though at rare times they are seen near the coast, -even in the neighbourhood of Adouli. Besides -the islands already mentioned, a cluster consisting -of many small ones lies out in the sea to the -right of this port. They bear the name of -<em class="gesperrt">Alalaiou</em>, and yield the tortoises with which -the <em class="gesperrt">Ikhthyophagoi</em> supply the market.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(4) Beyond <em class="gesperrt">Ptolemaïs Thêrôn</em> occurs -<em class="gesperrt">Adoulê</em>, at a distance, according to the <i>Periplûs</i>, -of 3000 stadia—a somewhat excessive estimate. -The place is called also <em class="gesperrt">Adoulei</em> and more -commonly Adoulis by ancient writers (Ptol. IV. -vii. 8; VIII. xvi. 11). It is represented by the -modern Thulla or Zula [pronounced Azule,—lat. -15° 12´-15° 15´ N., long. 39° 36´ E.].—To the West -of this, according to Lord Valentia and Mr. Salt, -there are to be found the remains of an ancient -city. It was situated on the <em class="gesperrt">Adoulikos -Kolpos</em> (Ptol. I. xv. 11.; IV. vii. 8), now called -Annesley Bay, the best entrance into Abyssinia. -It was erroneously placed by D’Anville at Dokhnau -or Harkiko, close to Musawwâ [lat. 15° 35´ N.] -There is much probability in the supposition that -it was founded by a party of those Egyptians who, -as we learn from Herodotos (II. 30), to the number -of 240,000 fled from their country in the days of -Psammêtikḥos (<span class="smcap">B. C.</span> 671-617) and went to as great -a distance beyond Meroë, the capital of Ethiopia, as -Meroë is beyond Elephantinê. This is the account -which Pliny (VI. 3-4) gives of its foundation, -adding that it was the greatest emporium of the -<em class="gesperrt">Troglodytes</em>, and distant from <em class="gesperrt">Ptolemaïs</em> -a five days’ voyage, which by the ordinary reckoning -is 2,500 stadia. It was an emporium for -rhinoceros’ hides, ivory and tortoise-shell. It had -not only a large sea-borne traffic, but was also a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span> -caravan station for the traffic of the interior of -Africa. Under the Romans it was the haven -of <em class="gesperrt">Auxumê</em> (Ptol. IV. vii. 25,—written also -Auxumis, Axumis), now Axum, the capital of the -kingdom of Tigre in Abyssinia. <em class="gesperrt">Auxumê</em> was -the chief centre of the trade with the interior of -Africa in gold-dust, ivory, leather, hides and -aromatics. It was rising to great prosperity -and power about the time the <i>Periplûs</i> was -written, which is the earliest work extant in which -it is mentioned. It was probably founded by the -Egyptian exiles already referred to. Its remaining -monuments are perfectly Egyptian and not -pastoral, Troglodytik, Greek, or Arabian in their -character. Its name at the same time retains -traces of the term <em class="gesperrt">Asmak</em>, by which, as we -learn from Herodotos, those exiles were designated, -and Heeren considers it to have been one -of the numerous priest-colonies which were sent -out from Meroë.</p> - -<p>At Adouli was a celebrated monument, a -throne of white marble with a slab of basanite -stone behind it, both covered with Greek characters, -which in the sixth century of our era were -copied by <em class="gesperrt">Kosmas Indikopleustês</em>. The -passage in Kosmos relating to this begins -thus:<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span> “<em class="gesperrt">Adulê</em> is a city of Ethiopia and the -port of communication with <em class="gesperrt">Axiômis</em>, and the -whole nation of which that city is the capital. -In this port we carry on our trade from -Alexandria and the Elanitik Gulf. The town -itself is about a mile from the shore, and as you -enter it on the Western side which leads from -<em class="gesperrt">Axiômis</em>, there is still remaining a chair or -throne which appertained to one of the Ptolemys -who had subjected this country to his authority.” -The first portion of the inscription records that -Ptolemy Euergetês (247-222 <span class="smcap">B.C.</span>) received from -the Troglodyte Arabs and Ethiopians certain -elephants which his father, the second king of the -Makedonian dynasty, and himself had taken in -hunting in the region of <span class="smcap">Adulê</span> and trained to -war in their own kingdom. The second portion of -the inscription commemorates the conquests of an -anonymous Ethiopian king in Arabia and Ethiopia -as far as the frontier of Egypt. <em class="gesperrt">Adouli</em>, it is -known for certain, received its name from a tribe -so designated which formed a part of the <em class="gesperrt">Danakil</em> -shepherds who are still found in the neigh<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>bourhood -of Annesley Bay, in the island of Diset -[lat. 15° 28´, long. 30° 45´, the Diodôros perhaps -of the <i>Periplûs</i>] opposite which is the town or -station of Masawâ (anc. Saba) [lat. 15° 37´ N., -long. 39° 28´ E.], and also in the archipelago of -<em class="gesperrt">Dhalak</em>, called in the <i>Periplûs</i>, the islands of -<em class="gesperrt">Alalaiou</em>. The merchants of Egypt, we learn -from the work, first traded at Masawwâ but afterwards -removed to Oreinê for security. This is an -islet in the south of the Bay of Masawwâ, lying -20 miles from the coast; it is a rock as its name -imports, and is of considerable elevation.</p> - -<p><em class="gesperrt">Aduli</em> being the best entrance into Abyssinia, -came prominently into notice during the late -Abyssinian war. Beke thus speaks of it,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span> “In our -recent visit to Abyssinia I saw quite enough to -confirm the opinion I have so long entertained, -that when the ancient Greeks founded Adule or -Adulis at the mouth of the river Hadâs, now only -a river bed except during the rains, though a -short way above there is rain all the year round, -they knew that they possessed one of the keys of -Abyssinia.”</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_5"></a>5. Below Adouli, about 800 stadia, occurs -another very deep bay, at the entrance of which -on the right are vast accumulations of sand, wherein -is found deeply embedded the Opsian stone, -which is not obtainable anywhere else. The -king of all this country, from the <em class="gesperrt">Moskhophagoi</em> -to the other end of <em class="gesperrt">Barbaria</em>, is -<em class="gesperrt">Zôskalês</em>, a man at once of penurious -habits and of a grasping disposition, but otherwise -honourable in his dealings and instructed -in the Greek language.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(5) At a distance of about 100 miles beyond -<em class="gesperrt">Adouli</em> the coast is indented by another bay now -known as <em class="gesperrt">Hanfelah</em> bay [near Râs Hanfelah in -lat. 14° 44´, long. 40° 49´ E.] about 100 miles from -Annesley Bay and opposite an island called Daramsas -or Hanfelah. It has wells of good water and a small -lake of fresh water after the rains; the coast is inhabited -by the Dummoeta, a tribe of the Danakil. -This is the locality where, and where only, the Opsian -or Obsidian stone was to be found. Pliny calls it an -unknown bay, because traders making for the ports -of Arabia passed it by without deviating from -their course to enter it. He was aware, as well as -our author, that it contained the Opsian stone, of -which he gives an account, already produced in the -introduction.</p></blockquote> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span></p> - -<p><a id="para_6"></a>6. These articles which these places import -are the following:—</p> - -<p>Ἱμάτια βαρβαρικα, ἄγναφα τὰ ἐν Ἀιγύπτω γινόμενα—Cloth -undressed, of Egyptian manufacture, for -the Barbarian market.</p> - -<p>Στολὰι Ἀρσινοητικὰι—Robes manufactured at Arsinoê.</p> - -<p>Ἀβόλλαι νόθοι χρωμάτιναι—Cloaks, made of a -poor cloth imitating a better quality, and dyed.</p> - -<p>Λέντια—Linens.</p> - -<p>Δικρόσσια—Striped cloths and fringed. Mantles -with a double fringe.</p> - -<p>Λιθίας ὑαλῆς πλείονα γένη καὶ ἄλλης μορρίνης, τῆς -γινομένης έν Διοσπόλει—Many sorts of glass or -crystal, and of that other transparent stone -called Myrrhina, made at Diospolis.</p> - -<p>Ὀρείχαλκος—Yellow copper, for ornaments and -cut into pieces to pass for money.</p> - -<p>Μελίεφθα χαλκᾶ—Copper fused with honey: for -culinary vessels and cutting into bracelets and -anklets worn by certain classes of women.</p> - -<p>Σίδηρος—Iron. Consumed in making spearheads -for hunting the elephant and other animals -and in making weapons of war.</p> - -<p>Πελύκια—Hatchets.</p> - -<p>Σκέπαρνα—Adzes.</p> - -<p>Μάχαιραι—Swords.</p> - -<p>Ποτήρια χαλκᾶ στρογγύλα μεγάλα—Drinking -vessels of brass, large and round.</p> - -<p>Δηνάριον ὀλίγον—A small quantity of denarii: -for the use of merchants resident in the country.</p> - -<p>Οἶνος Λαοδικηνὸς καὶ Ἰταλικὸς οῦ πολῦς—Wine, -Laodikean, <i>i.e.</i> Syrian, from Laodike, (now Latakia) -and Italian, but not much.</p> - -<p>Ἔλαιον οὐ πολύ—Oil, but not much.</p> - -<p>Ἀργυρώματα καὶ χρυσώματα τοπικῷ ῥυθμῷ -κατεσκευασμέναι—Gold and silver plate made according -to the fashion of the country for the king.</p> - -<p>Ἀβόλλαι—Cloaks for riding or for the camp.</p> - -<p>Καυνάκαὶ ἁπλοῖ—Dresses simply made of skins -with the hair or fur on. These two articles of dress -are not of much value.</p> - -<p>These articles are imported from the interior -parts of Ariakê:—</p> - -<p>Σίδηρος Ἰνδικὸς—Indian iron.</p> - -<p>Στόμωμα—Sharp blades.</p> - -<p>Ὀθόνιον Ἰνδικὸν τὸ πλατύτερον, ἡ λεγομένη μοναχὴ.—Monakhê,<a name="FNanchor_17_17" id="FNanchor_17_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_17_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a> -Indian cotton cloth of great width.</p> - -<p>Σαγματογῆναι—Cotton for stuffing.</p> - -<p>Περιζώματα—Sashes or girdles.</p> - -<p>Καυνάκαὶ—Dresses of skin with the hair or fur on.</p> - -<p>Μολόχινα—Webs of cloth mallow-tinted.</p> - -<p>Σινδόνες ὀλίγαι—Fine muslins in small quantity.</p> - -<p>Λάκκος χρωμάτινος—Gum-lac: yielding Lake.</p> - -<p>The articles locally produced for export are -ivory, tortoise-shell, and rhinoceros. Most of -the goods which supply the market arrive any -time from January to September—that is, from -Tybi to Thôth. The best season, however, for -ships from Egypt to put in here is about the -month of September.</p> - -<p><a id="para_7"></a>7. From this bay the Arabian Gulf trends -eastward, and at <em class="gesperrt">Aualitês</em> is contracted to -its narrowest. At a distance of about 4000 -stadia (<i>from Adouli</i>), if you still sail along the -same coast, you reach other marts of <em class="gesperrt">Barbaria</em>, -called the marts beyond (<i>the Straits</i>), which occur -in successive order, and which, though harbourless, -afford at certain seasons of the year good -and safe anchorage. The first district you come -to is that called <em class="gesperrt">Aualitês</em>, where the passage -across the strait to the opposite point of Arabia -is shortest. Here is a small port of trade, -called, like the district, <em class="gesperrt">Aualitês</em>, which -can be approached only by little boats and rafts. -The imports of this place are—</p> - -<p>Ὑαλὴ λίθια σύμμικτος—Flint glass of various -sorts.</p> - -<p>Χυλός] Διοσπολιτικῆς ὄμφακος—Juice of the sour -grape of Diospolis.</p> - -<p>Ἰμάτια βαρβαρικὰ σύμμικτα γεγναμμένα—Cloths -of different kinds worn in Barbaria dressed by -the fuller.</p> - -<p>Σῖτος—Corn.</p> - -<p>Οἶνος—Wine.</p> - -<p>Κασσιτερος ὀλίγος—A little tin.</p> - -<p>The exports, which are sometimes conveyed -on rafts across the straits by the <em class="gesperrt">Berbers</em> -themselves to <em class="gesperrt">Okêlis</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em> on the -opposite coast, are—</p> - -<p>Ἀρώματα—Odoriferous gums.</p> - -<p>Ἐλέφας ὀλίγος—Ivory in small quantity.</p> - -<p>Χελώνη—Tortoise-shell.</p> - -<p>Σμύρνα ἐλαχίστη διαφέρουσα δὲ τῆς ἄλλης—Myrrh -in very small quantity, but of the finest sort.</p> - -<p>Μάκειρ—Macer.</p> - -<p>The barbarians forming the population of the -place are <i>rude and</i> lawless men.</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p>(6, 7) From this bay the coast of the gulf, -according to our author, has a more easterly -direction to the Straits, the distance to which -from Adouli is stated at 4,000 stadia, an estimate -much too liberal. In all this extent of coast the -<i>Periplûs</i> mentions only the bay of the Opsian-stones -and conducts us at once from thence to -Aualités at the straits. Strabo however, and -Juba, and Pliny, and Ptolemy mention several -places in this tract, such as <em class="gesperrt">Arsinoë</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Berenîkê</em>,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span> -<em class="gesperrt">Epideirês</em>, the Grove of Eumenês, -the Chase of Puthangelos, the Territory of the -Elephantophagoi, &c. The straits are called by -Ptolemy <em class="gesperrt">Deirê</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Dêrê</em> (<i>i. e.</i> the neck), a word -which from its resemblance in sound to the Latin -<i>Dirae</i> has sometimes been explained to mean -“the terrible.” (I. xv. 11; IV. vii. 9; VIII. -xvi. 12). “The <i>Periplûs</i>,” Vincent remarks,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span> -“makes no mention of Deirê, but observes that -the point of contraction is close to <em class="gesperrt">Abalitês</em> -or the Abalitik mart; it is from this mart that -the coast of Africa falling down first to the South -and curving afterwards towards the East is styled -the Bay of <em class="gesperrt">Aualitês</em> by Ptolemy, (IV. vii. -10, 20, 27, 30, 39,) but in the <i>Periplûs</i> this name -is confined to a bay immediately beyond the -straits which D’Anville has likewise inserted in -his map, but which I did not fully understand -till I obtained Captain Cook’s chart and found it -perfectly consistent with the <i>Periplûs</i>.” It is the -gulf of Tejureh or Zeyla.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span></p> - -<p>The tract of country extending from the Straits -to Cape Arômata (now Guardafui) is called -at the present day <em class="gesperrt">Adel</em>. It is described by -Strabo (XVI. iv. 14), who copies his account of it -from Artemidoros. He mentions no emporium, -nor any of the names which occur in the <i>Periplûs</i> -except the haven of Daphnous. [Bandar Mariyah, -lat. 11° 46´ N., long. 50° 38´ E.] He supplies -however many particulars regarding the region -which are left unnoticed by our author as having -no reference to commerce—particulars, however, -which prove that these parts which were resorted -to in the times of the Ptolemies for elephant-hunt<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span>ing -were much better known to the ancients than -they were till quite recently known to ourselves. -Ptolemy gives nearly the same series of names -(IV. vii. 9, 10) as the <i>Periplûs</i>, but with some discrepancies -in the matter of their distances which -he does not so accurately state. His list is: <em class="gesperrt">Dêre</em>, -a city; <em class="gesperrt">Abalitês</em> or Aualitês, a mart; <em class="gesperrt">Malaô</em>, -a mart; <em class="gesperrt">Moundou</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Mondou</em>, a mart; -Mondou, an island; Mosulon, a cape and a mart; -<em class="gesperrt">Kobê</em>, a mart; <em class="gesperrt">Elephas</em>, a mountain; <em class="gesperrt">Akkanai</em> -or Akannai, a mart; <em class="gesperrt">Arômata</em>, a cape -and a mart.</p> - -<p>The mart of <em class="gesperrt">Abalitês</em> is represented by the -modern <em class="gesperrt">Zeyla</em> [lat. 11° 22´ N., long. 43° 29´ E., -79 miles from the straits.] On the N. shore of the -gulf are Abalit and Tejureh. Abalit is 43 miles -from the straits, and Tejureh 27 miles from -Abalit. This is the <em class="gesperrt">Zouileh</em> of Ebn Haukal -and the <em class="gesperrt">Zalegh</em> of Idrisi. According to the -<i>Periplûs</i> it was near the straits, but Ptolemy -has fixed it more correctly at the distance from -them of 50 or 60 miles.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_8"></a>8. Beyond Aualitês there is another mart, -superior to it, called <em class="gesperrt">Malaô</em>, at a distance -by sea of 800 stadia. The anchorage is an -open road, sheltered, however, by a cape protruding -eastward. The people are of a more peaceable -disposition than their neighbours. The -imports are such as have been already specified, -with the addition of—</p> - -<p>Πλείονες χιτῶνες—Tunics in great quantity.</p> - -<p>Σάγοι Ἀρσινοητικοι γεγναμμένοι καὶ βεβαμμένοι—Coarse -cloaks (or blankets) manufactured at Arsinoê, -prepared by the fuller and dyed.</p> - -<p>Μελίεφθα ὀλίγα—A few utensils made of copper -fused with honey.</p> - -<p>Σίδερος—Iron.</p> - -<p>Δηνάριον οὐ πολὺ χρυσοῦντε καὶ ἀργυροῦν—Specie,—gold -and silver, but not much.</p> - -<p>The exports from this locality are—</p> - -<p>Σμύρνα—Myrrh.</p> - -<p>Λίβανος ὁ περατικος ὀλίγὸς—Frankincense <i>which -we call peratic</i>, <i>i.e.</i> from beyond the straits, a little -only.</p> - -<p>Κασσία σκληροτέρα—Cinnamon of a hard grain.</p> - -<p>Δούακα—Douaka (<i>an inferior kind of cinnamon</i>).</p> - -<p>Κάγκαμον—The gum (<i>for fumigation</i>) <i>kangkamon</i>. -‘Dekamalli,’ gum.</p> - -<p>Μάκειρ—The spice <i>macer</i>, which is carried to -Arabia.</p> - -<p>Σώματα σπανίως—Slaves, a few.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(8) <em class="gesperrt">Malaô</em> as a mart was much superior to -Abalitês, from which our author estimates its -distance to be 800 stadia, though it is in reality -greater. From the description he gives of its -situation it must be identified with Berbereh -[lat. 10° 25´ N., long. 45° 1´ E.] now the most -considerable mart on this part of the coast. -Vincent erroneously places it between Zeyla and -the straits.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_9"></a>9. Distant from <em class="gesperrt">Malaô</em> two days’ sail is -the trading port of <em class="gesperrt">Moundou</em>, where ships -find a safer anchorage by mooring at an island -which lies very close to shore. The exports -and imports are similar to those of the preceding -marts, with the addition of the fragrant gum -called <i>Mokrotou</i>, a peculiar product of the place. -The native traders here are uncivilized in their -manners.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(9) The next mart after Malaô is <em class="gesperrt">Moundou</em>, -which, as we learn from Ptolemy, was also the -name of an adjacent island—that which is now -called Meyet or Burnt-island [lat. 11° 12´ N., -long. 47° 17´ E., 10 miles east of Bandar Jedid].</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_10"></a>10. After <em class="gesperrt">Moundou</em>, if you sail eastward -as before for two or three days, there comes -next <em class="gesperrt">Mosullon</em>, where it is difficult to anchor. -It imports the same sorts of commodities as -have been already mentioned, and also utensils -of silver and others of iron but not so many, -and glass-ware. It exports a vast amount -of cinnamon (whence it is a port requiring -ships of heavy burden) and other fragrant -and aromatic products, besides tortoise-shell, -but in no great quantity, and the incense -called <i>mokrotou</i> inferior to that of Moundou, and -frankincense brought from parts further -distant, and ivory and myrrh though in small -quantity.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(10) At a distance beyond it of two or three -days’ sail occurs <em class="gesperrt">Mosulon</em>, which is the name -both of a mart and of a promontory. It is mentioned<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span> -by Pliny (VI. 34), who says: “Further on is the -bay of <em class="gesperrt">Abalitês</em>, the island of <em class="gesperrt">Diodôrus</em> -and other islands which are desert. On the mainland, -which has also deserts, occur a town <em class="gesperrt">Gaza</em> -[Bandar Gazim, long. 49° 13´ E.], the promontory -and port of <em class="gesperrt">Mosylon</em>, whence cinnamon is -exported. Sesostris led his army to this point -and no further. Some writers place one town of -Ethiopia beyond it, Baricaza, which lies on the -coast. According to Juba the Atlantic Sea -begins at the promontory of Mossylon.” Juba -evidently confounded this promontory with Cape -Arômata, and Ptolemy, perhaps in consequence, -makes its projection more considerable than it is. -D’Anville and Gosselin thought <em class="gesperrt">Mossulon</em> -was situated near the promontory Mete, where -is a river, called the Soal, which they supposed -preserved traces of the name of Mossulon. This -position however cannot be reconciled with the -distances given in the <i>Periplûs</i>, which would lead -us to look for it where Guesele is placed in the -latest description given of this coast. Vincent on -very inadequate grounds would identify it with -Barbara or Berbera. [Müller places it at Bandar -Barthe and Ras Antarah, long. 49° 35´ E.]</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_11"></a>11. After leaving <em class="gesperrt">Mosullon</em>, and sailing -past a place called <em class="gesperrt">Neiloptolemaios</em>, and -past <em class="gesperrt">Tapatêgê</em> and the Little Laurel-grove, -you are conducted in two days to Capo <em class="gesperrt">Elephant</em>. -Here is a stream called <em class="gesperrt">Elephant</em> -River, and the Great Laurel-grove called <em class="gesperrt">Akannai</em>, -where, and where only, is produced the -<i>peratic</i> frankincense. The supply is most abundant, -and it is of the very finest quality.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(11) After Mosulon occurs Cape Elephant, -at some distance beyond <em class="gesperrt">Neiloptolemaios</em>, -<em class="gesperrt">Tapatêgê</em>, and the Little Laurel-grove. At the -Cape is a river and the Great Laurel-grove called -<em class="gesperrt">Akannai</em>. Strabo in his account of this coast -mentions a Neilospotamia which however can -hardly be referred to this particular locality -which pertains to the region through which the -Khori or San Pedro flows, of which Idrisi (I. 45) -thus writes: “At two journeys’ distance from -Markah in the desert is a river which is subject -to risings like the Nile and on the banks of which -they sow dhorra.” Regarding Cape Elephant -Vincent says, “it is formed by a mountain conspicuous -in the Portuguese charts under the name -of Mount Felix or Felles from the native term -Jibel Fîl, literally, Mount Elephant. The cape -[Ras Filik, 800 ft. high, lat. 11° 57´ N., long. 50° -37´ E.] is formed by the land jutting up to the -North from the direction of the coast which is -nearly East and West, and from its northernmost -point the land falls off again South-East to -Râs 'Asir—Cape Guardafui, the Arômata of the -ancients. We learn from Captain Saris, an English -navigator, that there is a river at Jibel Fîl. -In the year 1611 he stood into a bay or harbour -there which he represents as having a safe -entrance for three ships abreast: he adds also that -several sorts of gums very sweet in burning were -still purchased by the Indian ships from Cambay -which touched here for that purpose in their -passage to Mocha.” The passage in the <i>Periplûs</i> -where these places are mentioned is very corrupt. -Vincent, who regards the greater <em class="gesperrt">Daphnôn</em> -(Laurel-grove) as a river called <em class="gesperrt">Akannai</em>, says, -“Neither place or distance is assigned to any -of these names, but we may well allot the rivers -Daphnôn and Elephant to the synonymous town -and cape; and these may be represented by the -modern Mete and Santa Pedro.” [Müller places -Elephas at Ras el Fîl, long. 50° 37´ E., and Akannai -at Ulûlah Bandar, long. 50° 56´ E., but they -may be represented by Ras Ahileh, where a river -enters through a lagoon in 11° 46´, and Bonah, -a town with wells of good water in lat. 11° 58´ N., -long. 50° 51´ E.]</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_12"></a>12. After this, the coast now inclining to the -south, succeeds the mart of <em class="gesperrt">Arômata</em>, and a -bluff headland running out eastward which -forms the termination of the Barbarine coast. -The roadstead is an open one, and at certain -seasons dangerous, as the place lies exposed to -the north wind. A coming storm gives warning -of its approach by a peculiar prognostic, for the -sea turns turbid at the bottom and changes its -colour. When this occurs, all hasten for refuge -to the great promontory called <em class="gesperrt">Tabai</em>, which -affords a secure shelter. The imports into this -mart are such as have been already mentioned; -while its products are cinnamon, gizeir (<i>a finer -sort of cinnamon</i>), asuphê (<i>an ordinary sort</i>), -fragrant gums, magla, motô (<i>an inferior cinnamon</i>), -and frankincense.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(12) We come now to the great projection -Cape Arômata, which is a continuation of Mount -Elephant. It is called in Arabic <em class="gesperrt">Jerd Hafûn</em><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span> -or Ras Asir; in Idrisi, <em class="gesperrt">Carfouna</em>, whence the -name by which it is generally known. [The South -point 11° 40´ is Râs Shenarif or Jerd Hafûn; -the N. point 11° 51´ is Râs 'Asir.] It formed -the limit of the knowledge of this coast in the -time of Strabo, by whom it is called <em class="gesperrt">Notou -Keras</em> or South Horn. It is described as a -very high bluff point and as perpendicular as if -it were scarped. [Jerd Hafûn is 2500 feet high.] -The current comes round it out of the gulf with -such violence that it is not to be stemmed without -a brisk wind, and during the South-West -Monsoon, the moment you are past the Cape to -the North there is a stark calm with insufferable -heat. The current below Jerd Hafûn is noticed by -the <i>Periplûs</i> as setting to the South, and is there -perhaps equally subject to the change of the -monsoon. With this account of the coast from -the straits to the great Cape may be compared -that which has been given by Strabo, XVI. iv. 14:</p> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a><br /><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span></p> -<p>“From <em class="gesperrt">Deirê</em> the next country is that which -bears aromatic plants. The first produces myrrh -and belongs to the <em class="gesperrt">Ichthyophagi</em> and -<em class="gesperrt">Creophagi</em>. It bears also the persea, peach or -Egyptian almond, and the Egyptian fig. Beyond is -<em class="gesperrt">Licha</em>, a hunting ground for elephants. There -are also in many places standing pools of rainwater. -When these are dried up, the elephants -with their trunks and tusks dig holes and find -water. On this coast there are two very large -lakes extending as far as the promontory Pytholaus. -One of them contains salt water and is -called a sea; the other fresh water and is the -haunt of hippopotami and crocodiles. On the -margin grows the papyrus. The ibis is seen in -the neighbourhood of this place. Next is the -country which produces frankincense; it has a -promontory and a temple with a grove of poplars. -In the inland parts is a tract along the banks of a -river bearing the name of <em class="gesperrt">Isis</em>, and another that -of <em class="gesperrt">Nilus</em>, both of which produce myrrh and frankincense. -Also a lagoon filled with water from the -mountains. Next the watch-post of the Lion and -the port of <em class="gesperrt">Pythangelus</em>. The next tract -bears the false cassia. There are many tracts -in succession on the sides of rivers on which -frankincense grows, and rivers extending to the -cinnamon country. The river which bounds this -tract produces rushes (φλους) in great abundance. -Then follows another river and the port of -<em class="gesperrt">Daphnus</em>, and a valley called <em class="gesperrt">Apollo</em>’s which -bears besides frankincense, myrrh and cinnamon. -The latter is more abundant in places far in the -interior. Next is the mountain <em class="gesperrt">Elephas</em>, a -mountain projecting into the sea and a creek; then -follows the large harbour of <em class="gesperrt">Psygmus</em>, a watering -place called that of <em class="gesperrt">Kunocephali</em> and the -last promontory of this coast <em class="gesperrt">Notu-ceras</em> (or the -Southern Horn). After doubling this cape towards -the south we have no more descriptions of harbours -or places because nothing is known of the sea-coast -beyond this point.” [Bohn’s <i>Transl.</i>] According -to Gosselin, the Southern Horn corresponds with -the Southern Cape of Bandel-caus, where commences -the desert coast of Ajan, the ancient -<em class="gesperrt">Azania</em>.</p> - -<p>According to the <i>Periplûs</i> Cape <em class="gesperrt">Arômata</em> -marked the termination of <em class="gesperrt">Barbaria</em> and the -beginning of <em class="gesperrt">Azania</em>. Ptolemy however distinguishes -them differently, defining the former as -the interior and the latter as the sea-board of the -region to which these names were applied.</p> - -<p>The description of the Eastern Coast of Africa -which now follows is carried, as has been already -noticed, as far as <em class="gesperrt">Rhapta</em>, a place about 6 degrees -South of the Equator, but which Vincent places -much farther South, identifying it with Kilwa.</p> - -<p>The places named on this line of coast are: -a promontory called <em class="gesperrt">Tabai</em>, a Khersonesos; -<em class="gesperrt">Opônê</em>, a mart; the Little and the Great <em class="gesperrt">Apokopa</em>; -the Little and the Great Coast; the -<em class="gesperrt">Dromoi</em> or courses of <em class="gesperrt">Azania</em> (first that of -<em class="gesperrt">Serapiôn</em>, then that of <em class="gesperrt">Nikôn</em>); a number of -rivers; a succession of anchorages, seven in number; -the <em class="gesperrt">Paralaoi</em> islands; a strait or canal; -the island of <em class="gesperrt">Menouthias</em>; and then <em class="gesperrt">Rhapta</em>, -beyond which, as the author conceived, the ocean -curved round Africa until it met and amalgamated -with the Hesperian or Western Ocean.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_13"></a>13. If, on sailing from <em class="gesperrt">Tabai</em>, you follow -the coast of the peninsula <i>formed by the promontory</i>, -you are carried by the force of a strong -current to another mart 400 stadia distant, called -<em class="gesperrt">Opônê</em>, which imports the commodities already -mentioned, but produces most abundantly -cinnamon, spice, <i>motô</i>, slaves of a very superior -sort, chiefly for the Egyptian market, and tortoise-shell -of small size but in large quantity -and of the finest quality known.</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p>(13) Tabai, to which the inhabitants of the Great -Cape fled for refuge on the approach of a storm, -cannot, as Vincent and others have supposed, be -Cape Orfui, for it lay at too great a distance for -the purpose. The projection is meant which the -Arabs call Banna. [Or, Tabai may be identified -with Râs Shenarif, lat. 11° 40´ N.] Tabai, Müller -suggests, may be a corruption for Tabannai.</p> - -<p>“From the foreign term Banna,” he says, -“certain Greeks in the manner of their countrymen -invented <em class="gesperrt">Panos</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Panôn</em> or Panô or Panôna -Kômê. Thus in Ptolemy (I. 17 and IV. 7) after -Arômata follows <em class="gesperrt">Panôn Kômê</em>, which Mannert -has identified with Benna. [Khor Banneh is a salt -lake, with a village, inside Râs Ali Beshgêl, lat. 11° 9´ -N., long. 51° 9´ E.] Stephen of Byzantium may be -compared, who speaks of <em class="gesperrt">Panos</em> as a village on -the Red Sea which is also called <em class="gesperrt">Panôn</em>.” The -conjecture, therefore, of Letronnius that <em class="gesperrt">Panôn -Kômê</em> derived its name from the large apes -found there, called <em class="gesperrt">Pânes</em>, falls to the ground. -<em class="gesperrt">Opônê</em> was situated on the Southern shores -of what the <i>Periplûs</i> calls a Khersonese, which -can only be the projection now called <em class="gesperrt">Ras -Hafûn</em> or Cape D’Orfui (lat. 10° 25´ N.). -Ptolemy (I. 17) gives the distance of <em class="gesperrt">Opônê</em> -from <em class="gesperrt">Panôn Kômê</em> at a 6 days’ journey, from -which according to the <i>Periplûs</i> it was only -400 stadia distant. That the text of Ptolemy is -here corrupt cannot be doubted, for in his tables -the distance between the two places is not far from -that which is given in the <i>Periplûs</i>. Probably, -as Müller conjectures, he wrote ὁδόν ἡμέρας (a day’s -journey) which was converted into ὁδόν ἡμερ. ϛ´ (a -six-days’ journey).</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_14"></a>14. Ships set sail from Egypt for all these -ports beyond the straits about the month of -July—that is, Epiphi. The same markets are -also regularly supplied with the products of -places far beyond them—<em class="gesperrt">Ariakê</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em>. -These products are—</p> - -<p>Σῖτος —Corn.</p> - -<p>Ὀρυζα<a name="FNanchor_18_18" id="FNanchor_18_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_18_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a>—Rice.</p> - -<p>Βούτυρον—Butter, i. e. <i>ghî</i>.</p> - -<p>Ἔλαιον σησάμινον—Oil of sesamum.</p> - -<p>Ὀθόνιον ἥ τε μοναχὴ καὶ ἡ σαγματογήνη—Fine -cotton called <i>Monakhê</i>, and a coarse kind for -stuffing called <i>Sagmatogene</i>.</p> - -<p>Περιζώματα—Sashes or girdles.</p> - -<p>Μέλι τὸ καλάμινον τὸ λεγόμενον σάκχαρι—The -honey of a reed, called <i>sugar</i>.</p> - -<p>Some traders undertake voyages for this -commerce expressly, while others, as they sail -along the coast <i>we are describing</i>, exchange -their cargoes for such others as they can procure. -There is no king who reigns paramount over all -this region, but each separate seat of trade is -ruled by an independent despot of its own.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(14) At this harbour is introduced the mention -of the voyage which was annually made between -the coast of India and Africa in days previous to -the appearance of the Greeks on the Indian Ocean, -which has already been referred to.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_15"></a>15. After <em class="gesperrt">Opônê</em>, the coast now trending -more to the south, you come first to what are -called the little and the great <em class="gesperrt">Apokopa</em> (or -Bluffs) of <em class="gesperrt">Azania</em>, where there are no -harbours, but only roads in which ships can conveniently -anchor. The navigation of this coast, -the direction of which is now to the south-west, -occupies six days. Then follow the Little -Coast and the Great Coast, occupying other six -days, when in due order succeed the <em class="gesperrt">Dromoi</em> -(or Courses) of <em class="gesperrt">Azania</em>, the one going -by the name of <em class="gesperrt">Sarapiôn</em>, and the other -by that of <em class="gesperrt">Nikôn</em>. Proceeding thence, you -pass the mouths of numerous rivers, and a succession -of other roadsteads lying apart one -from another a day’s distance either by sea or by -land. There are seven of them altogether, and -they reach on to the <em class="gesperrt">Puralaoi</em> islands and the -<i>narrow strait</i> called the Canal, beyond which, -where the coast changes its direction from south-west -slightly more to south, you are conducted -by a voyage of two days and two nights to -<em class="gesperrt">Menouthias</em>, an island stretching towards sunset, -and distant from the mainland about 300 stadia. -It is low-lying and woody, has rivers, and a -vast variety of birds, and yields the mountain -tortoise, but it has no wild beasts at all, except -only crocodiles, which, however, are quite -harmless. The boats are here made of planks -sewn together attached to a keel formed of a -single log of wood, and these are used for fishing -and for catching turtle. This is also caught in -another mode, peculiar to the island, by lowering -wicker-baskets instead of nets, and fixing -them against the mouths of the cavernous -rocks which lie out in the sea confronting the -beach.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(15) After leaving <em class="gesperrt">Opônê</em> the coast first runs -due south, then bends to the south-west, and here -begins the coast which is called the Little and the -Great <em class="gesperrt">Apokopa</em> or Bluffs of <em class="gesperrt">Azania</em>, the -voyage along which occupies six days. This rocky -coast, as we learn from recent explorations, begins -at <em class="gesperrt">Râs Mabber</em> [about lat. 9° 25´ N.], which is -between 70 and 80 miles distant from Ras Hafûn and -extends only to <em class="gesperrt">Râs-ul-Kheil</em> [about lat. 7° 45´ -N.], which is distant from Râs Mabber about 140 -miles or a voyage of three or four days only. The -length of this rocky coast (called <em class="gesperrt">Hazine</em> by the -Arabs) is therefore much exaggerated in the <i>Peri<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>plûs</i>. -From this error we may infer that our author, -who was a very careful observer, had not personally -visited this coast. Ptolemy, in opposition to Marînos -as well as the <i>Periplûs</i>, recognizes but one -<em class="gesperrt">Apokopa</em>, which he speaks of as a bay. Müller -concludes an elaborate note regarding the <em class="gesperrt">Apokopa</em> -by the following quotation from the work of -Owen, who made the exploration already referred to, -“It is strange that the descriptive term <em class="gesperrt">Hazine</em> -should have produced the names <em class="gesperrt">Ajan</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Azan</em> -and <em class="gesperrt">Azania</em> in many maps and charts, as the -country never had any other appellation than -<em class="gesperrt">Barra Somâli</em> or the land of the <em class="gesperrt">Somâli</em>, -a people who have never yet been collected under -one government, and whose limits of subjection -are only within bow-shot of individual chiefs. -The coast of Africa from the Red Sea to the river -Juba is inhabited by the tribe called <em class="gesperrt">Somâli</em>. -They are a mild people of pastoral habits and -confined entirely to the coast; the whole of the -interior being occupied by an untameable tribe of -savages called <em class="gesperrt">Galla</em>.”</p> - -<p>The coast which follows the <em class="gesperrt">Apokopa</em>, called -the Little and the Great <em class="gesperrt">Aigialos</em> or Coast, -is so desolate that, as Vincent remarks, not a -name occurs on it, neither is there an anchorage -noticed, nor the least trace of commerce to be<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span> -found. Yet it is of great extent—a six days’ -voyage according to the <i>Periplûs</i>, but, according -to Ptolemy, who is here more correct, a voyage of -eight days, for, as we have seen, the <i>Periplûs</i> has -unduly extended the <em class="gesperrt">Apokopa</em> to the South.</p> - -<p>Next follow the <em class="gesperrt">Dromoi</em> or Courses of -<em class="gesperrt">Azania</em>, the first called that of <em class="gesperrt">Serapiôn</em> -and the other that of <em class="gesperrt">Nikôn</em>. Ptolemy interposes -a bay between the Great Coast and the port -of <em class="gesperrt">Serapiôn</em>, on which he states there was -an emporium called <em class="gesperrt">Essina</em>—a day’s sail distant -from that port. Essina, it would therefore -appear, must have been somewhere near where -<em class="gesperrt">Makdashû</em> [Magadoxo, lat. 2° 3´ N.] was built -by the Arabs somewhere in the eighth century <span class="smcap">A.D.</span> -The station called that of <em class="gesperrt">Nikôn</em> in the <i>Periplûs</i> -appears in Ptolemy as the mart of <em class="gesperrt">Tonikê</em>. -These names are not, as some have supposed, of -Greek origin, but distortions of the native appellations -of the places into names familiar to Greek -ears. That the Greeks had founded any settlements -here is altogether improbable. At the -time when the <i>Periplûs</i> was written all the trade -of these parts was in the hands of the Arabs of -<em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em>. The port of <em class="gesperrt">Serapiôn</em> may be -placed at a promontory which occurs in 1° 40´ -of N. lat. From this, <em class="gesperrt">Tonikê</em>, according to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span> -the tables of Ptolemy, was distant 45´, and its -position must therefore have agreed with that of -<em class="gesperrt">Torre</em> or Torra of our modern maps.</p> - -<p>Next occurs a succession of rivers and roadsteads, -seven in number, which being passed we -are conducted to the <em class="gesperrt">Puralaän</em> Islands, and -what is called a canal or channel (διώρυξ). These -islands are not mentioned elsewhere. They can -readily be identified with the two called <em class="gesperrt">Manda</em> -and <em class="gesperrt">Lamou</em>, which are situate at the mouths of -large rivers, and are separated from the mainland -and from each other by a narrow channel. Vincent -would assign a Greek origin to the name of -these islands. “With a very slight alteration,” -he says, “of the reading, the Puralian Islands -(Πῦρ ἁλιον, <i>marine fire</i>,) are the islands of the -Fiery Ocean, and nothing seems more consonant -to reason than for a Greek to apply the name of -the Fiery Ocean to a spot which was the centre -of the Torrid Zone and subject to the perpendicular -rays of an equinoctial sun.” [The Juba -islands run along the coast from Juba to about -Lat. 1° 50´ S., and Manda bay and island is in Lat. -2° 12´ S.]</p> - -<p>Beyond these islands occurs, after a voyage -of two days and two nights, the island of <em class="gesperrt">Menouthias</em> -or <em class="gesperrt">Menouthesias</em>, which it has<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span> -been found difficult to identify with any certainty. -“It is,” says Vincent, “the <i>Eitenediommenouthesias</i> -of the <i>Periplûs</i>, a term egregiously strange and -corrupted, but out of which the commentators -unanimously collect Menoothias, whatever may be -the fate of the remaining syllables. That this Menoothias,” -he continues, “must have been one of -the Zangibar islands is indubitable; for the distance -from the coast of all three, Pemba, Zangibar, -and Momfia, affords a character which is indelible; -a character applicable to no other island from -Guardafui to Madagascar.” He then identifies -it with the island of Zangibar, lat. 6° 5´ S., in preference -to Pemba, 5° 6´ S., which lay too far out -of the course, and in preference to Momfia, 7° 50´ -S. (though more doubtfully), because of its being -by no means conspicuous, whereas Zangibar was -so prominent and obvious above the other two, -that it might well attract the particular attention -of navigators, and its distance from the mainland -is at the same time so nearly in accordance with -that given in the <i>Periplûs</i> as to counterbalance all -other objections. A writer in Smith’s <i>Classical -Geography</i>, who seems to have overlooked the indications -of the distances both of Ptolemy and the -<i>Periplûs</i>, assigns it a position much further to the -north than is reconcilable with these distances.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span> -He places it about a degree south from the mouth -of the River Juba or Govind, just where an opening -in the coral-reefs is now found. “The coasting -voyage,” he says, “steering S. W., reached the -island on the east side—a proof that it was close -to the main.... It is true the navigator -says it was 300 stadia from the mainland; but as -there is no reason to suppose that he surveyed -the island, this distance must be taken to signify -the estimated width of the northern inlet separating -the island from the main, and this estimate -is probably much exaggerated. The mode of -fishing with baskets is still practised in the Juba -islands and along this coast. The formation of -the coast of E. Africa in these latitudes—where -the hills or downs upon the coast are all formed -of a coral conglomerate comprising fragments -of madrepore, shell and sand, renders it likely -that the island which was close to the main 16 or -17 centuries ago, should now be united to it. -Granting this theory of gradual transformation of -the coast-line, the <em class="gesperrt">Menouthias</em> of the <i>Periplûs</i> -may be supposed to have stood in what is now -the rich garden-land of <em class="gesperrt">Shamba</em>, where the -rivers carrying down mud to mingle with the -marine deposit of coral drift covered the choked-up -estuary with a rich soil.”</p> - -<p>The island is said in the <i>Periplûs</i> to extend -towards the West, but this does not hold good -either in the case of Zangibar or any other island -in this part of the coast. Indeed there is no one -of them in which at the present day all the -characteristics of <em class="gesperrt">Menouthias</em> are found combined. -<em class="gesperrt">Momfia</em>, for instance, which resembles -it somewhat in name, and which, as modern -travellers tell us, is almost entirely occupied with -birds and covered with their dung, does not -possess any streams of water. These are found -in Zangibar. The author may perhaps have confusedly -blended together the accounts he had -received from his Arab informants.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_16"></a>16. At the distance of a two days’ sail from -this island lies the last of the marts of <em class="gesperrt">Azania</em>, -called <em class="gesperrt">Rhapta</em>, a name which it derives -from the sewn boats just mentioned. Ivory is -procured here in the greatest abundance, and -also turtle. The indigenous inhabitants are -men of huge stature, who live <i>apart from each -other</i>, every man ruling like a lord his own -domain. The whole territory is governed by -the despot of <em class="gesperrt">Mopharitis</em>, because the -sovereignty over it, by some right of old standing, -is vested in the kingdom of what is called the -First Arabia. The merchants of <em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em> farm -its revenues from the king, and employ in trading -with it a great many ships of heavy burden, -on board of which they have Arabian commanders -and factors who are intimately acquainted -with the natives and have contracted marriage -with them, and know their language and the -navigation of the coast.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(16) We arrive next and finally at <em class="gesperrt">Rhapta</em>, the -last emporium on the coast known to the author. -Ptolemy mentions not only a city of this name, -but also a river and a promontory. The name -is Greek (from ῥάπτειν, <i>to sew</i>), and was applied -to the place because the vessels there in use -were raised from bottoms consisting of single -trunks of trees by the addition of planks which -were sewn together with the fibres of the cocoa.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span> -“It is a singular fact,” as Vincent remarks, “that -this peculiarity should be one of the first objects -which attracted the attention of the Portuguese -upon their reaching this coast. They saw them -first at Mozambique, where they were called -<i>Almeidas</i>, but the principal notice of them in -most of their writers is generally stated at -Kilwa, the very spot which we have supposed to -receive its name from vessels of the same construction.” -Vincent has been led from this coincidence -to identify Rhapta with Kilwa [lat. 8° 50´ S.]. -Müller however would place it not so far south, -but somewhere in the Bay of Zangibar. The -promontory of <em class="gesperrt">Rhaptum</em>, he judges from the -indications of the <i>Periplûs</i> to be the projection -which closes the bay in which lies the island of -Zangibar, and which is now known as <em class="gesperrt">Moinanokalû</em> -or Point Pouna, lat. 7° S. The parts beyond -this were unknown, and the southern coast of -Africa, it was accordingly thought by the ancient<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span> -geographers, began here. Another cape however -is mentioned by Ptolemy remoter than Rhaptum -and called <em class="gesperrt">Prasum</em> (that is the Green Cape) -which may perhaps be Cape Delgado, which is -noted for its luxuriant vegetation. The same author -calls the people of <em class="gesperrt">Rhapta</em>, the <em class="gesperrt">Rhapsioi -Aithiopes</em>. They are described in the <i>Periplûs</i> -as men of lofty stature, and this is still a characteristic -of the Africans of this coast. The -<em class="gesperrt">Rhapsii</em> were, in the days of our author, subject -to the people of <em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em> in Arabia just as their -descendants are at the present day subject to the -Sultan of Maskat. Their commerce moreover still -maintains its ancient characteristics. It is the -African who still builds and mans the ships while -the Arab is the navigator and supercargo. The -ivory is still of inferior quality, and the turtle is -still captured at certain parts of the coast.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_17"></a>17. The articles imported into these marts -are principally javelins manufactured at Mouza, -hatchets, knives, awls, and crown glass of various -sorts, to which must be added corn and wine -in no small quantity landed at particular ports, -not for sale, but to entertain and thereby conciliate -the barbarians. The articles which these -places export are ivory, in great abundance -but of inferior quality to that obtained at -Adouli, rhinoceros, and tortoise-shell of fine -quality, second only to the Indian, and a little -<i>nauplius</i>.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span></p> - -<p><a id="para_18"></a>18. These marts, we may say, are about the -last on the coast of <em class="gesperrt">Azania</em>—the coast, that is, -which is on your right as you sail <i>south</i> from -<em class="gesperrt">Berenîkê</em>. For beyond these parts an ocean, -hitherto unexplored, curves round towards sunset, -and, stretching along the southern extremities -of Ethiopia, Libya, and Africa, amalgamates -with the Western Sea.</p> - -<p><a id="para_19"></a>19. To the left, again, of <em class="gesperrt">Berenikê</em>, if you -sail eastward from <em class="gesperrt">Myos-Hormos</em> across the -adjacent gulf for two days, or perhaps three, you -arrive at a place having a port and a fortress -which is called <em class="gesperrt">Leukê Kômê</em>, and forming the -point of communication with Petra, the residence -of <em class="gesperrt">Malikhas</em>, the king of the Nabatæans. It -ranks as an emporium of trade, since small -vessels come to it laden with merchandize from -Arabia; and hence an officer is deputed to -collect the duties which are levied on imports -at the rate of twenty-five per cent. of their -value, and also a centurion who commands the -garrison by which the place is protected.</p> - -<blockquote> -<p>(18, 19) Our author having thus described the -African coast as far southward as it was known on -its Eastern side, reverts to <em class="gesperrt">Berenikê</em> and enters -at once on a narrative of the second voyage—that -which was made thence across the Northern head -of the gulf and along the coast of Arabia to the emporium -of <em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em> near the Straits. The course -is first northward, and the parts about <em class="gesperrt">Berenikê</em> -as you bear away lie therefore now on your left hand. -Having touched at <em class="gesperrt">Myos Hormos</em> the course -on leaving it is shaped eastward across the gulf by -the promontory <em class="gesperrt">Pharan</em>, and <em class="gesperrt">Leukê Kômê</em><a name="FNanchor_19_19" id="FNanchor_19_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_19_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a> -is reached after three or four days’ sailing. This -was a port in the kingdom of the Nabathæans -(the Nebaioth of Scripture), situated perhaps near -the mouth of the Elanitic Gulf or eastern arm of -the Red Sea, now called the Gulf of Akabah. -Much difference of opinion has prevailed as to -its exact position, since the encroachment of the -land upon the sea has much altered the line of -coast here. Mannert identified it with the modern -<em class="gesperrt">Yenbo</em> [lat. 24° 5´ N., long. 38° 3´ E., the port<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span> -of Medina], Gosselin with <em class="gesperrt">Mowilah</em> [lat. 27° -38´ N., long. 35° 28´ E.,] Vincent with <em class="gesperrt">Eynounah</em> -[lat. 28° 3´ N., long. 35° 13´ E.—the <em class="gesperrt">Onne</em> of -Ptolemy], Reichhard with <em class="gesperrt">Istabel Antai</em>, and -Rüppel with <em class="gesperrt">Wejh</em> [lat. 26° 13´ N., long. 36° -27´ E]. Müller prefers the opinion held by Bochart, -D’Anville, Quatremêre, Noel des Vergers, and -Ritter, who agree in placing it at the port called -<em class="gesperrt">Hauara</em> [lat. 24° 59´ N., long. 37° 16´ E.] mentioned -by Idrisi (I. p. 332), who describes it as a -village inhabited by merchants carrying on a considerable -trade in earthen vases manufactured at -a clay-pit in their neighbourhood. Near it lies -the island of <em class="gesperrt">Hassani</em> [lat. 24° 59´ N., long. -37° 3´ E.], which, as Wellsted reports, is conspicuous -from its <i>white</i> appearance. <em class="gesperrt">Leukê -Kômê</em> is mentioned by various ancient authors, -as for instance Strabo, who, in a passage wherein -he recounts the misfortunes which befel the -expedition which Aelius led into Nabathaea, -speaks of the place as a large mart to which and -from which the camel traders travel with ease -and in safety from <em class="gesperrt">Petra</em> and back to <em class="gesperrt">Petra</em><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span> -with so large a body of men and camels as to -differ in no respect from an army.</p> - -<p>The merchandize thus conveyed from <em class="gesperrt">Leukê -Kômê</em> to <em class="gesperrt">Petra</em> was passed on to <em class="gesperrt">Rhinokoloura</em> -in Palestine near Egypt, and -thence to other nations, but in his own time the -greater part was transported by the Nile to -<em class="gesperrt">Alexandria</em>. It was brought down from India -and Arabia to <em class="gesperrt">Myos Hormos</em>, whence it was -first conveyed on camels to <em class="gesperrt">Koptos</em> and thence -by the Nile to <em class="gesperrt">Alexandria</em>. The Nabathaean -king, at the time when our author visited <em class="gesperrt">Leukê -Kômê</em>, was, as he tells us, <em class="gesperrt">Malikhas</em>, a name -which means ‘king.’ Two Petraean sovereigns so -called are mentioned by Josêphos, of whom the latter -was contemporary with Herod. The Malikhas of -the <i>Periplûs</i> is however not mentioned in any other -work. The Nabathaean kingdom was subverted -in the time of Trajan, A.D. 105, us we learn from Dio -Cassius (cap. lxviii. 14), and from Eutropius -(viii. 2, 9), and from Ammianus Marcellinus (xiv. 8).</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_20"></a>20. Beyond this mart, and quite contiguous -to it, is the realm of Arabia, which stretches to a -great distance along the coast of the Red Sea. -It is inhabited by various tribes, some speaking -the same language with a certain degree of -uniformity, and others a language totally different. -Here also, <i>as on the opposite continent</i>, the -sea-board is occupied by <em class="gesperrt">Ikhthyophagoi</em>, -who live in dispersed huts; while the men of the -interior live either in villages, or where pasture -can be found, and are an evil race of men, -speaking two different languages. If a vessel -is driven from her course upon this shore she -is plundered, and if wrecked the crew on -escaping to land are reduced to slavery. For -this reason they are treated as enemies and captured -by the chiefs and kings of Arabia. They -are called <em class="gesperrt">Kanraîtai</em>. Altogether, therefore, -the navigation of this part of the Arabian coast -is very dangerous: for, <i>apart from the barbarity -of its people</i>, it has neither harbours nor good -roadsteads, and it is foul with breakers, and -girdled with rocks which render it inaccessible. -For this reason when sailing south we stand off -from a shore in every way so dreadful, and -keep our course down the middle of the gulf, -straining our utmost to reach <i>the more civilized -part</i> of Arabia, which begins at Burnt Island. -From this onward the people are under a regular -government, and, as their country is pastoral, -they keep herds of cattle and camels.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(20) At no great distance from <em class="gesperrt">Leukê Kômê</em> -the Nabathaean realm terminates and Arabia<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span> -begins. The coast is here described as most dismal, -and as in every way dangerous to navigation. -The inhabitants at the same time are barbarians, -destitute of all humanity, who scruple not to -attack and plunder wrecked ships and to make -slaves of their crews if they escaped to land. The -mariner therefore, shunned these inhospitable -shores, and standing well out to sea, sailed down -the middle of the gulf. The tribe here spoken of -was that perhaps which is represented by the -<em class="gesperrt">Hutemi</em> of the present day, and the coast belonged -to the part of Arabia now called <em class="gesperrt">Hejid</em>.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span></p> - -<p>A more civilized region begins at an island -called Burnt island, which answers to the modern -Zebâyir [about lat. 15° 5´ N., long. 42° 12´ E.], -an island which was till recently volcanic.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_21"></a>21. Beyond this tract, and on the shore of a -bay which occurs at the termination of the left -(or east) side of the gulf, is <em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em>, an established -and notable mart of trade, at a distance -south from Berenikê of not more than 12,000 -stadia. The whole place is full of Arabian shipmasters -and common sailors, and is absorbed -in the pursuits of commerce, for with ships of its -own fitting out, it trades with the marts beyond -the Straits on the opposite coast, and also with -<em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em>.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(21) Beyond this is the great emporium called -<em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em>, [lat. 13° 43´ N., long. 43° 5´ 14´´ E.] situated -in a bay near the termination of the Gulf, and at a -distance from <em class="gesperrt">Berenikê</em> of 12,000 stadia. Here -the population consists almost entirely of merchants -and mariners, and the place is in the highest degree -commercial. The commodities of the country are -rich and numerous (though this is denied by -Pliny), and there is a great traffic in Indian -articles brought from <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> (Bharoch). -This port, once the most celebrated and most frequented -in Yemen, is now the village Musa about -twenty-five miles north from Mokhâ, which has -replaced it as a port, the foundation of which dates -back no more than 400 years ago. “Twenty miles -inland from Mokhâ,” says Vincent,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span> “Niebuhr discovered -a Musa still existing, which he with great -probability supposes to be the ancient mart now -carried inland to this distance by the recession of -the coast.” [He must have confounded it with -<em class="gesperrt">Jebel Musa</em>, due east of Mokhâ, at the commencement -of the mountain country.] It is a -mere village badly built. Its water is good, and -is said to be drunk by the wealthier inhabitants -of Mokhâ. Bochart identified <em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em> with the -<em class="gesperrt">Mesha</em> mentioned by Moses.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_22"></a>22. Above this a three days’ journey off lies the -city of <em class="gesperrt">Sauê</em>, in the district called <em class="gesperrt">Mopharitis</em>. -It is the residence of <em class="gesperrt">Kholaibos</em>, the -despot of that country.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(22) The <i>Periplûs</i> notices two cities that lay -inland from <em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em>—the 1st <em class="gesperrt">Sauê</em>, the <em class="gesperrt">Savê</em> -of Pliny (VI. xxvi., 104), and also of Ptolemy -(VI. vii., p. 411), who places it at a distance of -500 stadia S. E. of Mouza. The position and -distance direct us to the city of <em class="gesperrt">Taaes</em>, which lies -near a mountain called Saber. <em class="gesperrt">Sauê</em> belonged to a -district called <em class="gesperrt">Mapharitis</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Mophareitês</em>, -a name which appears to survive in the modern -<em class="gesperrt">Mharras</em>, which designates a mountain lying -N. E. from <em class="gesperrt">Taaes</em>. It was ruled by <em class="gesperrt">Kholaibos</em> -(Arabicé—Khaleb), whom our author calls a tyrant,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span> -and who was therefore probably a Sheikh who had -revolted from his lawful chief, and established -himself as an independent ruler.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_23"></a>23. A journey of nine days more conducts us -to <em class="gesperrt">Saphar</em>, the metropolis of <em class="gesperrt">Kharibaêl</em>, the -rightful sovereign of two contiguous tribes, the -<em class="gesperrt">Homerites</em> and the <em class="gesperrt">Sabaïtai</em>, and, by -means of frequent embassies and presents, the -friend of the Emperors.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(23) The other city was <em class="gesperrt">Saphar</em>, the metropolis -of the <em class="gesperrt">Homerîtai</em>, <i>i.e.</i> the <em class="gesperrt">Himaryi</em>—the -Arabs of Yemen, whose power was widely -extended, not only in Yemen but in distant -countries both to the East and West. Saphar is -called <em class="gesperrt">Sapphar</em> by Ptolemy (VI. vii.), who places -it in 14° N. lat. Philostorgios calls it <em class="gesperrt">Tapharon</em>, -and Stephen of Byzantium <em class="gesperrt">Tarphara</em>. It is now -<em class="gesperrt">Dhafar</em> or Dsoffar or Zaphar. In Edrisi (I. p. -148) it appears as <em class="gesperrt">Dhofar</em>, and he thus writes of -it:—“It is the capital of the district Jahsseb. It -was formerly one of the greatest and most famous -of cities. The kings of Yemen made it their -residence, and there was to be seen the palace of -Zeidan. These structures are now in ruins, and -the population has been much decreased, nevertheless -the inhabitants have preserved some -remnants of their ancient riches.” The ruins -of the city and palace still exist in the neighbourhood -of <em class="gesperrt">Jerim</em>, which Niebuhr places -in 14° 30´ N. lat. The distance from <em class="gesperrt">Sauê</em> to -<em class="gesperrt">Saphar</em> in the <i>Periplûs</i> is a nine days’ journey. -Niebuhr accomplished it however in six. Perhaps, -as Müller suggests, the nine days’ journey is from -<em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em> to <em class="gesperrt">Saphar</em>. The sovereign of Saphar -is called by our author <em class="gesperrt">Kharibaêl</em>, a name -which is not found among the Himyaritic kings -known from other sources. In Ptolemy the -region is called <em class="gesperrt">Elisarôn</em>, from a king bearing -that name.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_24"></a>24. The mart of <em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em> has no harbour, but -its sea is smooth, and the anchorage good, owing -to the sandy nature of the bottom. The commodities -which it imports are—</p> - -<p>Πορφύρα, διάφορος καὶ χυδαία—Purple cloth, fine -and ordinary.</p> - -<p>Ἱματισμίς Ἀραβικὸς χειριδωτὸς, ὅτε ἁπλοῦς καὶ ὁ -κοινὸς καὶ σκοτουλάτος καὶ διάχρυσος—Garments -made up in the Arabian fashion, some plain and -common, and others wrought in needlework and -inwoven with gold.</p> - -<p>Κρόκος—Saffron.</p> - -<p>Κύπερος—The aromatic rush Kyperos. (Turmeric?)</p> - -<p>Ὀθόνιον—Muslins.</p> - -<p>Ἀβόλλαι—Cloaks.</p> - -<p>Λώδικες οὐ πολλαὶ, ἁπλοῖ τε καὶ ἐντόπιοι—Quilts, in -small quantity, some plain, others adapted to the -fashion of the country.</p> - -<p>Ζῶναι σκιωταὶ—Sashes of various shades of colour.</p> - -<p>Μύρον μέτριον—Perfumes, a moderate quantity.</p> - -<p>Χρῆμα ἱκανὸν—Specie as much as is required.</p> - -<p>Οἶνος—Wine.</p> - -<p>Σῖτος οὐ πολύς—Corn, but not much.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span></p> - -<p>The country produces a little wheat and a -great abundance of wine. Both the king and -the despot above mentioned receive presents -consisting of horses, pack-saddle mules, gold -plate, silver plate embossed, robes of great value, -and utensils of brass. <em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em> exports its -own local products—myrrh of the finest quality -that has oozed in drops from the trees, both the -Gabiræan and Minœan kinds; white marble (or -alabaster), in addition to commodities brought -from the other side of the Gulf, all such as were -enumerated at <em class="gesperrt">Adouli</em>. The most favourable -season for making a voyage to Mouza is the month -of September,—that is Thôth,—but there is -nothing to prevent it being made earlier.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(24) Adjacent to the Homeritai, and subject -to them when the <i>Periplûs</i> was written, were the -Sabæans, so famous in antiquity for their wealth, -luxury and magnificence. Their country, the -<em class="gesperrt">Sheba</em> of Scripture, was noted as the land of -frankincense. Their power at one time extended -far and wide, but in the days of our author they -were subject to the Homerites ruled over by -Kharibaêl, who was assiduous in courting the -friendship of Rome.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_25"></a>25. If on proceeding from <em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em> you sail -by the coast for about a distance of 300 stadia, -there occurs, where the Arabian mainland and -the opposite coast of <em class="gesperrt">Barbaria</em> at <em class="gesperrt">Aualitês</em> -now approach each other, a channel of no -great length which contracts the sea and encloses -it within narrow bounds. This is 60 stadia wide, -and in crossing it you come midway upon the -island of <em class="gesperrt">Diodôros</em>, to which it is owing that -the passage of the straits is in its neighbourhood -exposed to violent winds which blow down -from the adjacent mountains. There is situate -upon the shore of the straits an Arabian village -subject to the same ruler (as Mouza), <em class="gesperrt">Okêlis</em> -by name, which is not so much a mart of commerce -as a place for anchorage and supplying -water, and where those who are bound for the -interior first land and halt to refresh themselves.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(25) At a distance of 300 stadia beyond <em class="gesperrt">Mouza</em> -we reach the straits where the shores of Arabia -and Africa advance so near to each other that the -passage between them has only, according to the -<i>Periplûs</i>, a width of 60 stadia, or 7½ miles. In the -midst of the passage lies the island of <em class="gesperrt">Diodôros</em> -(now Perim), which is about 4½ miles long -by 2 broad, and rises 230 feet above the level of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span> -sea. The straits, according to Moresby, are 14½ -geographical miles wide at the entrance between -Bab-el-Mandab Cape (near which is Perim) and -the opposite point or volcanic peak called <em class="gesperrt">Jibel -Sijan</em>. The larger of the two entrances is 11 miles -wide, and the other only 1½. Strabo, Agathêmeros, -and Pliny all agree with the <i>Periplûs</i> in giving 60 -stadia as the breadth of the straits. The first -passage of those dreaded straits was regarded as -a great achievement, and was naturally ascribed -to Sesostris as the voyage though the straits of -Kalpê was ascribed to Heraklês.</p> - -<p>Situated on the shores of the straits was -a place called <em class="gesperrt">Okêlis</em>. This was not a -mart of commerce, but merely a bay with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span> -good anchorage and well supplied with water. -It is identical with the modern Ghalla or -Cella, which has a bay immediately within the -straits. Strabo following Artemidoros notes here -a promontory called <em class="gesperrt">Akila</em>. Pliny (VI. xxxii. 157) -mentions an emporium of the same name “ex -quo in Indiam navigatur.” In xxvi., 104 of the -same Book he says: “Indos petentibus utilissimum -est ab <em class="gesperrt">Oceli</em> egredi.” Ptolemy mentions -a <em class="gesperrt">Pseudokêlis</em>, which he places at the distance -of half a degree from the emporium of -<em class="gesperrt">Okêlis</em>.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_26"></a>26. Beyond <em class="gesperrt">Okêlis</em>, the sea again widening -out towards the east, and gradually expanding -into the open main, there lies, at about the distance -of 1,200 stadia, <em class="gesperrt">Eudaimôn Arabia</em>, -a maritime village subject to that kingdom of -which Kharibaêl is sovereign—a place with good -anchorage, and supplied with sweeter and better -water than that of Okêlis, and standing at -the entrance of a bay where the land begins to -retire inwards. It was called Eudaimôn (‘rich -and prosperous’), because in bygone days, when -the merchants from India did not proceed -to Egypt, and those from Egypt did not venture -to cross over to the marts further east, but both -came only as far as this city, it formed the common -centre of their commerce, as Alexandria -receives the wares which pass to and fro -between Egypt and the ports of the Mediterranean. -Now, however, it lies in ruins, the -Emperor having destroyed it not long before -our own times.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(26) At a distance beyond <em class="gesperrt">Okêlis</em> of 1,200 -stadia is the port of <em class="gesperrt">Eudaimôn Arabia</em>, which -beyond doubt corresponds to <em class="gesperrt">'Âden</em>, [lat. 12° -45´ N., long. 45° 21´ E.] now so well-known as -the great packet station between Suez and India. -The opinion held by some that Aden is the Eden -mentioned by the Prophet Ezekiel (xxvii. 23) is -opposed by Ritter and Winer. It is not mentioned -by Pliny, though it has been erroneously -held that the <em class="gesperrt">Attanae</em>, which he mentions -in the following passage, was Aden.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span> “Homnae -et Attanae (v. 1. Athanae) quæ nunc oppida -maxima celebrari a Persico mari negotiatores -dicunt.” (vi. 32.) Ptolemy, who calls it simply -<em class="gesperrt">Arabia</em>, speaks of it as an emporium, and places -after it at the distance of a degree and a half -<em class="gesperrt">Melan Horos</em>, or Black Hill, 17 miles from -the coast, which is in long. 46° 59´ E. The place, -as the <i>Periplûs</i> informs us, received the name -of <em class="gesperrt">Eudaimôn</em> from the great prosperity and -wealth which it derived from being the great -entrepôt of the trade between India and Egypt. -It was in decay when that work was written, but -even in the time of Ptolemy had begun to show -symptoms of returning prosperity, and in the time -of Constantine it was known as the ‘Roman Emporium,’ -and had almost regained its former consequence, -as is gathered from a passage in the -works of the ecclesiastical historian Philostorgios. -It is thus spoken of by Edrisi (I. p. 51): “<em class="gesperrt">'Âden</em> -is a small town, but renowned for its seaport -whence ships depart that are destined for Sind, -India, and China.” In the middle ages it became -again the centre of the trade between India and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span> -the Red Sea, and thus regained that wonderful -prosperity which in the outset had given it its -name. In this flourishing condition it was found -by Marco Polo, whose account of its wealth, -power and influence is, as Vincent remarks, -almost as magnificent as that which Agatharkhidês -attributed to the Sabæans in the time of the -Ptolemies, when the trade was carried on in the -same manner. Agatharkhidês does not however -mention the place by name, but it was probably -the city which he describes without naming it as -lying on the White Sea without the straits, whence, -he says, the Sabæans sent out colonies or factories -into India, and where the fleets from Persis, -Karmania and the Indus arrived. The name of -<em class="gesperrt">Aden</em> is supposed to be a corruption from -<em class="gesperrt">Eudaimôn</em>.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_27"></a>27. To <em class="gesperrt">Eudaimôn Arabia</em> at once succeeds -a great length of coast and a bay extending -2,000 stadia or more, inhabited by nomadic -tribes and Ikhthyophagoi settled in villages. -On doubling a cape which projects from it you -come to another trading seaport, <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em>, which -is subject to <em class="gesperrt">Eleazos</em>, king of the incense -country. Two barren islands lie opposite to it, -120 stadia off—one called <em class="gesperrt">Orneôn</em>, and the -other <em class="gesperrt">Troullas</em>. At some distance inland -from <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em> is <em class="gesperrt">Sabbatha</em>, the principal city -of the district, where the king resides. At -<em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em> is collected all the incense that is produced -in the country, this being conveyed to it -partly on camels, and partly <i>by sea</i> on floats -supported on inflated skins, a local invention, -and also in boats. <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em> carries on trade -with ports across the ocean—<em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em>, -<em class="gesperrt">Skythia</em>, and <em class="gesperrt">Omana</em>, and the adjacent -coast of <em class="gesperrt">Persis</em>.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(27) The coast beyond Aden is possessed partly -by wandering tribes, and partly by tribes settled -in villages which subsist on fish. Here occurs a -bay—that now called Ghubhet-al-Kamar, which -extends upwards of 2,000 stadia, and ends in a -promontory—that now called Râs-al-Asîdah or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span> -Bâ-l-hâf [lat. 13° 58´ N., long 48° 9´ S.—a cape -with a hill near the fishing village of Gillah]. -Beyond this lies another great mart called <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em>. -It is mentioned by Pliny, and also by Ptolemy, -who assigns it a position in agreement with the -indications given in the <i>Periplûs</i>. It has been -identified with the port now called Hisn Ghorâb -[lat. 14° 0´ N. long. 48° 19´ E.]. Not far from this -is an island called Halanî, which answers to the -<em class="gesperrt">Troullas</em> of our author. Further south is another -island, which is called by the natives of the -adjacent coast <em class="gesperrt">Sikkah</em>, but by sailors Jibûs. -This is covered with the dung of birds which in -countless multitudes have always frequented it, -and may be therefore identified with the <em class="gesperrt">Orneôn</em> -of the <i>Periplûs</i>. <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em> was subject to Eleazos, the -king of the Frankincense Country, who resided at -<em class="gesperrt">Sabbatha</em>, or as it is called by Pliny (VI. xxxii. -155) <em class="gesperrt">Sabota</em>, the capital of the Atramitae or -Adramitae, a tribe of Sabæans from whom the -division of Arabia now known as Hadhramaut -takes its name. The position of this city cannot -be determined with certainty. Wellsted, who pro<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span>ceeded -into the interior from the coast near Hisn -Ghorab through Wadi Meifah, came after a day’s -journey and a half to a place called Nakb-el-Hajar, -situated in a highly cultivated district, -where he found ruins of an ancient city of the -Himyarites crowning an eminence that rose gently -with a double summit from the fertile plain. The -city appeared to have been built in the most solid -style of architecture, and to have been protected by -a very lofty wall formed of square blocks of black -marble, while the inscriptions plainly betokened -that it was an old seat of the Himyarites. A -close similarity could be traced between its ruins -and those of <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em>, to which there was an easy -communication by the valley of <em class="gesperrt">Meifah</em>. This -place, however, can hardly be regarded as <em class="gesperrt">Sabbatha</em> -without setting aside the distances given -by Ptolemy, and Wellsted moreover learned from -the natives that other ruins of a city of not less -size were to be met with near a village called -Esan, which could be reached by a three days’ -journey.—(See Haines, <i>Mem. of the S. Coast of -Arab.</i>)</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_28"></a>28. From Egypt it imports, like Mouza, -corn and a little wheat, cloths for the Arabian<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span> -market, both of the common sort and the plain, -and large quantities of a sort that is adulterated; -also copper, tin, coral, styrax, and all the other -articles enumerated at Mouza. Besides these -there are brought also, principally for the king, -wrought silver plate, and specie as well as -horses and carved images, and plain cloth of -a superior quality. Its exports are its indigenous -products, frankincense and aloes, and such -commodities as it shares in common with other -marts on the same coast. Ships sail for this -port at the same season of the year as those -bound for Mouza, but earlier.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(28) With regard to the staple product of this -region—frankincense, the <i>Periplûs</i> informs us that -it was brought for exportation to <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em>. It was -however in the first place, if we may credit Pliny, -conveyed to the Metropolis. He says (xv. 32) -that when gathered it was carried into <em class="gesperrt">Sabota</em> -on camels which could enter the city only by -one particular gate, and that to take it by any -other route was a crime punished by death. The -priests, he adds, take a tithe for a deity named -<em class="gesperrt">Sabis</em>, and that until this impost is paid, the -article cannot be sold.</p> - -<p>Some writers would identify <em class="gesperrt">Sabbatha</em> -with <em class="gesperrt">Mariabo</em> (Marab), but on insufficient -grounds. It has also been conjectured that the -name may be a lengthened form of <em class="gesperrt">Saba</em> (Sheba), -a common appellation for cities in Arabia Felix. -[Müller places Sabbatha at Sawa, lat. 16° 13´ N., -long. 48° 9´ E.]</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_29"></a>29. As you proceed from <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em> the land -retires more and more, and there succeeds -another very deep and far-stretching gulf, -<em class="gesperrt">Sakhalitês</em> by name, and also the frankincense -country, which is mountainous and -difficult of access, having a dense air loaded -with vapours [and] the frankincense exhaled -from the trees. These trees, which are not of any -great size or height, yield their incense in the -form of a concretion on the bark, just as several -of our trees in Egypt exude gum. The incense -is collected by the hand of the king’s slaves, and -malefactors condemned to this service as a -punishment. The country is unhealthy in the -extreme:—pestilential even to those who sail -along the coast, and mortal to the poor wretches -who gather the incense, who also suffer from -lack of food, which readily cuts them off.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(29) The next place mentioned by our author -after <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em> is a Bay called <em class="gesperrt">Sakhalîtes</em>, which -terminates at <em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em>, a promontory which -looks eastward, and is the greatest cape in the -whole world. There was much difference of -opinion among the ancient geographers regarding -the position of this Bay, and consequently regarding -that of Cape <em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em>.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_30"></a>30. Now at this gulf is a promontory, the -greatest in the world, looking towards the east,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span> -and called <em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em>, at which is a fortress -which protects the country, and a harbour, and -a magazine to which the frankincense which is -collected is brought. Out in the open sea, -facing this promontory, and lying between it -and the promontory of <em class="gesperrt">Arômata</em>, which projects -from the opposite coast, though nearer to -<em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em>, is the island going by the name of -<em class="gesperrt">Dioskoridês</em>, which is of great extent, but -desert and very moist, having rivers and crocodiles -and a great many vipers, and lizards of -enormous size, of which the flesh serves for food, -while the grease is melted down and used as a -substitute for oil. This island does not, however, -produce either the grape or corn. The -population, which is but scanty, inhabits the -north side of the island—that part of it which -looks towards the mainland (<i>of Arabia</i>). It -consists of an intermixture of foreigners, Arabs, -Indians, and even Greeks, who resort hither for -the purposes of commerce. The island produces -the tortoise,—the genuine, the land, and -the white sort: the latter very abundant, and -distinguished for the largeness of its shell; also -the mountain sort which is of extraordinary size -and has a very thick shell, whereof the underpart -cannot be used, being too hard to cut, -while the serviceable part is made into moneyboxes, -tablets, escritoires, and ornamental articles -of that description. It yields also the vegetable -dye (κιννάβαρι) called Indicum (or Dragon’s-blood), -which is gathered as it distils from -trees.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(30) Some would identify the latter with Ras-el-Had, -and others on account of the similarity -of the name with Cape <em class="gesperrt">Saugra</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Saukirah</em> -[lat. 18° 8´ N., long. 56° 35´ E.], where Ptolemy -places a city <em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em> at a distance of 6 degrees -from <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em>, But <em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em> is undoubtedly Ras -Fartak [lat. 15° 39´ N., long 52° 15´ E.], which is -at a distance of 4 degrees from <em class="gesperrt">Hisn Ghorab</em>, -or <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em>, and which, rising to the height of -2,500 feet on a coast which is all low-lying, is a -very conspicuous object, said to be discernible -from a distance of 60 miles out at sea. Eighteen -miles west from this promontory is a village -called Saghar, a name which might probably -have suggested to the Greeks that of <em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em>. -Consistent with this identification is the passage -of Pliny (VI. 32) where he speaks of the island -<em class="gesperrt">Dioscoridis</em> (Sokotra) as distant from -<em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em>, which he calls the utmost projection -of the coast, 2,240 stadia or 280 miles, which is -only about 30 miles in excess of the real distance, -2,000 stadia.</p> - -<p>With regard to the position of the Bay of -Sakhalitês, Ptolemy, followed by Marcianus, -places it to the East of Suagros. Marinos on the -other hand, like the <i>Periplûs</i>, places it to the west -of it. Muller agrees with Fresnel in regarding -<em class="gesperrt">Sakhlê</em>, mentioned by Ptolemy (VI. vii. 41) as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span> -1½ degree East of Makalleh [lat. 14° 31´ N., long -49° 7´ W.] as the same with Shehr—which is now -the name of all that mountainous region extending -from the seaport of Makalleh to the bay in which -lie the islands of Kurya Murya. He therefore -takes this to be in the Regio Sakhalîtês, and -rejects the opinion of Ptolemy as inconsistent -with this determination. With regard to Shehr -or Shehar [lat. 14° 38´ N., long. 49° 22´ E.] Yule -(<i>M. Polo</i>, II. vol. p. 440, note) says: “Shihr or Shehr -still exists on the Arabian Coast as a town and -district about 330 miles east of Aden.” The name -Shehr in some of the oriental geographies includes -the whole Coast up to Oman. The hills of -the Shehr and Dhafâr districts were the great -source of produce of the Arabian frankincense.</p> - -<p>The island of <em class="gesperrt">Dioskoridês</em> (now Sokotra) -is placed by the <i>Periplûs</i> nearer to Cape <em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em> -than to Cape <em class="gesperrt">Arômata</em>—although its distance -from the former is nearly double the distance -from the latter. The name, though in appearance -a Greek one, is in reality of Sanskrit origin; from -<i>Dvîpa Sukhâdâra</i>, i.e. <i>insula fortunata</i>,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span> ‘Island abode -of Bliss.’ The accuracy of the statements made -regarding it in the <i>Periplûs</i> is fully confirmed by -the accounts given of it by subsequent writers. -Kosmas, who wrote in the 6th century, says that -the inhabitants spoke Greek, and that he met with -people from it who were on their way to Ethiopia, -and that they spoke Greek. “The ecclesiastical -historian Nikephoros Kallistos,” says Yule,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span> “seems -to allude to the people of Sokotra when he says -that among the nations visited by the Missionary -Theophilus in the time of Constantius, were ‘the -Assyrians on the verge of the outer Ocean, -towards the East ... whom Alexander the -Great, after driving them from Syria, sent thither -to settle, and to this day they keep their -mother tongue, though all of the blackest, through -the power of the sun’s rays.’ The Arab voyagers -of the 9th century say that the island was -colonized with Greeks by Alexander the Great, -in order to promote the culture of the Sokotrine -aloes; when the other Greeks adopted Christianity -these did likewise, and they had continued to -retain their profession of it. The colonizing by -Alexander is probably a fable, but invented to -account for facts.” (<i>Marco Polo</i> II. 401.) The aloe, -it may be noted, is not mentioned in the <i>Periplûs</i> as -one of the products of the island. The islanders, -though at one time Christians, are now Muhammadans, -and subject as of yore to Arabia. The -people of the interior are still of distinct -race with curly hair, Indian complexion, and -regular features. The coast people are mongrels -of Arab and mixed descent. Probably in old times -civilization and Greek may have been confined -to the littoral foreigners. Marco Polo notes that -so far back as the 10th century it was one of the -stations frequented by the Indian corsairs called -<em class="gesperrt">Bawârij</em>, belonging to Kachh and Gujarat.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_31"></a>31. The island is subject to the king of the -frankincense country, in the same way as -<em class="gesperrt">Azania</em> is subject to Kharibaël and the despot -of <em class="gesperrt">Mopharitis</em>. It used to be visited by -some (<i>merchants</i>) from Mouza, and others on -the homeward voyage from Limurikê and -Barugaza would occasionally touch at it, importing -rice, corn, Indian cotton and female-slaves, -who, being rare, always commanded a ready -market. In exchange for these commodities -they would receive as fresh cargo great quantities -of tortoise-shell. The revenues of the -island are at the present day farmed out by its -sovereigns, who, however, maintain a garrison -in it for the protection of their interests.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span></p> - -<p><a id="para_32"></a>32. Immediately after <em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em> follows a -gulf deeply indenting the mainland of <em class="gesperrt">Omana</em>, -and having a width of 600 stadia. Beyond it -are high mountains, rocky and precipitous, and -inhabited by men who live in caves. The -range extends onward for 500 stadia, and beyond -where it terminates lies an important -harbour called <em class="gesperrt">Moskha</em>, the appointed port to -which the <i>Sakhalitik</i> frankincense is forwarded. -It is regularly frequented by a number -of ships from Kanê; and such ships as come -from Limurikê and Barugaza too late in the -season put into harbour here for the winter, -where they dispose of their muslins, corn, and -oil to the king’s officers, receiving in exchange -frankincense, which lies in piles throughout the -whole of <em class="gesperrt">Sakhalitis</em> without a guard to -protect it, as if the locality were indebted to -some divine power for its security. Indeed, it -is impossible to procure a cargo, either publicly or -by connivance, without the king’s permission. -Should one take furtively on board were it but -a single grain, his vessel can by no possibility -escape from harbour.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(32) Returning to the mainland the narrative -conducts us next to <em class="gesperrt">Moskha</em>, a seaport trading -with <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em>, and a wintering place for vessels -arriving late in the season from Malabar and the -Gulf of Khambât. The distance of this place from -Suagros is set down at upwards of 1,100 stadia, -600 of which represent the breadth of a bay which -begins at the Cape, and is called <em class="gesperrt">Omana -Al-Kamar</em>. The occurrence of the two names -Omana and Moskha in such close connexion led -D’Anville to suppose that <em class="gesperrt">Moskha</em> is identical -with <em class="gesperrt">Maskat</em>, the capital of <em class="gesperrt">Oman</em>, the country -lying at the south-east extremity of Arabia, and -hence that Ras-el-Ḥad, beyond which Maskat lies, -must be Cape Suagros. This supposition is, however, -untenable, since the identification of Moskha -with the modern <em class="gesperrt">Ausera</em> is complete. For, -in the first place, the Bay of Seger, which begins -at Cape Fartak, is of exactly the same measure<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>ment -across to Cape Thurbot Ali as the Bay of -<em class="gesperrt">Omana</em>, and again the distance from Cape Thurbot -Ali [lat. 16° 38´ N., long. 53° 3´ E.] to Ras-al-Sair, -the <em class="gesperrt">Ausara</em> of Ptolemy, corresponds almost -as exactly to the distance assigned by our author -from the same Cape to <em class="gesperrt">Moskha</em>. Moreover -Pliny (XII. 35) notices that one particular kind -of incense bore the name of <i>Ausaritis</i>, and, as the -<i>Periplûs</i> states that <em class="gesperrt">Moskha</em> was the great -emporium of the incense trade, the identification -is satisfactory.</p> - -<p>There was another Moskha on this coast which -was also a port. It lay to the west of Suagros, -and has been identified with <em class="gesperrt">Koshîn</em> [lat. 15° 21´ -N. long. 51° 39´ E.]. Our author, though correct in -his description of the coast, may perhaps have erred -in his nomenclature; and this is the more likely -to have happened as it scarcely admits of doubt -that he had no personal knowledge of South -Arabia beyond <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em> and Cape <em class="gesperrt">Suagros</em>. -Besides no other author speaks of an Omana -so far to westward as the position assigned to -the Bay of that name. The tract immediately -beyond <em class="gesperrt">Moskha</em> or Ausera is low and fertile,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span> -and is called <em class="gesperrt">Dofar</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Zhafâr</em>, after a famous -city now destroyed, but whose ruins are still to be -traced between Al-hâfâh and Addahariz. “This -Dhafâr,” says Yule (<i>Marco Polo</i> II. p. 442 note) -“or the bold fountain above it, is supposed to -be the <em class="gesperrt">Sephar</em> of <i>Genesis</i> X. 30.” It is certain -that the Himyarites had spread their dominion as -far eastward as this place. Marco Polo thus describes -Dhafâr:—“It stands upon the sea, and has -a very good haven, so that there is a great traffic -of shipping between this and India; and the merchants -take hence great numbers of Arab horses -to that market, making great profits thereby.... -Much white incense is produced here, and I will -tell you how it grows. The trees are like small -fir-trees; these are notched with a knife in several -places, and from these notches the incense is -exuded. Sometimes, also, it flows from the tree -without any notch, this is by reason of the great -heat of the sun there.” Müller would identify -<em class="gesperrt">Moskha</em> with Zhafâr, and accounts for the discrepancy -of designation by supposing that our author -had confounded the name <em class="gesperrt">Maskat</em>, which was -the great seat of the traffic in frankincense with -the name of the greatest city in the district which -actually produced it. A similar confusion he -thinks transferred the name of Oman to the -same part of the country. The climate of the incense -country is described as being extremely unhealthy, -but its unhealthiness seems to have been -designedly exaggerated.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_33"></a>33. From the port of <em class="gesperrt">Moskha</em> onward to -<em class="gesperrt">Asikh</em>, a distance of about 1,500 stadia, runs -a range of hills pretty close to the shore, and at -its termination there are seven islands bearing -the name of <em class="gesperrt">Zenobios</em>, beyond which again -we come to another barbarous district not -subject to any power in Arabia, but to Persia. -If when sailing by this coast you stand well out -to sea so as to keep a direct course, then at -about a distance from the island of <em class="gesperrt">Zenobios</em> -of 2,000 stadia you arrive at another island, -called that of <em class="gesperrt">Sarapis</em>, lying off shore, say, 120 -stadia. It is about 200 stadia broad and 600 -long, possessing three villages inhabited by a -<i>savage</i> tribe of <em class="gesperrt">Ikhthyophagoi</em>, who speak -the Arabic language, and whose clothing -consists of a girdle made from the leaves of the -cocoa-palm. The island produces in great -plenty tortoise of excellent quality, and the -merchants of <em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em> accordingly fit out little -boats and cargo-ships to trade with it.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(33) Beyond <em class="gesperrt">Moskha</em> the coast is mountainous -as far as <em class="gesperrt">Asikh</em> and the islands of Zenobios—a -distance excessively estimated at 1,500 -stadia. The mountains referred to are 5,000 feet in -height, and are those now called Subaha. <em class="gesperrt">Asikh</em> is -readily to be identified with the <em class="gesperrt">Hâsek</em> of Arabian -geographers. Edrisi (I. p. 54) says: “Thence -(from Marbat) to the town of Hâsek is a four -days’ journey and a two days’ sail. Before <em class="gesperrt">Hâsek</em> -are the two islands of <em class="gesperrt">Khartan</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Martan</em>. -Above <em class="gesperrt">Hâsek</em> is a high mountain named <em class="gesperrt">Sous</em>, -which commands the sea. It is an inconsiderable -town but populous.” This place is now in ruins, -but has left its name to the promontory on which -it stood [Râs Hâsek, lat. 17° 23´ N. long. 55° 20´ -E. opposite the island of Hasiki]. The islands of -<em class="gesperrt">Zenobios</em> are mentioned by Ptolemy as seven in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span> -number, and are those called by Edrisi <em class="gesperrt">Khartan</em> -and <em class="gesperrt">Martan</em>, now known as the <em class="gesperrt">Kuriyân -Muriyân</em> islands. The inhabitants belonged to -an Arab tribe which was spread from Hâsek to -Râs-el-Ḥad, and was called <em class="gesperrt">Beit</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Beni Jenabi</em>, -whence the Greek name. M. Polo in the 31st -chapter of his travels “discourseth of the two -islands called Male and Female,” the position of -which he vaguely indicates by saying that “when -you leave the kingdom of <em class="gesperrt">Kesmacoran</em> (Mekran) -which is on the mainland, you go by sea -some 500 miles towards the south, and then you -find the 2 islands Male and Female lying about -30 miles distant from one another.” (See also -<i>Marco Polo</i>, vol. II. p. 396 note.)</p> - -<p>Beyond <em class="gesperrt">Asikh</em> is a district inhabited by -barbarians, and subject not to Arabia but to Persis. -Then succeeds at a distance of 200 stadia beyond the -islands of <em class="gesperrt">Zenobios</em> the island of <em class="gesperrt">Sarapis</em>, -(the Ogyris of Pliny) now called Masira [lat. 20° -10´ to 20° 42´ N., long. 58° 37´ to 58° 59´ E.] opposite -that part of the coast where Oman now begins. -The <i>Periplûs</i> exaggerates both its breadth and its -distance from the continent. It was still -inhabited by a tribe of fish-eaters in the time of -Ebn Batuta, by whom it was visited.</p> - -<p>On proceeding from <em class="gesperrt">Sarapis</em> the adjacent -coast bends round, and the direction of the voyage -changes to north. The great cape which forms -the south-eastern extremity of Arabia called <em class="gesperrt">Ras-el-Had</em> -[lat. 22° 33´ N. long. 59° 48´ E.] is here -indicated, but without being named; Ptolemy -calls it <em class="gesperrt">Korodamon</em> (VI. vii. 11.)</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_34"></a>34. If sailing onward you wind round with -the adjacent coast to the north, then as you -approach the entrance of the Persian Gulf you -fall in with a group of islands which lie in a -range along the coast for 2,000 stadia, and are -called the islands of <em class="gesperrt">Kalaiou</em>. The inhabitants -of the adjacent coast are cruel and -treacherous, and see imperfectly in the daytime.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(34) Beyond it, and near the entrance to the -Persian Gulf, occurs, according to the <i>Periplûs</i>, a -group of many islands, which lie in a range along -the coast over a space of 2,000 stadia, and are -called the islands of <em class="gesperrt">Kalaiou</em>. Here our author -is obviously in error, for there are but three groups -of islands on this coast, which are not by any -means near the entrance of the Gulf. They lie -beyond Maskat [lat. 23° 38´ N. long. 58° 36´ E.] and -extend for a considerable distance along the -Batinah coast. The central group is that of the -Deymâniyeh islands (probably the Damnia of -Pliny) which are seven in number, and lie nearly -opposite Birkeh [lat 23° 42´ N. long. 57° 55´ E.]. -The error, as Müller suggests, may be accounted<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span> -for by supposing that the tract of country called -El Baṭinah was mistaken for islands. This tract, -which is very low and extremely fertile, stretches -from Birkeh [lat. 23° 42´ N. long. 57° 55´ E.] -onward to Jibba, where high mountains approach -the very shore, and run on in an unbroken chain -to the mouth of the Persian Gulf. The islands -are not mentioned by any other author, for the -<em class="gesperrt">Calacou insulae</em> of Pliny (VI. xxxii. 150) -must, to avoid utter confusion, be referred to the -coast of the Arabian Gulf. There is a place called -<em class="gesperrt">El Kilat</em>, the Akilla of Pliny [lat. 22° 40´ N. -long. 59° 24´ E.]—but whether this is connected with -the <em class="gesperrt">Kalaiou</em> islands of the <i>Periplûs</i> is uncertain -[Conf. <i>Ind. Ant.</i> vol. IV. p. 48. El Kilhat, south -of Maskat and close to Ṣûr, was once a great -port.]</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_35"></a>35. Near the last headland of the islands of -<em class="gesperrt">Kalaiou</em> is the mountain called <em class="gesperrt">Kalon</em> -(Pulcher),<a name="FNanchor_20_20" id="FNanchor_20_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a> to which succeeds, at no great -distance, the mouth of the Persian Gulf, -where there are very many pearl fisheries. -On the left of the entrance, towering to a -vast height, are the mountains which bear -the name of <em class="gesperrt">Asaboi</em>, and directly opposite -on the right you see another mountain high and -round, called the hill of <em class="gesperrt">Semiramis</em>. The -strait which separates them has a width of -600 stadia, and through this opening the Persian -Gulf pours its vast expanse of waters far up -into the interior. At the very head of this gulf -there is a regular mart of commerce, called the -city of <em class="gesperrt">Apologos</em>, situate near <em class="gesperrt">Pasinou-Kharax</em> -and the river Euphrates.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(35) Before the mouth of the Persian Gulf is -reached occurs a height called <em class="gesperrt">Kalon</em> (Fair Mount) -at the last head of the islands of Papias—τῶν Παπίου νήσων. -This reading has been altered by -Fabricius and Schwanbeck to των Καλαιου νησων. -The Fair Mount, according to Vincent, -would answer sufficiently to Cape Fillam, if<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span> -that be high land, and not far from Fillam are -the straits. The great cape which Arabia -protrudes at these straits towards Karmania is -now called Ras Mussendom. It was seen from the -opposite coast by the expedition under Nearkhos, -to whom it appeared to be a day’s sail distant. -The height on that coast is called Semiramis, and -also Strongylê from its round shape. Mussendom, -the ‘Asabôn akron’ of Ptolemy, Vincent says, -“is a sort of Lizard Point to the Gulf; for all the -Arabian ships take their departure from it with -some ceremonies of superstition, imploring a blessing -on their voyage, and setting afloat a toy -like a vessel rigged and decorated, which if it is -dashed to pieces by the rocks is to be accepted by -the ocean as an offering for the escape of the vessel.” -[The straits between the island of Mussendom -and the mainland are called El Bab, and this is -the origin of the name of the Papiæ islands.—Miles’ -<i>Jour. R. A. Soc.</i> N. S. vol. x. p. 168.]</p> - -<p>The actual width of the straits is 40 miles. -Pliny gives it at 50, and the <i>Periplûs</i> at 75. Cape -Mussendom is represented in the <i>Periplûs</i> as in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span> -Ptolemy by the Mountains of the Asabi which -are described as tremendous heights, black, grim, -and abrupt. They are named from the tribe of -<em class="gesperrt">Beni Asab</em>.</p> - -<p>We enter now the Gulf itself, and here the <i>Periplûs</i> -mentions only two particulars: the famous -Pearl Fisheries which begin at the straits and -extend to Bahrein, and the situation of a regular -trading mart called <em class="gesperrt">Apologos</em>, which lies at -the very head of the Gulf on the Euphrates, and in -the vicinity of <em class="gesperrt">Spasinou Kharax</em>. This -place does not appear to be referred to in any -other classical work, but it is frequently -mentioned by Arabian writers under the name of -Oboleh or Obolegh. As an emporium it took -the place of <em class="gesperrt">Terêdôn</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Diridôtis</em>, just as -<em class="gesperrt">Basra</em> (below which it was situated) under the -second Khaliphate took the place of <em class="gesperrt">Oboleh</em> -itself. According to Vincent, Oboleh, or a village -that represents it, still exists between Basra and the -Euphrates. The canal also is called the canal of -Oboleh. <em class="gesperrt">Kharax Pasinou</em> was situated where -the <em class="gesperrt">Karûn</em> (the <em class="gesperrt">Eulæus</em> of the ancients) -flows into the <em class="gesperrt">Pasitigris</em>, and is represented -by the modern trading town <em class="gesperrt">Muhammarah</em>. -It was founded by Alexander the Great, and after its<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span> -destruction, was rebuilt by Antiokhos Epiphanes, -who changed its name from Alexandreia to Antiokheia. -It was afterwards occupied by an Arab -Chief called Pasines, or rather <em class="gesperrt">Spasines</em>, who -gave it the name by which it is best known. Pliny -states that the original town was only 10 miles -from the sea, but that in his time the existing -place was so much as 120 miles from it. It was -the birth-place of two eminent geographers—Dionysius -Periegetes and Isidôros.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_36"></a>36. If you coast along the mouth of the -gulf you are conducted by a six days’ voyage to -another seat of trade belonging to Persia, called -<em class="gesperrt">Omana</em>.<a name="FNanchor_21_21" id="FNanchor_21_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a> Barugaza maintains a regular -commercial intercourse with both these Persian -ports, despatching thither large vessels freighted -with copper, sandalwood, beams for rafters, -horn, and logs of sasamina and ebony. Omana -imports also frankincense from Kanê, while it -exports to Arabia a particular species of vessels -called <i>madara</i>, which have their planks sewn -together. But both from <em class="gesperrt">Apologos</em> and -<em class="gesperrt">Omana</em> there are exported to Barugaza and -to Arabia great quantities of pearl, of mean -quality however compared with the Indian sort, -together with purple, cloth for the natives, -wine, dates in great quantity, and gold and -slaves.</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p>(36) After this cursory glance at the great -gulf, our author returns to the straits, and at once<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span> -conducts us to the Eastern shores of the æErythræan, -where occurs another emporium belonging -to Persis, at a distance from the straits of 6 -courses or 3,000 stadia. This is Omana. It is -mentioned by Pliny (VI. xxxii. 149) who makes it -belong to Arabia, and accuses preceding writers -for placing it in Karmania.</p> - -<p>The name of <em class="gesperrt">Omana</em> has been corrupted in -the MSS. of Ptolemy into Nommana, Nombana, -<em class="gesperrt">Kommana</em>, Kombana, but Marcian has preserved -the correct spelling. From Omana as from -Apologos great quantities of pearl of an inferior -sort were exported to Arabia and Barugaza. No -part however of the produce of India is mentioned -as among its exports, although it was the centre -of commerce between that country and Arabia.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_37"></a>37. After leaving the district of <em class="gesperrt">Omana</em> -the country of the <em class="gesperrt">Parsidai</em> succeeds, which -belongs to another government, and the bay -which bears the name of <em class="gesperrt">Terabdoi</em>, from the -midst of which a cape projects. Here also is -a river large enough to permit the entrance of -ships, with a small mart at its mouth called -<em class="gesperrt">Oraia</em>. Behind it in the interior, at the -distance of a seven days’ journey from the coast, -is the city where the king resides, called Rhambakia. -This district, in addition to corn, produces -wine, rice, and dates, though in the tract -near the sea, only the fragrant gum called -bdellium.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(37) The district which succeeds Omana belongs -to the <em class="gesperrt">Parsidai</em>, a tribe in Gedrosia next neigh<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>bours -to the <em class="gesperrt">Arbitae</em> on the East. They are -mentioned by Ptolemy (VI. xx., p. 439) and by -Arrian (<i>Indika</i> xxvi.) who calls them <em class="gesperrt">Pasirees</em>, -and notes that they had a small town -called <em class="gesperrt">Pasira</em>, distant about 60 stadia from the -sea, and a harbour with good anchorage called -<em class="gesperrt">Bagisara</em>. The Promontory of the <i>Periplûs</i> is -also noted and described as projecting far into the -sea, and being high and precipitous. It is the Cape -now called <em class="gesperrt">Arabah</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Urmarah</em>. The Bay -into which it projects is called <em class="gesperrt">Terabdôn</em>, a -name which is found only in our author. -Vincent erroneously identifies this with the <em class="gesperrt">Paragôn</em> -of Ptolemy. It is no doubt the Bay which -extends from Cape Guadel to Cape Monze. The -river which enters this Bay, at the mouth of which -stood the small mart called <em class="gesperrt">Oraia</em>, was probably -that which is now called the Akbor. The royal city -which lay inland from the sea a seven days’ journey -was perhaps, as Mannert has conjectured, -<em class="gesperrt">Rambakia</em>, mentioned by Arrian (<i>Anab.</i> vi. 21) -as the capital of the <em class="gesperrt">Oreitai</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Horitai</em>.</p> -</blockquote> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span></p> - -<p><a id="para_38"></a>38. After this region, where the coast is -already deeply indented by gulfs caused by the -land advancing with a vast curve from the east, -succeeds the seaboard of Skythia, a region -which extends to northward. It is very -low and flat, and contains the mouths of the -<em class="gesperrt">Sinthos</em> (Indus), the largest of all the rivers -which fall into the Erythræan Sea, and which, -indeed, pours into it such a vast body of water -that while you are yet far off from the land at -its mouth you find the sea turned of a white -colour by its waters.</p> - -<p>The sign by which voyagers before sighting -land know that it is near is their meeting with -serpents floating on the water; but higher up -and on the coasts of Persia the first sign of land -is seeing them of a different kind, called <i>graai</i>. -[Sansk. <i>graha</i>—an alligator.] The river has seven -mouths, all shallow, marshy and unfit for navigation -except only the middle stream, on which -is <em class="gesperrt">Barbarikon</em>, a trading seaport. Before -this town lies a small islet, and behind it in the -interior is <em class="gesperrt">Minnagar</em>, the metropolis of -Skythia, which is governed, however, by Parthian -princes, who are perpetually at strife among -themselves, expelling each the other.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(38) We now approach the mouths of the -Indus which our author calls the <em class="gesperrt">Sinthos</em>, transliterating -the native name of it—<em class="gesperrt">Sindhu</em>. In -his time the wide tract which was watered by this -river in the lower part of its course was called -<em class="gesperrt">Indoskythia</em>. It derived its name from the -Skythian tribes (the <em class="gesperrt">Śâka</em> of Sansk.) who after -the overthrow of the Graeco-Baktrian empire -gradually passed southward to the coast, where -they established themselves about the year 120 -<span class="smcap">B. C.</span>, occupying all the region between the Indus -and the Narmadâ. They are called by Dionysios -Periegetes <em class="gesperrt">Notioi Skythai</em>, the Southern -Skythians. Our author mentions two cities which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span> -belonged to them—<em class="gesperrt">Barbarikon</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Minnagar</em>; -the former of which was an emporium -situated near the sea on the middle and only navigable -branch of the Indus. Ptolemy has a <em class="gesperrt">Barbarei</em> -in the Delta, but the position he assigns -to it, does not correspond with that of <em class="gesperrt">Barbarikon</em>. -<em class="gesperrt">Minnagar</em> was the Skythian metropolis. -It lay inland, on or near the banks of the Indus.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_39"></a>39. Ships accordingly anchor near <em class="gesperrt">Barbarikê</em>, -but all their cargoes are conveyed by the -river up to the king, who resides in the metropolis.</p> - -<p>The articles imported into this emporium are—Ἱματισμὸς -ἁπλους ἱκανὸς—Clothing, plain and -in considerable quantity.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span></p> - -<p>Ἱματισμὸς νόθος οὐ πολὺς—Clothing, mixed, not -much.</p> - -<p>Πολύμιτα—Flowered cottons.</p> - -<p>Χρυσόλιθον—Yellow-stone, topazes.</p> - -<p>Κοράλλιον—Coral.</p> - -<p>Στύραξ—Storax.</p> - -<p>Λίβανος—Frankincense (<i>Lôbân</i>).</p> - -<p>Ὑαλά σκεύη—Glass vessels.</p> - -<p>Αργυρώματα—Silver plate.</p> - -<p>Χρῆμα—Specie.</p> - -<p>Οἰνος οὐ πολύς—Wine, but not much.</p> - -<p>The exports are:—</p> - -<p>Κόστος—Costus, a spice.</p> - -<p>Βδέλλα—Bdellium, a gum.</p> - -<p>Λύκιον—A yellow dye (<i>Ruzot</i>).</p> - -<p>Νάρδος—Spikenard.</p> - -<p>Λίθος καλλαïνος—Emeralds or green-stones.</p> - -<p>Σάπφειρος—Sapphires.</p> - -<p>Σηρικὰ δέρματα—Furs from China.</p> - -<p>Ὀθόνιον—Cottons.</p> - -<p>Νῆμα Σηρικὸν—Silk thread.</p> - -<p>Ἰνδικὸν μέλαν—Indigo.</p> - -<p>Ships destined for this port put out to sea -when the Indian monsoon prevails—that is, -about the month of July or Epiphi. The -voyage at this season is attended with danger, -but being shorter is more expeditious.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(39) Ships did not go up to it but remained at -<em class="gesperrt">Barbarikon</em>, their cargoes being conveyed up -the river in small boats. In Ptolemy (VII. i. 61) -the form of the name is <em class="gesperrt">Binagara</em>, which is less -correct since the word is composed of <i>Min</i>, the -Indian name for the Skythians, and <i>nagar</i>, a city. -Ritter considers that <em class="gesperrt">Ṭhaṭha</em> is its modern representative, -since it is called <em class="gesperrt">Saminagar</em> by -the Jâḍejâ Rajputs who, though settled in Kachh, -derive their origin from that city. To this view -it is objected that Ṭhaṭha is not near the position -which Ptolemy assigns to his <em class="gesperrt">Binagara</em>. Mannert -places it at <em class="gesperrt">Bakkar</em>, D’Anville at <em class="gesperrt">Mansura</em>, -and Vincent at <em class="gesperrt">Menhabery</em> mentioned<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span> -by Edrisi (I. p. 164) as distant two stations or 60 -miles from <em class="gesperrt">Dabil</em>, which again was three stations -or 90 miles from the mouth of the Indus, that is -it lay at the head of the Delta. Our author informs -us that in his time <em class="gesperrt">Minagar</em> was ruled by -Parthian princes. The Parthians (the Parada of -Sanskrit writers) must therefore have subverted -a Skythian dynasty which must have been that -which (as Benfey has shown) was founded by -<em class="gesperrt">Yeukaotschin</em> between the years 30 and 20 -<span class="smcap">B.C.</span>, or about 30 years only after the famous Indian -Æra called <i>Śâkâbda</i> (the year of the Śâka) being -that in which Vikramâditya expelled the Skythians -from Indian soil. The statement of the <i>Periplûs</i> -that Parthian rulers succeeded the Skythian is -confirmed by Parthian coins found everywhere -in this part of the country. These sovereigns -must have been of consequence, or the trade -of their country very lucrative to the merchant -as appears by the presents necessary to ensure his -protection—plate, musical instruments, handsome -girls for the Harem, the best wine, plain cloth of -high price, and the finest perfumes. The profits -of the trade must therefore have been great, but if -Pliny’s account be true, that every pound laid out -in India produced a hundred at Rome, greater -exactions than these might easily have been supported.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_40"></a>40. After the river <em class="gesperrt">Sinthos</em> is passed we -reach another gulf, which cannot be easily seen. -It has two divisions,—the Great and the Little -by name,—both shoal with violent and continuous -eddies extending far out from the shore, so that -before ever land is in sight ships are often -grounded on the shoals, or being caught within -the eddies are lost. Over this gulf hangs a -promontory which, curving from <em class="gesperrt">Eirinon</em> first -to the east, then to the south, and finally to the -west, encompasses the gulf called <em class="gesperrt">Barakê</em>, -in the bosom of which lie seven islands. -Should a vessel approach the entrance of -this gulf, the only chance of escape for those on -board is at once to alter their course and stand -out to sea, for it is all over with them if they -are once fairly within the womb of <em class="gesperrt">Barakê</em>, -which surges with vast and mighty billows, -and where the sea, tossing in violent commotion, -forms eddies and impetuous whirlpools in every -direction. The bottom varies, presenting in -places sudden shoals, in others being scabrous -with jagged rocks, so that when an anchor -grounds its cable is either at once cut through, -or soon broken by friction at the bottom. The -sign by which voyagers know they are approaching -this bay is their seeing serpents floating -about on the water, of extraordinary size and of -a black colour, for those met with lower down -and in the neighbourhood of Barugaza are of -less size, and in colour green and golden.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(40) The first place mentioned after the Indus -is the Gulf of <em class="gesperrt">Eirinon</em>, a name of which traces -remain in the modern appellation the <em class="gesperrt">Raṇ</em> of -Kachh. This is no longer covered with water -except during the monsoon, when it is flooded by -sea water or by rains and inundated rivers. At -other seasons it is not even a marsh, for its bed is -hard, dry and sandy; a mere saline waste almost -entirely devoid of herbage, and frequented but by -one quadruped—the wild ass. Burnes conjectured -that its desiccation resulted from an upheaval -of the earth caused by one of those earthquakes -which are so common in that part of India. -The <em class="gesperrt">Raṇ</em> is connected with the Gulf of Kachh,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> -which our author calls the Gulf of <em class="gesperrt">Barakê</em>. -His account of it is far from clear. Perhaps, as -Müller suggests, he comprehended under <em class="gesperrt">Eirinon</em> -the interior portion of the Gulf of Kachh, -limiting the Gulf of <em class="gesperrt">Barakê</em> to the exterior portion -or entrance to it. This gulf is called that of -Kanthi by Ptolemy, who mentions <em class="gesperrt">Barakê</em> only -as an island, [and the south coast of Kachh is -still known by the name of Kantha]. The islands -of the <i>Periplûs</i> extend westward from the neighbourhood -of <em class="gesperrt">Navanagar</em> to the very entrance -of the Gulf.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_41"></a>41. To the gulf of <em class="gesperrt">Barakê</em> succeeds that -of <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> and the mainland of <em class="gesperrt">Ariakê</em>, -a district which forms the frontier of the kingdom -of <em class="gesperrt">Mombaros</em> and of all India. The -interior part of it which borders on <em class="gesperrt">Skythia</em> -is called <em class="gesperrt">Aberia</em>, and its sea-board <em class="gesperrt">Surastrênê</em>. -It is a region which produces abundantly -corn and rice and the oil of sesamum, -butter, muslins and the coarser fabrics which are -manufactured from Indian cotton. It has also -numerous herds of cattle. The natives are men -of large stature and coloured black. The metropolis -of the district is <em class="gesperrt">Minnagar</em>, from which -cotton cloth is exported in great quantity to -<em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em>. In this part of the country there -are preserved even to this very day memorials -of the expedition of Alexander, old temples, -foundations of camps, and large wells. The -extent of this coast, reckoned from <em class="gesperrt">Barbarikon</em> -to the promontory called <em class="gesperrt">Papikê</em>, near -<em class="gesperrt">Astakapra</em>, which is opposite <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em>, -is 3,000 stadia.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(41) To <em class="gesperrt">Barakê</em> succeeds the Gulf of <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> -(Gulf of <em class="gesperrt">Khambhât</em>) and the sea-board -of the region called <em class="gesperrt">Ariakê</em>. The reading of the -MS. here ἡ πρἡὸς Ἀραβικῆς χώρας is considered corrupt. -Müller substitutes <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>ἡ ἤπειρος τῆς Ἀριακῆς χώρας, -though Mannert and others prefer Λαρικῆς χώρας, -relying on Ptolemy, who places <em class="gesperrt">Ariakê</em> to -the south of <em class="gesperrt">Larikê</em>, and says that <em class="gesperrt">Larikê</em> -comprehends the peninsula (of Gujarât) Barugaza -and the parts adjacent. As <em class="gesperrt">Ariakê</em> was however -previously mentioned in the <i>Periplûs</i> (sec. -14) in connexion with Barugaza, and is afterwards -mentioned (sec. 54) as trading with Muziris, it -must no doubt have been mentioned by the author -in its proper place, which is here. [Bhagvanlâl -Indraji Pandit has shewn reasons however for -correcting the readings into Αβαρατικη, the Prakrit -form of <em class="gesperrt">Aparântikâ</em>, an old name of the western -sea board of India.—<i>Ind. Ant.</i> vol. VII., pp. 259, -263.] Regarding the name <em class="gesperrt">Larikê</em>, Yule has -the following note (<i>Travels of M. Polo</i> vol. II., -p. 353):—“<em class="gesperrt">Lâr-Deśa</em>, the country of Lar,” properly -Lât-deśa, was an early name for the -territory of Gujrat and the northern Konkan, -embracing Saimur (the modern Chaul as I believe) -Thaṇa, and Bharoch. It appears in Ptolemy in -the form <em class="gesperrt">Larikê</em>. The sea to the west of that coast -was in the early Muhammadan times called the sea -of Lâr, and the language spoken on its shores is<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span> -called by <em class="gesperrt">Mas’udi</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Lâri</em>. Abulfeda’s authority, -Ibn Said, speaks of Lâr and Gujarât as identical.</p> - -<p><em class="gesperrt">Ariakê</em> (Aparântikâ), our author informs us, -was the beginning or frontier of India. That part -of the interior of Ariakê which bordered on Skythia -was called <em class="gesperrt">Aberia</em> or Abiria (in the MS. erroneously -Ibêria). The corresponding Indian word -is <em class="gesperrt">Abhira</em>, which designated the district near -the mouths of the river. Having been even in -very early times a great seat of commerce, some -(as Lassen) have been led to think from a certain -similarity of the names that this was the <em class="gesperrt">Ophir</em> -of scripture, a view opposed by Ritter. Abiria is -mentioned by Ptolemy, who took it to be not a part -of India but of Indoskythia. The sea-board of -Ariakê was called <em class="gesperrt">Surastrênê</em>, and is mentioned -by Ptolemy, who says (VII. i. 55) it was the region -about the mouths of the Indus and the Gulf of -Kanthi. It answers to the Sanskrit <em class="gesperrt">Surâshṭra</em>. -Its capital was Minnagar,—a city which, -as its name shows, had once belonged to the Min -or Skythians. It was different of course from the -Minnagar already mentioned as the capital of Indo-Skythia. -It was situated to the south of <em class="gesperrt">Ozênê</em> -(Ujjayinî, or Ujjain), and on the road which led from -that city to the River Narmadâ, probably near -where Indôr now stands. It must have been the -capital only for a short time, as Ptolemy informs -us (II. i. 63) that <em class="gesperrt">Ozênê</em> was in his time the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span> -capital of <em class="gesperrt">Tiashanes</em> [probably the Chashṭana -of Coins and the Cave Temple inscriptions]. From -both places a great variety of merchandise was -sent down the Narmadâ to Barugaza.</p> - -<p>The next place our author mentions is a promontory -called <em class="gesperrt">Papikê</em> projecting into the Gulf -of Khambât from that part of the peninsula of -Gujarât which lies opposite to the Barugaza coast. -Its distance from Barbarikon on the middle mouth -of the Indus is correctly given at 3,000 stadia. -This promontory is said to be near <em class="gesperrt">Astakapra</em>, -a place which is mentioned also by Ptolemy, and -which (<i>Ind. Ant.</i> vol. V. p. 314) has been identified by -Colonel Yule with <em class="gesperrt">Hastakavapra</em> (now <em class="gesperrt">Hâthab</em> -near Bhaunagar), a name which occurs in -a copper-plate grant of Dhruvasena I of Valabhi. -With regard to the Greek form of this name -Dr. Bühler thinks it is not derived immediately -from the Sanskrit, but from an intermediate old -Prakrit word Hastakampra, which had been -formed by the contraction of the syllables <i>ava</i> -to <i>â</i>, and the insertion of a nasal, according to -the habits of the Gujarâtîs. The loss of the -initial, he adds, may be explained by the difficulty -which Gujarâtîs have now and probably had 1,600 -years ago in pronouncing the spirans in its proper -place. The modern name Hâthab or Hâthap may -be a corruption of the shorter Sanskrit form -Hastavapra.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_42"></a>42. After Papikê there is another gulf, -exposed to the violence of the waves and -running up to the north. Near its mouth is an -island called <em class="gesperrt">Baiônês</em>, and at its very head it -receives a vast river called the <em class="gesperrt">Mais</em>. Those -bound for <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> sail up this gulf (which -has a breadth of about 300 stadia), leaving the -island on the left till it is scarcely visible in the -horizon, when they shape their course east for -the mouth of the river that leads to Barugaza. -This is called the <em class="gesperrt">Namnadios</em>.</p> - - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(42) Beyond <em class="gesperrt">Papikê</em>, we are next informed, -there is another gulf running northward into the -interior of the country. This is not really another -Gulf but only the northern portion of the Gulf -of Khambât, which the <i>Periplûs</i> calls the Gulf of -Barugaza. It receives a great river, the <em class="gesperrt">Mais</em>, -which is easily identified with the <em class="gesperrt">Mahi</em>, and -contains an island called <em class="gesperrt">Baiônês</em> [the modern -Peram], which you leave on the left hand as you -cross over from Astakapra to Barugaza.</p> - -<p>We are now conducted to <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em>, the -greatest seat of commerce in Western India, -situated on a river called in the MS. of the <i>Periplûs</i> -the <em class="gesperrt">Lamnaios</em>, which is no doubt an erroneous -reading for <em class="gesperrt">Namados</em>, or Namnados or Namnadios. -This river is the <em class="gesperrt">Narmadâ</em>. It is called -by Ptolemy the Namades.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_43"></a>43. The passage into the gulf of <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> -is narrow and difficult of access to those -approaching it from the sea, for they are carried -either to the right or to the left, the left being -the better passage of the two. On the right, -at the very entrance of the gulf, lies a narrow -stripe of shoal, rough and beset with rocks. It -is called <em class="gesperrt">Herônê</em>, and lies opposite the village -of <em class="gesperrt">Kammôni</em>. On the left side right against -this is the promontory of <em class="gesperrt">Papikê</em>, which lies -in front of <em class="gesperrt">Astakapra</em>, where it is difficult to -anchor, from the strength of the current and -because the cables are cut through by the sharp -rocks at the bottom. But even if the passage -into the gulf is secured the mouth of the -Barugaza river is not easy to hit, since the coast -is low and there are no certain marks to be seen -until you are close upon them. Neither, if it is -discovered, is it easy to enter, from the presence -of shoals at the mouth of the river.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(43) <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> (Bharoch) which was 30 -miles distant from its mouth, was both difficult and -dangerous of access; for the entrance to the Gulf -itself was, on the right, beset with a perilous stripe -(<i>tainia</i>) of rocky shoal called <em class="gesperrt">Herônê</em>, and on the -left, (which was the safer course,) the violent -currents which swept round the promontory of -Papikê rendered it unsafe to approach the shore or -to cast anchor. The shoal of Herônê was opposite -a village on the mainland called <em class="gesperrt">Kammôni</em>, -the Kamanê of Ptolemy (VII. i.), who however -places it to the north of the river’s mouth. Again, -it was not only difficult to hit the mouth of -the river, but its navigation was endangered by -sandbanks and the violence of the tides, especially -the high tide called the ‘Bore,’ of which our author -gives a description so particular and so vivid as -suffices to show that he was describing what he -had seen with his own eyes, and seen moreover -for the first time. With regard to the name -<em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> the following passage, which I quote -from Dr. Wilson’s <i>Indian Castes</i> (vol. II. p. 113) will -elucidate its etymology:—“The <em class="gesperrt">Bhârgavas</em> -derive their designation from <em class="gesperrt">Bhargava</em>, the -adjective form of <em class="gesperrt">Bhṛigu</em>, the name of one of -the ancient Ṛishis. Their chief habitat is the district -of Bharoch, which must have got its name from -a colony of the school of Bhṛigu having been early -established in this Kshêtra, probably granted to -them by some conqueror of the district. In the -name <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> given to it by Ptolemy, we have -a Greek corruption of Bhṛigukshêtra (the territory -of Bhṛigu) or Bhṛigukachha (the tongueland of -Bhṛigu).” Speaking of the Bhârgavas Dr. Drummond, -in his <i>Grammatical Illustrations</i>, says:<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>—“These -Brâhmans are indeed poor and ignorant. -Many of them, and other illiterate Gujarâtîs, -would, in attempting to articulate Bhṛigushêtra, -lose the half in coalesence, and call it Bargacha, -whence the Greeks, having no <i>Ch</i>, wrote it Barugaza.”</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_44"></a>44. For this reason native fishermen appointed -by Government are stationed with well-manned -long boats called <i>trappaga</i> and <i>kotumba</i> -at the entrance of the river, whence they go out -as far as <em class="gesperrt">Surastrênê</em> to meet ships, and pilot -them up to Barugaza. At the head of the gulf -the pilot, immediately on taking charge of a ship, -with the help of his own boat’s crew, shifts her -head to keep her clear of the shoals, and tows -her from one fixed station to another, moving -with the beginning of the tide, and dropping -anchor at certain roadsteads and basins when it -ebbs. These basins occur at points where the -river is deeper than usual, all the way up to -<em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em>, which is 300 stadia distant from -the mouth of the river if you sail up the -stream to reach it.</p> - -<p>45. India has everywhere a great abundance -of rivers, and her seas ebb and flow with tides -of extraordinary strength, which increase with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span> -the moon, both when new and when full, and -for three days after each, but fall off in the -intermediate space. About <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> they -are more violent than elsewhere; so that all of -a sudden you see the depths laid bare, and -portions of the land turned into sea, and the -sea, where ships were sailing but just before, -turned without warning into dry land. The -rivers, again, on the access of flood tide rushing -into their channels with the whole body of the -sea, are driven upwards against their natural -course for a great number of miles with a force -that is irresistible.</p> - -<p>46. This is the reason why ships frequenting -this emporium are exposed, both in coming -and going, to great risk, if handled by those who -are unacquainted with the navigation of the -gulf or visit it for the first time, since the impetuosity -of the tide when it becomes full, having -nothing to stem or slacken it, is such that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span> -anchors cannot hold against it. Large vessels, -moreover, if caught in it are driven athwart from -their course by the rapidity of the current till -they are stranded on shoals and wrecked, while -the smaller craft are capsized, and many that -have taken refuge in the side channels, being -left dry by the receding tide, turn over on -one side, and, if not set erect on props, are -filled upon the return of the tide with the very -first head of the flood, and sunk. But at new -moons, especially when they occur in conjunction -with a night tide, the flood sets in with such -extraordinary violence that on its beginning to -advance, even though the sea be calm, its roar is -heard by those living near the river’s mouth, -sounding like the tumult of battle heard far off, -and soon after the sea with its hissing waves -bursts over the bare shoals.</p> - -<p>47. Inland from <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> the country is -inhabited by numerous races—the <em class="gesperrt">Aratrioi</em>, -and the <em class="gesperrt">Arakhosioi</em>, and the <em class="gesperrt">Gandaraioi</em>, -and the people of <em class="gesperrt">Proklaïs</em>, in which is -<em class="gesperrt">Boukephalos Alexandreia</em>. Beyond -these are the <em class="gesperrt">Baktrianoi</em>, a most warlike -race, governed by their own independent sovereign. -It was from these parts Alexander issued -to invade India when he marched as far as the -Ganges, without, however, attacking Limurikê -and the southern parts of the country. Hence -up to the present day old <i>drachmai</i> bearing the -Greek inscriptions of <em class="gesperrt">Apollodotos</em> and -<em class="gesperrt">Menander</em> are current in Barugaza.</p> - - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span></p><blockquote> - -<p>(47) The account of the ‘bore’ is followed by an -enumeration of the countries around and beyond -Barugaza with which it had commercial relations. -Inland are the <em class="gesperrt">Aratrioi</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Arakhosioi</em>, -<em class="gesperrt">Gandarioi</em> and the people of <em class="gesperrt">Proklaïs</em>, a -province wherein is Boukephalos Alexandreia, -beyond which is the Baktrian nation. It has -been thought by some that by the <em class="gesperrt">Aratrioi</em> are -meant the Arii, by others that they were the -<em class="gesperrt">Arâstrâs</em> of Sanskrit called Aratti in the -Prakrit, so that the <em class="gesperrt">Aratrioi</em> of the <i>Periplûs</i> -hold an intermediate place between the Sanskrit and -Prakrit form of the name. Müller however says -“if you want a people known to the Greeks and -Romans as familiarly as the well-known names -of the Arakhosii, Gandarii, Peukelitae, you may -conjecture that the proper reading is ΔΡΑΝΓΩΝ instead -of ΑΡΑΤΡΙΩΝ.” It is an error of course on the -part of our author when he places <em class="gesperrt">Boukephalos</em> -(a city built by Alexander on the banks of the -Hydaspês, where he defeated Pôros), in the neighbourhood -of Proklaïs, that is Pekhely in the neighbourhood -of Peshawar. He makes a still more -surprising error when he states that Alexander -penetrated to the Ganges.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_48"></a>48. In the same region eastward is a city -called <em class="gesperrt">Ozênê</em>, formerly the capital wherein -the king resided. From it there is brought -down to Barugaza every commodity for the -supply of the country and for export to our -own markets—onyx-stones, porcelain, fine muslins, -mallow-coloured muslins, and no small -quantity of ordinary cottons. At the same time -there is brought down to it from the upper -country by way of <em class="gesperrt">Proklaïs</em>, for transmission -to the coast, Kattybourine, Patropapigic, -and Kabalitic spikenard, and another kind -which reaches it by way of the adjacent province -of Skythia; also kostus and bdellium.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(48) The next place mentioned in the enumeration -is <em class="gesperrt">Ozênê</em> (Ujjain), which, receiving -nard through Proklaïs from the distant regions -where it was produced, passed it on to the -coast for export to the Western World. This -aromatic was a product of three districts, whence -its varieties were called respectively the <i>Kattybourine</i>, -the <i>Patropapigic</i> and the <i>Kabolitic</i>. What -places were indicated by the first two names -cannot be ascertained, but the last points undoubtedly -to the region round Kâbul, since -its inhabitants are called by Ptolemy <em class="gesperrt">Kabolitai</em>, -and Edrisi uses the term <i>Myrobalanos Kabolinos</i> -for the ‘myrobolans of Kâbul.’ Nard, as Edrisi also -observes, has its proper soil in Thibet.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_49"></a>49. The imports of <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> are—</p> - -<p>Οἶνος προηγουμένος Ἰταλικὸς—Wine, principally -Italian.</p> - -<p>Καὶ Λαοδικηνὸς καὶ Ἀραβικὸς—Laodikean wine -and Arabian.</p> - -<p>Χαλκος καὶ κασσίτερος καὶ μόλυβδος—Brass or -Copper and Tin and Lead.</p> - -<p>Κοράλλιον καὶ χρυσόλιθον—Coral and Gold-stone -or Yellow-stone.</p> - -<p>Ἱματισμὸς ἁπλοῦς καὶ νόθος πανταῖος—Cloth, plain -and mixed, of all sorts.</p> - -<p>Πολύμιται ζῶναι πηχυαῖαι—Variegated sashes half -a yard wide.</p> - -<p>Στύραξ—Storax.</p> - -<p>Μελίλωτον—Sweet clover, melilot.</p> - -<p>Ὕαλος ἀργὴ—White glass.</p> - -<p>Σανδαράκη—Gum Sandarach.</p> - -<p>Στίμμι—(Stibium) Tincture for the eyes,—<i>Sûrmâ</i>.</p> - -<p>Δηνάριον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργυροῦν—Gold and Silver -specie, yielding a profit when exchanged for native -money.</p> - -<p>Μύρον οὐ βαρύτιμον ὀυδὲ πολὺ—Perfumes or unguents, -neither costly nor in great quantity.</p> - -<p>In those times, moreover, there were imported, -<i>as presents</i> to the king, costly silver vases, instruments -of music, handsome young women for -concubinage, superior wine, apparel, plain but -costly, and the choicest unguents. The exports -from this part of the country are—</p> - -<p>Νὺρδος, κόστος, βδέλλα, ελεφας—Spikenard, costus, -bdellium, ivory.</p> - -<p>Ὀνυχίνη λιθία καὶ μουρρίνη—Onyx-stones and -porcelain.</p> - -<p>Λύκιον—<i>Ruzot</i>, Box-thorn.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span></p> - -<p>Ὀθόνιον παντοῖον—Cottons of all sorts.</p> - -<p>Σηρικὸν—Silk.</p> - -<p>Μολόχινον—Mallow-coloured cottons.</p> - -<p>Νῆμα—<i>Silk</i> thread.</p> - -<p>Πέτερι μακρὸν—Long pepper and other articles -supplied from the neighbouring ports.</p> - -<p>The proper season to set sail for Barugaza -from Egypt is the month of July, or Epiphi.</p> - -<p>50. From <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> the coast immediately -adjoining stretches from the north directly -to the south, and the country is therefore called -<em class="gesperrt">Dakhinabadês</em>, because Dakhan in the -language of the natives signifies <i>south</i>. Of this -country that part which lies inland towards the -east comprises a great space of desert country, -and large mountains abounding with all kinds -of wild animals, leopards, tigers, elephants, huge -snakes, hyenas, and baboons of many different -sorts, and is inhabited right across to the Ganges -by many and extremely populous nations.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(50) <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> had at the same time commercial -relations with the Dekhan also. This part -of India our author calls <em class="gesperrt">Dakhinabadês</em>, transliterating -the word <em class="gesperrt">Dakshinâpatha</em>—(the -Dakshinâ, or the South Country). “Here,” says -Vincent,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span> “the author of the <i>Periplûs</i> gives the true -direction of this western coast of the Peninsula, -and states in direct terms its tendency to the -South, while Ptolemy stretches out the whole -angle to a straight line, and places the Gulf of -Cambay almost in the same latitude as Cape -Comorin.”</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_51"></a>51. Among the marts in this South Country -there are two of more particular importance—<em class="gesperrt">Paithana</em>, -which lies south from Barugaza, -a distance of twenty days, and <em class="gesperrt">Tagara</em>, ten -days east of Paithana, the greatest city in the -country. Their commodities are carried down -on wagons to Barugaza along roads of extreme -difficulty,—that is, from <em class="gesperrt">Paithana</em> a great -quantity of onyx-stone, and from <em class="gesperrt">Tagara</em> -ordinary cottons in abundance, many sorts of -muslins, mallow-coloured cottons, and other -articles of local production brought into it from -the parts along the coast. The length of the -entire voyage as far as <em class="gesperrt">Limurikê</em> is 700 -stadia, and to reach <em class="gesperrt">Aigialos</em> you must sail -very many stadia further.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(51) In the interior of the Dekhan, the <i>Periplûs</i> -places two great seats of commerce, <em class="gesperrt">Paithana</em>, -20 days’ journey to the south of Barugaza, and -<em class="gesperrt">Tagara</em>, 10 days’ journey eastward from Paithana. -Paithana, which appears in Ptolemy as -Baithana, may be identified with <em class="gesperrt">Paithana</em>. -<em class="gesperrt">Tagara</em> is more puzzling. Wilford, Vincent, -Mannert, Ritter and others identify it with <em class="gesperrt">Dêvagiri</em> -or Deogarh, near Elurâ, about 8 miles from -Aurangâbâd. The name of a place called Tagarapura -occurs in a copper grant of land which was -found in the island of Salsette. There is however -nothing to show that this was a name of Dêvagiri. -Besides, if Paithana be correctly identified, Tagara -cannot be Dêvagiri unless the distances and directions -are very erroneously given in the <i>Periplûs</i>. -This is not improbable, and Tagara may therefore -be <em class="gesperrt">Junnar</em> (<i>i.e.</i> Jûna-nagar = <i>the old city</i>), which -from its position must always have been an emporium, -and its Buddha caves belong to about -<span class="smcap">B.C.</span> 100 to <span class="smcap">A.D.</span> 150 (see <i>Archæolog. Surv. of West. -India</i>, vol. III., and Elphinstone’s <i>History of -India</i>, p. 223).</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span></p> - -<p>Our author introduces us next to another division -of India, that called <em class="gesperrt">Limurikê</em>, which -begins, as he informs us, at a distance of 7,000 stadia -(or nearly 900 miles) beyond Barugaza. This -estimate is wide of the mark, being in fact about -the distance between Barugaza and the southern -or remote extremity of Limurikê. In the Indian -segment of the Roman maps called from their discoverer, -the <i>Peutinger Tables</i>, the portion of India -to which this name is applied is called <em class="gesperrt">Damirike</em>. -We can scarcely err, says Dr. Caldwell -(<i>Dravid. Gram.</i> Intr. page 14), in identifying this -name with the Tami[l:] country. If so, the earliest -appearance of the name Tami[l:] in any foreign -documents will be found also to be most perfectly -in accordance with the native Tami[l:] mode of -spelling the name. <em class="gesperrt">Damirike</em> evidently means -<i>Damirike</i>.... In another place in the same map -a district is called <em class="gesperrt">Scytia Dymirice</em>; and it -appears to have been this word which by a mistake -of Δ for Λ Ptolemy wrote Λυμιρικὴ. The D -retains its place however in the Cosmography of -the anonymous geographer of Ravenna, who repeatedly -mentions <em class="gesperrt">Dimirica</em> as one of the three -divisions of India and the one furthest to the East. -He shows also that the Tami[l:] country must -have been meant by the name by mentioning -<em class="gesperrt">Modura</em> as one of the cities it contained.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_52"></a>52. The local marts which occur in order -<i>along the coast</i> after <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> are <em class="gesperrt">Akabarou</em>, -<em class="gesperrt">Souppara</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Kalliena</em>, a city which -was raised to the rank of a regular mart in the -times of the elder <em class="gesperrt">Saraganes</em>, but after -<em class="gesperrt">Sandanes</em> became its master its trade was -put under the severest restrictions; for if Greek -vessels, even by accident, enter its ports, a guard -is put on board and they are taken to Barugaza.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(52) Reverting to <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> our author next -enumerates the less important emporia having -merely a local trade which intervenes between it -and <em class="gesperrt">Dimurikê</em>. Those are first <em class="gesperrt">Akabarou</em>, -<em class="gesperrt">Souppara</em>, and <em class="gesperrt">Kalliena</em>—followed by -<em class="gesperrt">Semulla</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Mandagora</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Palaipatmai</em>, -<em class="gesperrt">Meligeizara</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Buzantion</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Toperon</em>, and -<em class="gesperrt">Turanosboas</em>,—beyond which occurs a succession -of islands, some of which give shelter to -pirates, and of which the last is called <em class="gesperrt">Leukê</em> or -White Island. The actual distance from Barugaza -to Naoura, the first port of Dimurikê, is 4,500 -stadia.</p> - -<p>To take these emporia in detail. <em class="gesperrt">Akabarou</em> -cannot be identified. The reading is probably corrupt. -Between the mouths of the Namados and -those of the Goaris, Ptolemy interposes Nousaripa, -Poulipoula, Ariakê Sadinôn, and Soupara. <em class="gesperrt">Nausaripa</em> -is <em class="gesperrt">Nausari</em>, about 18 miles to the -south of Surat, and <em class="gesperrt">Soupara</em> is <em class="gesperrt">Sûpârâ</em> near -Vasâï. Benfey, who takes it to be the name of a -region and not of a city, regards it as the <em class="gesperrt">Ophir</em> -of the Bible—called in the Septuagint Σωφηρά. -<em class="gesperrt">Sôphir</em>, it may be added, is the Coptic name for -India. <em class="gesperrt">Kalliena</em> is now <em class="gesperrt">Kalyâna</em> near<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span> -Bombay [which must have been an important -place at an early date. It is named in the -Kaṇhêri Bauddha Cave Inscriptions]. It is -mentioned by Kosmas (p. 337), who states that -it produced copper and sesamum and other -kinds of logs, and cloth for wearing apparel. -The name <em class="gesperrt">Sandanes</em>, that of the Prince who -sent Greek ships which happened to put into its -port under guard to Barugaza, is thought by -Benfey to be a territorial title which indicated -that he ruled over <em class="gesperrt">Ariakê</em> of the Sandineis. -[But the older “Saraganes” probably indicates -one of the great Śâtakarṇi or Ândhrabhṛitya -dynasty.] Ptolemy does not mention Kalliena, -though he supplies the name of a place omitted -in the <i>Periplûs</i>, namely <em class="gesperrt">Dounga</em> (VII. i. 6) -near the mouth of the river <em class="gesperrt">Bênda</em>.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_53"></a>53. After <em class="gesperrt">Kalliena</em> other local marts occur—<em class="gesperrt">Semulla</em>, -<em class="gesperrt">Mandagora</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Palaipatmai</em>, -<em class="gesperrt">Melizeigara</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Buzantion</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Toparon</em>, -and <em class="gesperrt">Turannosboas</em>. You come next to the -islands called <em class="gesperrt">Sêsekreienai</em> and the island -of the <em class="gesperrt">Aigidioi</em> and that of the <em class="gesperrt">Kaineitai</em>, -near what is called the <em class="gesperrt">Khersonêsos</em>, places -in which are pirates, and after this the island -<em class="gesperrt">Leukê</em> (or ‘the White’). Then follow <em class="gesperrt">Naoura</em> -and <em class="gesperrt">Tundis</em>, the first marts of <em class="gesperrt">Limurikê</em>, -and after these <em class="gesperrt">Mouziris</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Nelkunda</em>, -the seats of Government.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(53) <em class="gesperrt">Semulla</em> (in Ptolemy <em class="gesperrt">Timoula</em> and -<em class="gesperrt">Simulla</em>) is identified by Yule with <em class="gesperrt">Chênval</em> -or Chaul, a seaport 23 miles south of Bombay; -[but Bhagvanlâl Indraji suggests Chimûla in -Trombay island at the head of the Bombay -harbour; and this is curiously supported by one -of the Kanhêri inscriptions in which <em class="gesperrt">Chemûla</em> -is mentioned, apparently as a large city, like -Supârâ and Kalyâna, in the neighbourhood]. -After Simulla Ptolemy mentions <em class="gesperrt">Hippokoura</em> -[possibly, as suggested by the same,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span> -a partial translation of <em class="gesperrt">Ghoḍabandar</em> on -the Choḍa nadi in the Ṭhaṅa strait] and <em class="gesperrt">Baltipatna</em> -as places still in Ariakê, but <em class="gesperrt">Mandagara -Buzanteion</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Khersonêsos</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Armagara</em>, -the mouths of the river <em class="gesperrt">Nanagouna</em>, -and an emporium called <em class="gesperrt">Nitra</em>, as belonging to -the Pirate Coast which extended to Dimurikê, of -which <em class="gesperrt">Tundis</em>, he says, is the first city. Ptolemy -therefore agrees with our author in assigning the -Pirate Coast to the tract of country between -Bombay and Goa. This coast continued to be -infested with pirates till so late a period as the -year 1765, when they were finally exterminated by -the British arms. <em class="gesperrt">Mandagara</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Palaipatma</em> -may have corresponded pretty nearly in situation -with the towns of Rájapur and Bankut. Yule -places them respectively at Bankut and Debal. -<em class="gesperrt">Melizeigara</em> (Milizêguris or Milizigêris of -Ptolemy, VII. i. 95), Vincent identifies with Jaygaḍh -or Sidê Jaygaḍh. The same place appears in Pliny -as <em class="gesperrt">Sigerus</em> (VI. xxvi. 100). Buzantium may be -referred to about Vijayadrug or Esvantgadh, <em class="gesperrt">Toparon</em> -may be a corrupt reading for <em class="gesperrt">Togaron</em>, -and may perhaps therefore be Devagaḍh which -lies a little beyond Vijayndrug. <em class="gesperrt">Turannosboas</em> -is not mentioned elsewhere, but it may have been, -us Yule suggests, the Bandâ or Tirakal river. -Müller placed it at Acharê. The first island on -this part of the coast is Sindhudrug near Mâlwan,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span> -to which succeeds a group called the Burnt Islands, -among which the Vingorla rocks are conspicuous. -These are no doubt the <em class="gesperrt">Heptanêsia</em> of -Ptolemy (VII. i. 95), and probably the <em class="gesperrt">Sêsikrienai</em> -of the <i>Periplûs</i>. The island Aigidion -called that of the Aigidii may be placed at Goa, -[but Yule suggests Angediva south of Sadaśivagaḍh, -in lat. 14° 45´ N., which is better]. Kaineiton -may be the island of St. George.</p> - -<p>We come next to <em class="gesperrt">Naoura</em> in Dimurikê. This -is now <em class="gesperrt">Honâvar</em>, written otherwise Onore, -situated on the estuary of a broad river, the -<em class="gesperrt">Śarâvatî</em>, on which are the falls of Gêrsappa, -one of the most magnificent and stupendous -cataracts in the world. If the <em class="gesperrt">Nitra</em> of Ptolemy -(VII. i. 7) and the <em class="gesperrt">Nitria</em> of Pliny be the same as -<em class="gesperrt">Naoura</em>, then these authors extend the pirate -coast a little further south than the <i>Periplûs</i> does. -But if they do not, and therefore agree in their -views as to where Dimurikê begins, the <em class="gesperrt">Nitra</em> -may be placed, Müller thinks, at Mirjan or Komta, -which is not far north from Honâvar. [Yule -places it at Mangalur.] Müller regards the first -supposition however as the more probable, and -quotes at length a passage from Pliny (VI. xxvi. -104) referring thereto, which must have been excerpted -from some <i>Periplûs</i> like our author’s, but -not from it as some have thought.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span> “To those -bound for India it is most convenient to depart -from Okêlis. They sail thence with the wind -Hipalus in 40 days to the first emporium of India, -Muziris, which is not a desirable place to arrive -at on account of pirates infesting the neighbourhood, -who hold a place called <em class="gesperrt">Nitrias</em>, while it is -not well supplied with merchandize. Besides, -the station for ships is at a great distance from -the shore, and cargoes have both to be landed and -to be shipped by means of little boats. There -reigned there when I wrote this <em class="gesperrt">Caelobothras</em>. -Another port belonging to the nation -is more convenient, <em class="gesperrt">Neacyndon</em>, which is -called <em class="gesperrt">Becare</em> (<i>sic. codd.</i>, Barace, Harduin and -Sillig). There reigned Pandiôn in an inland -town far distant from the emporium called <em class="gesperrt">Modura</em>. -The region, however, from which they -convey pepper to Becare in boats formed from -single logs is <em class="gesperrt">Cottonara</em>.”</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_54"></a>54. To the kingdom under the sway of -<em class="gesperrt">Kêprobotres<a name="FNanchor_22_22" id="FNanchor_22_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_22_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a> Tundis</em> is subject, a village -of great note situate near the sea. <em class="gesperrt">Mouziris</em>, -which pertains to the same realm, is a city -at the height of prosperity, frequented as it -is by ships from <em class="gesperrt">Ariakê</em> and Greek ships <i>from -Egypt</i>. It lies near a river at a distance from -Tundis of 500 stadia, whether this is measured -from river to river or by the length of the sea -voyage, and it is 20 stadia distant from the -mouth of its own river. The distance of <em class="gesperrt">Nelkunda</em> -from <em class="gesperrt">Mouziris</em> also nearly 500 -stadia, whether measured from river to river or -by the sea voyage, but it belongs to a different -kingdom, that of <em class="gesperrt">Pandiôn</em>. It likewise is -situate near a river and at about a distance -from the sea of 120 stadia.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(54) With regard to the names in this extract -which occur also in the <i>Periplûs</i> the following -passages quoted from Dr. Caldwell’s <i>Dravidian -Grammar</i> will throw much light. He says (Introd. -p. 97):—“<em class="gesperrt">Muziris</em> appears to be the <em class="gesperrt">Muyiri</em> -of Muyiri-kotta. Tyndis is <em class="gesperrt">Tuṇḍi</em>, and the -Kynda, of Nelkynda, or as Ptolemy has it, Melkynda, -<i>i. e.</i> probably Western kingdom, seems to -be <em class="gesperrt">Kannettri</em>, the southern boundary of Kêrala -proper. One MS. of Pliny writes the second part -of this word not <i>Cyndon</i> but <i>Canidon</i>. The first<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span> -of these places was identified by Dr. Gundert, for -the remaining two we are indebted to Dr. Burnell.</p> - -<p>“Cottonara, Pliny; Kottonarike, <i>Periplûs</i>, the -district where the best pepper was produced. It -is singular that this district was not mentioned -by Ptolemy. <em class="gesperrt">Cottonara</em> was evidently the -name of the district. κοττοναρικον the name of the -pepper for which the district was famous. Dr. -Buchanan identifies Cottonara with <em class="gesperrt">Kaḍatta-naḍu</em>, -the name of a district in the Calicut country -celebrated for its pepper. Dr. Burnell identifies it -with <em class="gesperrt">Koļatta-nâḍu</em>, the district about Tellicherry -which he says is the pepper district. -<i>Kadatta</i> in Malayâlam means ‘transport, conveyance,’ -<em class="gesperrt">Nâdû</em>, Tam.—Mal., means a district.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span></p> - -<p>“The prince called Kêrobothros by Ptolemy (VII. -i. 86) is called Kêprobotros by the author of the -<i>Periplûs</i>. The insertion of π is clearly an error, -but more likely to be the error of a copyist than -that of the author, who himself had visited the -territories of the prince in question. He is called -Caelobothras in Pliny’s text, but one of the MSS. -gives it more correctly as Celobotras. The name -in Sanskrit, and in full is ‘Keralaputra,’ but both -<i>kêra</i> and <i>kêla</i> are Dravidian abbreviations of <i>kêralâ</i>. -They are Malayâļam however, not Tamil abbreviations, -and the district over which Keralaputra ruled -is that in which the Malayâļam language is now -spoken” (p. 95). From Ptolemy we learn that the -capital of this prince was <em class="gesperrt">Karoura</em>, which has -been “identified with <em class="gesperrt">Karûr</em>, an important town -in the Koimbatur district originally included in the -Chêra kingdom. Karûr means the black town.... -Ptolemy’s word <em class="gesperrt">Karoura</em> represents the Tami[l:] -name of the place with perfect accuracy.” Nelkunda, -our author informs us, was not subject to -this prince but to another called <em class="gesperrt">Pandiôn</em>. This -name, says Dr. Caldwell, “is of Sanskrit origin, -and <em class="gesperrt">Pandæ</em>, the form which Pliny, after Megasthenês, -gives in his list of the Indian nations, -comes very near the Sanskrit. The more recent -local information of Pliny himself, as well as the -notices of Ptolemy and the <i>Periplûs</i>, supply us with -the Dravidian form of the word. The Tami[l:] sign -of the masc. sing. is <i>an</i>, and Tami[l:] inserts <i>i</i> euphonically -after <i>ṇḍ</i>, consequently Pandiôn, and still -better the plural form of the word <em class="gesperrt">Pandiones</em>, -faithfully represents the Tami[l:] masc. sing. <em class="gesperrt">Pâṇḍiyan</em>.” -In another passage the same scholar says: -“The Sanskrit Pâṇḍya is written in Tamil Pâṇḍiya, -but the more completely tamilized form <em class="gesperrt">Pâṇḍi</em> -is still more commonly used all over southern -India. I derive Pâṇḍi, as native scholars always -derive the word, from the Sanskrit Pâṇḍu, the -name of the father of the Pâṇḍava brothers.” -The capital of this prince, as Pliny has stated, was -<em class="gesperrt">Modura</em>, which is the Sanskrit Maṭhurâ pro<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>nounced -in the Tami[l:] manner. The corresponding -city in Northern India, Maṭhurâ, is written by the -Greeks <em class="gesperrt">Methora</em>.</p> - -<p><em class="gesperrt">Nelkunda</em> is mentioned by various authors under -varying forms of the name. As has been already -stated, it is Melkunda in Ptolemy, who places it in -the country of the Aii. In the <i>Peutingerian Table</i> -it is Nincylda, and in the Geographer of Ravenna, -Nilcinna. At the mouth of the river on which -it stands was its shipping port <em class="gesperrt">Bakare</em> or Becare, -according to Müller now represented by <em class="gesperrt">Markari</em> -(lat. 12° N.) Yule conjectures that it must have -been between Kanetti and Kolum in Travancore. -Regarding the trade of this place we may quote a -remark from Vincent. “We find,” he says,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span> “that -throughout the whole which the <i>Periplûs</i> mentions -of India we have a catalogue of the exports and -imports only at the two ports of Barugaza and -Nelcynda, and there seems to be a distinction fixed -between the articles appropriate to each. Fine -muslins and ordinary cottons are the principal -commodities of the first; tortoise shell, precious -stones, silk, and above all pepper, seem to have been -procurable only at the latter. This pepper is said -to be brought to this port from Cottonara, famous -to this hour for producing the best pepper in the -world except that of Sumatra. The pre-eminence -of these two ports will account for the little that -is said of the others by the author, and why he has -left us so few characters by which we may distinguish -one from another.”</p> - -<p>Our author on concluding his account of Nelkunda -interrupts his narrative to relate the incidents -of the important discovery of the monsoon -made by that Columbus of antiquity Hippalus. -This account, Vincent remarks, naturally excites a -curiosity in the mind to enquire how it should -happen that the monsoon should have been noticed -by Nearkhos, and that from the time of his voyage -for 300 years no one should have attempted a -direct course till Hippalus ventured to commit -himself to the ocean. He is of opinion that there -was a direct passage by the monsoons both in -going to and coming from India in use among -the Arabians before the Greeks adopted it, and -that Hippalus frequenting these seas as a pilot or -merchant, had met with Indian or Arabian traders -who made their voyages in a more compendious -manner than the Greeks, and that he collected -information from them which he had both the prudence -and courage to adopt, just as Columbus, while -owing much to his own nautical experience and -fortitude was still under obligations to the Portuguese, -who had been resolving the great problems -in the art of navigation for almost a century previous -to his expedition.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_55"></a>55. At the very mouth of this river lies -another village, <em class="gesperrt">Bakare</em>, to which the ships -despatched from Nelkunda come down <i>empty</i> -and ride at anchor off shore while taking in -cargo: for the river, it may be noted, has sunken -reefs and shallows which make its navigation -difficult. The sign by which those who come -hither by sea know they are nearing land is -their meeting with snakes, which are here of a -black colour, not so long as those already mentioned, -like serpents about the head, and with -eyes the colour of blood.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(55) <em class="gesperrt">Nelkunda</em> appears to have been the -limit of our author’s voyage along the coast of -India, for in the sequel of his narrative he defines -but vaguely the situation of the places which he -notices, while his details are scanty, and sometimes -grossly inaccurate. Thus he makes the Malabar -Coast extend southwards beyond Cape Comorin -as far at least as Kolkhoi (near Tutikorin) on the -Coromandel coast, and like many ancient writers, -represents Ceylon as stretching westward almost -as far as Africa.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_56"></a>56. The ships which frequent these ports -are of a large size, on account of the great -amount and bulkiness of the pepper and betel -of which their lading consists. The imports -here are principally—</p> - -<p>Χρήματα πλεῖ στα—Great quantities of specie.</p> - -<p>Χρυσόλιθα—(Topaz?) Gold-stone, Chrysolite.</p> - -<p>Ἰματισμὸς ἁπλοὸς οὐ πολὺς—A small assortment -of plain cloth.</p> - -<p>Πολύμιτα—Flowered robes.</p> - -<p>Στίμμι, κοράλλιον—Stibium, a pigment for the -eyes, coral.</p> - -<p>ὕαλος ἀργὴ χαλκὸς—White glass, copper or -brass.</p> - -<p>Κασσίτερος, μόλυβδος—Tin, lead.</p> - -<p>Οἵνος οὐ πολύς, ὡσεὶ δὲ τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἐν Βαρυγάζοις—Wine -but not much, but about as much as at -Barugaza.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span></p> - -<p>Σανδαράκη—Sandarach (<i>Sindûrâ</i>).</p> - -<p>Ἀρσενικὸν—Arsenic (Orpiment), yellow sulphuret -of arsenic.</p> - -<p>Σῖτος ὅσος ἀρκέ σει τοῖς περὶ το ναυκλήριον, διὰ τὸ μὴ τοὺς ἐμπόρους -αὐτῷ χρῆσθαι—Corn, only for the use of the ship’s company, as the -merchants do not sell it.</p> - -<p>The following commodities are brought to it -for export:—</p> - -<p>Πέπερι μονογενῶς ἐν ἐνὶ τόπω τούτων τῶν ἐμπορίων γεννώμενον πολύ τῇ -λεγομενῇ Κοττοναρικη—Pepper in great quantity, produced in only one of -these marts, and called the pepper of Kottonara.</p> - -<p>Μαργαρίτης ίκανὸς καὶ διάφορος—Pearls in great -quantity and of superior quality.</p> - -<p>Ἐλέφας—Ivory.</p> - -<p>Ὀθόνια Σηρικὰ—Fine silks.</p> - -<p>Νάρδος ἡ Γαγγητικὴ—Spikenard from the Ganges.</p> - -<p>Μαλάβαθρον—Betel—all brought from countries -further east.</p> - -<p>Λιθία διαφανὴς παντοία—Transparent or precious -stones of all sorts.</p> - -<p>Αδάμας—Diamonds.</p> - -<p>Ὑάκινθος—Jacinths.</p> - -<p>Χελώνη ἥτε Χρυσονησιωτικὴ καὶ ἡ περὶ τὰς νήσους θηρευομένη τὰς -προκειμένας αὐτῆς τῆς Λιμυρικῆς—Tortoise-shell from the Golden Island, -and another sort which is taken in the islands which lie off the coast -of Limurikê.</p> - -<p>The proper season to set sail from Egypt for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span> -this part of India is about the month of July—that -is, Epiphi.</p> - -<p>57. The whole round of the voyage from -<em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Eudaimôn Arabia</em>, which we -have just described, used to be performed in -small vessels which kept close to shore and -followed its windings, but <em class="gesperrt">Hippalos</em> was the -pilot who first, by observing the bearings of the -ports and the configuration of the sea, discovered -the direct course across the ocean; whence as, -at the season when our own Etesians are -blowing, a periodical wind from the ocean likewise -blows in the Indian Sea, this wind, which -is the south-west, is, it seems, called in these -seas Hippalos [after the name of the pilot who -first discovered the <i>passage by means of it</i>]. -From the time of this discovery to the present -day, merchants who sail for India either from -<em class="gesperrt">Kanê</em>, or, as others do, from <em class="gesperrt">Arômata</em>, if -Limurikê be their destination, must often change -their tack, but if they are bound for <em class="gesperrt">Barugaza</em> -and <em class="gesperrt">Skythia</em>, they are not retarded for -more than three days, after which, committing -themselves to the monsoon which blows right -in the direction of their course, they stand far -out to sea, leaving all the gulfs we have mentioned -in the distance.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span></p> - -<p><a id="para_58"></a>58. After <em class="gesperrt">Bakare</em> occurs the mountain -called Pyrrhos (or the Red) towards the south, -near another district of the country called -<em class="gesperrt">Paralia</em> (where the pearl-fisheries are which -belong to king Pandiôn), and a city of the name -of <em class="gesperrt">Kolkhoi</em>. In this tract the first place -met with is called <em class="gesperrt">Balita</em>, which has a good -harbour and a village on its shore. Next to -this is another place called <em class="gesperrt">Komar</em>, where is -the cape of the same name and a haven. Those -who wish to consecrate the closing part of their -lives to religion come hither and bathe and -engage themselves to celibacy. This is also -done by women; since it is related that the -goddess (<i>Kumârî</i>) once on a time resided at the -place and bathed. From <em class="gesperrt">Komarei</em> (towards the -south) the country extends as far as <em class="gesperrt">Kolkhoi</em>, -where the fishing for pearls is carried on. -Condemned criminals are employed in this service. -King Pandiôn is the owner of the fishery. -To <em class="gesperrt">Kolkhoi</em> succeeds another coast lying -along a gulf having a district in the interior -bearing the name of <em class="gesperrt">Argalou</em>. In this single -place are obtained the pearls collected near the -island of <em class="gesperrt">Epiodôros</em>. From it are exported -the muslins called <i>ebargareitides</i>.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(58) The first place mentioned after <em class="gesperrt">Bakare</em> -is <em class="gesperrt">Pyrrhos</em>, or the Red Mountain, which extends -along a district called <em class="gesperrt">Paralia</em>. “There are,” -says Dr. Caldwell (Introd. p. 99), “three Paralias -mentioned by the Greeks, two by Ptolemy ... -one by the author of the <i>Periplûs</i>. The Paralia -mentioned by the latter corresponded to Ptolemy’s -country of the Ἄïοι, and that of the Καρεοι, -that is, to South Travancore and South Tinnevelly. -It commenced at the Red Cliffs south of -Quilon, and included not only Cape Comorin -but also Κόλχοι, where the pearl fishing was carried -on, which belonged to King Pandiôn. Dr. -Burnell identifies Paralia with Parali, which -he states is an old name for Travancore, but I am -not quite able to adopt this view.” “Paralia,” he -adds afterwards, “may possibly have corresponded -in meaning, if not in sound, to some native word -meaning coast,—viz., Karei.” On this coast is a -place called <em class="gesperrt">Balita</em>, which is perhaps the <em class="gesperrt">Bammala</em> -of Ptolemy (VII. i. 9), which Mannert identifies -with Manpalli, a little north of Anjenga.</p> -</blockquote> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span></p> - -<div class="transnote"> -<p>[Transcriber’s Note: There is no Paragraph 59]</p> -</div> - -<p>60. Among the marts and anchorages along -this shore to which merchants from Limurikê -and the north resort, the most conspicuous are -<em class="gesperrt">Kamara</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Podoukê</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Sôpatma</em>, -which occur in the order in which we have -named them. In these marts are found those -native vessels for coasting voyages which trade -as far as Limurikê, and another kind called -<i>sangara</i>, mode by fastening together large -vessels formed each of a single timber, and also -others called <i>kolandiophônta</i>, which are of great -bulk and employed for voyages to <em class="gesperrt">Khrusê</em> -and the <em class="gesperrt">Ganges</em>. These marts import all the -commodities which reach Limurikê for -commercial purposes, absorbing likewise nearly -every species of goods brought from Egypt, -and most descriptions of all the goods exported -from Limurikê and disposed of on this -coast <i>of India</i>.</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p>(60) We now reach the great promontory called -in the <i>Periplûs</i> <em class="gesperrt">Komar</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Komarei</em>, Cape -Kumârî. “It has derived its name,” says Caldwell, -“from the Sans. <i>Kumârî</i>, a virgin, one of the -names of the goddess Durgâ, the presiding divinity -of the place, but the shape which this -word has taken is, especially in <i>komar</i>, distinctively -Tamilian.” In ordinary Tamil <i>Kumârî</i> -becomes <i>Kumări</i>; and in the vulgar dialect -of the people residing in the neighbourhood of -the Cape a virgin is neither Kumârî nor Kumări -but Kŭmăr pronounced Kŏmar. It is remarkable -that this vulgar corruption of the Sanskrit is -identical with the name given to the place by the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span> -author of the <i>Periplûs</i>.... The monthly bathing in -honor of the goddess Durgâ is still continued at -Cape Comorin, but is not practised to the same -extent as in ancient times.... Through the continued -encroachments of the sea, the harbour the -Greek mariners found at Cape Comorin and the -fort (if φρουριον is the correct reading for βριάριον -of the MS.) have completely disappeared; but a -fresh water well remains in the centre of a rock, a -little way out at sea. Regarding <em class="gesperrt">Kolkhoi</em>, the -next place mentioned after Komari, the same -authority as we have seen places it (<i>Ind. Ant.</i> vol. -VI. p. 80) near Tuticorin. It is mentioned by -Ptolemy and in the <i>Peutinger Tables</i>, where it is -called ‘Colcis Indorum’. The Gulf of Manaar was -called by the Greeks the Colchic Gulf. The Tami[l:] -name of the place Kolkei is almost identical with -the Greek. “The place,” according to Caldwell, “is -now about three miles inland, but there are abundant -traces of its having once stood on the coast, and -I have found the tradition that it was once the seat -of the pearl fishery, still surviving amongst its inhabitants.” -After the sea had retired from Κόλχοι ... a -new emporium arose on the coast. This was -<em class="gesperrt">Kâyal</em>, the Cael of Marco Polo. Kâyal in turn -became in time too far from the sea ... and Tuticorin -(<em class="gesperrt">Tûttrukuḍi</em>) was raised instead by the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span> -Portuguese from the position of a fishing village -to that of the most important port on the southern -Coromandel coast. The identification of Kolkoi -with Kolkei is one of much importance. Being -perfectly certain it helps forward other identifications. -<i>Kol.</i> in Tami[l:] means ‘to slay.’ <i>Kei</i> is -‘hand.’ It was the first capital of Pandiôn.</p> - -<p>The coast beyond <em class="gesperrt">Kolkhoi</em>, which has an inland -district belonging to it called <em class="gesperrt">Argalou</em>, is -indented by a gulf called by Ptolemy the Argarik—now -Palk Bay. Ptolemy mentions also a promontory -called <em class="gesperrt">Kôru</em> and beyond it a city called <em class="gesperrt">Argeirou</em> -and an emporium called <em class="gesperrt">Salour</em>. This Kôru -of Ptolemy, Caldwell thinks, represents the -<em class="gesperrt">Kôlis</em> of the geographers who preceded him, -and the <em class="gesperrt">Koṭi</em> of Tami[l:], and identifies it with -“the island promontory of <em class="gesperrt">Râmeśvaram</em>, the -point of land from which there was always the -nearest access from Southern India to Ceylon.” -An island occurs in these parts, called that of -<em class="gesperrt">Epiodôros</em>, noted for its pearl fishery, on -which account Ritter would identify it with -the island of Manaar, which Ptolemy, as Mannert -thinks, speaks of as Νάνιγηρίς (VII. i. 95). Müller -thinks, however, it may be compared with Ptolemy’s -<em class="gesperrt">Kôru</em>, and so be Râmeśvaram.</p> - -<p>This coast has commercial intercourse not only<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span> -with the Malabar ports, but also with the Ganges -and the Golden Khersonese. For the trade with -the former a species of canoes was used called -<i>Sangara</i>. The Maļayâlam name of these, Caldwell -says, is <i>Changâdam</i>, in Tuļa <i>Jangâla</i>, compare -Sanskrit <i>Samghâdam</i> a raft (<i>Ind. Ant.</i> vol. I. -p. 309). The large vessels employed for the -Eastern trade were called <i>Kolandiophonta</i>, a name -which Caldwell confesses his inability to explain.</p> - -<p>Three cities and ports are named in the order of -their occurrence which were of great commercial -importance, <em class="gesperrt">Kamara</em>, <em class="gesperrt">Podoukê</em>, and <em class="gesperrt">Sôpatma</em>. -<em class="gesperrt">Kamara</em> may perhaps be, as Müller thinks, -the emporium which Ptolemy calls <em class="gesperrt">Khabêris</em>, -situated at the mouth of the River <em class="gesperrt">Khabêros</em> -(now, the Kavery), perhaps, as Dr. Burnell suggests, -the modern Kaveripattam. (<i>Ind. Ant.</i> vol. -VII. p. 40). <em class="gesperrt">Podoukê</em> appears in Ptolemy as -Podoukê. It is <em class="gesperrt">Puduchchêri</em>, <i>i. e.</i> ‘new -town,’ now well known as Pondicherry; so Bohlen, -Ritter, and Benfey. [Yule and Lassen place it at -Pulikât]. <em class="gesperrt">Sôpatma</em> is not mentioned in -Ptolemy, nor can it now be traced. In Sanskrit -it transliterates into <i>Su-patna</i>, <i>i. e.</i>, fair town.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_61"></a>61. Near the region which succeeds, where -the course of the voyage now bends to the east, -there lies out in the open sea stretching towards -the west the island now called <em class="gesperrt">Palaisimoundou</em>, -but by the ancients <em class="gesperrt">Taprobanê</em>. -To cross over to the northern side -of it takes a day. In the south part it gradually -stretches towards the west till it nearly -reaches the opposite coast of <em class="gesperrt">Azania</em>. It produces -pearl, precious (<i>transparent</i>) stones, -muslins, and tortoise-shell.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(61) The next place noticed is the Island of -Ceylon, which is designated <em class="gesperrt">Palaisimoundou</em>, -with the remark that its former name was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span> -<em class="gesperrt">Taprobanê</em>. This is the Greek transliteration of -Tâmraparnî, the name given by a band of colonists -from Magadha to the place where they first -landed in Ceylon, and which was afterwards extended -to the whole island. It is singular, Dr. -Caldwell remarks, that this is also the name of -the principal river in Tinnevelly on the opposite -coast of India, and he infers that the colony -referred to might previously have formed a settlement -in Tinnevelly at the mouth of the Tâmraparṇi -river—perhaps at Kolkei, the earliest residence -of the Pâṇḍya kings. The passage in the -<i>Periplûs</i> which refers to the island is very corrupt.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_62"></a>62.(<i>Returning to the coast</i>,) not far from the -three marts we have mentioned lies <em class="gesperrt">Masalia</em>, -the seaboard of a country extending far inland. -Here immense quantities of fine muslins are -manufactured. From <em class="gesperrt">Masalia</em> the course of -the voyage lies eastward across a neighbouring -bay to <em class="gesperrt">Dêsarênê</em>, which has the breed of -elephants called Bôsarê. Leaving <em class="gesperrt">Dêsarênê</em> -the course is northerly, passing a variety of -barbarous tribes, among which are the <em class="gesperrt">Kirrhadai</em>, -savages whose noses are flattened to the -face, and another tribe, that of the <em class="gesperrt">Bargusoi</em>, -as well as the <em class="gesperrt">Hîppioprosôpoi</em> <i>or</i> <em class="gesperrt">Makroprosôpoi</em> -(the horse faced or long faced -men), who are reported to be cannibals.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(62) Recurring to the mainland, the narrative -notices a district called <em class="gesperrt">Masalia</em>, where -great quantities of cotton were manufactured. -This is the <em class="gesperrt">Maïsôlia</em> of Ptolemy, the region in -which he places the mouths of a river the <em class="gesperrt">Maisôlos</em>, -which Benfey identifies with the Godâvarî, -in opposition to others who would make it the -Krishnâ, which is perhaps Ptolemy’s <em class="gesperrt">Tuna</em>. The<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span> -name Maisôlia is taken from the Sanskrit Mausala, -preserved in Machhlipatana, now Masulipatam. -Beyond this, after an intervening gulf running -eastward is crossed, another district occurs, <em class="gesperrt">Desarênê</em>, -noted for its elephants. This is not mentioned -by Ptolemy, but a river with a similar name, -the <em class="gesperrt">Dôsarôn</em>, is found in his enumeration of -the rivers which occur between the Maisôlos and -the Ganges. As it is the last in the list it may -probably be, as Lassen supposes, the Brâhmini. -Our author however places Desarênê at a much -greater distance from the Ganges, for he peoples -the intermediate space with a variety of tribes -which Ptolemy relegates to the East of the river. -The first of these tribes is that of the <em class="gesperrt">Kirrâdai</em> -(Sanskrit, Kirâtas), whose features are of the -Mongolian type. Next are the <em class="gesperrt">Bargusoi</em>, not -mentioned by Ptolemy, but perhaps to be identified -with the cannibal race he speaks of, the -<em class="gesperrt">Barousai</em> thought by Yule to be possibly the -inhabitants of the Nikobar islands, and lastly the -tribe of the long or horse-faced men who were also -cannibals.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span></p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_63"></a>63. After passing these the course turns -again to the east, and if you sail with the ocean -to your right and the coast far to your left, you -reach the Ganges and the extremity of the continent -towards the east <i>called</i> <em class="gesperrt">Khrusê</em> (the -Golden Khersonese). The river of this region -called the <em class="gesperrt">Ganges</em> is the largest in India; -it has an <i>annual</i> increase and decrease like the -Nile, and there is on it a mart called after it, -Gangê, through which passes <i>a considerable -traffic</i> consisting of betel, the Gangetic spikenard, -pearl, and the finest of all muslins—those -called the Gangetic. In this locality also there -is said to be a gold mine and a gold coin called -<i>Kaltis</i>. Near this river there is an island of -the ocean called <em class="gesperrt">Khrusê</em> (or the Golden), -which lies directly under the rising sun and at -the extremity of the world towards the east. -It produces the finest tortoise-shell that is found -throughout the whole of the Erythræan Sea.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(63) When this coast of savages and monsters -is left behind, the course lies eastward, and leads -to the Ganges, which is the greatest river of -India, and adjoins the extremity of the Eastern -continent called <em class="gesperrt">Khrusê</em>, or the Golden. Near -the river, or, according to Ptolemy, on the third of -its mouths stands a great emporium of trade -called <em class="gesperrt">Gangê</em>, exporting <i>Malabathrum</i> and cottons -and other commodities. Its exact position -there are not sufficient data to determine. Khrusê -is not only the name of the last part of the continent, -but also of an island lying out in the ocean -to eastward, not far from the Ganges. It is the -last part of the world which is said to be inhabited. -The situation of Khrusê is differently defined by -different ancient authors. It was not known to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span> -the Alexandrine geographers. Pliny seems to -have preserved the most ancient report circulated -regarding it. He says (VI. xxiii. 80): “Beyond the -mouth of the Indus are <em class="gesperrt">Chryse</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Argyre</em> -abounding in metals as I believe, for I can hardly -credit what some have related that the soil consists -of gold and silver.” Mela (III. 7) assigns to it a very -different position, asserting it to be near <em class="gesperrt">Tabis</em>, -the last spur of the range of Taurus. He therefore -places it where Eratosthenês places <em class="gesperrt">Thînai</em>, to the -north of the Ganges on the confines of the Indian -and Skythian oceans. Ptolemy, in whose time the -Transgangetic world was better known, refers it -to the peninsula of Malacca, the Golden Khersonese.</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_64"></a>64. Beyond this region, immediately under -the north, where the sea terminates outwards, -there lies somewhere in <em class="gesperrt">Thîna</em> a very great -city,—not on the coast, but in the interior of -the country, called <em class="gesperrt">Thîna</em>,—from which silk, -whether in the raw state or spun into thread</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span></p> - -<p>and woven into cloth, is brought by land to -Barugaza through Baktria, or by the Ganges to -Limurikê. To penetrate into <em class="gesperrt">Thîna</em> is not -an easy undertaking, and but few <i>merchants</i> -come from it, and that rarely. Its situation is -under the Lesser Bear, and it is said to be conterminous -with the remotest end of Pontos, -and that part of the Kaspian Sea which adjoins -the Maiôtic Lake, along with which it issues by -<i>one and</i> the same mouth into the ocean.</p> - - -<blockquote> - -<p>(64) The last place which the <i>Periplûs</i> mentions -is Thînai, an inland city of the <em class="gesperrt">Thînai</em> or -<em class="gesperrt">Sinai</em>, having a large commerce in silk and -woollen stuffs. The ancient writers are not at all -agreed as to its position. Colonel Yule thinks it -was probably the city described by Marco Polo -under the name of <em class="gesperrt">Kenjan-fu</em> (that is Singan-fu -or Chauggan,) the most celebrated city -in Chinese history, and the capital of several of -the most potent dynasties. It was the metropolis -of Shi Hwengti of the T’Sin dynasty, properly -the first emperor, and whose conquests almost -intersected those of his contemporary Ptolemy -Euergetês—(vide Yule’s <i>Travels of Marco Polo</i>, -vol. II. p. 21).</p></blockquote> - -<p><a id="para_65"></a>65. On the confines, however, of <em class="gesperrt">Thînai</em> -an annual fair is held, attended by a race of men -of squat figure, with their face very broad, but -mild in disposition, called the <em class="gesperrt">Sesatai</em>, who in -appearance resemble wild animals. They come -with their wives and children to this fair, bringing -heavy loads of goods wrapped up in mats -resembling in outward appearance the early -leaves of the vine. Their place of assembly is -where their own territory borders with that of -Thînai; and here, squatted on the mats on which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span> -they exhibit their wares, they feast for several -days, after which they return to their homes in -the interior. On observing their retreat the -people of Thînai, repairing to the spot, collect the -mats on which they had been sitting, and taking -out the fibres, which are called <i>petroi</i>, from the -reeds, they put the leaves two and two together, -and roll them up into slender balls, through -which they pass the fibres extracted from the -reeds. Three kinds of Malabathrum are thus -made—that of the large ball, that of the middle, -and that of the small, according to the size of -the leaf of which the balls are formed. Hence -there are three kinds of Malabathrum, which -after being made up are forwarded to India by -the manufacturers.</p> - -<p>66. All the regions beyond this are unexplored, -being difficult of access by reason of the -extreme rigour of the climate and the severe -frosts, or perhaps because such is the will of -the divine power.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a><br /><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span></p> - - -<p class="half-title"> -<small>THE</small><br /> - -VOYAGE OF NEARKHOS,</p> - -<p class="center">FROM THE INDUS TO THE HEAD OF THE<br /> -PERSIAN GULF,</p> - -<p class="center small">AS DESCRIBED IN THE SECOND PART OF<br /> -THE INDIKA OF ARRIAN,</p> - -<p class="center small">(<span class="smcap">From Chapter XVIII. to the end.</span>)<br /> -</p> -<p class="center small">TRANSLATED FROM MÜLLER’S EDITION<br /> -<span class="xs">(As given in the <i>Geographi Græci Minores</i>: Paris, 1855).</span><br /> -</p> -<p class="center small space-below">WITH INTRODUCTION AND NOTES. -</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a><br /><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span></p> - - - - -<h2 id="THE_VOYAGE_OF_NEARKHOS">THE VOYAGE OF NEARKHOS.</h2> - - - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h3 id="Introduction2"><span class="smcap">Introduction.</span></h3> - - -<p>The coasting voyage from the mouth of the -Indus to the head of the Persian Gulf, designed -by Alexander the Great, and executed by Nearkhos, -may be regarded as the most important achievement -of the ancients in navigation. It opened -up, as Vincent remarks, a communication between -Europe and the most distant countries of Asia, -and, at a later period, was the source and origin -of the Portuguese discoveries, and consequently -the primary cause, however remote, of the British -establishments in India. A Journal of this -voyage was written by Nearkhos himself, which, -though not extant in its original form, has been -preserved for us by Arrian, who embodied its -contents in his little work on India,<a name="FNanchor_23_23" id="FNanchor_23_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_23_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a> which he -wrote as a sequel to his history of the expedition -of Alexander.</p> - -<p>Nearkhos as a writer must be acknowledged to -be most scrupulously honest and exact,—for the -result of explorations made in modern times -along the shores which he passed in the course -of his voyage shows that his description of them -is accurate even in the most minute particulars. -His veracity was nevertheless oppugned in ancient -times by Strabo, who unjustly stigmatises the -whole class of the Greek writers upon India as -mendacious. “Generally speaking,” he says (II. -i. 9),<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span> “the men who have written upon Indian -affairs were a set of liars. Deimakhos holds the -first place in the list, Megasthenês comes next, -while Onêsikritos and Nearkhos, with others of -the same class, stammer out a few words of truth.” -(παραψελλίζοντες). Strabo, however, in spite of this -censure did not hesitate to use Nearkhos as one -of his chief authorities for his description of -India, and is indebted to him for many facts relating -to that country, which, however extraordinary -they might appear to his contemporaries, -have been all confirmed by subsequent observation. -It is therefore fairly open to doubt whether -Strabo was altogether sincere in his ill opinion, -seeing it had but little, if any, influence on his practice. -We know at all events that he was too much -inclined to undervalue any writer who retailed -fables, without discriminating whether the writer -set them down as facts, or merely as stories, which -he had gathered from hearsay.</p> - -<p>In modern times, the charge of mendacity has -been repeated by Hardouin and Huet. There are, -however, no more than two passages of the Journal -which can be adduced to support this imputation. -The first is that in which the excessive -breadth of 200 stadia is given to the Indus, and -the second that in which it is asserted that at -Malana (situated in 25° 17´ of N. latitude) the -shadows at noon were observed to fall southward, -and this in the month of November. With -regard to the first charge, it may be supposed that -the breadth assigned to the Indus was probably -that which it was observed to have when in a -state of inundation, and with regard to the second, -it may be met by the supposition, which is quite<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span> -admissible, that Arrian may have misapprehended -in some measure the import of the statement as -made by Nearkhos. The passage will be afterwards -examined,<a name="FNanchor_24_24" id="FNanchor_24_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_24_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a> but in the meantime we may say, -with Vincent, that if the difficulty it presents -admits of no satisfactory solution, the misstatement -ought not, as standing alone, to be insisted -upon to the invalidation of the whole work.</p> - -<p>But another charge besides that of mendacity -has been preferred against the Journal. Dodwell -has denied its authenticity. His attack is based -on the following passage in Pliny (VI. 23):—Onesciriti -et Nearchi navigatio nec nomina habet -mansionum nec spatia. <i>The Journal of Onesicritus -and Nearchus has neither the names of the anchorages -nor the measure of the distances.</i> From this Dodwell -argues that, as the account of the voyage in -Arrian contains both the names and the distances, -it could not have been a transcript of the Journal -of Nearkhos, which according to Pliny gave neither -names nor distances. Now, in the first place, it -may well be asked, why the authority of Pliny, -who is by no means always a careful writer, -should be set so high as to override all other -testimony, for instance, that of Arrian himself, who -expressly states in the outset of his narrative that -he intended to give the account of the voyage which -had been written by Nearkhos. In the second -place, the passage in question is probably corrupt, -or if not, it is in direct conflict with the passage -which immediately follows it, and contains Pliny’s -own summary of the voyage in which little else<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span> -is given than the names of the anchorages and -the distances. Dodwell was aware of the inconsistency -of the two passages, and endeavoured to -explain it away. In this he entirely fails, and -there can therefore be no reasonable doubt, that -in Arrian’s work we have a record of the voyage -as authentic as it is veracious.</p> - -<p>Of that record we proceed to give a brief abstract, -adding a few particulars gathered from other -sources.</p> - -<p>The fleet with which Nearkhos accomplished -the voyage consisted of war-galleys and transports -which had been partly built and partly collected -on the banks of the river Hydaspes (now the -Jhelam), where Alexander had supplied them with -crews by selecting from his troops such men as -had a knowledge of seamanship. The fleet thus -manned sailed slowly down the Hydaspes, the -Akesinês, and the Indus, its movements being -regulated by those of the army, which, in marching -down towards the sea, was engaged in reducing the -warlike tribes settled along the banks of these -rivers. This downward voyage occupied, according -to Strabo, ten months, but it probably did not occupy -more than nine. The fleet having at length -reached the apex of the Delta formed by the Indus -remained in that neighbourhood for some time at -a place called Pattala, which has generally been -identified with Ṭhaṭha—a town near to where the -western arm of the Indus bifurcates,—but which -Cunningham and others would prefer to identify -with Nirankol or Haidarâbâd.<a name="FNanchor_25_25" id="FNanchor_25_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_25_25" class="fnanchor">[25]</a> From Pattala<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span> -Alexander sailed down the western stream of the -river, where some of his ships were damaged and -others destroyed by encountering the Bore, a -phenomenon as alarming as it was new to the -Greeks.<a name="FNanchor_26_26" id="FNanchor_26_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_26_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a> He returned to Pattala, and thence made -an excursion down the Eastern stream, which he -found less difficult to navigate. On again returning -to Pattala he removed his fleet down to a station -on the Western branch of the river (at an island -called Killouta),<a name="FNanchor_27_27" id="FNanchor_27_27"></a><a href="#Footnote_27_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a> which was at no great distance -from the sea. He then set out on his return to -Persia, leaving instructions with Nearkhos to start -on the voyage as soon as the calming of the -monsoon should render navigation safe. It was -the king’s intention to march near to the coast, -and to collect at convenient stations supplies for -the victualling of the fleet, but he found that such -a route was impracticable, and he was obliged to -lead his army through the inland provinces which -lay between India and his destination, Sûsa.<a name="FNanchor_28_28" id="FNanchor_28_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_28_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a> He -left Leonnatos, however, behind him in the country -of the Oreitai, with instructions to render every -assistance in his power to the expedition under -Nearkhos when it should reach that part of the -coast.</p> - -<p>Nearkhos remained in the harbour at Killouta -for about a month after Alexander had departed, -and then sailed during a temporary lull in the -monsoon, as he was apprehensive of being at<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>tacked -by the natives who had been but imperfectly -subjugated, and whose spirit was hostile.<a name="FNanchor_29_29" id="FNanchor_29_29"></a><a href="#Footnote_29_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a> The -date on which he set sail is fixed by Vincent as -the 1st of October in the year <span class="smcap">B.C.</span> 326. He proceeded -slowly down the river, and anchored first -at a place called Stoura, which was only 100 stadia -distant from the station they had quitted. Here -the fleet remained for two days, when it proceeded -to an anchorage only 30 stadia farther down the -stream at a place called Kaumana.<a name="FNanchor_30_30" id="FNanchor_30_30"></a><a href="#Footnote_30_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a> Thence -it proceeded to Koreatis (v. 1. Koreëstis)—where it -again anchored. When once more under weigh its -progress was soon arrested by a dangerous rock -or bar which obstructed the mouth of the river.<a name="FNanchor_31_31" id="FNanchor_31_31"></a><a href="#Footnote_31_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a> -After some delay this difficulty was overcome, and -the fleet was conducted in safety into the open -main, and onward to an island called Krôkala -(150 stadia distant from the bar), where it remained -at anchor throughout the day following -its arrival. On leaving this island Nearkhos -had Mount Eiros (now Manora) on his right hand, -and a low flat island on his left; and this, as -Cunningham remarks, is a very accurate description -of the entrance to Karâchi harbour. -The fleet was conducted into this harbour, now -so well known as the great emporium of the trade -of the Indus, and here, as the monsoon was still -blowing with great violence, it remained for four -and twenty days. The harbour was so commodious -and secure that Nearkhos designated it the Port<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span> -of Alexander. It was well sheltered by an island -lying close to its mouth, called by Arrian, Bibakta, -but by Pliny, Bibaga, and by Philostratos, Biblos.</p> - -<p>The expedition took its departure from this -station on the 3rd of November. It suffered both -from stress of weather and from shortness of provisions -until it reached Kôkala on the coast of -the Oreitai, where it took on board the supplies -which had been collected for its use by the exertions -of Leonnatos. Here it remained for about -10 days, and by the time of its departure the -monsoon had settled in its favour, so that the -courses daily accomplished were now of much -greater length than formerly. The shores, however, -of the Ikhthyophagoi, which succeeded to -those of the Oreitai, were so miserably barren -and inhospitable that provisions were scarcely procurable, -and Nearkhos was apprehensive lest the -men, famished and despairing, should desert the -ships. Their sufferings were not relieved till they -approached the straits, which open into the Persian -Gulf. When within the straits, they entered the -mouth of the river Anamis (now the Minâb or Ibrahim -river), and having landed, formed a dockyard -and a camp upon its banks. This place lay in Harmozeia, -a most fertile and beautiful district belonging -to Karmania. Nearkhos, having here learned -that Alexander was not more than a 5 days’ -journey from the sea, proceeded into the interior -to meet him, and report the safety of the expedition. -During his absence the ships were repaired -and provisioned, and therefore soon after his -return to the camp he gave orders for the resumption -of the voyage. The time spent at Har<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>mozeia -was one and twenty days. The fleet -again under weigh coasted the islands lying at -the mouth of the gulf, and then having shaped -its course towards the mainland, passed the -western shores of Karmania and those of Persis, -till it arrived at the mouth of the Sitakos (now the -Kara-Agach), where it was again repaired and -supplied with provisions, remaining for the same -number of days as at the Anamis. One of the -next stations at which it touched was Mesembria, -which appears to have been situated in the neighbourhood -of the modern Bushire. The coast of -Persis was difficult to navigate on account of -intricate and oozy channels, and of shoals and -breakers which frequently extended far out to -sea. The coast which succeeded, that of Sousis -(from which Persis is separated by the river -Arosis or Oroatis, now the Tâb) was equally -difficult and dangerous to navigate, and therefore -the fleet no longer crept along the shore, -but stood out more into the open sea. At the -head of the gulf Sousis bends to westward, -and here are the mouths of the Tigris and -Euphrates, which appear in those days to have -entered the sea by separate channels. It was -the intention of Nearkhos to have sailed up the -former river, but he passed its mouth unawares, -and continued sailing westward till he reached -Diridôtis (or Terêdon), an emporium in Babylonia, -situated on the Pallacopas branch of the -Euphrates. From Diridôtis he retraced his course, -and entering the mouth of the Tigris sailed up its -stream till he reached the lower end of a great -lake (not now existing), through which its current<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span> -flowed. At the upper end of this lake was a -village called Aginis, said to have been 500 stadia -distant from Sousa. Nearkhos did not, as has -been erroneously supposed by some, sail up the -lake to Aginis, but entered the mouth of a river -which flows into its south-eastern extremity, -called the Pasitigris or Eulæus, the Ulai of the -Prophet Daniel, now the Karûn. The fleet proceeded -up this river, and came to a final anchor -in its stream immediately below a bridge, which -continued the highway from Persia to Sousa. -This bridge, according to Ritter and Rawlinson, -crossed the Pasitigris at a point near the -modern village of Ahwaz. Here the fleet and the -army were happily reunited. Alexander on his -arrival embraced Nearkhos with cordial warmth, -and rewarded appropriately the splendid services -which he had rendered by bringing the expedition -safely through so many hardships and perils to its -destination. The date on which the fleet anchored -at the bridge is fixed by Vincent for the 24th of -February <span class="smcap">B. C.</span> 325, so that the whole voyage was -performed in 146 days, or somewhat less than 5 -months.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span></p> - -<p>The following tables show the names, positions, -&c., of the different places which occurred on the -route taken by the expedition:—</p> - - -<p class="center">I.</p> - -<p>From the Station on the Indus to the Port of -Alexander (Karâchi Harbour).</p> - -<div class="center small"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <th class="thb">Ancient name.</th> - <th class="thb">Modern name.</th> - <th class="thb">Distance<br />in Stadia.<a name="FNanchor_32_32" id="FNanchor_32_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_32_32" class="fnanchor">[32]</a></th> - <th class="thb">Lat. N.</th> - <th class="thbe">Long. E.</th> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">1. Station at Killouta.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Near Lari-Bandar</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">24° 30´</td> - <td class="tdrb">67° 28´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">2. Stoura</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">100</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">3. Kaumana</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Khau</td> - <td class="tdrbr">30</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">4. Koreatis</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">20</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">5. Herma</td> - <td class="tdrbr"><i>Bar in the Indus.</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">6. Krôkala</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">120</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">7. <i>Mount Eiros</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr">Manora.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">8. <i>Is. unnamed.</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">9. The Port of Alexander.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Karâchi</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">24° 53´</td> - <td class="tdrb">66° 57´</td> -</tr> -</table></div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span></p> - - -<p class="center">II.</p> - -<p class="center">Coast of the Arabies (Sindh).</p> - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <td align="left">Length of the Coast from the Indus to the Arabis R.</td> - <td class="tdrb">1000</td><td class="tdlb">Stadia.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Actual length in miles English</td> - <td class="tdrb">80</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Time taken in its navigation</td> - <td class="tdrb">38</td><td class="tdlb">Days.</td> -</tr> -</table></div> - - -<div class="center small"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <th class="thb">Ancient name.</th><th class="thb">Modern name.</th> - <th class="thb">Distance<br />in Stadia.</th> - <th class="thb">Lat. N.</th> - <th class="thbe">Long. E.</th> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">1. Port of Alexander</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Karâchi</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">24° 53´</td> - <td class="tdrb">66° 57´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">2. <i>Bibakta</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">3. Domai Is.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr">60</td> - <td class="tdrbr">24° 48´</td> - <td class="tdrb">66° 50´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">4. Saranga</td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr">300</td> - <td class="tdrbr">24° 44´</td> - <td class="tdrb">66° 34´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">5. Sakala</td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">24° 52´</td> - <td class="tdrb">66° 33´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">6. Morontobara</td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr">300</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 13´</td> - <td class="tdrb">66° 40´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">7. <i>Is. unnamed</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">8. Arabis R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Purâli R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">120</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 28´</td> - <td class="tdrb">66° 35´</td> -</tr> -</table></div> - - - -<p class="center">III.</p> -<p class="center">Coast of Orcitai (Las.)</p> -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <td align="left">Length of the coast (Arrian)</td> - <td class="tdrb">1600</td><td class="tdlb">Stadia.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Length of the coast (Strabo)</td> - <td class="tdrb">1800</td><td class="tdlb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Actual length in miles English</td> - <td class="tdrb">100</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Time taken in its navigation</td> - <td class="tdrb">18</td><td class="tdlb">Days.</td> -</tr> -</table></div> - -<div class="center small"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <th class="thb">Ancient name.</th><th class="thb">Modern name.</th> - <th class="thb">Distance<br />in Stadia.</th> - <th class="thb">Lat. N.</th> - <th class="thbe">Long. E.</th> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">1. Pagala</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">200</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 30´</td> - <td class="tdrb">66° 15´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">2. Kabana</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">400</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 28´</td> - <td class="tdrb">65° 46´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">3. Kôkala</td> - <td class="tdrbr">NearRâs-Katchari</td> - <td class="tdrbr">200</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 21´</td> - <td class="tdrb">65° 36´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">4. Tomêros R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Maklow or Hingul R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">500</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 16´</td> - <td class="tdrb">65° 15´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">5. Malana</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Râs Malan</td> - <td class="tdrbr">300</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 18´</td> - <td class="tdrb">65° 7´</td> -</tr> -</table></div> - - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span></p> - - -<p class="center">IV.</p> - -<p class="center">Coast of the Ikhthyophagoi (Mekran or Beluchistan).</p> - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <td align="left">Length of the coast (Arrian)</td> - <td class="tdrb">10000</td><td class="tdlb">Stadia.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Length of the coast (Strabo)</td> - <td class="tdrb">7000</td><td class="tdlb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Actual length in miles English</td> - <td class="tdrb">480</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Time taken in its navigation</td> - <td class="tdrb">90</td><td class="tdlb">Days.</td> -</tr> -</table></div> - - -<div class="center small"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <th class="thb">Ancient name.</th><th class="thb">Modern name.</th> - <th class="thb">Distance<br />in Stadia.</th> - <th class="thb">Lat. N.</th> - <th class="thbe">Long. E.</th> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">1. Bagisara</td> - <td class="tdrbr">On Arabah or Hormara Bay</td> - <td class="tdrbr">600</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 12´</td> - <td class="tdrb">64° 31´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">2. <i>Pasira</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">3. Cape unnamed</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Râs Arabah</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 7´</td> - <td class="tdrb">64° 29´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">4. Kolta</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">200</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 8´</td> - <td class="tdrb">64° 27´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">5. Kalama</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Kalami R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">600</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 21´</td> - <td class="tdrb">63° 59´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">6. <i>Karbine Is.</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr">Asthola or Sânga-dîp</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">7. Kissa in <i>Karbis</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">200</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 22´</td> - <td class="tdrb">63° 37´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">8. Cape unnamed</td> - <td class="tdrbr">C. Passence</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 15´</td> - <td class="tdrb">63° 30´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">9. Mosarna</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Near do.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">10. Balômon</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">750</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">11. Barna</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">400</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 12´</td> - <td class="tdrb">63° 10´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">12. Dendrobosa</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Daram or Duram</td> - <td class="tdrbr">200</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 11´</td> - <td class="tdrb">62° 45´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">13. Kôphas</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Râs Koppa</td> - <td class="tdrbr">400</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 11´</td> - <td class="tdrb">62° 29´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">14. Kuiza</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Near Râs Ghunse</td> - <td class="tdrbr">800</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 10´</td> - <td class="tdrb">61° 56´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">15. Town unnamed</td> - <td class="tdrbr">On Gwattar Bay</td> - <td class="tdrbr">500</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">16. Cape called Bagia</td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 7´</td> - <td class="tdrb">61° 28´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">17. Talmena</td> - <td class="tdrbr">On Chaubar Bay</td> - <td class="tdrbr">1000</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 24´</td> - <td class="tdrb">60° 40´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">18. Kanasis</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">400</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 24</td> - <td class="tdrb">60° 12´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">19. Anchorage unnamed.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">20. Kanate</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Kungoun</td> - <td class="tdrbr">850</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 25´</td> - <td class="tdrb">59° 15´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">21. Taœi or Troisi</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Near Sudich River</td> - <td class="tdrbr">800</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 30´</td> - <td class="tdrb">58° 42´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">22. Bagasira</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Girishk</td> - <td class="tdrbr">300</td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 38´</td> - <td class="tdrb">58° 27´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">23. Anchorage unnamed</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">1100</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -</table></div> - - -<p class="center">V.</p> - -<p class="center"> -Coast of Karmania (Moghistan and Laristan).</p> - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <td align="left">Length of the coast (Arrian and Strabo)</td> - <td class="tdrb">3,700</td><td class="tdlb">Stadia.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Actual length in miles English</td> - <td class="tdrb">296</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Time taken in its navigation</td> - <td class="tdrb">19</td><td class="tdlb">Days.</td> -</tr> -</table></div> - - -<div class="center small"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <th class="thb">Ancient name.</th><th class="thb">Modern name.</th> - <th class="thb">Distance<br />in Stadia.</th> - <th class="thb">Lat. N.</th> - <th class="thbe">Long. E.</th> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">1. Anchorage unnamed</td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">2. Badis</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Near Cape Bombarak</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">25° 47´</td> - <td class="tdrb">57° 48´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">3. Anchorage unnamed</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">800</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">4. <i>Cape Maketa in Arabia</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr">Cape Musendom</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">5. Neoptana</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Nr. Karun</td> - <td class="tdrbr">700</td> - <td class="tdrbr">26° 57´</td> - <td class="tdrb">57° 1´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">6. Anamis R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Mînâb R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">100</td> - <td class="tdrbr">27° 11´</td> - <td class="tdrb">57° 6´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">7. <i>Organa Is.</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"><i>Ormus or Djerun</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">8. Orakta Is. 2 anchorages</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Kishm</td> - <td class="tdrbr">300</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">9. <i>Island dist. from it 40 stadia.</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"><i>Angar or Hanjam</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">10. Island 300 stadia from mainland.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Tombo</td> - <td class="tdrbr">400</td> - <td class="tdrbr">26° 20´</td> - <td class="tdrb">55° 20´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">11. <i>Pylora Is.</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"><i>Polior Is.</i></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">26° 20´</td> - <td class="tdrb">54° 35´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">12. Sisidone</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Mogos?</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">13. Tarsia</td> - <td class="tdrbr">C. Djard</td> - <td class="tdrbr">300</td> - <td class="tdrbr">26° 20´</td> - <td class="tdrb">54° 21´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">14. Kataia Is.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Kenn</td> - <td class="tdrbr">300</td> - <td class="tdrbr">26° 32´</td> - <td class="tdrb">54°</td> -</tr> -</table></div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span></p> - - -<p class="center">VI.</p> - -<p class="center">Coast of Persis (Farsistan).</p> - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <td align="left">Length of the Coast</td> - <td class="tdrb">4,400</td><td class="tdlb">Stadia.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Actual length in miles English</td> - <td class="tdrb">382</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Time taken in its navigation</td> - <td class="tdrb">31</td><td class="tdlb">Days.</td> -</tr> -</table></div> - -<div class="center small"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <th class="thb">Ancient name.</th><th class="thb">Modern name.</th> - <th class="thb">Distance<br />in Stadia.</th> - <th class="thb">Lat. N.</th> - <th class="thbe">Long. E.</th> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">1. Ila and Kaikander Is.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Inderabia Island</td> - <td class="tdrbr">400</td> - <td class="tdrbr">26° 38´</td> - <td class="tdrb">53° 35´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">2. Island with Pearl Fishery</td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">3. Another anchorage here</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">40</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">4. Mount Okhos</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">26° 59´</td> - <td class="tdrb">53° 20´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">5. Apostana</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">450</td> - <td class="tdrbr">27° 1´</td> - <td class="tdrb">52° 55´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">6. Bay unnamed</td> - <td class="tdrbr">On it is Nabend</td> - <td class="tdrbr">400</td> - <td class="tdrbr">27° 24´</td> - <td class="tdrb">52° 25´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">7. Gôgana at mouth of Areôn R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Konkan</td> - <td class="tdrbr">600</td> - <td class="tdrbr">27° 48´</td> - <td class="tdrb">52°</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">8. Sitakos</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Kara-Agach R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">800</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">9. Hieratis</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">750</td> - <td class="tdrbr">28° 52´</td> - <td class="tdrb">50° 45´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">10. Heratemis R. near it.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">11. Podagron, R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">12. Mesambria</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Near Bushire.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">29°</td> - <td class="tdrb">50° 45´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">13. Taökê on Granis, R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Taaug</td> - <td class="tdrbr">200</td> - <td class="tdrbr">29° 14´</td> - <td class="tdrb">50° 30´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">14. Rhogonis, R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">200</td> - <td class="tdrbr">29° 27´</td> - <td class="tdrb">50° 29´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">15. Brizana, R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">400</td> - <td class="tdrbr">29° 57´</td> - <td class="tdrb">50° 15´</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">16. Arosis or Oroatis, R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">River Tâb.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">30°4´</td> - <td class="tdrb">49° 30´</td> -</tr> -</table></div> - -<p class="center">VII.</p> - -<p class="center">Coast of Sousis (Khuzistan.)</p> -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <td align="left">Length of the Coast</td> - <td class="tdrb">2000</td><td class="tdlb">Stadia.</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td align="left">Time taken in its navigation</td> - <td class="tdrb">3</td><td class="tdlb">Days.</td> -</tr> -</table></div> - -<div class="center small"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr> - <th class="thb">Ancient name.</th><th class="thb">Modern name.</th> - <th class="thb">Distance<br />in Stadia.</th> - <th class="thb">Lat. N.</th> - <th class="thbe">Long. E.</th> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">1. Kataderbis R.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">500</td> - <td class="tdrbr">30° 16´</td> - <td class="tdrb">49°</td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">2. Margastana Is.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"> </td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">3. Anchorage unnamed.</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrbr">600</td> - <td class="tdrbr"></td> - <td class="tdrb"></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td class="tdlbr">4. Diridôtis, the end of the sea voyage.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">Near Jebel Sanâm.</td> - <td class="tdrbr">900</td> - <td class="tdrbr">30° 12´</td> - <td class="tdrb">47° 35´</td> -</tr> -</table></div> -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span></p> - - - - -<h3 id="Translation"><span class="smcap">Translation.</span></h3> - - -<p>XVIII. When the fleet formed for Alexander -upon the banks of the Hydaspes was now ready, -he provided crews for the vessels by collecting -all the Phœnikians and all the Kyprians and -Egyptians who had followed him in his Eastern -campaigns, and from these he selected such as -were skilled in seamanship to manage the vessels -and work the oars. He had besides in his army -not a few islanders familiar with that kind of -work, and also natives both of Ionia and of the -Hellespont. The following officers he appointed as -Commanders of the different galleys<a name="FNanchor_33_33" id="FNanchor_33_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_33_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a>:—</p> - -<p class="center">Makedonians.</p> - -<ul class="index"><li class="head">Citizens of Pella.</li> -<li class="indx">1. Hephaistiôn, son of Amyntor.</li> -<li class="indx">2. Leonnatos, son of Anteas.</li> -<li class="indx">3. Lysimakhos, son of Agathoklês.</li> -<li class="indx">4. Asklepiodôros, son of Timander.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>5. Arkhôn, son of Kleinias.</li> -<li class="indx">6. Demonikos, son of Athenaios.</li> -<li class="indx">7. Arkhias, son of Anaxidotos.</li> -<li class="indx">8. Ophellas, son of Seilênos.</li> -<li class="indx">9. Timanthês, son of Pantiadês.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Amphipolis.</li> - -<li class="indx">10. Nearkhos, son of Androtîmos, who wrote a narrative of the voyage.</li> -<li class="indx">11. Laomedôn, son of Larikhos.</li> -<li class="indx">12. Androsthenês, son of Kallistratos.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Oresis.</li> - -<li class="indx">13. Krateros, son of Alexander.</li> -<li class="indx">14. Perdikkas, son of Orontes.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Eördaia.</li> - -<li class="indx">15. Ptolemaios, son of Lagos.</li> -<li class="indx">16. Aristonous, son of Peisaios.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Pydna.</li> - -<li class="indx">17. Metrôn, son of Epikharmos.</li> -<li class="indx">18. Nikarkhidês, son of Simos.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Stymphaia.</li> - -<li class="indx">19. Attalos, son of Andromenês.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Mieza.</li> - -<li class="indx">20. Peukestas, son of Alexander.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Alkomenai.</li> - -<li class="indx">21. Peithôn, son of Krateuas.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Aigai.</li> - -<li class="indx">22. Leonnatos, son of Antipater.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Alôros.</li> - -<li class="indx">23. Pantoukhos, son of Nikolaös.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Beroia.</li> - -<li class="indx">24. Mylleas, son of Zôilos.</li> - -<li class="head">All these were Makedonians.</li> - -<li class="head">Greeks,—of Larisa:</li> - -<li class="indx">25. Mêdios, son of Oxynthemis.</li> - -<li class="head"><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>Of Kardia.</li> - -<li class="indx">26. Eumenês, son of Hierônymos.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Kôs.</li> - -<li class="indx">27. Kritoboulos, son of Plato.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Magnêsia.</li> - -<li class="indx">28. Thoas, son of Mênodôros.</li> -<li class="indx">29. Maiander, son of Mandrogenês.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Teos.</li> - -<li class="indx">30. Andrôn, son of Kabêlas.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Soloi in Cyprus.</li> - -<li class="indx">31. Nikokleês, son of Pasikratês.</li> - -<li class="head">Of Salamis in Cyprus.</li> - -<li class="indx">32. Nithaphôn, son of Pnutagoras.</li> - -<li class="head">A Persian was also appointed as a Trierarch.</li> - -<li class="indx">33. Bagoas, son of Pharnoukhês.</li> -</ul> - - -<p>The Pilot and Master of Alexander’s own ship -was Onêsikritos of Astypalaia, and the Secretary-General -of the fleet Euagoras, the son of Eukleôn, -a Corinthian. Nearkhos, the son of Androtîmos, -a Kretan by birth, but a citizen of Amphipolis on -the Strymôn was appointed as Admiral of the -expedition.</p> - -<p>When these dispositions had been all completed, -Alexander sacrificed to his ancestral gods, and to -such as had been indicated by the oracle; also to -Poseidôn and Amphitritê and the Nêreids, and to -Okeanos himself, and to the River Hydaspês, from -which he was setting forth on his enterprise; and -to the Akesinês into which the Hydaspês pours its -stream, and to the Indus which receives both -these rivers. He further celebrated the occasion -by holding contests in music and gymnastics, -and by distributing to the whole army, rank by -rank, the sacrificial victims.</p> - -<p>XIX. When all the preparations for the voyage<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span> -had been made, Alexander ordered Krateros, with -a force of horse and foot, to go to one side of the -Hydaspês; while Hephaistiôn commanding a still -larger force, which included 200 elephants, should -march in a parallel line on the other side. Alexander -himself had under his immediate command -the body of foot guards called the Hypaspists, and -all the archers, and what was called the companion-cavalry,—a -force consisting in all of 8,000 men. -The troops under Krateros and Hephaistiôn marching -in advance of the fleet had received instructions -where they were to wait its arrival. Philip, whom -he had appointed satrap of this region, was despatched -to the banks of the Akesinês with another -large division, for by this time he had a following -of 120,000 soldiers,<a name="FNanchor_34_34" id="FNanchor_34_34"></a><a href="#Footnote_34_34" class="fnanchor">[34]</a> including those whom he had -himself led up from the sea-coast, as well as the -recruits enlisted by the agents whom he had -deputed to collect an army, when he admitted to -his ranks barbarous tribes of all countries in -whatever way they might be armed. Then weighing -anchor, he sailed down the Hydaspês to its -point of junction with the Akesinês. The ships -numbered altogether 1800, including the long -narrow war galleys, the round-shaped roomy merchantmen, -and the transports for carrying horses -and provisions to feed the army. But how the -fleet sailed down the rivers, and what tribes -Alexander conquered in the course of the voyage, -and how he was in danger among the Malli,<a name="FNanchor_35_35" id="FNanchor_35_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_35_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a> and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span> -how he was wounded in their country, and how -Peukestas and Leonnatos covered him with their -shields when he fell,—all these incidents have -been already related in my other work, that which -is written in the Attic dialect.<a name="FNanchor_36_36" id="FNanchor_36_36"></a><a href="#Footnote_36_36" class="fnanchor">[36]</a> My present object -is to give an account of the coasting voyage which -Nearkhos accomplished with the fleet when starting -from the mouths of the Indus he sailed through -the great ocean as far as the Persian Gulf, called -by some the Red Sea.</p> - -<p>XX. Nearkhos himself has supplied a narrative -of this voyage, which runs to this effect. Alexander, -he informs us, had set his heart on navigating -the whole circuit of the sea which extends from -India to Persia, but the length of the voyage made -him hesitate, and the possibility of the destruction -of his fleet, should it be cast on some desert -coast either quite harbourless or too barren to -furnish adequate supplies; in which case a great -stain tarnishing the splendour of his former actions -would obliterate all his good fortune. His -ambition, however, to be always doing something -new and astonishing prevailed over all his -scruples. Then arose a difficulty as to what commander -he should choose, having genius sufficient -for working out his plans, and a difficulty also -with regard to the men on ship-board how he -could overcome their fear, that in being despatched -on such a service they were recklessly sent -into open peril. Nearkhos here tells us that -Alexander consulted him on the choice of a commander, -and that when the king had mentioned<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span> -one man after another, rejecting all, some because -they were not inclined to expose themselves for -his sake to danger, others because they were of a -timid temper, others because their only thought -was how to get home, making this and that -objection to each in turn, Nearkhos then proffered -his own services in these terms: “I, then, -O king, engage to command the expedition, and, -under the divine protection, will conduct the fleet -and the people on board safe into Persia, if the sea -be that way navigable, and the undertaking within -the power of man to perform.” Alexander -made a pretence of refusing the offer, saying that he -could not think of exposing any friend of his to the -distresses and hazard of such a voyage, but Nearkhos, -so far from withdrawing his proposal, only -persisted the more in pressing its acceptance upon -him. Alexander, it need not be said, warmly -appreciated the promptitude to serve him shown -by Nearkhos, and appointed him to be commander-in-chief -of the expedition. When this -became known, it had a great effect in calming -the minds of the troops ordered on this service -and on the minds of the sailors, since they felt -assured that Alexander would never have sent -forth Nearkhos into palpable danger unless their -lives were to be preserved. At the same time the -splendour with which the ships were equipped, -and the enthusiasm of the officers vying with -each other who should collect the best men, and -have his complement most effective, inspired even -those who had long hung back with nerve for -the work, and a good hope that success would -crown the undertaking. It added to the cheer<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span>fulness -pervading the army that Alexander himself -sailed out from both the mouths of the Indus -into the open main when he sacrificed victims to -Poseidôn and all the other sea-deities, and presented -gifts of great magnificence to the sea; and -so the men trusting to the immeasurable good -fortune which had hitherto attended all the projects -of Alexander, believed there was nothing he might -not dare—nothing but would to him be feasible.</p> - -<p>XXI. When the Etesian winds,<a name="FNanchor_37_37" id="FNanchor_37_37"></a><a href="#Footnote_37_37" class="fnanchor">[37]</a> which continue -all the hot season blowing landward from -the sea, making navigation on that coast impracticable, -had subsided, then the expedition -started on the voyage in the year when Kephisidôros -was Archon at Athens, on the 20th -day of the month Boëdromion according to the -Athenian Kalendar, but as the Makedonians and -Asiatics reckon * * in the 11th year of the -reign of Alexander.<a name="FNanchor_38_38" id="FNanchor_38_38"></a><a href="#Footnote_38_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a> Nearkhos, before putting to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span> -sea sacrifices to Zeus the Preserver, and celebrates, -as Alexander had done, gymnastic games. Then -clearing out of harbour they end the first day’s -voyage by anchoring in the Indus at a creek called -Stoura, where they remain for two days. The -distance of this place from the station they had -just left was 100 stadia. On the third day they -resumed the voyage, but proceeded no further -than 30 stadia, coming to an anchor at another -creek, where the water was now salt, for the sea -when filled with the tide ran up the creek, and -its waters even when the tide receded commingled -with the river. The name of this place was Kaumana. -The next day’s course, which was of 20 -stadia only, brought them to Koreatis, where they -once more anchored in the river. When again -under weigh their progress was soon interrupted, -for a bar was visible which there obstructed the -mouth of the Indus; and the waves were heard -breaking with furious roar upon its strand which -was wild and rugged. Observing, however, that -the bar at a particular part was soft, they made a -cutting through this, 5 stadia long, <i>at low water</i>, -and on the return of the flood-tide carried the -ships through by the passage thus formed into the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span> -open sea.<a name="FNanchor_39_39" id="FNanchor_39_39"></a><a href="#Footnote_39_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a> Then following the winding of the coast -they ran a course of 120 stadia, and reach Krôkala,<a name="FNanchor_40_40" id="FNanchor_40_40"></a><a href="#Footnote_40_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span> -a sandy island where they anchored and remained -all next day. The country adjoining was -inhabited by an Indian race called the Arabies, -whom I have mentioned in my longer work, where -it is stated that they derive their name from the -River Arabis, which flows through their country -to the sea, and parts them from the Oreitai.<a name="FNanchor_41_41" id="FNanchor_41_41"></a><a href="#Footnote_41_41" class="fnanchor">[41]</a> -Weighing from Krôkala they had on their right -hand a mountain which the natives called Eiros, -and on their left a flat island almost level with -the sea, and so near the mainland to which it -runs parallel that the intervening channel is -extremely narrow. Having quite cleared this passage -they come to anchor in a well-sheltered harbour, -which Nearkhos, finding large and commodious, -designated Alexander’s Haven. This -harbour is protected by an island lying about 2 -stadia off from its entrance. It is called Bibakta, -and all the country round about Sangada.<a name="FNanchor_42_42" id="FNanchor_42_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_42_42" class="fnanchor">[42]</a> The -existence of the harbour is due altogether to the -island which opposes a barrier to the violence of -the sea. Here heavy gales blew from seaward for -many days without intermission, and Nearkhos<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span> -fearing lest the barbarians might, some of them, -combine to attack and plunder the camp, fortified -his position with an enclosure of stones. Here -they were obliged to remain for 24 days. The -soldiers, we learn from Nearkhos, caught mussels -and oysters, and what is called the razor-fish, -these being all of an extraordinary size as compared -with the sorts found in our own sea.<a name="FNanchor_43_43" id="FNanchor_43_43"></a><a href="#Footnote_43_43" class="fnanchor">[43]</a> He adds -that they had no water to drink but what was -brackish.</p> - -<p>XXII. As soon as the monsoon ceased they -put again to sea, and having run fully 60 stadia -came to anchor at a sandy beach under shelter of -a desert island that lay near, called Domai.<a name="FNanchor_44_44" id="FNanchor_44_44"></a><a href="#Footnote_44_44" class="fnanchor">[44]</a> On -the shore itself there was no water, but 20 stadia -inland it was procured of good quality. The following -day they proceeded 300 stadia to Saranga, -where they did not arrive till night. They -anchored close to the shore, and found water at a -distance of about 8 stadia from it. Weighing from -Saranga they reach Sakala, a desert place, and -anchored. On leaving it they passed two rocks so -close to each other that the oar-blades of the -galleys grazed both, and after a course of 300 -stadia they came to anchor at Morontobara.<a name="FNanchor_45_45" id="FNanchor_45_45"></a><a href="#Footnote_45_45" class="fnanchor">[45]</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span> -The harbour here was deep and capacious, and -well sheltered all round, and its waters quite -tranquil, but the entrance into it was narrow. In -the native language it was called Women’s Haven, -because a woman had been the first sovereign of -the place. They thought it a great achievement -to have passed those two rocks in safety, for when -they were passing them the sea was boisterous -and running high. They did not remain in -Morontobara, but sailed the day after their arrival, -when they had on their left hand an island which -sheltered them from the sea, and which lay so -near to the mainland that the intervening channel -looked as if it had been artificially formed. Its -length from one end to the other was 70 stadia.<a name="FNanchor_46_46" id="FNanchor_46_46"></a><a href="#Footnote_46_46" class="fnanchor">[46]</a> -The shore was woody and the island throughout -over-grown with trees of every description. They -were not able to get fairly through this passage<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span> -till towards daybreak, for the sea was not only -rough, but also shoal, the tide being at ebb. They -sailed on continuously, and after a course of 120 -stadia anchored at the mouth of the river Arabis, -where there was a spacious and very fine haven.<a name="FNanchor_47_47" id="FNanchor_47_47"></a><a href="#Footnote_47_47" class="fnanchor">[47]</a> -The water here was not fit for drinking, for the sea -ran up the mouths of the Arabis. Having gone, -however, about 40 stadia up the river, they found -a pool from which, having drawn water, they returned -to the fleet. Near the harbour is an island -high and bare, but the sea around it supplied -oysters and fish of various kinds.<a name="FNanchor_48_48" id="FNanchor_48_48"></a><a href="#Footnote_48_48" class="fnanchor">[48]</a> As far as -this, the country was possessed by the Arabies,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span> -the last Indian people living in this direction; -and the parts beyond were occupied by the -Oreitai.<a name="FNanchor_49_49" id="FNanchor_49_49"></a><a href="#Footnote_49_49" class="fnanchor">[49]</a></p> - -<p>XXIII. On weighing from the mouths of the -Arabia, they coasted the shores of the Oreitai, and -after running 200 stadia reached Pagala,<a name="FNanchor_50_50" id="FNanchor_50_50"></a><a href="#Footnote_50_50" class="fnanchor">[50]</a> where -there was a surf but nevertheless good anchorage. -The crew were obliged to remain on board, a -party, however, being sent on shore to procure -water. They sailed next morning at sunrise, and -after a course of about 430 stadia, reached -Kabana<a name="FNanchor_51_51" id="FNanchor_51_51"></a><a href="#Footnote_51_51" class="fnanchor">[51]</a> in the evening, where they anchored at -some distance from the shore, which was a desert; -the violence of the surf by which the vessels were -much tossed preventing them from landing. -While running the last course the fleet had been -caught in a heavy gale blowing from seaward, -when two galleys and a transport foundered. -All the men, however, saved themselves by swimming, -as the vessels at the time of the disaster -were sailing close to the shore. They weighed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span> -from Kabana about midnight, and having proceeded -200 stadia arrived at Kôkala, where the -vessels <i>could not be drawn on shore</i>, but rode at -anchor out at sea. As the men, however, had -suffered severely by confinement on board,<a name="FNanchor_52_52" id="FNanchor_52_52"></a><a href="#Footnote_52_52" class="fnanchor">[52]</a> and -were very much in want of rest, Nearkhos allowed -them to go on shore, where he formed a camp, fortifying -it in the usual manner for protection against -the barbarians. In this part of the country Leonnatos, -who had been commissioned by Alexander to -reduce the Oreitai and settle their affairs, defeated -that people and their allies in a great battle, -wherein all the leaders and 6,000 men were slain, -the loss of Leonnatos, being only 15 of his horse, -besides a few foot-soldiers, and <i>one man of note</i> -Apollophanês, the satrap of the Gedrosians.<a name="FNanchor_53_53" id="FNanchor_53_53"></a><a href="#Footnote_53_53" class="fnanchor">[53]</a> A -full account, however, of those transactions is -given in my other work, where it is stated that for -this service Leonnatos had a golden crown placed -upon his head by Alexander in presence of the -Makedonian army. Agreeably to orders given -by Alexander, corn had been here collected for -the victualling of the vessels, and stores sufficient -to last for 10 days were put on board. Here -also such ships as had been damaged during the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span> -voyage were repaired, while all the mariners that -Nearkhos considered deficient in fortitude for -the enterprise, he consigned to Leonnatos to be -taken on by land, but at the same time he made -good his complement of men by taking in exchange -others more efficient from the troops under -Leonnatos.</p> - -<p>XXIV. From this place they bore away with -a fresh breeze, and having made good a course of -500 stadia anchored near a winter torrent called -the Tomêros, which at its mouth expanded into an -estuary.<a name="FNanchor_54_54" id="FNanchor_54_54"></a><a href="#Footnote_54_54" class="fnanchor">[54]</a> The natives lived on the marshy ground -near the shore in cabins close and suffocating. -Great was their astonishment when they descried -the fleet approaching, but <i>they were not without -courage</i>, and collecting in arms on the shore, -drew up in line to attack the strangers when -landing. They carried thick spears about 6 -cubits long, not headed with iron, but what was -as good, hardened at the point by fire. Their -number was about 600, and when Nearkhos -saw that they stood their ground prepared to -fight, he ordered his vessels to advance, and then -to anchor just within bowshot of the shore, for he -had noticed that the thick spears of the barbarians -were adapted only for close fight, and were by no -means formidable as missiles. He then issued -his directions: those men that were lightest -equipped, and the most active and best at swim<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span>ming -were to swim to shore at a given signal: -when any one had swum so far that he could -stand in the water he was to wait for his next -neighbour, and not advance against the barbarians -until a file could be formed of three men deep: -that done, they were to rush forward shouting the -war-cry. The men selected for this service at once -plunged into the sea, and swimming rapidly touched -ground, still keeping due order, when forming in -file, they rushed to the charge, shouting the war-cry, -which was repeated from the ships, whence all -the while arrows and missiles from engines were -launched against the enemy. Then the barbarians -terrified by the glittering arms and the rapidity -of the landing, and wounded by the arrows and -other missiles, against which they had no protection, -being all but entirely naked, fled at once -without making any attempt at resistance. Some -perished in the ensuing flight, others were taken -prisoners, and some escaped to the mountains. -Those they captured had shaggy hair, not only -on their head but all over their body; their nails -resembled the claws of wild beasts, and were used, -it would seem, instead of iron for dividing fish -and splitting the softer kinds of wood. Things -of a hard consistency they cut with sharp stones, -for iron they had none. As clothing they wore -the skins of wild beasts, and occasionally also the -thick skins of the large sorts of fish.<a name="FNanchor_55_55" id="FNanchor_55_55"></a><a href="#Footnote_55_55" class="fnanchor">[55]</a></p> - -<p>XXV. After this action they draw the ships on<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span> -shore and repair all that had been damaged. On -the 6th day they weighed again, and after a course -of 300 stadia reached a place called Malana, the -last on the coast, of the Oreitai.<a name="FNanchor_56_56" id="FNanchor_56_56"></a><a href="#Footnote_56_56" class="fnanchor">[56]</a> In the interior -these people dress like the Indians, and use -similar weapons, but differ from them in their -language and their customs. The length of the -coast of the Arabies, measured from the place -whence the expedition had sailed, was about 1,000 -stadia, and the extent of the coast of the Oreitai -1,600 stadia. Nearkhos mentions that as they sailed -along the Indian coast (for the people beyond this -are not Indians), their shadows did not fall in the -usual direction, for when they stood out a good -way to the southward, their shadows appeared to -turn and fall southward.<a name="FNanchor_57_57" id="FNanchor_57_57"></a><a href="#Footnote_57_57" class="fnanchor">[57]</a> Those constellations,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span> -moreover, which they had been accustomed to see -high in the heavens, were either not visible at all, -or were seen just on the verge of the horizon, -while the Polar constellations which had formerly -been always visible now set and soon afterwards -rose again. In this Nearkhos appears to -me to assert nothing improbable, for at Syênê in -Egypt they show a well in which, when the sun -is at the Tropic, there is no shadow at noon. In -Meroë also objects project no shadow at that -particular time. Hence it is probable that the -shadow is subject to the same law in India which -lies to the south, and more especially in the -Indian ocean, which extends still further to the -southward.</p> - -<p>XXVI. Next to the Oreitai lies Gedrosia,<a name="FNanchor_58_58" id="FNanchor_58_58"></a><a href="#Footnote_58_58" class="fnanchor">[58]</a> an -inland province through which Alexander led his -army, but this with difficulty, for the region was -so desolate that the troops in the whole course of -the expedition never suffered such direful extremities -as on this march. But all the particulars<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span> -relating to this I have set down in my larger -work (VI. 22-27). The seaboard below the Gedrosians -is occupied by a people culled the Ikhthyophagi, -and along this country the fleet now pursued -its way. Weighing from Malana about the second -watch they ran a course of 600 stadia, and reached -Bagisara. Here they found a commodious harbour, -and at a distance of 60 stadia from the sea a small -town called Pasira, whence the people of the neighbourhood -were called Pasirees.<a name="FNanchor_59_59" id="FNanchor_59_59"></a><a href="#Footnote_59_59" class="fnanchor">[59]</a> Weighing early -next morning they had to double a headland -which projected far out into the sea, and was high -and precipitous. Here having dug wells, and got -only a small supply of bad water, they rode at -anchor that day because a high surf prevented the -vessels approaching the shore. They left this -place next day, and sailed till they reached Kolta -after a course of 200 stadia.<a name="FNanchor_60_60" id="FNanchor_60_60"></a><a href="#Footnote_60_60" class="fnanchor">[60]</a> Weighing thence at -daybreak they reached Kalama, after a course of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span> -600 stadia, and there anchored.<a name="FNanchor_61_61" id="FNanchor_61_61"></a><a href="#Footnote_61_61" class="fnanchor">[61]</a> Near the beach -was a village around which grew a few palm-trees, -the dates on which were still green. There -was here an island called Karbinê, distant from -the shore about 100 stadia.<a name="FNanchor_62_62" id="FNanchor_62_62"></a><a href="#Footnote_62_62" class="fnanchor">[62]</a> The villagers by way<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span> -of showing their hospitality brought presents of -sheep and fish to Nearkhos, who says that the -mutton had a fishy taste like the flesh of sea birds -for the sheep fed on fish, there being no grass in -the place. Next day they proceeded 200 stadia, -and anchored off a shore near which lay a village -called Kissa, 30 stadia inland.<a name="FNanchor_63_63" id="FNanchor_63_63"></a><a href="#Footnote_63_63" class="fnanchor">[63]</a> That coast was -however called Karbis. There they found little -boats such as might belong to miserably poor -fishermen, but the men themselves they saw -nothing of, for they had fled when they observed -the ships dropping anchor. No corn was here procurable, -but a few goats had been left, which were -seized and put on board, for in the fleet provisions -now ran short. On weighing they doubled a -steep promontory, which projected about 150 stadia -into the sea, and then put into a well-sheltered -haven called Mosarna, where they anchored. Here -the natives were fishermen, and here they obtained -water.<a name="FNanchor_64_64" id="FNanchor_64_64"></a><a href="#Footnote_64_64" class="fnanchor">[64]</a></p> - -<p>XXVII. From this place they took on board, -Nearkhos says, as pilot of the fleet, a Gedrosian -called Hydrakês, who undertook to conduct them -as far as Karmania.<a name="FNanchor_65_65" id="FNanchor_65_65"></a><a href="#Footnote_65_65" class="fnanchor">[65]</a> Thenceforth until they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span> -reached the Persian Gulf, the voyage was more -practicable, and the names of the stations more -familiar. Departing from Mosarna at night, -they sailed 750 stadia, and reached the coast of -Balômon. They touched next at Barna, which -was 400 stadia distant.<a name="FNanchor_66_66" id="FNanchor_66_66"></a><a href="#Footnote_66_66" class="fnanchor">[66]</a> Here grew many palm -trees, and here was a garden wherein were myrtles -and flowers from which the men wove chaplets -for their hair.<a name="FNanchor_67_67" id="FNanchor_67_67"></a><a href="#Footnote_67_67" class="fnanchor">[67]</a> They saw now for the first time -cultivated trees, and met with natives in a condition -above that of mere savages. Leaving this they -followed the winding of the coast, and arrived at -Dendrobosa, where they anchor in the open sea.<a name="FNanchor_68_68" id="FNanchor_68_68"></a><a href="#Footnote_68_68" class="fnanchor">[68]</a> -They weighed from this about midnight, and after -a course of about 400 stadia gained the haven of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span> -Kôphas.<a name="FNanchor_69_69" id="FNanchor_69_69"></a><a href="#Footnote_69_69" class="fnanchor">[69]</a> The inhabitants were fishermen possessed -of small and wretched boats, which they -did not manage with oars fastened to a row-lock -according to the Grecian manner, but with paddles -which they thrust on this side, and on that into -the water, like diggers using a spade. They found -at this haven plenty of good water. Weighing -about the first watch they ran 800 stadia, and put -into Kyiza, where was a desert shore with a high -surf breaking upon it.<a name="FNanchor_70_70" id="FNanchor_70_70"></a><a href="#Footnote_70_70" class="fnanchor">[70]</a> They were accordingly -obliged to let the ships ride at anchor and take -their meal on board. Leaving this they ran a -course of 500 stadia, and came to a small town -built on an eminence not far from the shore. On -turning his eyes in that direction Nearkhos -noticed that the land had some appearance of -being cultivated, and thereupon addressing -Arkhias (who was the son of Anaxidotos of Pella, -and sailed in the Commander’s galley, being a -Makedonian of distinction) pointed out to him<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span> -that they must take possession of the place, as -the inhabitants would not willingly supply the -army with food. It could not however be taken -by assault, a tedious siege would be necessary, and -they were already short of provisions. But the -country was one that produced corn as the thick -stubble which they saw covering the fields near the -shore clearly proved. This proposal being approved -of by all, he ordered Arkhias to make a feint of -preparing the fleet, all but one ship to sail, while -he himself, pretending to be left behind with that -ship, approached the town as if merely to view it.</p> - -<p>XXVIII. When he approached the walls the -inhabitants came out to meet him, bringing a -present of tunny-fish broiled in pans (the first -instance of cookery among the Ikhthyophagi, although -these were the very last of them), accompanied -with small cakes and dates. He accepted -their offering with the proper acknowledgments, -but said he wished to see their town, which he -was accordingly allowed to enter. No sooner was -he within the gates than he ordered two of his -archers to seize the portal by which they had entered, -while he himself with two attendants and his -interpreter mounting the wall hard by, made the -preconcerted signal, on seeing which the troops -under Arkhias were to perform the service assigned -to them. The Makedonians, on seeing the -signal, immediately ran their ships towards land, -and without loss of time jumped into the sea. The -barbarians, alarmed at these proceedings, flew to -arms. Upon this Nearkhos ordered his interpreter -to proclaim that if they wished their city to be preserved -from pillage they must supply his army<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span> -with provisions. They replied that they had none, -and proceeded to attack the wall, but were repulsed -by the archers with Nearkhos, who assailed them -with arrows from the summit of the wall. Accordingly, -when they saw that their city was taken, and -on the point of being pillaged, they at once begged -Nearkhos to take whatever corn they had, and to -depart without destroying the place. Nearkhos -upon this orders Arkhias to possess himself of the -gates and the ramparts adjoining, and sends at -the same time officers to see what stores were -available, and whether these would be all honestly -given up. The stores were produced, consisting of -a kind of meal made from fish roasted, and a little -wheat and barley, for the chief diet of these people -was fish with bread added as a relish. The troops -having appropriated these supplies returned to the -fleet, which then hauled off to a cape <i>in the neighbourhood</i> -called Bagia, which the natives regarded -as sacred to the sun.<a name="FNanchor_71_71" id="FNanchor_71_71"></a><a href="#Footnote_71_71" class="fnanchor">[71]</a></p> - -<p>XXIX. They weighed from this cape about -midnight, and having made good a course of 1,000 -stadia, put into Talmena, where they found a -harbour with good anchorage.<a name="FNanchor_72_72" id="FNanchor_72_72"></a><a href="#Footnote_72_72" class="fnanchor">[72]</a> They sailed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span> -thence to Kanasis, a deserted town 400 stadia -distant, where they find a well ready-dug and wild -palm-trees.<a name="FNanchor_73_73" id="FNanchor_73_73"></a><a href="#Footnote_73_73" class="fnanchor">[73]</a> These they cut down, using the -tender heads to support life since provisions had -again run scarce. They sailed all day and all -night suffering great distress from hunger, and -then came to an anchor off a desolate coast. -Nearkhos fearing lest the men, if they landed, -would in despair desert the fleet, ordered the ships -to be moved to a distance from shore. Weighing -from this they ran a course of 850 stadia, and -came to anchor at Kanate, a place with an open -beach and some water-courses.<a name="FNanchor_74_74" id="FNanchor_74_74"></a><a href="#Footnote_74_74" class="fnanchor">[74]</a> Weighing again, -and making 800 stadia, they reach Taoi, where -they drop anchor.<a name="FNanchor_75_75" id="FNanchor_75_75"></a><a href="#Footnote_75_75" class="fnanchor">[75]</a> The place contained some -small and wretched villages, which were deserted -by the inhabitants upon the approach of the -fleet. Here the men found a little food and dates -of the palm-tree, beside seven camels left by the -villagers which were killed for food. Weighing -thence about daybreak they ran a course of 300 -stadia, and came to anchor at Dagasira, where the -people were nomadic.<a name="FNanchor_76_76" id="FNanchor_76_76"></a><a href="#Footnote_76_76" class="fnanchor">[76]</a> Weighing again they -sailed all night and all day without intermission, -and having thus accomplished a course of 1,100<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span> -stadia, left behind them the nation of the Ikhthyophagi, -on whose shores they had suffered such -severe privations. They could not approach the -beach on account of the heavy surf, but rode at -anchor out at sea. In navigating the Ikhthyophagi -coast the distance traversed was not much short -of 10,000 stadia. The people, as their name -imports, live upon fish. Few of them, however, are -fishermen, and what fish they obtain they owe -mostly to the tide at whose reflux they catch them -with nets made for this purpose. These nets are -generally about 2 stadia long, and are composed -of the bark (or fibres) of the palm, which they -twine into cord in the same way as the fibres of -flax are twined. When the sea recedes, hardly any -fish are found among the dry sands, but they -abound in the depressions of the surface where the -water still remains. The fish are for the most part -small, though some are caught of a considerable size, -these being taken in the nets. The more delicate -kinds they eat raw as soon as they are taken out of -the water. The large and coarser kinds they dry in -the sun, and when properly dried grind into a sort -of meal from which they make bread. This meal is -sometimes also used to bake cakes with. The cattle -as well as their masters fare on dried fish, for the -country has no pastures, and hardly even a blade of -grass. In most parts crabs, oysters and mussels add -to the means of subsistence. Natural salt is found -in the country, * * * from these they make oil.<a name="FNanchor_77_77" id="FNanchor_77_77"></a><a href="#Footnote_77_77" class="fnanchor">[77]</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span> -Certain of their communities inhabit deserts where -not a tree grows, and where there are not even -wild fruits. Fish is their sole means of subsistence. -In some few places, however, they sow -with grain some patches of land, and eat the -produce as a viand of luxury along with the fish -which forms the staple of their diet. The better -class of the population in building their houses -use, instead of wood, the bones of whales stranded -on the coast, the broadest bones being employed -in the framework of the doors. Poor people, and -these are the great majority, construct their -dwellings with the backbones of fish.<a name="FNanchor_78_78" id="FNanchor_78_78"></a><a href="#Footnote_78_78" class="fnanchor">[78]</a></p> - -<p>XXX. Whales of enormous size frequent the -outer ocean, besides other fish larger than those -found in the Mediterranean. Nearkhos relates that -when they were bearing away from Kyiza, the -sea early in the morning was observed to be blown -up into the air as if by the force of a whirlwind. -The men greatly alarmed enquired of the pilots -the nature and cause of this phenomenon, and -were informed that it proceeded from the blowing -of the whales as they sported in the sea. This -report did not quiet their alarm, and through -astonishment they let the oars drop from their -hands. Nearkhos, however, recalled them to duty, -and encouraged them by his presence, ordering -the prows of those vessels that were near him to -be turned as in a sea-fight towards the creatures -as they approached, while the rowers were just -then to shout as loud as they could the <i>alala</i>,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span> -and swell the noise by dashing the water rapidly -with the oars. The men thus encouraged on -seeing the preconcerted signal advanced to action. -Then, as they approached the monsters, they -shouted the <i>alala</i> as loud as they could bawl, sounded -the trumpets, and dashed the water noisily -with the oars. Thereupon the whales, which were -seen ahead, plunged down terror-struck into the -depths, and soon after rose astern, when they -vigorously continued their blowing. The men -by loud acclamations expressed their joy at this -unexpected deliverance, the credit of which they -gave to Nearkhos, who had shown such admirable -fortitude and judgment.</p> - -<p>We learn further, that on many parts of the coast -whales are occasionally stranded, being left in -shallow water at ebb-tide, and thus prevented -from escaping back to sea, and that they are -sometimes also cast ashore by violent storms. -Thus perishing, their flesh rots away, and gradually -drops off till the bones are left bare. These -are used by the natives in the construction of their -huts, the larger ribs making suitable bearing -beams, and the smaller serving for rafters. The -jaw-bones make arches for the door-ways, for -whales are sometimes five and twenty <i>orguiæ</i> -(fathoms) in length.<a name="FNanchor_79_79" id="FNanchor_79_79"></a><a href="#Footnote_79_79" class="fnanchor">[79]</a></p> - -<p>XXXI. When they were sailing along the -Ikhthyophagi coast, they were told about an -island which was said to be about 100 stadia dis<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span>tant -from the mainland, and uninhabited. Its -name was Nosala, and it was according to the local -tradition sacred to the sun. No one willingly -visited this island, and if any one was carried to -it unawares, he was never more seen. Nearkhos -states that a transport of his fleet, manned with -an Egyptian crew, disappeared not far from this -island, and that the pilots accounted for their disappearance -by saying that they must have landed -on the island in ignorance of the danger which -they would thereby incur. Nearkhos, however, -sent a galley of 30 oars to sail round the island, -instructing the men not to land, but to approach -as near as they could to the shore, and hail the -men, shouting out the name of the captain or any -other name they had not forgotten. No one answered -to the call, and Nearkhos says that he -then sailed in person to the island, and compelled -his company much against their will to -go on shore. He too landed, and showed that -the story about the island was nothing but an -empty fable. Concerning this same island he -heard also another story, which ran to this -effect: it had been at one time the residence -of one of the Nereids, whose name, he says, he -could not learn. It was her wont to have intercourse -with any man who visited the island, -changing him thereafter into a fish, and casting him -into the sea. The sun, however, being displeased -with the Nereid, ordered her to remove from the -island. She agreed to do this, and seek a home -elsewhere, but stipulated that she should be -cured of her malady. To this condition the sun -assented, and then the Nereid, taking pity upon<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span> -the men whom she had transformed into fish, -restored them to their human shape. These men -were the progenitors of the Ikhthyophagi, the -line of succession remaining unbroken down to -the time of Alexander. Now, for my part I have -no praise to bestow on Nearkhos for expending -so much time and ingenuity on the not very -difficult task of proving the falsehood of these -stories, for, to take up antiquated fables merely -with a view to prove their falsehood, I can only -regard as a contemptible piece of folly.<a name="FNanchor_80_80" id="FNanchor_80_80"></a><a href="#Footnote_80_80" class="fnanchor">[80]</a></p> - -<p>XXXII. To the Ikhthyophagi succeed the -Gadrôsii, who occupy a most wretched tract of -country full of sandy deserts, in penetrating -which Alexander and his army were reduced to -the greatest extremities, of which an account is to -be found in my other work. But this is an inland -region, and therefore when the expedition -left the Ikhthyophagi, its course lay along Karmania.<a name="FNanchor_81_81" id="FNanchor_81_81"></a><a href="#Footnote_81_81" class="fnanchor">[81]</a> -Here, when they first drew towards shore,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span> -they could not effect a landing, but had to remain -all night on board anchored in the deep, because -a violent surf spread along the shore and far out -to sea. Thereafter the direction of their course -changed, and they sailed no longer towards sunset, -but turned the heads of the vessels more to -the north-west. Karmania is better wooded and -produces better fruit than the country either -of the Ikhthyophagi or the Oreitai. It is also -more grassy, and better supplied with water. -They anchor next at Badis, an inhabited place in -Karmania, where grew cultivated trees of many -different kinds, with the exception of the olive, and -where also the soil favoured the growth of the -vine and of corn.<a name="FNanchor_82_82" id="FNanchor_82_82"></a><a href="#Footnote_82_82" class="fnanchor">[82]</a> Weighing thence they ran -800 stadia, and came to an anchor off a barren -coast, whence they descried a headland projecting -far out into the sea, its nearest extremity being to -appearance about a day’s sail distant. Persons -acquainted with those regions asserted that this -cape belonged to Arabia, and was called Maketa, -whence cinnamon and other products were exported -to the Assyrians.<a name="FNanchor_83_83" id="FNanchor_83_83"></a><a href="#Footnote_83_83" class="fnanchor">[83]</a> And from this coast where<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span> -the fleet was now anchored, and from the headland -which they saw projecting into the sea right opposite, -the gulf in my opinion (which is also that -of Nearkhos) extends up into the interior, and is -probably the Red Sea. When this headland was -now in view Onesikritos, <i>the chief pilot</i>, proposed -that they should proceed to explore it, and by so -shaping their course, escape the distressing passage -up the gulf; but Nearkhos opposed this proposal. -Onesikritos, he said, must be wanting in ordinary -judgment if he did not know with what design -Alexander had sent the fleet on this voyage. He -certainly had not sent it, because there were no -proper means of conducting the whole army safely -by land, but his express purpose was to obtain a -knowledge of the coasts they might pass on -their voyage, together with the harbours and -islets, and to have the bays that might occur -explored, and to ascertain whether there were -towns bordering on the ocean, and whether the -countries, were habitable or desert. They ought -not therefore to lose sight of this object, seeing -that they were now near the end of their toils, and -especially that they were no longer in want of -the necessary supplies for prosecuting the voyage.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span> -He feared, moreover, since the headland stretched -towards the south, lest they should find the -country there a parched desert destitute of water -and insufferably hot. This argument prevailed, -and it appears to me that by this counsel Nearkhos -saved the expedition, for all accounts represent -this cape and the parts adjacent as an arid waste -where water cannot possibly be procured.</p> - -<p>XXXIII. On resuming the voyage they sailed -close to land, and after making about 700 stadia -anchored on another shore called Neoptana.<a name="FNanchor_84_84" id="FNanchor_84_84"></a><a href="#Footnote_84_84" class="fnanchor">[84]</a> -From this they weighed next day at dawn, and -after a course of 100 stadia anchored at the mouth -of the river Anamis<a name="FNanchor_85_85" id="FNanchor_85_85"></a><a href="#Footnote_85_85" class="fnanchor">[85]</a> in a country called Harmozeia.<a name="FNanchor_86_86" id="FNanchor_86_86"></a><a href="#Footnote_86_86" class="fnanchor">[86]</a> -Here at last they found a hospitable<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span> -region, one which was rich in every production -except only the olive. Here accordingly they -landed, and enjoyed a welcome respite from their -many toils—heightening their pleasure by calling -to remembrance what miseries they had suffered -at sea and in the Ikhthyophagi country, where -the shores were so sterile, and the natives so -brute-like, and where they had been reduced to -the last extremities of want. Here, also, some of -them in scattered parties, leaving the encampment -on the shore, wandered inland searching for -one thing and another that might supply their -several requirements. While thus engaged, they -fell in with a man who wore a Greek mantle, -and was otherwise attired as a Greek and spoke -the Greek language. Those who first discovered -him declared that tears started to their eyes, so -strange did it appear, after all they had suffered, -to see once more a countryman of their own, and -to hear the accents of their native tongue. They -asked him whence he came, and who he was. -He replied that he had straggled from the army of -Alexander, and that the army led by Alexander in -person was not far off. On hearing this they hurry -the man with shouts of tumultuous joy to the presence -of Nearkhos, to whom he repeated all that he -had already said, assuring him that the army -and the king were not more than a 5 days’ march -distant from the sea. The Governor of the province, -he added, was on the spot, and he would -present him to Nearkhos, and he presented him -accordingly. Nearkhos consulted this person regarding -the route he should take in order to -reach the king, and then they all went off, and made<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span> -their way to the ships. Early next morning the -ships by orders of Nearkhos were drawn on shore, -partly for repair of the damages which some of -them had suffered on the voyage, and partly -because he had resolved to leave here the greater -part of his army. Having this in view, he fortified -the roadstead with a double palisade, and also -with an earthen rampart and a deep ditch extending -from the banks of the river to the dockyard -where the ships were lying.</p> - -<p>XXXIV. While Nearkhos was thus occupied, -the Governor being aware that Alexander was in -great anxiety about the fate of this expedition, -concluded that he would receive some great advantage -from Alexander should he be the first to -apprize him of the safety of the fleet and of the -approaching visit of Nearkhos. Accordingly he -hastened to Alexander by the shortest route, and -announced that Nearkhos was coming from the -fleet to visit him. Alexander, though he could -scarcely believe the report, nevertheless received -the tidings with all the joy that might have been -expected.</p> - -<p>Day after day, however, passed without confirmation -of the fact, till Alexander, on comparing the -distance from the sea with the date on which the -report had reached him, at last gave up all belief -in its truth, the more especially as several of the -parties which he had successively despatched to -find Nearkhos and escort him to the camp, had -returned without him, after going a short distance, -and meeting no one, while others who had prosecuted -the search further, and failed to find Nearkhos -and his company were still absent. He therefore<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span> -ordered the Governor into confinement for having -brought delusive intelligence and rendered his -vexation more acute by the disappointment of his -hopes, and indeed his looks and perturbation of -mind plainly indicated that he was pierced to the -heart with a great grief. Meanwhile, however, one -of the parties that had been despatched in search -of Nearkhos, and his escort being furnished with -horses and waggons for their accommodation, fell -in on the way with Nearkhos and Arkhias, who -were followed by five or six attendants. At first -sight they recognized neither the admiral himself -nor Arkhias, so much changed was their appearance, -their hair long and neglected, their persons -filthy, encrusted all over with brine and shrivelled, -their complexion sallow from want of sleep and -other severe privations. On their asking where -Alexander was, they were told the name of the -place. Arkhias then, perceiving who they were, -said to Nearkhos—“It strikes me, Nearkhos, these -men are traversing the desert by the route we -pursue, for no other reason than because they have -been sent to our relief. True, they did not know us, -but that is not at all surprising, for our appearance -is so wretched that we are past all recognition. -Let us tell them who we are, and ask them why they -are travelling this way.” Nearkhos, thinking he -spoke with reason, asked the men whither they were -bound. They replied that they were searching for -Nearkhos and the fleet. “Well! I am Nearkhos,” -said the admiral, “and this man here is Arkhias. -Take us under your conduct, and we will report to -Alexander the whole history of the expedition.”</p> - -<p>XXXV. They were accordingly accommodated<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span> -in the waggons, and conducted to the camp. Some -of the horsemen, however, wishing to be the first -to impart the news, hastened forward, and told -Alexander that Nearkhos himself, and Arkhias -with him, and five attendants, would soon arrive, -but to enquiries about the rest of the people in -the expedition they had no information to give. -Alexander, concluding from this that all the expedition -had perished except this small band, -which had been unaccountably saved, did not so -much feel pleasure for the preservation of Nearkhos -and Arkhias as distress for the loss of his -whole fleet. During this conversation Nearkhos -and Arkhias arrived. It was not without difficulty -Alexander after a close scrutiny recognized -who the hirsute, ill-clad men who stood before -him were, and being confirmed by their miserable -appearance in his belief that the expedition -had perished, he was still more overcome with -grief. At length he held out his hand to Nearkhos, -and leading him apart from his attendants -and his guards he burst into tears, and wept for a -long time. Having, after a good while, recovered -some composure, “Nearkhos!” he says, “since you -and Arkhias have been restored to me alive, I can -bear more patiently the calamity of losing all my -fleet; but tell me now, in what manner did the -vessels and my people perish.” “O my king!” replied Nearkhos, -“the ships are safe and the people -also, and we are here to give you an account of their -preservation.” Tears now fell much faster from -his eyes than before, but they were tears of joy for -the salvation of his fleet which he had given up for -lost. “And where are now my ships,” he then<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span> -enquired. “They are drawn upon shore,” replied -Nearkhos, “on the beach of the river Anamis for -repairs.” Upon this Alexander, swearing by Zeus -of the Greeks and Ammon of the Libyans, declared -that he felt happier at receiving these tidings -than in being the conqueror of all Asia, for, had -the expedition been lost, the blow to his peace of -mind would have been a counterpoise to all the -success he had achieved.</p> - -<p>XXXVI. But the Governor whom Alexander -had put into confinement for bringing intelligence -that appeared to be false, seeing Nearkhos in the -camp, sunk on his knees before him, and said: -“I am the man who brought to Alexander the -news of your safe arrival. You see how I am -situated.” Nearkhos interceded with Alexander -on his behalf, and he was then liberated. Alexander -next proceeded to offer a solemn sacrifice in -gratitude for the preservation of his fleet unto -Zeus the Preserver, and Heraklês, and Apollo the -Averter of Destruction, and unto Poseidôn, and -every other deity of ocean. He celebrated likewise -a contest in gymnastics and music, and -exhibited a splendid procession wherein a foremost -place was assigned to Nearkhos. Chaplets -were wreathed for his head, and flowers were -showered upon him by the admiring multitude. -At the end of these proceedings the king said to -Nearkhos, “I do not wish you, Nearkhos, either -to risk your life or expose yourself again to the -hardships of sea-voyaging, and I shall therefore -send some other officer to conduct the expedition -onward to Sousa.” But Nearkhos answered, and -said:<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span> “It is my duty, O king! as it is also my -desire, in all things to obey you, but if your object -is to gratify me in some way, do not take the -command from me until I complete the voyage -by bringing the ships in safety to Sousa. I have -been trusted to execute that part of the undertaking -in which all its difficulty and danger lay; -transfer not, then, to another the remaining part, -which hardly requires an effort, and that, too, just -at the time when the glory of final success is -ready to be won.” Alexander scarcely allowed -him to conclude his request, which he granted -with grateful acknowledgment of his services.<a name="FNanchor_87_87" id="FNanchor_87_87"></a><a href="#Footnote_87_87" class="fnanchor">[87]</a> -Then he sent him down again to the coast -with only a small escort, believing that the -country through which he would pass was -friendly. He was not permitted however to -pursue his way to the coast without opposition, -for the barbarians, resenting the action of -Alexander in deposing their satrap, and gathered -in full force and seized all the strongholds -of Karmania before Tlepolemos, the newly appointed -Governor, had yet succeeded in fully -establishing his authority.<a name="FNanchor_88_88" id="FNanchor_88_88"></a><a href="#Footnote_88_88" class="fnanchor">[88]</a> It happened therefore -that several times in the course of a day -Nearkhos encountered bands of the insurgents -with whom he had to do battle. He therefore -hurried forward without lingering by the -way, and reached the coast in safety, though -not without severe toil and difficulty. On arriv<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span>ing -he sacrificed to Zeus the Preserver, and celebrated -gymnastic games.</p> - -<p>XXXVII. These pious rites having been duly -performed, they again put to sea, and, after passing -a desolate and rocky island, arrived at another -island, where they anchored. This was one of -considerable size and inhabited, and 300 stadia -distant from Harmozeia, the harbour which they -had last left. The desert island was called Organa, -and that where they anchored Oarakta.<a name="FNanchor_89_89" id="FNanchor_89_89"></a><a href="#Footnote_89_89" class="fnanchor">[89]</a> -It produced vines, palm-trees, and corn. Its -length is 800 stadia. Mazênês, the chief of this -island, accompanied them all the way to Sousa, -having volunteered to act as pilot of the fleet. The -natives of the island professed to point out the -tomb of the very first sovereign of the country, -whose name they said was Erythrês, after whom -the sea in that part of the world was called the -Erythræan.<a name="FNanchor_90_90" id="FNanchor_90_90"></a><a href="#Footnote_90_90" class="fnanchor">[90]</a> Weighing thence their course lay<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span> -along the island, and they anchored on its shores -at a place whence another island was visible at a -distance of about 40 stadia. They learned that it -was sacred to Poseidon, and inaccessible.<a name="FNanchor_91_91" id="FNanchor_91_91"></a><a href="#Footnote_91_91" class="fnanchor">[91]</a> Next -morning, as they were putting out to sea, the ebb-tide -caught them with such violence that three of -the galleys were stranded on the beach, and the rest -of the fleet escaped with difficulty from the surf -into deep water. The stranded vessels were however -floated off at the return of the tide, and the -day after rejoined the fleet. They anchored at -another island distant from the mainland somewhere -about 300 stadia, after running a course -of 400 stadia. Towards daybreak they resumed -the voyage, passing a desert island which lay on<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span> -their left, called Pylora, and anchored at Sisidone, -a small town which could supply nothing but water -and fish.<a name="FNanchor_92_92" id="FNanchor_92_92"></a><a href="#Footnote_92_92" class="fnanchor">[92]</a> Here again the natives were fish eaters, -for the soil was utterly sterile. Having taken -water on board, they weighed again, and having run -300 stadia, anchored at Tarsia, the extremity of a -cape which projects far into the sea. The next -place of anchorage was Kataia, a desert island, and -very flat.<a name="FNanchor_93_93" id="FNanchor_93_93"></a><a href="#Footnote_93_93" class="fnanchor">[93]</a> It was said to be sacred to Hermês -and Aphroditê. The length of this course was -300 stadia. To this island sheep and goats are -annually sent by the people of the adjoining continent -who consecrate them to Hermês and -Aphroditê. These animals were to be seen running -about in a wild state, the effect of time and the -barren soil.</p> - -<p>XXXVIII. Karmania extends as far as this -island, but the parts beyond appertain to Persia. -The extent of the Karmanian coast was 3,700<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span> -stadia.<a name="FNanchor_94_94" id="FNanchor_94_94"></a><a href="#Footnote_94_94" class="fnanchor">[94]</a> The people of this province live like the -Persians, on whom they border, and they have -similar weapons and a similar military system. -When the fleet left the sacred island, its course lay -along the coast of Persis, and it first drew to land -at a place called Ila, where there is a harbour under -cover of a small and desert island called Kaikander.<a name="FNanchor_95_95" id="FNanchor_95_95"></a><a href="#Footnote_95_95" class="fnanchor">[95]</a> -The distance run was 400 stadia. -Towards daybreak they came to another island -which was inhabited, and anchored thereon. Nearkhos -notices that there is here a fishery for -pearl as there is in the Indian Sea.<a name="FNanchor_96_96" id="FNanchor_96_96"></a><a href="#Footnote_96_96" class="fnanchor">[96]</a> Having -sailed along the shores of the promontory in -which this island terminates, a distance of about -40 stadia, they came to an anchor upon its -shores. The next anchorage was in the vicinity -of a lofty hill called Okhos, where the harbour -was well sheltered and the inhabitants were -fishermen.<a name="FNanchor_97_97" id="FNanchor_97_97"></a><a href="#Footnote_97_97" class="fnanchor">[97]</a> Weighing thence they ran a course of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span> -400 stadia, which brought them to Apostana, where -they anchored. At this station they saw a great -many boats, and learned that at a distance of 60 -stadia from the shore there was a village. From -Apostana they weighed at night, and proceeded -400 stadia to a bay, on the borders of which many -villages were to be seen. Here the fleet anchored -under the projection of a cape which rose to a -considerable height.<a name="FNanchor_98_98" id="FNanchor_98_98"></a><a href="#Footnote_98_98" class="fnanchor">[98]</a> Palm-trees and other fruit-bearing -trees similar to those of Greece, adorned -the country round. On weighing thence they -sailed in a line with the coast, and after a course of -somewhere about 600 stadia reached Gôgana, which -was an inhabited place, where they anchored at the -mouth of a winter torrent called the Areôn. It was -difficult to anchor, for the approach to the mouth -of the river was by a narrow channel, since the -ebbing of the tide had left shoals which lay all -round in a circle.<a name="FNanchor_99_99" id="FNanchor_99_99"></a><a href="#Footnote_99_99" class="fnanchor">[99]</a> Weighing thence they gained, -after running as many as 800 stadia, the mouth of -another river called the Sitakos, where also it was -troublesome to anchor. Indeed all along the -coast of Persis the fleet had to be navigated -through shoals and breakers and oozy channels.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span> -At the Sitakos they took on board a large supply -of provisions, which under orders from the king -had been collected expressly for the fleet. They -remained at this station one-and-twenty days in -all, occupied in repairing and kareening the ships, -which had been drawn on shore for the purpose.<a name="FNanchor_100_100" id="FNanchor_100_100"></a><a href="#Footnote_100_100" class="fnanchor">[100]</a></p> - -<p>XXXIX. Weighing thence they came to an -inhabited district with a town called Hieratis, -after accomplishing a distance of 750 stadia. -They anchored in a canal which drew its waters -from a river and emptied into the sea, and was -called Heratemis.<a name="FNanchor_101_101" id="FNanchor_101_101"></a><a href="#Footnote_101_101" class="fnanchor">[101]</a> Weighing next morning about -sunrise, and sailing by the shore, they reached a -winter torrent called the Padargos, where the -whole place was a peninsula, wherein were -many gardens and all kinds of trees that bear -fruit. The name of the place was Mesam<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span>bria.<a name="FNanchor_102_102" id="FNanchor_102_102"></a><a href="#Footnote_102_102" class="fnanchor">[102]</a> -Weighing from Mesambria and running -a course of about 200 stadia, they reach Taôkê -on the river Granis, and there anchor. Inland -from this lay a royal city of the Persians, distant -from the mouths of the river about 200 -stadia.<a name="FNanchor_103_103" id="FNanchor_103_103"></a><a href="#Footnote_103_103" class="fnanchor">[103]</a> We learn from Nearkhos that on their -way to Taôkê a stranded whale had been observed -from the fleet, and that a party of the men having -rowed alongside of it, measured it and brought -back word that it had a length of 50 cubits. Its -skin, they added, was clad with scales to a depth -of about a cubit, and thickly clustered over with -parasitic mussels, barnacles, and seaweed. The -monster, it was also noticed, was attended by a -great number of dolphins, larger than are ever -seen in the Mediterranean. Weighing from Taôkê -they proceeded to Rhogonis, a winter torrent, -where they anchored in a safe harbour.<a name="FNanchor_104_104" id="FNanchor_104_104"></a><a href="#Footnote_104_104" class="fnanchor">[104]</a> The -course thither was one of 200 stadia. Weighing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span> -thence, and running 400 stadia, they arrived at -another winter torrent, called Brizana, where they -land and form an encampment. They had here -difficulty in anchoring because of shoals and -breakers and reefs that showed their heads above -the sea. They could therefore enter the roads -only when the tide was full; when it receded, the -ships were left high and dry.<a name="FNanchor_105_105" id="FNanchor_105_105"></a><a href="#Footnote_105_105" class="fnanchor">[105]</a> They weighed -with the next flood tide, and came to anchor at the -mouth of a river called the Arosis, the greatest, -according to Nearkhos, of all the rivers that in -the course of his voyage fell into the outer ocean.<a name="FNanchor_106_106" id="FNanchor_106_106"></a><a href="#Footnote_106_106" class="fnanchor">[106]</a></p> - -<p>XL. The Arosis marks the limit of the possessions -of the Persians, and divides them from -the Susians. Above the Susians occurs an independent -race called the Uxians, whom I have -described in my other work (<i>Anab.</i> VII. 15, 3) as -robbers. The length of the Persian coast is 4,400 -stadia. Persis, according to general report, has -three different climates,<a name="FNanchor_107_107" id="FNanchor_107_107"></a><a href="#Footnote_107_107" class="fnanchor">[107]</a> for that part of it which -lies along the Erythræan sea, is sandy and barren<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span> -from the violence of the heat, while the part -which succeeds enjoys a delightful temperature, -for there the mountains stretch towards the pole -and the North wind, and the region is clothed -with verdure and has well-watered meadows, and -bears in profusion the vine and every fruit else -but the olive, while it blooms with gardens and -pleasure parks of all kinds, and is permeated with -crystal streams and abounds with lakes, and lake -and stream alike are the haunts of every variety -of water-fowl, and it is also a good country for -horses and other yoke cattle, being rich in pasture, -while it is throughout well-wooded and well-stocked -with game. The part, however, which -lies still further to the North is said to be bleak -and cold, and covered with snow, so that, as Nearkhos -tells us, certain ambassadors from the -Euxine Sea, after a very brief journey, met Alexander -marching forward to Persis, whereat -Alexander being greatly surprised, they explained -to him how very inconsiderable the distance was.<a name="FNanchor_108_108" id="FNanchor_108_108"></a><a href="#Footnote_108_108" class="fnanchor">[108]</a> -1 have already stated that the immediate neighbours -to the Susians are the Uxians, just as the -Mardians, a race of robbers, are next neighbours -to the Persians, and the Kossaeans to the Medes. -All these tribes Alexander subdued, attacking -them in the winter time when their country -was, as they imagined, inaccessible. He then -founded cities to reclaim them from their wandering -life, and encouraged them to till their lands -and devote themselves to agriculture. At the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span> -same time he appointed magistrates armed with -the terrors of the law to prevent them having -recourse to violence in the settlement of their -quarrels. On weighing from the Arosis the expedition -coasted the shores of the Susians. The -remainder of the voyage, Nearkhos says, he cannot -describe with the same precision; he can but give -the names of the stations and the length of the -courses, for the coast was full of shoals and beset -with breakers which spread far out to sea, and -made the approach to land dangerous. The navigation -thereafter was of course almost entirely -restricted to the open sea. In mentioning their -departure from the mouth of the river where they -had encamped on the borders of Persis, he states -that they took there on board a five days’ supply -of water, as the pilots had brought to their notice -that none could be procured on the way.</p> - -<p>XLI. A course of 500 stadia having been -accomplished, their next anchorage was in an -estuary, which swarmed with fish, called Kataderbis, -at the entrance of which lay an island -called Margastana.<a name="FNanchor_109_109" id="FNanchor_109_109"></a><a href="#Footnote_109_109" class="fnanchor">[109]</a>, They weighed at daybreak, -the ships sailing out in single file through shoals. -The direction of the shoal was indicated by stakes -fixed both on the right and the left side, just as posts -are erected as signals of danger in the passage -between the island of Leukadia and Akarnania to -prevent vessels grounding on the shoals. The -shoals of Leukadia, however, are of firm sand, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span> -it is thus easy to float off vessels should they happen -to strand, but in this passage there is a deep mud -on both sides of such tenacity that if vessels once -touched the bottom, they could not by any appliances -be got off; for, if they thrust poles into -the mud to propel the vessels, these found no -resistance or support, and the people who got overboard -to ease them off into navigable water found -no footing, but sunk in the mud higher than the -waist. The fleet proceeded 600 stadia, having -such difficulties of navigation to contend with, -and then came to an anchor, each crew remaining -in their own vessel, and taking their repast on -board. From this anchorage they weighed in the -night, sailing on in deep water till about the close -of the ensuing day, when, after completing a course -of 900 stadia, they dropped anchor at the mouth of -the Euphrates near a town in Babylonia called -Diridôtis—the emporium of the sea-borne trade in -frankincense and all the other fragrant productions -of Arabia.<a name="FNanchor_110_110" id="FNanchor_110_110"></a><a href="#Footnote_110_110" class="fnanchor">[110]</a> The distance from the mouth -of the Euphrates up stream to Babylon is, according -to Nearkhos, 3,300 stadia.</p> - -<p>XLII. Here intelligence having been received -that Alexander was marching towards Sousa, they -retraced their course from Diridôtis so as to join<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span> -him by sailing up the Pasitigris. They had now -Sousis on their left hand, and were coasting the -shores of a lake into which the Tigris empties -itself, a river, which flowing from Armenia past -Nineveh, a city once of yore great and flourishing, -encloses between itself and the Euphrates the -tract of country which from its position between -the two rivers is called Mesopotamia. It is a distance -of 600 stadia from the entrance into the lake -up to the river’s mouth at Aginis, a village in -the province of Sousis, distant from the city of -Sousa 500 stadia. The length of the voyage along -the coast of the Sousians to the mouth of the -Pasitigris was 2,000 stadia.<a name="FNanchor_111_111" id="FNanchor_111_111"></a><a href="#Footnote_111_111" class="fnanchor">[111]</a> Weighing from the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span> -mouth of this river they sailed up its stream -through a fertile and populous country, and -having proceeded 150 stadia dropped anchor, -awaiting the return of certain messengers whom -Nearkhos had sent off to ascertain where the -king was. Nearkhos then presented sacrifices to -the gods their preservers, and celebrated games, and -full of gladness were the hearts of all that had taken -part in the expedition. The messengers having -returned with tidings that Alexander was approaching, -the fleet resumed its voyage up the river, -and anchored near the bridge by which Alexander -intended to lead his army to Sousa. In that same -place the troops were reunited, when sacrifices -wore offered by Alexander for the preservation of -his ships and his men, and games were celebrated. -Nearkhos, whenever he was seen among the -troops, was decorated by them with garlands and -pelted with flowers. There also both Nearkhos -and Leonnatos were crowned by Alexander with -golden diadems—Nearkhos for the safety of the -expedition by sea, and Leonnatos for the victory -which he had gained over the <em class="gesperrt">Oreitai</em> and the -neighbouring barbarians. It was thus that the -expedition which had begun its voyage from the -mouths of the Indus was brought in safety to -Alexander.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span></p> - -<p>XLIII. Now<a name="FNanchor_112_112" id="FNanchor_112_112"></a><a href="#Footnote_112_112" class="fnanchor">[112]</a> the parts which lie to the right -of the <em class="gesperrt">Erythræan<a name="FNanchor_113_113" id="FNanchor_113_113"></a><a href="#Footnote_113_113" class="fnanchor">[113]</a> Sea</em> beyond the realms of -Babylonia belong principally to <em class="gesperrt">Arabia</em>, which -extends in one direction as far as the sea that washes -the shores of <em class="gesperrt">Phœnikia</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Syrian Palestine</em>, -while towards sunset it borders on the Egyptians -in the direction of the <em class="gesperrt">Mediterranean -Sea</em>. Egypt is penetrated by a gulf which extends -up from the great ocean, and as this ocean is -connected with the <em class="gesperrt">Erythræan Sea</em>, this fact -proves that a voyage could be made all the way -from <em class="gesperrt">Babylon</em> to <em class="gesperrt">Egypt</em> by means of this -gulf. But, owing to the heat and utter sterility -of the coast, no one has ever made this voyage, -except, it may be, some chance navigator. For -the troops belonging to the army of <em class="gesperrt">Kambysês</em>, -which escaped from <em class="gesperrt">Egypt</em>, and reached <em class="gesperrt">Sousa</em> -in safety, and the troops sent by <em class="gesperrt">Ptolemy</em>, the -son of Lagos, to <em class="gesperrt">Seleukos Nikatôr</em> to -<em class="gesperrt">Babylon</em>, traversed the Arabian isthmus in -eight days altogether.<a name="FNanchor_114_114" id="FNanchor_114_114"></a><a href="#Footnote_114_114" class="fnanchor">[114]</a> It was a waterless and -sterile region, and they had to cross it mounted -on swift camels carrying water, travelling only by -night, the heat by day being so fierce that they -could not expose themselves in the open air. So -far are the parts lying beyond this region, which -we have spoken of as an isthmus extending from -the <em class="gesperrt">Arabian Gulf</em> to the <em class="gesperrt">Erythræan Sea</em><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span> -from being inhabited, that even the parts which -run up further to the north are a desert of sand. -Moreover, men setting forth from the <em class="gesperrt">Arabian -Gulf</em> in <em class="gesperrt">Egypt</em>, after having sailed round the -greater part of <em class="gesperrt">Arabia</em> to reach the sea which -washes the shores of <em class="gesperrt">Persis</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Sousa</em>, have -returned, after sailing as far along the coast of -Arabia as the water they had on board lasted -them, and no further. The exploring party again -which <em class="gesperrt">Alexander</em> sent from <em class="gesperrt">Babylon</em> with -instructions to sail as far as they could along -the right-hand coast of the <em class="gesperrt">Erythræan Sea</em>, -with a view to examine the regions lying in that -direction, discovered some islands lying in their -route, and touched also at certain points of the -mainland of <em class="gesperrt">Arabia</em>. But as for that cape which -Nearkhos states to have been seen by the expedition -projecting into the sea right opposite -to <em class="gesperrt">Karmania</em>, there is no one who has been -able to double it and gain the other side. But if -the place could possibly be passed, either by -sea or by land, it seems to me that Alexander, -being so inquisitive and enterprising, would -have proved that it could be passed in both -these ways. But again <em class="gesperrt">Hanno</em> the <em class="gesperrt">Libyan</em>, -setting out from <em class="gesperrt">Carthage</em>, sailed out into -the ocean beyond the Pillars of <em class="gesperrt">Hercules</em>, -having <em class="gesperrt">Libya</em> on his left hand, and the time -until his course was shaped towards the rising -sun was five-and-thirty days; but when he steered -southward he encountered many difficulties from -the want of water, from the scorching heat, -and from streams of fire that fell into the sea. -<em class="gesperrt">Kyrênê</em>, no doubt, which is situated in a some<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span>what -barren part of <em class="gesperrt">Libya</em>, is verdant, possessed -of a genial climate, and well watered, has groves -and meadows, and yields abundantly all kinds of -useful animals and vegetable products. But this -is only the case up to the limits of the area within -which the fennel-plant can grow, while beyond -this area the interior of Kyrênê is but a desert of -sand.</p> - -<p>So ends my narrative relating to <em class="gesperrt">Alexander</em>, -the son of Philip the Makedonian.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="chapter"></div> -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span></p> - - -<div class="index"> - -<h2 id="INDEX">INDEX.</h2> - -<p class="center">CHIEFLY GEOGRAPHICAL.</p> - -<p><i>Abbreviations.</i>—B. Bay, C. Cape, G. Gulf, Is. Island or -Islands, M. Mountain, R. River.</p> - -<p>Common names are printed in Italics. Many proper -names which in the usual orthography begin with C, will -be found under K.</p> - -<ul class="index"> - -<li class="ifrst">A</li> - -<li class="indx">Abalitês, <a href='#Page_51'>51</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_55'>55</a>, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Aberia or Abiria, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Abhira, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Abolla</i>, <a href='#Page_38'>38</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Abu-Fatima C., <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Abu-Shahr, <i>see</i> Bushire.</li> - -<li class="indx">Acharê, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Adel, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Aden, <i>see</i> Eudaimôn-Arabia.</li> - -<li class="indx">Adouli, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a>-39 <i>passim</i>, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a>-49</li> - -<li class="indx">Adramitae, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Agbor R., <a href='#Page_177'>177</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Aginis, <a href='#Page_161'>161</a>, <a href='#Page_220'>220</a>, <a href='#Page_221'>221</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Agriophagoi, <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Agrisa, <i>see</i> Agrispolis.</li> - -<li class="indx">Agrispolis, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Abile C., <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ahwaz, <a href='#Page_161'>161</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Aigialos, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Aigidioi, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Aii, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a>, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Akabah G., <a href='#Page_74'>74</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Akabarou, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Akannai, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a>, <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Akesinês R. (Chenâb R.), <a href='#Page_150'>150</a>, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Alabagium C., <i>see</i> Alambator.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Alabaster</i>, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Alalaiou Is., <a href='#Page_48'>48</a>, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Alambator C., <a href='#Page_191'>191</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Alexander, Port of, <i>see</i> Karâchi.</li> - -<li class="indx">Alexander the Great, <i>passim</i>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Alexandria, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Aloes</i>, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>, <a href='#Page_93'>93</a>, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Anamis R., <a href='#Page_159'>159</a> n., <a href='#Page_202'>202</a> n., <a href='#Page_207'>207</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ananis R., <i>see</i> Anamis R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Andanis R., <i>see</i> Anamis R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Angediva Is., <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Anger Is., <a href='#Page_210'>210</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Annesley B., <a href='#Page_45'>45</a>, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a>, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Antarah C., <a href='#Page_68'>68</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Antigonê, <a href='#Page_41'>41</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Aparântikâ, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Apokopa, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a>, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Apollodotos, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span></li> - -<li class="indx">Apollophanês, <a href='#Page_182'>182</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Apologos, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>-38 <i>passim</i>., <a href='#Page_103'>103</a>, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Apostana, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a> n., <a href='#Page_213'>213</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Arabah C. & B., <a href='#Page_106'>106</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Arabii, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Arakhosioi, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a>, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Arâstrâs or Aratti, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Aratrioi, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Arbitae, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Areôn R., <a href='#Page_213'>213</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Argalou, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a>, <a href='#Page_29'>29</a>, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Argaric G., <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Argeirou, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Argyre Is., <a href='#Page_147'>147</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ariakê, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a>-39 <i>passim</i>., <a href='#Page_52'>52</a>, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a>, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a>, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ariakê Sadinôn, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Arii, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Arkhias, <a href='#Page_169'>169</a>, <a href='#Page_191'>191</a>, <a href='#Page_192'>192</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Armagara, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Aroatis R., <i>see</i> Arosis R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Arômata C., <a href='#Page_59'>59</a>, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Arômata (a mart), <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Arosapes R., <a href='#Page_183'>183</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Arosis R., <a href='#Page_160'>160</a>, <a href='#Page_216'>216</a> n., <a href='#Page_218'>218</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Arsenic</i>, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Arsinoê (Suez), <a href='#Page_39'>39</a>, <a href='#Page_40'>40</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Arsinoê (in Barbaria), <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Arusaces R., <i>see</i> Arosapes R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Asaboi M., <a href='#Page_102'>102</a>, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Asîdah C., <a href='#Page_86'>86</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Asikh, <a href='#Page_98'>98</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Asir C., <a href='#Page_58'>58</a>-60</li> - -<li class="indx">Asmak, <a href='#Page_46'>46</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Astakapra, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a>, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Astola or Ashtola Is., <a href='#Page_188'>188</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Atramitae, <i>see</i> Adramitae.</li> - -<li class="indx">Attanae, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a>, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Aualités, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a>-37 <i>passim</i>., <a href='#Page_50'>50</a>, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Aurangâbâd, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ausera, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Auxumê, <a href='#Page_46'>46</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Axum, <i>see</i> Auxumê.</li> - -<li class="indx">Axumitae, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a>, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Azania (Ajan), <a href='#Page_1'>1</a>-144 <i>passim</i>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Azania, Courses of, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a>, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">B</li> - -<li class="indx">Bab-el Mandab Straits, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Babylon, <a href='#Page_219'>219</a>, <a href='#Page_221'>221</a> n., <a href='#Page_222'>222</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Badera or Bodera, <i>see</i> Barna.</li> - -<li class="indx">Badis, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a>, <a href='#Page_200'>200</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Baghwar Dasti R., <a href='#Page_193'>193</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Bagia C., <a href='#Page_193'>193</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bagisara, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bagradas R., <a href='#Page_212'>212</a> n., <a href='#Page_213'>213</a> n., <a href='#Page_215'>215</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Bahar R., <a href='#Page_179'>179</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Bahrein Is., <a href='#Page_103'>103</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Baiônês Is., <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bakare, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a>, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bakkar, <a href='#Page_109'>109</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Baktria, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a>, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Baktrianoi, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ba-l-hâf C., <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Balita, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Balômon, <a href='#Page_190'>190</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Baltipatna, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bammala, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bandâ R., <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bandar Barthe, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bandel-caus C., <a href='#Page_62'>62</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span></li> - -<li class="indx">Bankut, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Banna, <a href='#Page_63'>63</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Barakê G., <a href='#Page_111'>111</a>, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Barbara, <i>see</i> Berbera.</li> - -<li class="indx">Barbarei, <a href='#Page_108'>108</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Barbaria, <a href='#Page_42'>42</a>, <a href='#Page_43'>43</a>, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Barbarikon, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a>-38 <i>passim</i>, <a href='#Page_108'>108</a>, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bargusoi, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Baricaza, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Barna, <a href='#Page_190'>190</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Barousai, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Barugaza, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_39'>39</a> <i>passim</i>, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a>, <a href='#Page_78'>78</a>, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_96'>96</a>, <a href='#Page_116'>116</a>-120</li> - -<li class="indx">Barugaza G., <a href='#Page_112'>112</a>, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Basra, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Batinah, <a href='#Page_100'>100</a>, <a href='#Page_101'>101</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Bdellium</i>, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Becare, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a>, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bênda R., <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Berbera, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Berenîkê, <a href='#Page_1'>1</a>, <a href='#Page_3'>3</a>, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_41'>41</a>, <a href='#Page_42'>42</a>, <a href='#Page_74'>74</a>, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a>, <a href='#Page_78'>78</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Berenîkê (in Barbaria), <a href='#Page_50'>50</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Betel, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bharoch, <i>see</i> Barugaza.</li> - -<li class="indx">Bhaunagar, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bhusâl R., <i>see</i> Tomêros R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Bibakta Is., <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Biblos Is., <i>see</i> Bibakta Is.</li> - -<li class="indx">Binagara, <i>see</i> Minnagar.</li> - -<li class="indx">Birkeh, <a href='#Page_100'>100</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bombarak C., <a href='#Page_200'>200</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bonah, <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bore (of rivers), <a href='#Page_119'>119</a>, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a>, <a href='#Page_157'>157</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Boshavir R., <i>see</i> Kisht.</li> - -<li class="indx">Boukephalos Alexandreia, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Brass</i>, <a href='#Page_31'>31</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Brisoana R., <a href='#Page_214'>214</a> n., <a href='#Page_215'>215</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Brizana R., <a href='#Page_216'>216</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Brokt Is., <a href='#Page_202'>202</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Bubian Is., <a href='#Page_219'>219</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bunah Is., <a href='#Page_218'>218</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Bunth R., <a href='#Page_194'>194</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Burnt Island, <a href='#Page_78'>78</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Busheab Is., <a href='#Page_212'>212</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Butter</i>, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Buzantion, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">C</li> - -<li class="indx">Cael, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Caelobothras, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Calaeou Insulae, <a href='#Page_101'>101</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Calcutta, <a href='#Page_20'>20</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Cannibals</i>, <a href='#Page_146'>146</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Canary Is., <a href='#Page_20'>20</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Carfouna, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Carthage, <a href='#Page_223'>223</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ceylon, <i>see</i> Taprobanê.</li> - -<li class="indx">Chaubar B., <a href='#Page_193'>193</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Chauggan, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Chaul, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a>, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Chênval, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Chewabad, <i>see</i> Churber.</li> - -<li class="indx">Chimûla, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">China, <a href='#Page_188'>188</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Choaspes R., <a href='#Page_220'>220</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Choda R., <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Chryse Is., <a href='#Page_147'>147</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Chrysolite</i>, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Churber B., <a href='#Page_190'>190</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Cinnabar</i>, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a>, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Cinnamon</i>, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a>, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Coast Little and Great, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Colcis Indorum, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Comorin C., <a href='#Page_125'>125</a>, <a href='#Page_137'>137</a>, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Copper</i>, <a href='#Page_32'>32</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Cottonara, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">D</li> - -<li class="indx">Dabil, <a href='#Page_110'>110</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Dagasira, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Dahra Ahbân, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Dakhan, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Dakhinabadês, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Dakshinâpatha, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Damirike, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Damnia Is., <a href='#Page_160'>160</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Daphnôn, <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Daphnous, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Debal, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Deirê or Dêrê, <a href='#Page_51'>51</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Deimakhos, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Delgado C., <a href='#Page_73'>73</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Dendrobosa, <a href='#Page_190'>190</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ḍeri Is., <a href='#Page_218'>218</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Desarênê, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a>, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Dêvagiri or Deogarh, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Deymâniyeh Is., <a href='#Page_100'>100</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Dhafur or Dofar, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a>, <a href='#Page_81'>81</a>, <a href='#Page_97'>97</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Diamonds</i>, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Dimurikê, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a>-29 <i>passim</i>. <a href='#Page_94'>94</a>, <a href='#Page_96'>96</a>, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Djerun Is., <i>see</i> Ormus Is.,</li> - -<li class="indx">Diodôros, Is., <a href='#Page_47'>47</a>, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Diodôrus Is., <i>Perim</i>, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a>, <a href='#Page_82'>82</a>, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Dioskoridês Is., <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>, <a href='#Page_26'>26</a>, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>, <a href='#Page_29'>29</a>, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a>-93</li> - -<li class="indx">Diospolis, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a>, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a>, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Dîsâ, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Diset Is., <i>see</i> Diodôros Is.</li> - -<li class="indx">Domai Is., <a href='#Page_178'>178</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Dorak R., <a href='#Page_218'>218</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Dôsarôn R., <a href='#Page_145'>145</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Drachmai</i>, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Dragon’s-Blood</i>, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Drangiani, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">E</li> - -<li class="indx">Eden, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Eirinon G., <a href='#Page_111'>111</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Eiros M., <a href='#Page_158'>158</a>, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a>, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Elanitic Gulf, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_47'>47</a>, <a href='#Page_74'>74</a></li> - -<li class="indx">El Bab Straits, <a href='#Page_102'>102</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Eleazos, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Elephant C., <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Elephant M., <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a>, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Elephant R., <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Elephantinê, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Elephantophagoi, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a>, <a href='#Page_51'>51</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Elisarôn, <a href='#Page_81'>81</a></li> - -<li class="indx">El Kilhat, <a href='#Page_101'>101</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Elurâ, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Epideirês, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Epiodôros, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a>, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a>, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Epiphi</i> (July), <a href='#Page_64'>64</a>, <a href='#Page_110'>110</a>, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Er-rib Is., <a href='#Page_44'>44</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Erythræan Sea—its extent, <a href='#Page_1'>1</a>, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a> n., <a href='#Page_222'>222</a> n.,<br /> -why so called, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Erythrês, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a> n., <a href='#Page_209'>209</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Esan, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Essina, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Esvautgadh, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Etesian Winds</i>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_174'>174</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Eudaimôn-Arabia (Aden), <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a>-86, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Eulæus R., <a href='#Page_103'>103</a>, <a href='#Page_220'>220</a> n., <a href='#Page_161'>161</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Eumenês, Grove of, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Euphrates R., <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_219'>219</a>, <a href='#Page_220'>220</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Eynounah, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">F</li> - -<li class="indx">Fartak C., <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a>, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Felix or Felles M., <i>see</i> Elephant M.</li> - -<li class="indx">Filik C., <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Fillam C., <a href='#Page_101'>101</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Fluor-spath</i>, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a>, <a href='#Page_35'>35</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Foul Bay, <a href='#Page_42'>42</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Frankincense</i>, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a>, <a href='#Page_90'>90</a>, <a href='#Page_97'>97</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Fuggem C., <a href='#Page_194'>194</a> n.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">G</li> - -<li class="indx">Galla, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Gandarioi, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Gangê, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a>, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a>, <a href='#Page_146'>146</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ganges R., <a href='#Page_146'>146</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Gaza (Bandar Gazim), <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Gedrosia, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a>, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Gêrsappa, Falls of, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ghalla or Cella, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ghâra R., <a href='#Page_176'>176</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Ghodabandar, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ghubet-al-Kamar, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ghunse C., <a href='#Page_191'>191</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Girishk, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Glass</i>, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a>, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Goa, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Goaris R., <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Godâvarî R., <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Godem C., <a href='#Page_194'>194</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Gôgana, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Gold</i>, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Gold-stone</i>, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Govind R., <i>see</i> Juba R.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Graai</i> (<i>Alligators</i>), <a href='#Page_108'>108</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Granis R., <a href='#Page_215'>215</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Guadel C., <a href='#Page_106'>106</a>, <a href='#Page_191'>191</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Guardafui C., <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Guesele, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Gujarât, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a>, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a>, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Gwattar B., <a href='#Page_193'>193</a> n.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">H</li> - -<li class="indx">Hadâs R., <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hadhramaut, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a>, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hafûn C., <a href='#Page_64'>64</a>, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Haidarâbâd, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Halanî Is., <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hanfelah B., <a href='#Page_35'>35</a>, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hanjam Is., <i>see</i> Angar Is.</li> - -<li class="indx">Hanno, <a href='#Page_223'>223</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Harkânâ, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Harmozeia, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Hâsek, <a href='#Page_98'>98</a>, <a href='#Page_99'>99</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hassani Is., <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hastakavapra, <i>see</i> Astakapra.</li> - -<li class="indx">Hâthab, <i>see</i> Astakapra.</li> - -<li class="indx">Hauara, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Haur, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Hazine (Ajan), <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hejid, <a href='#Page_77'>77</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Heroöpolite Gulf, <a href='#Page_40'>40</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Heptanêsia, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Heratemis, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hercules, Pillars of, <a href='#Page_223'>223</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Herônê, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hieratis, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Himaryi, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hingal R., <i>see</i> Tomêros R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Hippalos, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a>, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a>, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hîppioprosôpoi, <a href='#Page_146'>146</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hippokoura, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span></li> - -<li class="indx">Hisn Ghorab, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a>, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Homerites, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a>, <a href='#Page_81'>81</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Homnae, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a>, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Honâvar or Onore, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Horitai, <i>see</i> Oreitai.</li> - -<li class="indx">Hormara B., <i>see</i> Arabah B.</li> - -<li class="indx">Hutemi, <a href='#Page_77'>77</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hwen-Thsang, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Hyacinth</i>, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hydaspês R., <a href='#Page_156'>156</a>, <a href='#Page_168'>168</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hydrakês, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hydriaces R., <a href='#Page_193'>193</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Hydriakus, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Hyenas</i>, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">I</li> - -<li class="indx">Iambe, <a href='#Page_41'>41</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Ibis</i>, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ikhthyophagi <i>passim</i>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Ikhthyophagi of Mekran described, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ila, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Inderabia Is., <a href='#Page_212'>212</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Indigo</i>, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Indo-Skythia, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a>, <a href='#Page_107'>107</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Indôr, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Indus R., <a href='#Page_107'>107</a> and <i>passim</i>.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Iron</i>, <a href='#Page_31'>31</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Isis R., <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Istabel Antai, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">J</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Jacinth</i>, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Jahsseb, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Jask C., <a href='#Page_189'>189</a>, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Jaygaḍh, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Jebel Sanâm M., <a href='#Page_219'>219</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Jerd Hafûn, <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Jerim, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Jibba, <a href='#Page_101'>101</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Jibûs Is., <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Jifâtin Is., <a href='#Page_40'>40</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Juba R., <a href='#Page_66'>66</a>, <a href='#Page_68'>68</a>, <a href='#Page_70'>70</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Junnar, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">K</li> - -<li class="indx">Kabana, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kabolitai, <a href='#Page_123'>123</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kâbul, <a href='#Page_20'>20</a>, <a href='#Page_123'>123</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kachh, Gulf of, <a href='#Page_111'>111</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kaḍattanâḍu, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a>, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kaes or Keesh Is., <a href='#Page_211'>211</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kaikander Is., <a href='#Page_212'>212</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kaineitai, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kakee R., <i>see</i> Sitakos R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kalaiou Is., <a href='#Page_100'>100</a>, <a href='#Page_101'>101</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kalama, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kalami R., <a href='#Page_180'>180</a> n., <a href='#Page_188'>188</a> n., <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kalat C., <a href='#Page_194'>194</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kalliena, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kalon M., <a href='#Page_101'>101</a>, <a href='#Page_102'>102</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kalpê, Straits of, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kaltis, <a href='#Page_147'>147</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kalyâṇa, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kalybi, <i>see</i> Karbine.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kamara, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a>, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kammôni, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kanasis, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kanate, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kanê, <a href='#Page_1'>1</a>-39 <i>passim</i>, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a>, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kannettri, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a>, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kanraîtai, <a href='#Page_77'>77</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kanthatis, <a href='#Page_200'>200</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kara-Agach R., <a href='#Page_160'>160</a>, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a> n.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span></li> - -<li class="indx">Karâchi, <a href='#Page_158'>158</a>, <a href='#Page_176'>176</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Karbinê, <a href='#Page_188'>188</a> n., <a href='#Page_199'>199</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Karbis, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Karmana, <i>see</i> Kirman.</li> - -<li class="indx">Karmania, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_35'>35</a>, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a>, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Karoura, <a href='#Page_133'>133</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Karpasos</i>, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Karpella C., <a href='#Page_200'>200</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Karûn R., <a href='#Page_103'>103</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Karun, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Karûn R., <a href='#Page_220'>220</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kâśmîr, <a href='#Page_20'>20</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kaspian Sea, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kassia, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a>, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kataderbis, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kataia Is., <a href='#Page_211'>211</a> n., <a href='#Page_212'>212</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kâṭhiâvâḍ, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kaumana, <a href='#Page_158'>158</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kaveripattam, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kavery R., <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kâyal C., <a href='#Page_141'>141</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kenjan-fu, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kenn Is., <i>see</i> Kataia.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kêprobotres, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kêrala, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Keralaputra, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kerazi C., <a href='#Page_200'>200</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Keroot, <i>see</i> Kerazi C.</li> - -<li class="indx">Keshin, <a href='#Page_90'>90</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kesmacoran (Mekran), <a href='#Page_99'>99</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Khabêris, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Khabêros R., <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Khambhât G., <a href='#Page_95'>95</a>, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a>, <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kharibaël, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_39'>39</a>, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a>, <a href='#Page_82'>82</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Khartan Is., <a href='#Page_90'>90</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kheil C., <a href='#Page_65'>65</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Khersonêsos, the Golden., <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a>, <a href='#Page_146'>146</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Khersonêsos, in India, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a>, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Khori R., <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kholaibos, <a href='#Page_79'>79</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Khrusê Is., <a href='#Page_146'>146</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kilwa (Quiloa), <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>, <a href='#Page_72'>72</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Killouta Is., <a href='#Page_157'>157</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kirrhadia, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kirkê, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kirman, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kissa, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kishm Is., <a href='#Page_202'>202</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kisht R., <a href='#Page_215'>215</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kobê, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Koiamba, <a href='#Page_180'>180</a> n., <a href='#Page_181'>181</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kôkala, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>, <a href='#Page_182'>182</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Kolandiophonta</i>, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a>, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kolatta-nâḍu, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kôlis, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kolkei, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kolkhoi, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kolöê, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kolta, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kolum, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Komar C., <a href='#Page_139'>139</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kommana, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Komta, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Konkan or Kanoun, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kôphas, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a> n., <a href='#Page_191'>191</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Koppa C., <i>see</i> Kôphas.</li> - -<li class="indx">Koptos, <a href='#Page_41'>41</a>, <a href='#Page_42'>42</a>, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Koreatis, <a href='#Page_158'>158</a>, <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Korodamon C., <a href='#Page_100'>100</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Korû C., <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kossaeans, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Kostus</i>, <a href='#Page_20'>20</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Koṭi, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kottonara, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a>, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span></li> - -<li class="indx">Creophagoi, <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Krishnâ R., <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Krôkala Is., <a href='#Page_158'>158</a>, <a href='#Page_176'>176</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kumârî (Durga), <a href='#Page_140'>140</a>, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kungoun, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kunokephali, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kurmut R., <a href='#Page_180'>180</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kurya Murya Is., <a href='#Page_92'>92</a>, <a href='#Page_99'>99</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kyêneion, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kyiza, <a href='#Page_191'>191</a>, <a href='#Page_193'>193</a> n., <a href='#Page_196'>196</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Kysa, <i>see</i> Kissa.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kyros, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Kyrênê, <a href='#Page_223'>223</a>, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">L</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Lac</i>, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Lamnaios R. (Narmadâ R.), <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Lamou Is., <a href='#Page_68'>68</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Laccadive Is., <a href='#Page_15'>15</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Lar-Desa, <i>see</i> Larikê.</li> - -<li class="indx">Larikê, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Laristan, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Laurel Grove, the Little, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Laurel Grove, the Great, <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Las, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Lead</i>, <a href='#Page_31'>31</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Leukê (White) Is., <a href='#Page_127'>127</a>, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Leukê Kômê, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>-9, <a href='#Page_74'>74</a>, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Licha, <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Limyrikê, <i>see</i> Dimyrikê.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Lycium</i>, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Lykia, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">M</li> - -<li class="indx">Mabber C., <a href='#Page_65'>65</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Macer</i>, <a href='#Page_22'>22</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Madara</i>, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Madeira Is., <a href='#Page_20'>20</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mahi R., <i>see</i> Mais R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Maiôtic Lake, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mais R., <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Maisôlos R., <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Makalleh, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Makdashû (Magadoxo), <a href='#Page_67'>67</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Maklow R., <i>see</i> Tomêros R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Makroprosôpoi, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Malabar, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a>, <a href='#Page_137'>137</a>, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Malabathrum</i> (<i>Betel</i>), <a href='#Page_22'>22</a>, <a href='#Page_149'>149</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Malacca, <a href='#Page_147'>147</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Malana, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a>, <a href='#Page_185'>185</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Malaô, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a>-39 <i>passim</i>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_55'>55</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Malava, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Maleus M., <a href='#Page_185'>185</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Malikhos, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Malin C., <a href='#Page_185'>185</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Malli, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Manaar G., <a href='#Page_141'>141</a>, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mand R., <i>see</i> Sitakos.</li> - -<li class="indx">Manda Is., <a href='#Page_68'>68</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mandagora, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mangalur, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Manora, <a href='#Page_158'>158</a>, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Manpalli, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mansura, <a href='#Page_109'>109</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mapharitis, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mardians, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Margastana Is., <a href='#Page_218'>218</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mariabo, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Markah, <a href='#Page_158'>158</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Markari, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Martan Is., <a href='#Page_98'>98</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Masalia, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a>, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Masawwâ, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a>, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Masira, <a href='#Page_99'>99</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Maskat, <a href='#Page_73'>73</a>, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a>, <a href='#Page_97'>97</a>, <a href='#Page_100'>100</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span></li> - -<li class="indx">Maṭhurâ, <a href='#Page_133'>133</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mazênês, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Medina, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Megasthenês, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a>, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mekran, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Meligeizara, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Melilot</i>, <a href='#Page_24'>24</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Menander, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Menhabery, <a href='#Page_109'>109</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Menouthias Is., <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>, <a href='#Page_69'>69</a>-71</li> - -<li class="indx">Mensureh R., <a href='#Page_218'>218</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Meroê, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a>, <a href='#Page_46'>46</a>, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mesembria, <a href='#Page_160'>160</a>, <a href='#Page_215'>215</a> n., <a href='#Page_216'>216</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Mesha, <a href='#Page_79'>79</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mesopotamia, <a href='#Page_220'>220</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mete C., <a href='#Page_57'>57</a>, <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Methora, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mharras, <i>see</i> Mopharitis.</li> - -<li class="indx">Minâb R., <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Minnagar, <a href='#Page_108'>108</a>-110, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mirjan, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Modura, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a>, <a href='#Page_133'>133</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Moghostan, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Moinanokalû C., <a href='#Page_72'>72</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mokhâ, <a href='#Page_78'>78</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mombaros, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Momfia Is., <a href='#Page_69'>69</a>, <a href='#Page_71'>71</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Monedes, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Monze C., <a href='#Page_106'>106</a>, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Mopharitis, <a href='#Page_72'>72</a>, <a href='#Page_74'>74</a>, <a href='#Page_79'>79</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Moran C., <i>see</i> Malin C.</li> - -<li class="indx">Morontobara, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a> n., <a href='#Page_180'>180</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Mosarna, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Moskha, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a>, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a>, <a href='#Page_29'>29</a>, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a>, <a href='#Page_96'>96</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Moskhophagoi, <a href='#Page_43'>43</a>, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mossylon, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a>-39, <i>passim</i>. <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Moundou, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a>-39, <i>passim</i>. <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mouza, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_38'>38</a>, <i>passim</i>. <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>-82, <i>passim</i>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Mouziris, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>-39 <i>passim</i>. <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mowilah, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Muâri C., <a href='#Page_178'>178</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Muhammarah, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Muhani R., <a href='#Page_193'>193</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Multân, <a href='#Page_20'>20</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Murghâb, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Muslin</i>, <a href='#Page_26'>26</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Mussendom or Mesandum C., <a href='#Page_102'>102</a>, <a href='#Page_200'>200</a> n., <a href='#Page_212'>212</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Muyiri, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Myos Hormos, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_40'>40</a>-42, <a href='#Page_74'>74</a>, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Myrrh</i>, <a href='#Page_24'>24</a>, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a>, <a href='#Page_29'>29</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">N</li> - -<li class="indx">Nabathaea, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_74'>74</a>, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nabend C., <a href='#Page_199'>199</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nabend or Naban R., <a href='#Page_212'>212</a> n., <a href='#Page_213'>213</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Nakb-el-Hajar, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Namades R., <i>see</i> Narmadâ R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Nammadios R., <i>see</i> Narmadâ R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Nanagouna R., <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Naoura, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a>, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a>, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Nard</i>, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Narmadâ (Nerbada) R., <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_107'>107</a>, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a>, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a>, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nausari, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nausaripa, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Neacyndon, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nebaioth, <i>see</i> Nabathaea.</li> - -<li class="indx">Neiloptolemaios, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span></li> - -<li class="indx">Neilospotamia, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nelkynda, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>-39 <i>passim</i>. <a href='#Page_131'>131</a>-135</li> - -<li class="indx">Neoptana, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nepâl, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Nereid, story of a, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nikobar Is., <a href='#Page_145'>145</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nikôn, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nineveh, <a href='#Page_220'>220</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nirankol, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Nitra or Nitria, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a>-131</li> - -<li class="indx">Nosala Is., <a href='#Page_188'>188</a> n., <a href='#Page_198'>198</a>, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Notou Keras (South Horn) C., <a href='#Page_60'>60</a>, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">O</li> - -<li class="indx">Oarakta Is., <a href='#Page_202'>202</a> n., <a href='#Page_209'>209</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Oboleh (Obolegh), <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ogyris Is., <a href='#Page_99'>99</a>, <a href='#Page_202'>202</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Okêlis, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a>, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Okhos M., <a href='#Page_212'>212</a>, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Omana (Oman), <a href='#Page_12'>12</a>-38 <i>passim</i>. <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_92'>92</a>, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a>, <a href='#Page_98'>98</a>, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a>, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Omana, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Onne, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Onore, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Onyx</i>, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ophir, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a>, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Opônê, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>-31 <i>passim</i>. <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>-64</li> - -<li class="indx">Opsian or Obsidian Stone, <a href='#Page_35'>35</a>, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a>, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Oraia, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Oreinê Is., <a href='#Page_46'>46</a>-48</li> - -<li class="indx">Oreitai, <a href='#Page_107'>107</a>, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a>, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Orfui C., <a href='#Page_63'>63</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Organa Is., <a href='#Page_202'>202</a> n., <a href='#Page_209'>209</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ormus, Straits of, <a href='#Page_200'>200</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ormus Is., <a href='#Page_202'>202</a> n., <a href='#Page_209'>209</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Orneôn Is., <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Oroatis R., <a href='#Page_160'>160</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ozênê (Ujjain), <a href='#Page_25'>25</a>, <a href='#Page_26'>26</a>, <a href='#Page_29'>29</a>, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a>, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">P</li> - -<li class="indx">Pab M., <a href='#Page_178'>178</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Padargos R., <a href='#Page_214'>214</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pagala, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Paithana, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a>, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Palaipatmai, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Palaisimoundou (Ceylon), <a href='#Page_4'>4</a>, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Palk Bay, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pallacopas R., <a href='#Page_160'>160</a>, <a href='#Page_219'>219</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pandæ, <a href='#Page_133'>133</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pandiôn, <a href='#Page_6'>6</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a>, <a href='#Page_133'>133</a>, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Panôn Kômê, <a href='#Page_63'>63</a>, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Papias Is., <a href='#Page_101'>101</a>, <a href='#Page_102'>102</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Papikê C., <a href='#Page_115'>115</a>, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Papyrus</i>, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Parada, <i>see</i> Parthians.</li> - -<li class="indx">Paragôn B., <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Paralaoi Is., <a href='#Page_62'>62</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Paralia, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Parsidai, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Parthians, <a href='#Page_110'>110</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pasargada, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pasinou Kharax, <i>see</i> Spasinou Kharax.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pasira, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pasirees, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pasitigris R., <a href='#Page_103'>103</a>, <a href='#Page_161'>161</a>, <a href='#Page_220'>220</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Passence C., <a href='#Page_188'>188</a> n., <a href='#Page_189'>189</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pattala, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Pearl Fisheries</i>, <a href='#Page_102'>102</a>, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a>, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a>, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a>, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pegada, <i>see</i> Pagala.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pekhely, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pemba Is., <a href='#Page_69'>69</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Pepper</i>, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a>, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Peram Is., <a href='#Page_116'>116</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Perim Is., <a href='#Page_82'>82</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Persian Gulf, aspect of, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Persis, Climates of, <a href='#Page_216'>216</a>, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Persis, Coast of, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a>, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Peshawar, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Petra, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a>, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Phagiaura, <a href='#Page_180'>180</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Pharan C., <a href='#Page_74'>74</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Phœnikia, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pirate Coast, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Pirates</i>, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a>, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a>, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a>, <a href='#Page_188'>188</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Piti R., <a href='#Page_176'>176</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Plocamus, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>, <a href='#Page_8'>8</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Podoukê, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a>, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Polior Is., <a href='#Page_211'>211</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Polymita, <a href='#Page_39'>39</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pondicherry, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pontos, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Porcelain</i>, <i>see</i> <i>Fluor-spath</i>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Poulipoula, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pouna C., <a href='#Page_72'>72</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Prasii, <a href='#Page_24'>24</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Prasum C., <a href='#Page_73'>73</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Proklaïs, <a href='#Page_20'>20</a>, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Psammêtikḥos, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pseudokêlis, <a href='#Page_184'>184</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Psygmus, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ptolemaïs Thêrôn, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a>, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a>, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ptolemy Euergetês, <a href='#Page_47'>47</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ptolemy Lagos, <a href='#Page_41'>41</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ptolemy Philadelphos, <a href='#Page_40'>40</a>, <a href='#Page_41'>41</a>, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Puduchchêri, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pulikât, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Purâli R., <a href='#Page_177'>177</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Puthangelos, Chase of, <a href='#Page_51'>51</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pythangelus, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pylora Is., <a href='#Page_211'>211</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Puralaoi Is., <a href='#Page_68'>68</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Pytholaus, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">R</li> - -<li class="indx">Râjapur, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Rambakia, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Râmeśvaram C., <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ran, <i>see</i> Eirinon.</li> - -<li class="indx">Ras-al-Sair C., <a href='#Page_96'>96</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ras-el-Had C., <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_90'>90</a>, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a>, <a href='#Page_99'>99</a>, <a href='#Page_100'>100</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Regh, <a href='#Page_215'>215</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Rhapsioi, <a href='#Page_73'>73</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Rhapta, <a href='#Page_9'>9</a>, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>, <a href='#Page_71'>71</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Rhaptum C., <a href='#Page_72'>72</a>, <a href='#Page_73'>73</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Rhapua, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Rhinoceros</i>, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Rhinokoloura, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Rhizana, <a href='#Page_180'>180</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Rhogonis R., <a href='#Page_215'>215</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Rice</i>, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Rizophagoi, <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Rumrah R., <i>see</i> Kurmut R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Rangpur, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">S</li> - -<li class="indx">Sabæa, <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sabæans, <a href='#Page_81'>81</a>, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sabaïtai, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span></li> - -<li class="indx">Sabbatha, <a href='#Page_87'>87</a>-89</li> - -<li class="indx">Saber M., <a href='#Page_79'>79</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sabota, <i>see</i> Sabbatha.</li> - -<li class="indx">Saghar, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Saimur, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Śâka, <a href='#Page_107'>107</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Śâkâbda, <a href='#Page_110'>110</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sakala, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sakhalitis Regio, <a href='#Page_97'>97</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sakhalîtes G., <a href='#Page_90'>90</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sakhlê, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Salama C., <i>see</i> Mussendom C.</li> - -<li class="indx">Salikê (Ceylon), <a href='#Page_4'>4</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Salour, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Salsette Is., <a href='#Page_125'>125</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Sandalwood</i>, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sandanes, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Sandarakê</i>, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sangada, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sangadip Is., <a href='#Page_188'>188</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sangara, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a>, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">San Pedro R., <a href='#Page_58'>58</a>, <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sauê, <a href='#Page_79'>79</a>, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Saugra C., <a href='#Page_90'>90</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Saphar, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Sapphire</i>, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Saraganes, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a>, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Saranga, <a href='#Page_178'>178</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Śarâvatî R., <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sawa, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Schevar, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Seger M., <a href='#Page_95'>95</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Semiramis M., <a href='#Page_102'>102</a>, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Semulla, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a>, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sephar, <a href='#Page_97'>97</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Serapiôn, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Serapis Is., <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>, <a href='#Page_99'>99</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sesatai, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sêsekreienai Is., <a href='#Page_129'>129</a>, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sesostris, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Shadows</i>, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Shat-el-Arab R., <a href='#Page_220'>220</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Shamba, <a href='#Page_70'>70</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sheba, <a href='#Page_82'>82</a>, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Shehr, <a href='#Page_93'>93</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Shenarif C., <a href='#Page_60'>60</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Shi-Hwengti, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Shiraz, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sibyrtios, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sigerus, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sijan M., <a href='#Page_83'>83</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sikkah Is., <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Simulla, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sinai (Chinese), <a href='#Page_148'>148</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sindhu, <i>see</i> Sinthos.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sindhudrug, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sinthos (Indus R.), <a href='#Page_107'>107</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sisidone, <a href='#Page_211'>211</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sitakos R., <a href='#Page_160'>160</a>, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sitioganas R., <i>see</i> Sitakos R.</li> - -<li class="indx">Skythia, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_107'>107</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Soal R., <a href='#Page_57'>57</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sohar, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sokotra Is., <i>see</i> Dioskoridês Is.</li> - -<li class="indx">Somâli, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sonmiyâni, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a> n., <a href='#Page_179'>179</a> n., <a href='#Page_180'>180</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sôpatma, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a>, <a href='#Page_143'>143</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sôphir, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Soupara, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sous M., <a href='#Page_98'>98</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sousa, <a href='#Page_220'>220</a>, <i>passim</i>.</li> - -<li class="indx">Sousis, Coast of, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span></li> - -<li class="indx">Spasinou Kharax, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a>, <a href='#Page_104'>104</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Spermatophagoi, <a href='#Page_43'>43</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Spikenard</i>, <i>see</i> <i>Nard</i>.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Stadium, length of</i>, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">St. George Is., <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Stibium, <a href='#Page_32'>32</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Storax</i>, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Stoura, <a href='#Page_158'>158</a>, <a href='#Page_175'>175</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Strongylê M., <a href='#Page_102'>102</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Suari, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Subaha M., <a href='#Page_98'>98</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Suche, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sudich R., <a href='#Page_194'>194</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Sugar</i>, <a href='#Page_11'>11</a>, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Sumatra Is., <a href='#Page_134'>134</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Supârâ, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Surat, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a>, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Suagros C., <a href='#Page_10'>10</a>, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a>, <a href='#Page_90'>90</a>, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a>, <a href='#Page_95'>95</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Surastrênê, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a>, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">T</li> - -<li class="indx">Taaes, <a href='#Page_79'>79</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tâb R., <a href='#Page_160'>160</a>, <a href='#Page_216'>216</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Tabai, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>-31 <i>passim</i>. <a href='#Page_62'>62</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tabis M., <a href='#Page_147'>147</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tagara, <a href='#Page_26'>26</a>, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a>, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Talmena, <a href='#Page_193'>193</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tamil, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a>, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Taôkê, <a href='#Page_215'>215</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Tapatêgê, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tapharon, <i>see</i> Sapphar.</li> - -<li class="indx">Taprobanê, <a href='#Page_7'>7</a>-33 <i>passim</i>., <a href='#Page_143'>143</a>, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tarphara, <i>see</i> Sapphar.</li> - -<li class="indx">Tarsia, <a href='#Page_211'>211</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tejureh G., <a href='#Page_52'>52</a>, <a href='#Page_55'>55</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tellicherry, <a href='#Page_132'>132</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Terabdôn B., <a href='#Page_106'>106</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Terêdôn, <i>see</i> Diridôtis.</li> - -<li class="indx">Thaṇa, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tḥaṭha, <a href='#Page_109'>109</a>, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Thibet, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Thîna (China), <a href='#Page_147'>147</a>, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Thînai, <a href='#Page_12'>12</a>, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a>, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Thôth</i>, <a href='#Page_52'>52</a>, <a href='#Page_82'>82</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Thurbot Ali C., <a href='#Page_96'>96</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tigre, <a href='#Page_46'>46</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tigris R., <a href='#Page_160'>160</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tiashanes (Chashtana), <a href='#Page_115'>115</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Timoula, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Tin</i>, <a href='#Page_31'>31</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tinnevelly, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a>, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tirakal R., <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tisa, <a href='#Page_193'>193</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Tiz, <a href='#Page_193'>193</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Tlepolemos, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tombo Is., <a href='#Page_210'>210</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Tomêros R., <a href='#Page_183'>183</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Tonikê, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Topazas Is., <a href='#Page_28'>28</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Toperon, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Torra or Torre, <a href='#Page_68'>68</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Touag, <a href='#Page_215'>215</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Travancore, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a>, <a href='#Page_139'>139</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Troglodytes, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a>, <a href='#Page_47'>47</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Troisi, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Trombay Is., <a href='#Page_128'>128</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Troullas Is., <a href='#Page_87'>87</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tuna, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tutikorin, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_141'>141</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tybi, <a href='#Page_52'>52</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Tyndis, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a>, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a>, <a href='#Page_131'>131</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Turanosboas, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">U</li> - -<li class="indx">Ujjain, <i>see</i> Ozênê.</li> - -<li class="indx">Ulai R., <a href='#Page_161'>161</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Ulûlah Bandar, <a href='#Page_59'>59</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Urmara C., <i>see</i> Arabah C.</li> - -<li class="indx">Uxians, <a href='#Page_216'>216</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">V</li> - -<li class="indx">Valabhi, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Vasâï, <a href='#Page_127'>127</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Vatrachitis R., <a href='#Page_215'>215</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Veneris Portus, <a href='#Page_41'>41</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Vijayadrug, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Vikramâditya, <a href='#Page_110'>110</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Vingorla Rocks, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Vrokt Is., <i>see</i> Brokt Is.</li> - - -<li class="ifrst">W</li> - -<li class="indx">Wadi Meifah, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Wejh, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Whales</i>, <a href='#Page_196'>196</a>, <a href='#Page_215'>215</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Wheat</i>, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a></li> - -<li class="indx"><i>Wine</i>, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Y</li> - -<li class="indx">Yemen, <a href='#Page_78'>78</a>, <a href='#Page_80'>80</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Yenbo, <a href='#Page_74'>74</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Yeukaotschin, <a href='#Page_110'>110</a></li> - - -<li class="ifrst">Z</li> - -<li class="indx">Za-Hakale, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Zalegh, <a href='#Page_55'>55</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Zanzibar Is., <a href='#Page_69'>69</a>, <a href='#Page_71'>71</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Zapphar, <i>see</i> Sapphar.</li> - -<li class="indx">Zarotis R., <a href='#Page_216'>216</a> n.</li> - -<li class="indx">Zeyla, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Zeyla G., <a href='#Page_52'>52</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Zenobios Is., <a href='#Page_98'>98</a>, <a href='#Page_99'>99</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Zhafâr, <a href='#Page_97'>97</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Zoskalês, <a href='#Page_5'>5</a>, <a href='#Page_49'>49</a></li> - -<li class="indx">Zouileh, <a href='#Page_55'>55</a></li> - -</ul> -</div> - -<p class="center small">BOMBAY: PRINTED AT THE EDUCATION SOCIETY’S PRESS.</p> - -<div class="footnotes"> - -<h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> The Introduction and Commentary embody the main -substance of Müller’s Prolegomena and Notes to the -<i>Periplûs</i>, and of Vincent’s <i>Commerce and Navigation of -the Ancients</i> so far as it relates specially to that work. The -most recent authorities accessible have, however, been also -consulted, and the result of their inquiries noted. I may -mention particularly Bishop Caldwell’s Dravidian Grammar, -to which I am indebted for the identification of places -on the Malabar and Coromandel coasts.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> The enumeration is Vincent’s, altered and abridged.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> The numerals indicate the sections of the <i>Periplûs</i> in -which the articles are mentioned.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> Bhagvânlâl Indraji Pâṇḍit points out that the colour is -called <i>alaktaka</i>, Prakrit <i>alito</i>: it is used by women for -dying the nails and feet,—also as a dye. The <i>gulalî</i> or -pill-like balls used by women are made with arrowroot -coloured with <i>alito</i>, and cotton dipped in it is sold in the -bazars under the name of <i>pothi</i>, and used for the same -purposes. He has also contributed many of the Sanskṛit -names, and some notes.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> Sans. <i>Guggula</i>, Guj. <i>Gûgal</i>, used as a tonic and for -skin and urinary diseases.—B. I. P.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> Mahuwâ oil (Guj. <i>doliuṅ</i>, Sans. <i>madhuka</i>) is much -exported from Bharoch.—B. I. P.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> May not some of these be the fragrant root of the kusâ, -grass, <i>Andropogon calamus</i>—<i>aromaticus</i>?—J. B.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> A similar gum is obtained from the <i>Pâlâśa</i> (Guj. <i>khâkhara</i>), -the <i>Dhâka</i> of Râjputâna.—B. I. P.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> What the Brâhmans call <i>kuṇḍaru</i> is the gum of a tree -called the <i>Dhûpa-salai</i>; another sort of it, from Arabia, -they call <i>Isêsa</i>, and in Kâṭhiâvâḍ it is known as <i>Sesagundar</i>.—B. -I. P.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> More likely from Nepâl, where it is called <i>tejapât</i>.—B. -I. P.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_11_11" id="Footnote_11_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> Obtained from the root of <i>Nardostachys jatamansi</i>, a -native of the eastern Himâlayas.—J. B.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_12_12" id="Footnote_12_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> It is brought now from the Eastern Archipelago.—B. -I. P.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_13_13" id="Footnote_13_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a> In early times it was obtained chiefly from <i>Styrax -officinalis</i>, a native of the same region.—J. B.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_14_14" id="Footnote_14_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a> Nero gave for one 300 talents = £58,125. They were -first seen at Rome in the triumphal procession of Pompey. -[May these not have been of emerald, or even ruby?—J. B.]</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_15_15" id="Footnote_15_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a> Possibly the Lapis Lazuli is meant.—J. B.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_16_16" id="Footnote_16_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_16_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a> There was another Arsinoe between Ras Dh’ib and -Ras Shukhair, lat. 28° 3´ N. The few geographical -indications added by Mr. Burgess to these comments as they -passed through the press are enclosed in brackets. []</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_17_17" id="Footnote_17_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_17_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a> Bruce, <i>Travels</i>, vol. III., p. 62.—J. B.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_18_18" id="Footnote_18_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_18_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a> From the Tamil <i>ariśi</i>, rice deprived of the husk.—<i>Caldwell.</i></p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_19_19" id="Footnote_19_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a> Meaning <i>white village</i>.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_20_20" id="Footnote_20_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a> “This” (Mons Pulcher) says Major-General Miles, “is -Jebel Lahrim or Shaum, the loftiest and most conspicuous -peak on the whole cape (Mussendom), being nearly 7,000 -feet high.”—<i>Jour. R. As. Soc.</i> (N.S.) vol. X. p. 168.—<span class="smcap">Ed.</span></p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_21_21" id="Footnote_21_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_21_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a> “The city of Omana is Ṣoḥar, the ancient capital of -Omana, which name, as is well known, it then bore, and -Pliny is quite right in correcting <i>former writers</i> who had -placed it in Caramania, on which coast there is no good -evidence that there was a place of this name. Nearchus -does not mention it, and though the author of the <i>Periplûs -of the Erithræan Sea</i> does locate it in Persia, it is pretty -evident he never visited the place himself, and he must -have mistaken the information he obtained from others. -It was this city of Ṣoḥar most probably that bore the appellation -of Emporium Persarum, in which, as Philostorgius -relates, permission was given to Theophilus, the ambassador -of Constantine, to erect a Christian church.” The Homna -of Pliny may be a repetition of Omana or Ṣoḥar, which -he had already mentioned.—Miles in <i>Jour. R. As. Soc.</i> -(N. S.) vol. X. pp. 164-5.—<span class="smcap">Ed.</span></p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_22_22" id="Footnote_22_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_22_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a> <i>Ind. Ant.</i> vol. I. pp. 309-310.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_23_23" id="Footnote_23_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a> Written in the Ionic dialect.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_24_24" id="Footnote_24_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a> See infra, note 35.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_25_25" id="Footnote_25_25"></a><a href="#FNanchor_25_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a> Geog. of Anc. India, p. 279 sqq.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_26_26" id="Footnote_26_26"></a><a href="#FNanchor_26_26"><span class="label">[26]</span></a> See Arrian’s Anab. VI. 19. Καὶ τοῦτο οὔπω πρότερον εγνωκόσι τοῖς ἀμφ' -Ἀλέξανδρον ἔκπληξιν μὲν καὶ αὐτὸ οὐ σμικρὰν παρέσχε.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_27_27" id="Footnote_27_27"></a><a href="#FNanchor_27_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a> See Arrian, ib.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_28_28" id="Footnote_28_28"></a><a href="#FNanchor_28_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a> See id. VI. 23, and Strab. xv. ii. 3, 4.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_29_29" id="Footnote_29_29"></a><a href="#FNanchor_29_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a> Strab. ib. 5.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_30_30" id="Footnote_30_30"></a><a href="#FNanchor_30_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a> This may perhaps be represented by the modern Khâu, -the name of one of the western mouths of the Indus.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_31_31" id="Footnote_31_31"></a><a href="#FNanchor_31_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a> See infra, p. 176, note 17.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_32_32" id="Footnote_32_32"></a><a href="#FNanchor_32_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a> The Olympic stadium, which was in general use -throughout Greece, contained 600 Greek feet = 625 Roman -feet, or 606 English feet. The Roman mile contained -eight stadia, being about half a stadium less than an -English mile. Not a few of the measurements given by -Arrian are excessive, and it has therefore been conjectured -that he may have used some standard different from the -Olympic,—which, however, is hardly probable. See the -subject discussed in Smith’s Dictionary of Antiquities, S. V. -<i>Stadium</i>.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_33_33" id="Footnote_33_33"></a><a href="#FNanchor_33_33"><span class="label">[33]</span></a> This list does not specify those officers who performed -the voyage, but such as had a temporary command -during the passage down the river. The only names which -occur afterwards in the narrative are those of Arkhias and -Onêsikritos. Nearkhos, by his silence, leaves it uncertain -whether any other officers enumerated in his list accompanied -him throughout the expedition. The following are -known not to have done so: Hephaistion, Leonnatos, -Lysimakhos, Ptolemy, Krateros, Attalos and Peukestas. -It does not clearly appear what number of ships or men -accompanied Nearkhos to the conclusion of the voyage. If -we suppose the ships of war only fit for the service, -30 galleys might possibly contain from two to three -thousand men, but this estimation is uncertain. -</p> -<p> -See Vincent, I. 118 sqq.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_34_34" id="Footnote_34_34"></a><a href="#FNanchor_34_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a> So also Plutarch in the Life of Alexander (C. 66) says -that in returning from India Alexander had 120,000 foot -and 15,000 cavalry.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_35_35" id="Footnote_35_35"></a><a href="#FNanchor_35_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a> Sansk. Malava. The name is preserved in the modern -Moultan.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_36_36" id="Footnote_36_36"></a><a href="#FNanchor_36_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a> Anab. VI. 11.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_37_37" id="Footnote_37_37"></a><a href="#FNanchor_37_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a> The general effect of the monsoon Nearkhos certainly -knew; he was a native of Crete, and a resident at -Amphipolis, both which lie within the track of the annual -or Etesian winds, which commencing from the Hellespont -and probably from the Euxine sweep the Egêan sea, and -stretching quite across the Mediterranean to the coast of -Africa, entered through Egypt to Nubia or Ethiopia. Arrian -has accordingly mentioned the monsoon by the name of -the Etesian winds; his expression is remarkable, and attended -with a precision that does his accuracy credit. These -Etesian winds, says he, do not blow from the north in the -summer months as with us in the Mediterranean, but from -the South. On the commencement of winter, or at latest -on the setting of the Pleiades, the sea is said to be navigable -till the winter solstice (Anab. VI. 21-1) Vincent I. 43 sq.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_38_38" id="Footnote_38_38"></a><a href="#FNanchor_38_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a> The date here fixed by Arrian is the 2nd of October -326 <span class="smcap">B.C.</span>, but the computation now generally accepted -refers the event to the year after to suit the chronology of -Alexander’s subsequent history (see Clinton’s F. Hell. II. -pp. 174 and 563, 3rd ed.). There was an Archon called -Kephisidoros in office in the year <span class="smcap">B.C.</span> 323-322; so Arrian -has here either made a mistake, or perhaps an Archon of -the year 326-325 may have died during his tenure of office, -and a substitute called Kephisidôros been elected to fill the -vacancy. The <i>lacuna</i> marked by the asterisks has been -supplied by inserting the name of the Makedonian month -Dius. The Ephesians adopted the names of the months -used by the Makedonians, and so began their year with the -month Dius, the first day of which corresponds to the 24th -of September. The 20th day of Boedromion of the year -<span class="smcap">B.C.</span> 325 corresponded to the 21st of September.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_39_39" id="Footnote_39_39"></a><a href="#FNanchor_39_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a> Regarding the sunken reef encountered by the fleet after -leaving Koreatis, Sir Alexander Burnes says: “Near the -mouth of the river we passed a rock stretching across the -stream, which is particularly mentioned by Nearchus, who -calls it <i>a dangerous rock</i>, and is the more remarkable since -there is not even a stone below Tatta in any other part of -the Indus.” The rock, he adds, is at a distance of six miles -up the Pitti. “It is vain,” says Captain Wood in the -narrative of his <i>Journey to the Source of the Oxus</i>, “in -the delta of such a river (as the Indus), to identify existing -localities with descriptions handed down to us by the historians -of Alexander the Great ... (but) Burnes has, I -think, shown that the mouth by which the Grecian fleet -left the Indus was the modern <em class="gesperrt">Piti</em>. The ‘dangerous -rock’ of Nearchus completely identifies the spot, and as -it is still in existence, without any other within a circle of -many miles, we can wish for no stronger evidence.” With -regard to the canal dug through this rock, Burnes remarks: -“The Greek admiral only availed himself of the experience -of the people, for it is yet customary among the natives of -Sind to dig shallow canals, and leave the tides or river to -deepen them; and a distance of five stadia, or half a mile, -would call for not great labour. It is not to be supposed -that sandbanks will continue unaltered for centuries, but -I may observe that there was a large bank contiguous to -the island, between it and which a passage like that of -Nearchus might have been dug with the greatest advantage.” -The same author thus describes the mouth of the -Piti:—“Beginning from the westward we have the Pitti -mouth, an embouchure of the Buggaur, that falls into what -may be called the Bay of Karachi. It has no bar, but a -large sandbank, together with an island outside prevent a -direct passage into it from the sea, and narrow the channel -to about half a mile at its mouth.”</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_40_40" id="Footnote_40_40"></a><a href="#FNanchor_40_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a> All inquirers have agreed in identifying the Kolaka -of Ptolemy, and the sandy island of Krokola where Nearchus -tarried with his fleet, for one day, with a small island -in the bay of Karâchi. Krôkala is further described as -lying off the mainland of the Arabii. It was 150 stadia, -or 17¼ miles, from the western mouth of the Indus,—which -agrees exactly with the relative positions of Karâchi and -the mouth of the Ghâra river, if, as we may fairly assume, -the present coast-line has advanced five or six miles during -the twenty-one centuries that have elapsed since the death -of Alexander. The identification is continued by the fact -that the district in which Karâchi is situated is called <em class="gesperrt">Karkalla</em> -to this day. Cunningham <i>Geog. of An. India</i>, I. p. 306.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_41_41" id="Footnote_41_41"></a><a href="#FNanchor_41_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a> The name of the Arabii is variously written,—Arabitæ, -Arbii, Arabies, Arbies, Aribes, Arbiti. The name of their -river has also several forms,—Arabis, Arabius, Artabis, -Artabius. It is now called the <em class="gesperrt">Purâli</em>, the river which -flows through the present district of Las into the bay of -Soumiyâni. The name of the Oreitai in Curtius is Horitæ. -Cunningham identifies them with the people on the Aghor -river, whom he says the Greeks would have named Agoritæ -or Aoritæ, by the suppression of the guttural, of which a -trace still remains in the initial aspirate of ‘Horitæ.’ Some -would connect the name with <em class="gesperrt">Haur</em>, a town which lay on -the route to Firabaz, in Mekran.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_42_42" id="Footnote_42_42"></a><a href="#FNanchor_42_42"><span class="label">[42]</span></a> This name Sangada, D’Anville thought, survived in -that of a race of noted pirates who infested the shores of -the gulf of Kachh, called the <em class="gesperrt">Sangadians</em> or Sangarians.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_43_43" id="Footnote_43_43"></a><a href="#FNanchor_43_43"><span class="label">[43]</span></a> “The pearl oyster abounds in 11 or 12 fathoms of -water all along the coast of Scinde. There was a fishery in -the harbour of Kurrachee which had been of some importance -in the days of the native rulers.”—<i>Wanderings of a -Naturalist in India</i>, p. 36.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_44_44" id="Footnote_44_44"></a><a href="#FNanchor_44_44"><span class="label">[44]</span></a> This island is not known, but it probably lay near the -rocky headland of Irus, now called <em class="gesperrt">Manora</em>, which protects -the port of Karâchi from the sea and bad weather.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_45_45" id="Footnote_45_45"></a><a href="#FNanchor_45_45"><span class="label">[45]</span></a> “The name of Morontobara,” says Cunningham, “I -would identify with Muâri, which is now applied to the -headland of Râs Muâri or Cape Monze, the last point of -the Pab range of mountains. <i>Bâra</i>, or <i>Bâri</i>, means -roadstead or haven; and Moranta is evidently connected -with the Persian <i>Mard</i> a man, of which the feminine is -still preserved in Kâśmîrî as <i>Mahrin</i> a woman. From the -distances given by Arrian, I am inclined to fix it at the -mouth of the <em class="gesperrt">Bahar</em> rivulet, a small stream which falls -into the sea about midway between Cape Monze and -Sonmiyâni.” <i>Women’s Haven</i> is mentioned by Ptolemy -and Ammianus Marcellinus. There is in the neighbourhood -a mountain now called <em class="gesperrt">Mor</em>, which may be a remnant -of the name Morontobari. The channel through which the -fleet passed after leaving this place no longer exists, and -the island has of course disappeared.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_46_46" id="Footnote_46_46"></a><a href="#FNanchor_46_46"><span class="label">[46]</span></a> The coast from Karâchi to the Purâli has undergone -considerable changes, so that the position of the intermediate -places cannot be precisely determined. “From Cape -Monze to Sonmiyâni,” says Blair, “the coast bears evident -marks of having suffered considerable alterations from the -encroachments of the sea. We found trees which had been -washed down, and which afforded us a supply of fuel. In -some parts I saw imperfect creeks in a parallel direction -with the coast. These might probably be the vestiges of -that narrow channel through which the Greek galleys -passed.”</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_47_47" id="Footnote_47_47"></a><a href="#FNanchor_47_47"><span class="label">[47]</span></a> Ptolemy and Marcian enumerate the following places -as lying between the Indus and the Arabis: Rhizana, -Koiamba, Women’s Haven, Phagiaura, Arbis. Ptolemy -does not mention the Oreitai, but extends the Arabii to the -utmost limit of the district assigned to them in Arrian. -He makes, notwithstanding, the river Arabia to be the -boundary of the Arabii. His Arabis must therefore be -identified not with the <i>Pârâli</i>, but with the <i>Kurmut</i>, called -otherwise the <i>Rumra</i> or <i>Kalami</i>, where the position of -Arrian’s Kalama must be fixed. Pliny (vi. 25) places a -people whom he calls the Arbii between the Oritae and -Karmania, assigning as the boundary between the Arbii -and the Oritae the river Arbis.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_48_48" id="Footnote_48_48"></a><a href="#FNanchor_48_48"><span class="label">[48]</span></a> The <em class="gesperrt">Arabis</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Purâli</em> discharges its waters into -the bay of Sonmiyâni. “Sonmiyâni,” says Kempthorne, -“is a small town or fishing village situated at the mouth -of a creek which runs up some distance inland. It is -governed by a Sheikh, and the inhabitants appear to be -very poor, chiefly subsisting on dried fish and rice. A very -extensive bar or sandbank runs across the mouth of this -inlet, and none but vessels of small burden can get over it -even at high water, but inside the water is deep.” The -inhabitants of the present day are as badly off for water -as their predecessors of old. “Everything,” says one who -visited the place, “is scarce, even water, which is procured -by digging a hole five or six feet deep, and as many in -diameter, in a place which was formerly a swamp; and if -the water oozes, which sometimes it does not, it serves -them that day, and perhaps the next, when it turns quite -brackish, owing to the nitrous quality of the earth.”</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_49_49" id="Footnote_49_49"></a><a href="#FNanchor_49_49"><span class="label">[49]</span></a> Strabo agrees with Arrian in representing the Oreitai -as non-Indian. Cunningham, however, relying on statement -made by Curtius, Diodorus and the Chinese pilgrim -Hwen Thsang, a most competent observer, considers them -to be of Indian origin, for their customs, according -to the Pilgrim, were like those of the people of Kachh, and -their written characters closely resembled those of India, -while their language was only slightly different. The -Oreitai as early as the 6th century <span class="smcap">B.C.</span> were tributary -to Darius Hystaspes, and they were still subject to Persia -nearly 12 centuries later when visited by Hwen Thsang.—<i>Geog. -of An. Ind.</i> pp. 304 sqq.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_50_50" id="Footnote_50_50"></a><a href="#FNanchor_50_50"><span class="label">[50]</span></a> Another form is Pegadæ, met with in Philostratos, -who wrote a work on India.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_51_51" id="Footnote_51_51"></a><a href="#FNanchor_51_51"><span class="label">[51]</span></a> To judge from the distances given, this place should -be near the stream now called Agbor, on which is situated -<em class="gesperrt">Harkânâ</em>. It is probably the Koiamba of Ptolemy.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_52_52" id="Footnote_52_52"></a><a href="#FNanchor_52_52"><span class="label">[52]</span></a> “In vessels like those of the Greeks, which afforded -neither space for motion, nor convenience for rest, the -continuing on board at night was always a calamity. -When a whole crew was to sleep on board, the suffering -was in proportion to the confinement.”—Vincent, I. -p. 209 note.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_53_53" id="Footnote_53_53"></a><a href="#FNanchor_53_53"><span class="label">[53]</span></a> In another passage of Arrian (Anab. VI. 27, 1,) this -Apollophanês is said to have been deposed from his satrapy, -when Alexander was halting in the capital of Gedrosia. -In the Journal Arrian follows Nearkhos, in the History, -Ptolemy or Aristobûlus.—Vincent.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_54_54" id="Footnote_54_54"></a><a href="#FNanchor_54_54"><span class="label">[54]</span></a> From the distances given, the Tomêros must be -identified with the <em class="gesperrt">Maklow</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Hingal</em> river; some -would, however, make it the <em class="gesperrt">Bhusâl</em>. The form of the -name in Pliny is <em class="gesperrt">Tomberus</em>, and in Mela—<em class="gesperrt">Tubero</em>. -These authors mention another river in connection with -the Tomêros,—the <em class="gesperrt">Arosapes</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Arusaces</em>.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_55_55" id="Footnote_55_55"></a><a href="#FNanchor_55_55"><span class="label">[55]</span></a> Similar statements are made regarding this savage -race by Curtius IX. 10, 9; Diodôros XVII. 105; Pliny VI. -28; Strabo p. 720; Philostratos V. Ap. III., 57. Cf. Agatharkhides -passim.—<i>Müller.</i></p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_56_56" id="Footnote_56_56"></a><a href="#FNanchor_56_56"><span class="label">[56]</span></a> Its modern representative is doubtless <em class="gesperrt">Râs Malin</em>, -Malen or Moran.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_57_57" id="Footnote_57_57"></a><a href="#FNanchor_57_57"><span class="label">[57]</span></a> Such a phenomenon could not of course have -been observed at Malana, which is about 2 degrees -north of the Tropic, and Nearkhos, as has been already -noticed (Introd. p. 155), has on account mainly of this -statement been represented as a mendacious writer. -Schmieder and Gosselin attempt to vindicate him by -suggesting that Arrian in copying his journal had either -missed the meaning of this passage, or altered it to bring it -into accordance with his own geographical theories. Müller, -however, has a better and probably the correct explanation -to offer. He thinks that the text of Nearkhos which -Arrian used contained passages interpolated from Onêsikritos -and writers of his stamp. The interpolations may -have been inserted by the Alexandrian geographers, who, -following Eratosthenes, believed that India lay between -the Tropics. In support of this view it is to be noted that -Arrian’s account of the shadow occurs in that part of his -work where he is speaking of Malana of the Oreitai, and -that Pliny (VIII. 75) gives a similar account of the shadows -that fall on a mountain of a somewhat similar name in the -country of that very people. His words are: <i>In Indiae -gente Oretam Mons est Maleus nomine, juxta quem -umbrae aestate in Austrum, hieme in Septemtrionem</i> -<i>jaciuntur</i>. Now Pliny was indebted for his knowledge of -Mons Maleus to Baeton, who places it however not in the -country of the Oreitai but somewhere in the lower Gangetic -region among the Suari and Monedes. It would thus -appear that what Baeton had said of <i>Mount Maleus</i> was -applied to <i>Malana</i> of the Oreitai, no doubt on account -of the likeness of the two names. Add to this that the -expression in the passage under consideration, <i>for the -people beyond this (Malana) are not Indians</i>, is no doubt -an interpolation into the text of the Journal, for it makes -the Oreitai to be an Indian people, whereas the Journal had -a little before made the Arabies to be the last people of -Indian descent living in this direction.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_58_58" id="Footnote_58_58"></a><a href="#FNanchor_58_58"><span class="label">[58]</span></a> This country, which corresponds generally to <em class="gesperrt">Mekran</em>, -was called also Kedrosia, Gadrosia, or Gadrusia. The -people were an Ârianian race akin to the Arakhosii, Arii, -and Drangiani.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_59_59" id="Footnote_59_59"></a><a href="#FNanchor_59_59"><span class="label">[59]</span></a> Bagisara, says Kempthorne, “is now known by the -name of <em class="gesperrt">Arabah</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Hormarah</em> Bay, and is deep and -commodious with good anchorage, sheltered from all winds -but those from the southward and eastward. The point -which forms this bay is very high and precipitous, and -runs out some distance into the sea. A rather large fishing -village is situated on a low sandy isthmus about one mile -across, which divides the bay from another.... The -only articles of provision we could obtain from the inhabitants -were a few fowls, some dried fish, and goats. They -grew no kind of vegetable or corn, a few water-melons -being the only thing these desolate regions bring forth. -Sandy deserts extend into the interior as far as the eye can -reach, and at the back of these rise high mountains.” The -<em class="gesperrt">Rhapua</em> of Ptolemy corresponds to the Bagisara or -<em class="gesperrt">Pasira</em> of Arrian, and evidently survives in the present -name of the bay and the headland of <em class="gesperrt">Araba</em>.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_60_60" id="Footnote_60_60"></a><a href="#FNanchor_60_60"><span class="label">[60]</span></a> <em class="gesperrt">Kolta.</em>—A place unknown. It was situated on the -western side of the isthmus which connects <em class="gesperrt">Râs Araba</em> -with the mainland.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_61_61" id="Footnote_61_61"></a><a href="#FNanchor_61_61"><span class="label">[61]</span></a> A different form is Kaluboi. Situated on the river -now called <em class="gesperrt">Kalami</em>, or Kumra, or Kurmut, the Arabis of -Ptolemy, who was probably misled by the likeness of the -name to Karbis as the littoral district was designated here.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_62_62" id="Footnote_62_62"></a><a href="#FNanchor_62_62"><span class="label">[62]</span></a> Other forms—<em class="gesperrt">Karnine</em>, Karmina. The coast was -probably called Karmin, if Karmis is represented in -<em class="gesperrt">Kurmat</em>. The island lying twelve miles off the mouth -of the Kalami is now called <em class="gesperrt">Astola</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Sangadip</em>, -which Kempthorne thus describes:—“Ashtola is a small -desolate island about four or five miles in circumference, -situated twelve miles from the coast of Mekran. Its cliffs -rise rather abruptly from the sea to the height of about -300 feet, and it is inaccessible except in one place, which is -a sandy beach about one mile in extent on the northern -side. Great quantities of turtle frequent this island for the -purpose of depositing their eggs. Nearchus anchored off it, -and called it Karnine. He says also that he received -hospitable entertainment from its inhabitants, their presents -being cattle and fish; but not a vestige of any habitation -now remains. The Arabs come to this island, and kill -immense numbers of these turtles,—not for the purpose of -food, but they traffic with the shell to China, where it is -made into a kind of paste, and then into combs, ornaments, -&c., in imitation of tortoise-shell. The carcasses caused a -stench almost unbearable. The only land animals we could -see on the island were rats, and they were swarming. -They feed chiefly on the dead turtle. The island was -once famous as the rendezvous of the Jowassimee pirates.” -Vincent quotes Blair to this effect regarding the island:—“We -were warned by the natives at Passence that it would -be dangerous to approach the island of Asthola, as it was -enchanted, and that a ship had been turned into a rock. -The superstitious story did not deter us; we visited the -island, found plenty of excellent turtle, and saw the rock -alluded to, which at a distance had the appearance of a ship -under sail. The story was probably told to prevent our -disturbing the turtle. It has, however, some affinity to the -tale of Nearchus’s transport.” As the enchanted island -mentioned afterwards (chap. xxxi.), under the name of -Nosala, was 100 stadia distant from the coast, it was -probably the same as Karnine.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_63_63" id="Footnote_63_63"></a><a href="#FNanchor_63_63"><span class="label">[63]</span></a> Another form of the name is Kysa.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_64_64" id="Footnote_64_64"></a><a href="#FNanchor_64_64"><span class="label">[64]</span></a> The place according to Ptolemy is 900 stadia distant -from the Kalami river, but according to Marcianus 1,300 -stadia. It must have been situated in the neighbourhood -of Cape Passence. The distances here are so greatly -exaggerated that the text is suspected to be corrupt or -disturbed. From Mosarna to Kophas the distance is -represented as 1,750 stadia, and yet the distance from Cape -Passence to Râs <em class="gesperrt">Koppa</em> (the Kophas of the text) is barely -500 stadia. According to Ptolemy and Marcian Karmania -begins at Mosarna, but according to Arrian much further -westward, at Badis near Cape Jask.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_65_65" id="Footnote_65_65"></a><a href="#FNanchor_65_65"><span class="label">[65]</span></a> “From the name given to this pilot I imagine that -he was an inhabitant of Hydriakos, a town near the bay -of Churber or Chewabad.... Upon the acquisition of -Hydrakês or the Hydriakan two circumstances occur, -that give a new face to the future course of the voyage, -one is the very great addition to the length of each day’s -course; and the other, that they generally weighed during -the night: the former depending upon the confidence they -acquired by having a pilot on board; and the latter on the -nature of the land breeze.”—Vincent I., p. 244.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_66_66" id="Footnote_66_66"></a><a href="#FNanchor_66_66"><span class="label">[66]</span></a> This place is called in Ptolemy and Marcianus Badera -or Bodera, and may have been situated near the Cape now -called Chemaul Bunder. It is mentioned under the form -Balara by Philostratos (Vit. Apoll. III. 56), whose description -of the place is in close agreement with Arrian’s.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_67_67" id="Footnote_67_67"></a><a href="#FNanchor_67_67"><span class="label">[67]</span></a> τῇσι κvμῇσιν. Another reading, not so good however, -is, τῇσι κωμήτῇσιν <i>for the village women</i>, but -the Greeks were not likely to have indulged in such -gallantry. Wearing chaplets in the hair on festive occasions -was a common practice with the Greeks. Cf. our author’s -Anab. V. 2. 8.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_68_68" id="Footnote_68_68"></a><a href="#FNanchor_68_68"><span class="label">[68]</span></a> In Ptolemy a place is mentioned called Derenoibila, -which may be the same as this. The old name perhaps -survives in the modern <em class="gesperrt">Daram</em> or Durum, the name of a -highland on part of the coast between Cape Passence and -Cape Guadel.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_69_69" id="Footnote_69_69"></a><a href="#FNanchor_69_69"><span class="label">[69]</span></a> The name appears to survive in a cognominal Cape—Râs -Coppa. The natives use the same kind of boat to -this day; it is a curve made of several small planks nailed -or sewn together in a rude manner with cord made from -the bark of date trees and called <i>kair</i>, the whole being -then smeared over with dammer or pitch.—<i>Kempthorne.</i></p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_70_70" id="Footnote_70_70"></a><a href="#FNanchor_70_70"><span class="label">[70]</span></a> According to Ptolemy and Marcianus this place lay -400 stadia to the west of the promontory of Alambator (now -Râs Gnadel). Some trace of the word may be recognized -in <em class="gesperrt">Râs Ghunse</em>, which now designates a point of land -situated about those parts. Arrian passes Cape Guadel -without notice. “We should be reasonably surprised at -this,” says Vincent (I. 248), “as the doubling of a cape is -always an achievement in the estimation of a Greek navigator; -but having now a native pilot on board, it is evident -he took advantage of the land-breeze to give the fleet an -offing. This is clearly the reason why we hear nothing in -Arrian of Ptolemy’s Alabagium, or Alambateir, the prominent -feature of this coast.”</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_71_71" id="Footnote_71_71"></a><a href="#FNanchor_71_71"><span class="label">[71]</span></a> <i>The little town attached by Nearchus</i> lay on Gwattar -Bay. The promontory in its neighbourhood called <em class="gesperrt">Bagia</em> -is mentioned by Ptolemy and Marcianus, the latter of -whom gives its distance from Kyiza at 250 stadia, which -is but half the distance as given by Arrian. To the west -of this was the river Kaudryaces or Hydriaces, the modern -Baghwar Dasti or Muhani river, which falls into the -Bay of Gwattar.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_72_72" id="Footnote_72_72"></a><a href="#FNanchor_72_72"><span class="label">[72]</span></a> A name not found elsewhere. To judge by the -distance assigned, it must be placed on what is now called -Chaubar Bay, on the shores of which are three towns, one -being called <em class="gesperrt">Tiz</em>,—perhaps the modern representative of -Tisa, a place in those parts mentioned by Ptolemy, and -which may have been the Talmena of Arrian.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_73_73" id="Footnote_73_73"></a><a href="#FNanchor_73_73"><span class="label">[73]</span></a> The name is not found elsewhere. It must have been -situated on a bay enclosed within the two headlands -Râs Fuggem and Râs Godem.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_74_74" id="Footnote_74_74"></a><a href="#FNanchor_74_74"><span class="label">[74]</span></a> <em class="gesperrt">Kanate</em> probably stood on the site of the modern -<em class="gesperrt">Kungoun</em>, which is near <em class="gesperrt">Râs Kalat</em>, and not far -from the river <em class="gesperrt">Bunth</em>.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_75_75" id="Footnote_75_75"></a><a href="#FNanchor_75_75"><span class="label">[75]</span></a> Another and the common form is Troisi. The villages -of the Taoi must have been where the Sudich river enters -the sea. Here Ptolemy places his Kommana or Nommana -and his follower Marcian his Ommana. See ante p. 104 note.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_76_76" id="Footnote_76_76"></a><a href="#FNanchor_76_76"><span class="label">[76]</span></a> The place in Ptolemy is called Agrispolis,—in Marcianus, -Agrisa. The modern name is <em class="gesperrt">Girishk</em>.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_77_77" id="Footnote_77_77"></a><a href="#FNanchor_77_77"><span class="label">[77]</span></a> Schmieder suggests that instead of the common -reading here ἀπὸ τούταν ἔλαιον ποιέουσιν Arrian may -have written ἀπὸ θύννων ε. π. <i>they make oil from thunnies</i>, -i. e. use the fat for oil.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_78_78" id="Footnote_78_78"></a><a href="#FNanchor_78_78"><span class="label">[78]</span></a> “This description of the natives, with that of their -mode of living and the country they inhabit, is strictly -correct even to the present day.”—Kempthorne.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_79_79" id="Footnote_79_79"></a><a href="#FNanchor_79_79"><span class="label">[79]</span></a> Strabo (XV. ii. 12, 13) has extracted from Nearkhos -the same passage regarding whales. See Nearchi fragm. -25. Cf. Onesikritos (fr. 30) and Orthagoras in Aelian, N. An. -XVII. 6; Diodor. XVII. 106; Curtius X. 1, 11.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_80_80" id="Footnote_80_80"></a><a href="#FNanchor_80_80"><span class="label">[80]</span></a> The story of the Nereid is evidently an Eastern -version of the story of the enchantress Kirkê. The island -here called Nosala is that already mentioned under the -name of Karbine, now Asthola.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_81_81" id="Footnote_81_81"></a><a href="#FNanchor_81_81"><span class="label">[81]</span></a> <em class="gesperrt">Karmania</em> extended from Cape Jask to Râs -Nabend, and comprehended the districts now called -Moghostan, Kirman, and Laristan. Its metropolis, according -to Ptolemy, was <em class="gesperrt">Karmana</em>, now <em class="gesperrt">Kirman</em>, which -gives its name to the whole province. The first port in -Karmania reached by the expedition was in the neighbourhood -of Cape Jask, where the coast is described as being -very rocky, and dangerous to mariners on account of shoals -and rocks under water. Kempthorne says: “The cliffs -along this part of the coast are very high, and in many -places almost perpendicular. Some have a singular appearance, -one near Jask being exactly of the shape of a quoin -or wedge; and another is a very remarkable peak, being -formed by three stones, as if placed by human hands, -one on the top of the other. It is very high, and has the -resemblance of a chimney.”</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_82_82" id="Footnote_82_82"></a><a href="#FNanchor_82_82"><span class="label">[82]</span></a> Badis must have been near where the village of Jask -now stands, beyond which was the promontory now called -Râs Kerazi or Keroot or Bombarak, which marks the -entrance to the Straits of Ormus. This projection is the -Cape Karpella of Ptolemy. Badis may be the same as the -Kanthatis of this geographer.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_83_83" id="Footnote_83_83"></a><a href="#FNanchor_83_83"><span class="label">[83]</span></a> Maketa is now called Cape Mesandum in Oman. It is -thus described by Palgrave in the Narrative of his Travels -through Central and Eastern Arabia (Vol. II. pp. 316-7). -The afternoon was already far advanced when we reached -the headland, and saw before us the narrow sea-pass which -runs between the farthest rooks of Mesandum and the -mainland of the Cape. This strait is called the “Bab” or -“gate:” it presents an imposing spectacle, with lofty precipices -on either side, and the water flowing deep and black -below; the cliffs are utterly bare and extremely well adapted -for shivering whatever vessels have the ill luck to come -upon them. Hence and from the ceaseless dash of the dark -waves, the name of “Mesandum” or “Anvil,” a term seldom -better applied. But this is not all, for some way out at -sea rises a huge square mass of basalt of a hundred feet and -more in height sheer above the water; it bears the name -of “Salâmah” or “safety,” a euphemism of good augury -for “danger.” Several small jagged peaks, just projecting -above the surface, cluster in its neighbourhood; these bear -the endearing name of “Benât Salâmah,” or “Daughters -of Salamah.”</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_84_84" id="Footnote_84_84"></a><a href="#FNanchor_84_84"><span class="label">[84]</span></a> This place is not mentioned elsewhere, but must have -been situated somewhere in the neighbourhood of the -village of Karun.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_85_85" id="Footnote_85_85"></a><a href="#FNanchor_85_85"><span class="label">[85]</span></a> The <em class="gesperrt">Anamis</em>, called by Pliny the Ananis, and by -Ptolemy and Mela the Andanis, is now the Minâb or Ibrahim -River.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_86_86" id="Footnote_86_86"></a><a href="#FNanchor_86_86"><span class="label">[86]</span></a> Other forms—Hormazia, Armizia regio. The name -was transferred from the mainland to the island now called -<em class="gesperrt">Ormus</em>, when the inhabitants fled thither to escape from -the Moghals. It is called by Arrian <em class="gesperrt">Organa</em> (chap. -xxxvii.) The Arabians called it Djerun, a name which it -continued to bear up to the 12th century. Pliny mentions -an island called Oguris, of which perhaps Djerun is a -corruption. He ascribes to it the honour of having been -the birthplace of Erythrés. The description, however, -which he gives of it is more applicable to the island called -by Arrian (chap. xxxvii.) Oârakta (now Kishm) than to -Ormus. Arrian’s description of Harmozia is still applicable -to the region adjacent to the Mînâb. “It is termed,” says -Kempthorne, “the Paradise of Persia. It is certainly most -beautifully fertile, and abounds in orange groves, orchards -containing apples, pears, peaches, and apricots, with vineyards -producing a delicious grape, from which was made -at one time a wine called Amber rosolia, generally considered -the white wine of Kishma; but no wine is made here -now.” The old name of Kishma—Oârakta—is preserved -in one of its modern names, Vrokt or Brokt.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_87_87" id="Footnote_87_87"></a><a href="#FNanchor_87_87"><span class="label">[87]</span></a> Diodôros (XVII. 106) gives quite a different account of -the visit of Nearkhos to Alexander.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_88_88" id="Footnote_88_88"></a><a href="#FNanchor_88_88"><span class="label">[88]</span></a> The preceding satrap was Sibyrtios, the friend of -Megasthenês. He had been transferred to govern the -Gadrosians and the Arakhotians.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_89_89" id="Footnote_89_89"></a><a href="#FNanchor_89_89"><span class="label">[89]</span></a> As stated in Note 64, Organa is now <i>Ormuz</i>, and -Oarakta, <i>Kishm</i>. Ormuz, once so renowned for its wealth -and commerce, that it was said of it by its Portuguese -occupants, that if the world were a golden ring, Ormuz -would be the diamond signet, is now in utter decay. “I -have seen,” says Palgrave (II. 319), “the abasement of Tyre, -the decline of Surat, the degradation of Goa: but in none -of those fallen seaports is aught resembling the utter -desolation of Ormuz.” A recent traveller in Persia -(Binning) thus describes the coast: “It presents no view -but sterile, barren, and desolate chains of rocks and hills: -and the general aspect of the Gulf is dismal and forbidding. -Moore’s charming allusions to Oman’s sea, with its ‘banks -of pearl and palmy isles’ are unfortunately quite visionary; -for uglier and more unpicturesque scenery 1 never beheld.”—<i>Two -Years’ Travel in Persia</i>, I. pp. 136, 137.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_90_90" id="Footnote_90_90"></a><a href="#FNanchor_90_90"><span class="label">[90]</span></a> For the legend of Erythrês see Agatharkhides De -Mari Eryth. I. 1-4 and Strabo XVI. iv. 20. The Erythræan -Sea included the Indian Ocean, the Persian Gulf, and -the Red Sea, the last being called also the Arabian Gulf, -when it was necessary to distinguish it from the Erythræan -in general. It can hardly be doubted that the epithet -<i>Erythræan</i> (which means <i>red</i>, Greek ερυθρος) first -designated the Arabian Gulf or Red Sea, and was afterwards -extended to the seas beyond the Straits by those who first -explored them. The Red Sea was so called because it -washed the shores of Arabia, called <i>the Red Land</i> (Edom), -in contradistinction to Egypt, called <i>the Black Land</i> -(Kemi), from the darkness of the soil deposited by the -Nile. Some however thought that it received its name -from the quantity of red coral found in its waters, especially -along the eastern shores, and Strabo says (loc. cit.): -“Some say that the sea is red from the colour arising from -reflexion either from the sun, which is vertical, or from -the mountains, which are red by being scorched with -intense heat; for the colour it is supposed may be produced -by both of these causes. Ktesias of Knidos speaks of a -spring which discharges into the sea a red and ochrous -water.”—Cf. Eustath. Comment. 38.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_91_91" id="Footnote_91_91"></a><a href="#FNanchor_91_91"><span class="label">[91]</span></a> This island is that now called <em class="gesperrt">Angar</em>, or <em class="gesperrt">Hanjam</em>, -to the south of Kishm. It is described as being nearly -destitute of vegetation and uninhabited. Its hills, of -volcanic origin, rise to a height of 300 feet. The other -island, distant from the mainland about 300 stadia, is now -called the Great Tombo, near which is a smaller island -called Little Tombo. They are low, flat, and uninhabited. -They are 25 miles distant from the western extremity of -Kishm.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_92_92" id="Footnote_92_92"></a><a href="#FNanchor_92_92"><span class="label">[92]</span></a> The island of <em class="gesperrt">Pylora</em> is that now called Polior. -<em class="gesperrt">Sisidone</em> appears in other forms—Prosidodone, pro-Sidodone, -pros Sidone, pros Dodone. Kempthorne thought -this was the small fishing village now called <em class="gesperrt">Mogos</em>, -situated in a bay of the same name. The name may perhaps -be preserved in the name of a village in the same -neighbourhood, called Dnan Tarsia—now <em class="gesperrt">Râs-el-Djard</em>—described -as high and rugged, and of a reddish colour.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_93_93" id="Footnote_93_93"></a><a href="#FNanchor_93_93"><span class="label">[93]</span></a> <em class="gesperrt">Kataia</em> is now the island called <em class="gesperrt">Kaes</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Kenn</em>. -Its character has altered, being now covered with dwarf -trees, and growing wheat and tobacco. It supplies ships -with refreshment, chiefly goats and sheep and a few -vegetables. “At morning,” says Binning (I. 137), “we -passed Polior, and at noon were running along the South -side of the Isle of Keesh, called in our maps Kenn; a -fertile and populous island about 7 miles in length. The -inhabitants of this, as well as of every other island in the -Gulf, are of Arab blood—for every true Persian appears to -hate the very sight of the sea.”</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_94_94" id="Footnote_94_94"></a><a href="#FNanchor_94_94"><span class="label">[94]</span></a> The boundary between Karmania and Persis was -formed by a range of mountains opposite the island of -<em class="gesperrt">Kataia</em>. Ptolemy, however, makes Karmania extend -much further, to the river <em class="gesperrt">Bagradas</em>, now called the -<em class="gesperrt">Naban</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Nabend</em>.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_95_95" id="Footnote_95_95"></a><a href="#FNanchor_95_95"><span class="label">[95]</span></a> <em class="gesperrt">Kaikander</em> has the other forms—Kekander, Kikander, -Kaskandrus, Karkundrus, Karskandrus, Sasækander. -This island, which is now called <em class="gesperrt">Inderabia</em>, or -<em class="gesperrt">Andaravia</em>, is about four or five miles from the mainland, -having a small town on the north side, where is a safe and -commodious harbour. The other island mentioned immediately -after is probably that now called Busheab. It is, -according to Kempthorne, a low, flat island, about eleven -miles from the mainland, containing a small town principally -inhabited by Arabs, who live on fish and dates. -The harbour has good anchorage even for large vessels.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_96_96" id="Footnote_96_96"></a><a href="#FNanchor_96_96"><span class="label">[96]</span></a> The pearl oyster is found from Ras Musendom to the -head of the Gulf. There are no famed banks on the Persian -side, but near Bushire there are some good ones.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_97_97" id="Footnote_97_97"></a><a href="#FNanchor_97_97"><span class="label">[97]</span></a> <em class="gesperrt">Apostana</em> was near a place now called <em class="gesperrt">Schevar</em>. -It is thought that the name may be traced in <em class="gesperrt">Dahra</em> -<em class="gesperrt">Ahbân</em>, an adjacent mountain ridge of which Okhos was -probably the southern extremity.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_98_98" id="Footnote_98_98"></a><a href="#FNanchor_98_98"><span class="label">[98]</span></a> This bay is that on which <em class="gesperrt">Naban</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Nabend</em> is -now situated. It is not far from the river called by Ptolemy -the Bagradas. The place abounds with palm-trees as of -old.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_99_99" id="Footnote_99_99"></a><a href="#FNanchor_99_99"><span class="label">[99]</span></a> <em class="gesperrt">Gôgana</em> is now <em class="gesperrt">Konkan</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Konaun</em>. The -bay lacks depth of water; a stream still falls into it—the -Areôn of the text. To the north-west of this place in the -interior lay <em class="gesperrt">Pasargada</em>, the ancient capital of Persia, -and the burial-place of Kyros, in the neighbourhood of -Murghâb, a place to the N. E. of Shiraz (30° 24´ N. -56° 29´ E.).</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_100_100" id="Footnote_100_100"></a><a href="#FNanchor_100_100"><span class="label">[100]</span></a> The Sitakos has been identified with the Kara Agach, -Mand, Mund or Kakee river, which has a course of 300 -miles. Its source is near Kodiyan, which lies N. W. of -Shiraz. At a part of its course it is called the Kewar -River. The meaning of its name is <i>black wood</i>. In Pliny -it appears as the Sitioganus. <i>Sitakon</i> was probably the -name as Nearkhos heard it pronounced, as it frequently -happens that when a Greek writer comes upon a name -like an oblique case in Greek, he invents a nominative for it. -With regard to the form of the name in Pliny, ‘g’ is but a -phonetic change instead of ‘k’. The ‘i’ is probably an -error in transcription for ‘t’. The Sitakos is probably the -Brisoana of Ptolemy, which can have no connexion with the -later-mentioned Brizana of our author. See <i>Report on the -Persian Gulf</i> by Colonel Ross, lately issued. Pliny states -that from the mouth of the Sitioganus an ascent could be -made to Pasargada, in seven days; but this is manifestly -an error.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_101_101" id="Footnote_101_101"></a><a href="#FNanchor_101_101"><span class="label">[101]</span></a> The changes which have taken place along the coast -have been so considerable that it is difficult to explain this -part of the narrative consistently with the now existing -state of things.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_102_102" id="Footnote_102_102"></a><a href="#FNanchor_102_102"><span class="label">[102]</span></a> The peninsula, which is 10 miles in length and 3 in -breadth, lies so low that at times of high tide it is all but -submerged. The modern <em class="gesperrt">Abu-Shahr</em> or <em class="gesperrt">Bushir</em> is -situated on it.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_103_103" id="Footnote_103_103"></a><a href="#FNanchor_103_103"><span class="label">[103]</span></a> Nearkhos, it is probable, put into the mouth of the -river now called by some the <em class="gesperrt">Kisht</em>, by others the Boshavir. -A town exists in the neighbourhood called <em class="gesperrt">Gra</em> or -<em class="gesperrt">Gran</em>, which may have received its name from the Granis. -The royal city (or rather palace), 200 stadia distant from this -river, is mentioned by Strabo, xv. 3, 3, as being situate on -the coast. Ptolemy does not mention the Granis. He -makes Taökê to be an inland town, and calls all the district -in this part Taôkênê. Taokê may be the Touag mentioned -by Idrisi, which is now represented by Konar Takhta near -the Kisht.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_104_104" id="Footnote_104_104"></a><a href="#FNanchor_104_104"><span class="label">[104]</span></a> <em class="gesperrt">Rhogonis.</em>—It is written Rhogomanis by Ammianus -Marcellinus, who mentions it as one of the four largest -rivers in Persia, the other three being the Vatrachitis, -Brisoana, and Bagrada. It is the river at the mouth of -which is Bender-Righ or Regh, which is considered now as -in the days of Nearkhos to be a day’s sail from Bushire.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_105_105" id="Footnote_105_105"></a><a href="#FNanchor_105_105"><span class="label">[105]</span></a> “The measures here are neglected in the Journal, -for we have only 800 stadia specified from Mesambria to -Brizana, and none from Brizana to the Arosis; but 800 -stadia are short of 50 miles, while the real distance from -Mesambria (Bushir) to the Arosis with the winding of the -coast is above 140. In these two points we cannot be -mistaken, and therefore, besides the omission of the interval -between Brizana and the Arosis, there must be some defect -in the Journal for which it is impossible now to account.”—Vincent, -1. p. 405.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_106_106" id="Footnote_106_106"></a><a href="#FNanchor_106_106"><span class="label">[106]</span></a> Another form of the name of this river is the Aroatis. -It answers to the Zarotis of Pliny, who states that the -navigation at its mouth was difficult, except to those well -acquainted with it. It formed the boundary between -Persis and Susiana. The form Oroatis corresponds to the -Zend word <i>aurwat</i> ‘swift.’ It is now called the Tâb.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_107_107" id="Footnote_107_107"></a><a href="#FNanchor_107_107"><span class="label">[107]</span></a> On this point compare Strabo, bk. xv. 3, 1.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_108_108" id="Footnote_108_108"></a><a href="#FNanchor_108_108"><span class="label">[108]</span></a> It has been conjectured that the text here is imperfect. -Schmieder opines that the story about the ambassadors is -a fiction.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_109_109" id="Footnote_109_109"></a><a href="#FNanchor_109_109"><span class="label">[109]</span></a> The bay of Kataderbis is that which receives the -streams of the <em class="gesperrt">Mensureh</em> and <em class="gesperrt">Dorak</em>; at its entrance -lie two islands, Bunah and Ḍeri, one of which is the Margastana -of Arrian.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_110_110" id="Footnote_110_110"></a><a href="#FNanchor_110_110"><span class="label">[110]</span></a> <em class="gesperrt">Diridôtis</em> is called by other writers Terêdon, and -is said to have been founded by Nabukhodonosor. Mannert -places it on the island now called <em class="gesperrt">Bubian</em>; Colonel -Chesney, however, fixes its position at <em class="gesperrt">Jebel Sanâm</em>, -a gigantic mound near the Pallacopas branch of the -Euphrates, considerably to the north of the embouchure of -the present Euphrates. Nearkhos had evidently passed -unawares the stream of the Tigris and sailed too far westward. -Hence he had to retrace his course, as mentioned -in the next chapter.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_111_111" id="Footnote_111_111"></a><a href="#FNanchor_111_111"><span class="label">[111]</span></a> This is the Eulæus, now called the <em class="gesperrt">Karûn</em>, one arm -of which united with the Tigris, while the other fell into -the sea by an independent mouth. It is the <em class="gesperrt">Ulai</em> of the -prophet Daniel. <i>Pas</i> is said to be an old Persian word, -meaning <i>small</i>. By some writers the name <em class="gesperrt">Pasitigris</em> -was applied to the united stream of the Tigris and -Euphrates, now called the <em class="gesperrt">Shat-el-Arab</em>. The courses of -the rivers and the conformation of the country in the parts -here have all undergone great changes, and hence the -identification of localities is a matter of difficulty and -uncertainty. The following extract from Strabo will -illustrate this part of the narrative:— -</p> -<p> -Polycletus says that the <em class="gesperrt">Choaspes</em>, and the <em class="gesperrt">Eulæus</em>, -and the <em class="gesperrt">Tigris</em> also enter a lake, and thence discharge -themselves into the sea; that on the side of the lake is a -mart, as the rivers do not receive the merchandize from the -sea, nor convey it down to the sea, on account of dams in -the river, purposely constructed; and that the goods are -transported by land, a distance of 800 stadia, to Susis: -according to others, the rivers which flow through Susis -discharge themselves by the intermediate canals of the -Euphrates into the single stream of the Tigris, which on -this account has at its mouth the name of Pasitigris. -According to Nearchus, the sea-coast of Susis is swampy, -and terminates at the river Euphrates; at its mouth is a -village which receives the merchandize from Arabia, for the -coast of Arabia approaches close to the mouths of the -Euphrates and the Pasitigris; the whole intermediate space -is occupied by a lake which receives the Tigris. On sailing -up the Pasitigris 150 stadia is a bridge of rafts leading to -Susa from Persis, and is distant from Susa 60 (600?) stadia; -the Pasitigris is distant from the Oroatis about 2,000 stadia; -the ascent through the lake to the mouth of the Tigris is -600 stadia; near the mouth stands the Susian village -Aginis, distant from Susa 500 stadia; the journey by water -from the mouth of the Euphrates up to Babylon, through -a well-inhabited tract of country, is a distance of more -than 3,000 stadia.—Book xv. 3, <i>Bohn’s trans.</i></p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_112_112" id="Footnote_112_112"></a><a href="#FNanchor_112_112"><span class="label">[112]</span></a> The 3rd part of the <i>Indika</i>, the purport of which is -to prove that the southern parts of the world are uninhabitable, -begins with this chapter.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_113_113" id="Footnote_113_113"></a><a href="#FNanchor_113_113"><span class="label">[113]</span></a> Here and subsequently meaning the Persian Gulf.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a name="Footnote_114_114" id="Footnote_114_114"></a><a href="#FNanchor_114_114"><span class="label">[114]</span></a> It is not known when or wherefore Ptolemy sent -troops on this expedition.</p></div> -</div> - -<div class="transnote"> -<p>Transcriber’s Notes</p> - -<p>Obvious typographical errors have been silently corrected. -Variations in hyphenation, spelling, accents and punctuation remain -unchanged.</p> - -<p>In the original, with one exception, Tamil is spelt with the -diacritic .. beneath the l. As this symbol is not available, the reader -is asked to imagine it.</p> - -<p>The original had fragments of both text and commentary dispersed -over several pages, while this e-book has each numbered section of -text followed by its commentary. This may result in some indexed page -numbers being less accurate than the original.</p> - -<p>The table of contents was added by the transcriber.</p> -</div> - - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Commerce and Navigation of the -Erythraean Sea, by Anonymous - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK COMMERCE, NAVIGATION--ERYTHRAEAN SEA *** - -***** This file should be named 55054-h.htm or 55054-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/5/0/5/55054/ - -Produced by Turgut Dincer, Les Galloway and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/55054-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/55054-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c9a1079..0000000 --- a/old/55054-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/55054-h/images/title.jpg b/old/55054-h/images/title.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cf129d8..0000000 --- a/old/55054-h/images/title.jpg +++ /dev/null |
